The Cambridge Edition ofthe Works ofImmanuel Kant is a venture that when

complete (14 volumes are currently envisaged) will offer translations of all
Kant's published works and a generous selection of his unpublished writ
ings in a uniform format suitable for Kant scholars.
This volume is the first ever E nglish translation of Kant's last major
work, the so-called Opus postumum, a work Kant himself described as his
"chef d'oeuvre" and as the keystone of his entire philosophical system. It
occupied him for more than the last decade of his life.
Begun with the intention of providing a "transition from the metaphysi
cal foundations of natural science to physics, " Kant's reflections take him
far beyond the problem he initially set out to solve. In fact, he reassesses a
whole series of fundamental topics of transcendental philosophy: the
thing in itself, the nature of space and time, the concept of the self and its
agency, the idea of God, and the unity of theoretical and practical reason.
Though never completed, the text reaches a logical, albeit not fully devel
oped, conclusion.
Professor Forster's introduction places the text in the context of Kant's
earlier writings and provides a comprehensive account of the remarkable
history of the manuscript from Kant's death to its eventual publication in
the 1 930s. There are extensive explanatory notes and a helpful glossary.
THE C A M B RIDGE E D I TION OF T H E WORKS OF
I M M A NUEL KA N T

Theoretical Philosophy I 7ss-I 770 (published)

The Critique ofPure Reason
Theoretical Philosophy After I78I
Practical Philosophy
Aesthetics and Teleology
Religion arrd Rational Theology
A11thropology, Histo ry and Education
,

Natural Science
Lectures on Logic (published)
Lectures on Metaphysics
Lectures on Practical Philosopy
Opus postrmmm
Notes a11d Fragments
Correspondmce
IM M ANUEL K ANT
Opus postumum
THE CAMBRIDGE EDITION OF THE WORKS
OF IMMANUEL KANT
General Editors: Paul Guyer and Allen W. Wood
Advisory Board: Henry Allison
Lewis White Beck
Reinhard Brandt
Mary Gregor
Ralf Meerbote
Charles D. Parsons
Hoke Robinson
Eva Schaper
J. B. Schneewind
Manley P. Thompson
 IMMANUEL KANT

Opus postumum

EDITED, WITH AN I N T R O DU C T I O N A ND N OTES, BY

ECKART FORSTER
TRANSLATED BY

ECKART FORSTER AND MICHAEL ROSEN

CAMBRIDGE
UNIVERSITY PRESS
 PUBLISHED BY THE PRESS SYNDICAT E OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE
The Pitt Building, Trumpington Street, Cambridge Cil2 IRP, United Kingdom

CAMBRIDGE UNIVERS ITY PRESS

The Edinburgh Building , Cambridge CB2 2RU, UK http: I lwww.c up.cam.ac.uk
40 West 20th Street, New York, NY IOOII-4211, USA http: I lwww.cup.org
10 Stamford Road, Oakleigh, Melbourne 3166, Australia

Cambridge University Press 1993

This book is in copyright. Subject to statutory exception

and to the provisions of relevant collective licensing agreements,
no reproduction of any part may take place without
the written permission of Cambridge University Press.

First published 1993

First paperback edition 1995
Reprinted 1995, I998

Printed in the United States of America

Typeset in Ehrhardt

A (atalogue record for this book is available from the British Library

Library of Congress Cataloguing-in-Publication Data is available

ISBN 0-521-26511-8 hardback

ISBN 0-52I-31928-5 paperback
 Contents

General editors' preface page ix

Acknowledgments X111

Introduction XV

The history of the manuscript xvi

The composition of the manuscript xxiv
The place of the manuscript in Kant's work XXIX

The development of Kant's argument XXXVIII

Note on the selection and translation xliv

Notes to the Introduction xlviii
Bibliography lvi
Editor's note Iviii

Kant's Opus postumum

[Early leaves and Oktaventwuif] 3
[Toward the elementary system of the moving forces
of matter] 23
[The ether proofs] 62
[How is physics possible? How is the transition to physics
possible?] r oo
[The SelbstsetzungslehreJ qo
[Practical self-positing and the idea of God] 200
[What is transcendental philosophy?] 2 18

Factual notes
Glossary
Concordance
Index

vii
 General editors' preface

Within a few years of the publication of his Critique ofPure Reason in 1 78 1 ,

Immanuel Kant ( 1 7 24-I 8o4) was recognized by his contemporaries as
one of the seminal philosophers of modern times - indeed, as one of the
great philosophers of all time. This renown soon spread beyond German
speaking lands, and translations of Kant's work into English were pub
lished even before I 8oo. Since then, interpretations of Kant's views have
come and gone and loyalty to his positions has waxed and waned, but his
importance has not diminished. Generations of scholars have devoted
their efforts to producing reliable translations of Kant into English as well
as into other languages.
There are four main reasons for the present edition of Kant's writings:
1. Completeness. Although most of the works published in Kant's life
time have been translated before - the most important ones more than
once - only fragments of Kant's many important unpublished works have
ever been translated . These include the Opus postumum, Kant's unfin
ished magnum opus on the transition from philosophy to physics; transcrip
tions of his classroom lectures; his correspondence; and his marginalia
and other notes. One aim of this edition is to make a comprehensive
sampling of these materials available in English for the first time.
2. Availability. Many English translations of Kant's works, especially
those that have not individually played a large role in the subsequent devel
opment of philosophy, have long been inaccessible or out of print. Many of
them, however, arc crucial for the understanding of Kant's philosophical
development, and the absence of some from English-language bibliogra
phies may be responsible for erroneous or blinkcred traditional interpreta
tions of his doctrines by English-speaking philosophers.
J. Organization. Another aim of the present edition is to make all Kant's
published work, both major and minor, available in comprehensive vol
umes organized both chronologically and topically, so as to facilitate the
serious study of his philosophy by English-speaking readers.
4 Consistency of translation. Although many of Kant's major works have
been translated by the most distinguished scholars of their day, some of
these translations are now dated, and there is considerable terminological
disparity among them. Our aim has been to enlist some of the most
accomplished Kant scholars and translators to produce new translations,

ix
 GENERAL E DITORS' PREFACE

freeing readers from both the philosophical and literary preconceptions of

previous generations and allowing them to approach texts, as far as possi
ble, with the same directness as present-day readers of the German or
Latin originals.
In pursuit of these goals, our editors and translators attempt to follow
several fundamental principles.
r. As far as seems advisable, the edition employs a single general
glossary, especially for Kant's technical terms. Although we have not
attempted to restrict the prerogative of editors and translators in choice of
terminology, we have maximized consistency by putting a single editor or
editorial team in charge of each of the main groupings of Kant's writings,
such as his work in practical philosophy, philosophy of religion, or natural
science, so that there will be a high degree of terminological consistency,
at least in dealing with the same subject matter.
2. Our translators try to avoid sacrificing literalness to readability. We
hope to produce translations that approxima,te the originals in the sense
that they leave as much of the interpretive work as possible to the reader.
3 The paragraph, and even more the sentence, is often Kant's unit of
argument, and one can easily transform what Kant intends as a continu
ous argument into a mere series of assertions by breaking up a sentence so
as to make it more readable. Therefore, wt; try to preserve Kant's own
divisions of sentences and paragraphs wherever possible.
4 Earlier editions often attempted to improve Kant's texts on the basis
of controversial conceptions about their proper interpretation. In our
translations, emendation or improvement of the original edition is kept to
the minimum necessary to correct obvious typographical errors.
5 Our editors and translators try to minimize interpretation in other
ways as well, for example, by rigorously segregating Kant's own footnotes,
the editors' purely linguistic notes, and their more explanatory or informa
tional notes; notes in this last category are treated as endnotes rather than
footnotes.
We have not attempted to standardize completely the format of individ
ual volumes. Each, however, includes information about the context in
which Kant wrote the works that have been translated, an English
German glossary, an index, and other aids to comprehension. The gen
eral introduction to each volume includes an explanation of specific princi
ples of translation and, where necessary, principles of selection of works
included in that volume. The pagination of the standard German edition
of Kant's works, Kant's gesammelte Schrifien, edited by the Royal Prussian
(later German) Academy of Sciences (Berlin: Georg Reimer, later Walter
deGruyter & Co., 1900- ) , is indicated throughout by means of mar
ginal numbers.
Our aim is to produce a comprehensive edition of Kant's writings,
embodying and displaying the high standards attained by Kant scholar-

X
 GENERAL EDITORS' PREFACE

ship in the English-speaking world during the second half of the twentieth
century, and serving as both an instrument and a stimulus for the fl.1rther
development of Kant studies by English-speaking readers in the century
to come. Because of our emphasis on literalness of translation and on
information rather than interpretation in editorial practices, we hope our
edition will continue to be usable despite the inevitable evolution and
occasional revolutions in Kant scholarship.

PAUL GUYER
ALLEN W. Woon

xi
 Acknowledgments

Preparing this edition of Kant's Opus postumum has taken more years than
I now like to recall. Alan Montefiore first suggested the project to me on a
memorable walk in London when I was still a graduate student at Balliol
College, Oxford. The final product owes much to his enthusiasm and
encouragement over the years.
Part of the research for this edition was made possible by a fellowship
from the American Council of Learned Societies and by three research
grants from the Pew Memorial Trust. A fellowship at the Stanford Hu
manities Center gave me a year's leave from teaching and provided a most
congenial environment at a later stage of my work on Kant's text. This
fellowship was made possible in part by a challenge grant from the Na
tional Endowment for the Humanities.
I am grateful to Peter Frank and his staff at Green Library, Stanford,
for cheerfully and indefatigably providing me with all the books, journals,
microfilms, and photocopies that I needed.
I also owe thanks to K. Schmidt, R. Essi, and R. Hayn of the
Arbeitsstelle der Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Giittingen: Index der deutsch
sprachigen Zeitschriften des I8.!19. Jahrhunderts (1750-I8IS) for allowing
me to use their resources and facilities for a week in July 1 987 and for
making that week such an enjoyable one.
I am grateful to the Warden and Fellows of Merton College, Oxford,
for their hospitality when I stayed in Oxford in the summer of 1 985 to
translate parts of the text with Michael Roseri.
Albrecht Krause, the owner of Kant's Opus postumum, was kind enough
to let me inspect parts of the manuscript at first hand, and to give permis
sion for the reproduction of a page from it.
Special thanks to my friends at Marburg - Reinhard Brandt, Werner
Stark, and Burkhard Tuschling - who have been an unfailing source of
inspiration. Stark's expertise in all matters relating to Kant's life, and
Tuschling's suggestions and advice when it came to making the final
selection of Kant's text, proved invaluable.
Special thanks also to Michael Friedman, whose interest in Kant's Opus
post11mum often provided welcome stimulation. He also helped generously
with problems of translation, as did Taylor Carman.
In ways too numerous to list, this edition benefited from the knowledge

xiii
 AC K N OWLE D G M E N TS

and advice of Manfred Baum, Alan Code, Edward Courtney, John Dupre,
Peter Galison, Mary Gregor, Sir Stuart Hampshire, the late lngeborg
Heidemann, Dieter Henrich, Wilbur Knorr, Helmut Miiller-Sievers,
Wolfgang Ritzel, Marleen Rozemond, Sir Peter F. Strawson, David
Wellbery, and Margaret D. Wilson.
I should also like to express my gratitude to the secretarial staff of the
Stanford Philosophy Department for their unflagging help with the prepa
ration of the manuscript through its various stages: Teal Lake, Nancy
Steege, and Eve Wasmer.
But my greatest thanks go to Ingrid Deiwiks - who knows what for.

Stanford, August 1992 E. F.

I should like to thank Professors Nancy Cartwright and Stuart Hampshire

for their hospitality during a visit to California, a visit made possible
thanks to financial support from the British Academy. I should also like to
thank John Allen of the library at University College, London.

Oxford, August 1992 M.R.

xiv
 Introduaion

Almost two centuries after Immanuel Kant's death, one of his major
works is still virtually unknown in the English-speaking world; this in
itself is remarkable and calls for an explanation. It cannot be explained
entirely by the fact that Kant did not live to prepare the text for publica
tion, leaving a stack of several hundred pages on his desk at the time of his
death. For though unedited, the manuscript is not unfinished in the sense
that its argumentation breaks off midway; rather, the train of thought
running through it is brought to what seems to be a logical, if not fully
worked out, conclusion.
Kant's literary executor, however, thought the text unfit for publication,
with the result that it soon disappeared among the possessions of Kant's
heirs. When it resurfaced half a century later, influential philosophers
such as Kuno Fischer thought they could dismiss it without inspection, as
a product of senility - after all, had not Kant himself completed the criti
cal philosophy with his Critique ofJudgment?
But more sympathetic thinkers, too, found it difficult to make sense of
Kant's text, for the various sheets and fascicles of the manuscript were not
preserved in the order of their composition, making it seem impossible to
determine the chronological (and logical) order of his reasoning.
Nevertheless, an edition of he Opus postumum was begun in r88z by
Rudolf Reicke - only to come to an abrupt end two years later, when the
manuscript was sold by Kant's heir to an uncooperative buyer. Quarrels
with the new owner - which reached the highest court in the country- also
prevented inclusion of the text in the newly started Academy edition of
Kant's works. When these quarrels were finally overcome twenty years
later, disagreements within the Academy further delayed its publication for
more than a decade.
Eventually the entire manuscript was published in 193 6-8, on the eve
of World War II. Again a considerable amount of time went by before the
first major studies based on this new edition came out. Only in the second
half of the twentieth century, it seems, has Kant's text begun to attract the
philosophical attention one would expect, with translations of it being
published in French ( 1 950 and 1986), Italian (1963), and Spanish (198 3 ) .
As the extraordinary history o f Kant's Opus postumum has never been
told in its entirety, I describe it in some detail in the next section of this

XV
 I NTROD UCTION

introduction. T hen follows a brief account of the format and composition

of the manuscript, together with the features that permitted Erich
Adickes, in 191 6, to reestablish its chronological order. Adickes's chronol
ogy is generally accepted today, and I have adopted it for the present
edition (with one minor exception) even though the Academy editors
decided not to follow it. In the third section, I attempt to locate the Opus
postumum in the context of Kant's other writings and to suggest the rea
sons why, so late in his life, he decided to engage in another major work. A
brief account of the development of Kant's argument in the Opus
postumum concludes this introduction.

T HE H I S T O RY OF THE M AN U S C R I P T'
During the last years of Kant's life, only a few of his colleagues and table
companions knew that he was working intensely on another major critical
work. In 1 790, in the preface to his Critique ofJudgment, he had written:
"With this, then, I bring my entire critical undertaking to a close. I shall
hasten to the doctrinal part, in order, as far as possible, to snatch from my
advancing years what time may yet be favorable to the task." Yet eight
years later Kant writes in a letter to Christian Garve of a "pain like that of
Tantalus" on seeing before him "the unpaid bill of my uncompleted
philosophy" while he was convinced of the possibility of its completion.
"The project on which I am now working .. . must be completed," he
writes, "or else a gap will remain in the critical philosophy."J
This remaining "gap" in the critical undertaking is also mentioned a
month later in a letter to Kant's former pupil Kiesewetter."The transition
from the metaphysical foundations of natural science to physics," Kant
explains here, as a special part of philosophia natura/is, "must not be left
out of the system ... . [W]ith that work the task of the critical philosophy
will be completed and a gap that now stands open will be filled."4
Kant's first plans for such a "Transition," however, apparently date
back several years earlier. For in June 1 795 Kiesewetter had already
reminded Kant that "for some years now" he had promised to present the
public "with a few sheets which are to contain the transition from your
Metaphysical Foundations ofNatural Science to physics itself."s
It was apparently not until 1 796, however, that Kant, who retired from
teaching in the same year, began to work systematically on the projected
"Transition." From then on, this task occupied him virtually until his
death. His table companions of these years, who usually gathered in
Kant's study before lunch, often found him still writing on their arrival.
One of them,J. G. Hasse, later reported that for "several years" he saw on
Kant's desk a huge pile of closely written folio sheets, and that he was
allowed occasionally to leaf through the papers. Hasse also mentioned
that in their familiar circle Kant often spoke of his manuscript as "his

xvi
 INTRODUCTION

'chief work, a chefd'oeuvre,' " which was "an (absolute) whole completing
his system [and] only needed to be edited (which he still hoped to be able
to do himself )."6
R. B. Jachmann, a former pupil of Kant's and one of his early biogra
phers, gives a similar account: "The immortal man often spoke to me with
true enthusiasm of his last work which, according to him, was to be the
keystone of his entire system, and which was to demonstrate conclusively
the tenability and real applicability of his philosophy."7
Kant's enthusiasm was not untroubled, however. In 1 798, he expressed
doubts in a letter to Lichtenberg about whether his deteriorating strength
would permit him to complete his project.8 And E. A. C. Wasianski,
Kant's executor and a frequent visitor in the philosopher's house during
the last years of his life, recalls that Kant was undecided about the future
of his manuscript: at times believing that it was almost completed and only
required brushing up, at other times requesting that it be burned after his
death. Wasianski, too, reports Kant's conviction that this was "his most
important work," but adds that "his weakness probably played a great part
in this judgment."9
After Kant's death, Wasianski presented the manuscript to Johann
Schultz, professor of mathematics and court chaplain in Konigsberg,
whom Kant had once described as his best interpreter. '0 On examination
of the text, Schultz advised against publication on the grounds that it was
"only the first beginning of a work whose introduction was not yet com
pleted, and which was incapable of being edited."" To Hasse he explained
that he found "nothing in it of what the title promised."12 Both these
remarks suggest that Schultz's examination of the text was anything but
thorough. However, his advice was followed, and the manuscript disap
peared for several decades in the possession of Kant's heirs. When
Kiesewetter returned to Konigsberg only three years after Kant's death,
this time fleeing from Berlin with his king, Friedrich Wilhelm III, in the
face of the rapidly invading Napoleonic troops, he used the opportunity to
search for Kant's last work -without success. The whereabouts of the
manuscript seemed to be unknown, and remained so for half a century. '3
Wasianski had delivered the papers to Carl Christoph Schoen, Kant's
brother Johann Heinrich's son-in-law,who lived in the Russian province of
Kurland. After Schoen's death fifty years later, his daughter discovered
Kant's work in her father's library, hidden under piles of books. '4 With it,
she found the remains of Schoen's own attempts to edit and revise the text
for publication- a task he apparently had soon abandoned. Now the family
decided that the manuscript should be sold. As they wished to remain
anonymous, an agent in Berlin was entrusted with the task of finding an
appropriate buyer. Soon several local papers advertised the "discovery" of a
new Kantian manuscript, and a year later, in 1 858, two renowned Kant
scholars published short descriptions of its size and outward appearance.' s

xvii
 INTRODUCTION

Yet these efforts did not bear fruit: Potential buyers - among them the
Konig/iche Bib/iothek in Berlin - found the price to be greatly in excess of
their means, with the result that the manuscript soon disappeared once
again from the scene.
Meanwhile rumors began to circulate that Kant's last work was a prod
uct of senility. In this vein, one of the most influential philosophers of the
time, Kuno Fischer, wrote in his Geschichte der neuern Philosophic (1 86o):
One may doubt the value of this [i.e., Kant's last] work . . . without previous
inspection if one considers both the frail state Kant was in at the time, and the
completion to which he himself had brought the philosophy which he had
founded . ... Competent men who read the very voluminous manuscript just after
Kant's death have testified that it merely repeats the contents of the earlier works
in a form which bears the marks of decrepitude.'6

In I 864, finally, the Konigsberg librarian Rudolf Reicke learned of the

whereabojJtS of the manuscript, and a few months later Schoen's daughter
agreed to lend it to him for publication. A scholarly edition of Kant's
unfinished work seemed at last assured. Yet for sixteen years nothing
happened. Eventually Reicke reported his possession of the manuscript in
the Altpreussische Monatsschrift. His initial hope to extract from the various
fascicles one coherent text, he wrote, had on closer inspection met with
serious difficulties; his endeavors were set aside until better days and
"eventually forgotten in favor of other tasks." In the end he abandoned his
plan to work the various papers into a book; "instead," he now wrote, "the
entire manuscript will appear in this journal in a series of articles."'7
Not the least of the difficulties that frustrated Reicke's initial hopes of
editing Kant's text was the fact that the chronological order of the various
sheets and fascicles had been hopelessly corrupted: Over the years, many
people had taken sheets from the manuscript for inspection and returned
them to the wrong places, ,s and an unusual amount of dirt on one fascicle
suggests that the manuscript may have fallen to the ground at one time,
and then been shoved together again in an arbitrary way.'9 The arrange
ment of the text in Reicke's hands in no way corresponded to the order of
its composition, and this, together with the fact that it was unedited, made
its comprehension virtually impossible.
So why did Reicke decide, after sixteen years, to publish the text after
all? Fortunately, we know from the correspondence of his close friend
Emil Arnoldt of the circumstances that surrounded this decision.zo Mean
while, Schoen's grandson Paul Haensell had inherited Kant's manuscript
from his mother and presented Reicke with an ultimatum: Reicke must
either publish the text immediately or return it to its owner so that another
scholar who had expressed interest in the task could be entrusted with it.
Reicke called on Arnoldt for help, and soon they reached the following
agreement: Reicke was to provide a transcript of the text (a task for which

xviii
 INTRODUCTION

he enlisted the help of his son and a cousin) and Arnoldt was to prepare
the transcript for publication. Furthermore, it was decided that the text
should appear in a number of installments in the Altpreussische Monats
schrift, of which Reicke was an editor.21 Beginning in January r88z, there
appeared over the next two years the Xllth, Xth, Xlth, lind, IXth, IIIrd,
Vth, Ist, and Vllth fascicles (in that order).
In many ways, the edition was a fiasco. Arnoldt had adopted the edito
rial principle of making Kant appear "as dignified [wurdig] as seems
possible" while at the same time preserving some of the text's peculiari
ties. To this end, he deleted passages from Reicke's transcript and
changed the punctuation and occasionally entire sentences - without al
ways indicating his emendations, and without once consulting the origi
nal. Not surprisingly, he himself regarded his edition as "merely provi
sional." At his request, only Reicke's name appeared as editor in the
Altpreussische Monatsschnji. As Arnoldt later put it in a letter to Kuno
Fischer:
One must consider the way in which the text is edited: no one knows the content
of the manuscript exactly; in what order the fascicles arc to be printed is deter
mined almost entirely by external criteria . . . . And now emendations are provided
in the text by someone who has not inspected the manuscript as a whole, nor could
have done so, since one cannot make sense of the manuscript as we have it - by
someone, that is, who does not in the least know beginning, middle, or end of the
manuscript. How can good emendations result from such treatment of the tcxt?22

The publication, in a provincial journal with a limited readership,

caused no sensation; virtually no one took any notice - except Albrecht
Krause, a pastor and amateur philosopher in Hamburg. In June r883,
Krause wrote to Reicke to suggest a separate edition of Kant's text in the
form of a book, to facilitate its study. Reicke, grateful for the sign of
interest in his undertaking, nevertheless declined. Because of the "repeti
tiveness" of the material, he now wrote to Krause, no more than about
two-fifths of Kant's text would be published in the Altpreussische Monats
schrift; a separate edition was not intended.23
Immediately Krause wrote to the Prussian minister for cultural affairs.
He reminded the minister that Kant had dedicated his Critique of Pure
Reason to a predecessor in the minister's office. Krause urged him to
initiate an unabridged edition of Kant's last work in one volume, and to
provide Reicke with the time and means to carry out the task. Although
only twenty sheets had thus far appeared in theAltpreussische Monatsschrift,
Krause was confident that the Opus postumum was "the deepest and most
far-reaching of all of Kant's writings," and he concluded: "Your Excel
lency, such a manuscript must not be the possession of an individual, nor
its content the possession of a library."24
At the same time, Krause prepared a polemical attack on Kuno Fischer.

xix
 I NTROD UCTI O N

The result, published i n 1884, bore the title Immanuel Kant wider Kuno
Fischer, zum ersten Male mit Hiilft des verloren gewesenen Hauptwerkes: 111 m
Dbergang von der Metaphysik zur Physik verteidigt. What the book did not
mention was the fact that Krause had already "defended" Kant against
Fischer on a previous occasion, although at that time anonymously and
without the help of Kant's "Hauptwerk." To his earlier claim that Fischer
failed to comprehend fundamental aspects of Kant's theory, Krause now
added the charge that Fischer had "neither the will, nor the diligence, nor
the objectivity"5 required to comprehend it: Although several fascicles of
the Opus postumum had meanwhile become accessible, the third edition of
Fischer's Geschichte, published in 188o, repeated almost verbatim the first
edition's negative assessment of Kant's last work, and Fischer's Kritik der
kantischen Philosophic of 1883 did not even mention it.
Fischer responded immediately with Das Streber- und Griinderthum in
der Literatur: Vade mecum for Herrn Pastor Krause in Hamburg;6 a booklet
every bit as shrill and personal as Krause's onslaught. Again, Fischer was
unwilling to reconsider his a priori assessment of the Opus postumum, and
largely because of this, in the end, Krause appeared to have the edge in
the dispute. Although the philosophical weights were quite unevenly dis
tributed between the two of them, Krause presented himself not without
skill as Kant's sole defender against the charge of senility- indeed, as the
only person who at that time recognized the importance of Kant's last
work - and as such he has lived on in the literature. His true motives in
his dispute with Fischer have never been questioned.7
Before these two texts appeared, however, another turn of events had
further complicated the situation.a8 When Reicke returned the first pub
lished fascicles to their owner, Haensell indicated that he might sell the
manuscript after its complete publication to the British Museum. Reicke
secretly contacted Krause and proposed that he buy the manuscript for
Boo marks to prevent it from going abroad. Unknown to anyone else,
Krause and Haensell entered into negotiations. As the pastor requested to
see the manuscript before committing himself, Haensell and Reicke sent
him their respective fascicles, except two that Reicke was currently copy
ing. Krause decided at once: He sent 8oo marks to Haensell and thus
became the new owner of the Opus postumum. Immediately he advertised
his acquisition in the local papers and announced a new, unabridged
edition of Kant's text, although a clause in the contract had stipulated that
Reicke should complete his publication in the Altpreussische Monatsschrifi,
and to this end keep the unedited fascicles for three more years. Haensell
attempted unsuccessfully to annul the contract, and although Reicke, with
the help of a lawyer, received two more fascicles from Krause, Arnoldt
decided to take no further part in the edition. The last installment of the
Opus postumum in the Altpreussische Monatsschrifi (1884) ends with the
cryptic remark: "To be continued - when is still uncertain." It was never

XX
 I N T R O D UCTION

continued. Four years later, Krause published his own text: not, indeed,
the unabridged edition he had promised, but a "popular presentation" of
parts of the manuscript, with excerpts from Kant and his own interpreta
tions thereof on opposite pages.9
It was only a few years later ( 1894) that the Royal Prussian Academy of
Science decided on a critical edition of Kant's complete works under the
direction of Wilhelm Oil they. It was conceived in four divisions: published
works, correspondence, Nachlass, and lectures. Planned as a long-term
project, the edition was designed to include previously unpublished,
newly discovered, or perhaps still-unknown materiaJ.Jo In 1896, the Kant
Kommision of the Academy publicly announced its plan and called for
help from those in possession of Kantiana. It seemed that the Opus
postumum would at last receive its overdue scholarly publication. These
hopes were soon disappointed. In return for his cooperation, Krause
requested the right to decide who should edit Kant's text.3' The Academy,
which in 1896 had appointed Erich Adickes as editor of Kant's Nachlass,
was unwilling to make this concession. When further negotiations proved
fruitless, it brought a lawsuit against Krause to establish its right to publi
cation. The Academy won at the trial level, but the decision was reversed
by the intermediate court of appeals, and shortly before his death in 1902,
Krause's victory was upheld by the highest court in the country. This
whole incident is not without irony, for the Royal Academy was repre
sented in court by the Prussian minister of cultural affairs3 - the succes
sor in office to the man to whom Krause had written nineteen years
before: "Your Excellency, such a manuscript must not be the possession of
an individual, nor its content the possession of a library."
After Krause's death, things once again quieted down. Meanwhile, the
Academy edition was beginning to take shape; the first volume had ap
peared in 1900 (Correspondence); the first Nachlass volume came out in
19 1 I.
Editing the handwritten notes and reflections that Kant had recorded
over more than half a century was a task for which Adickes had initially
allotted four years; it was to occupy him until his death thirty-two years
later. The sheer complexity of the material, and the wealth of allusions to,
and quotations from, texts and fi gures familiar to Kant but mostly forgot
ten in the meantime, made it seem necessary to Adickes to complement
his edition with three monographs that brought this background to light
again. Work on one of them, Kant als Naturforscher, led Adickes to the
Opus postumum. Reicke's edition soon proved to be inadequate; many
problems in Kant's text could only be solved, Adickes realized, if the
order of its composition could be reconstructed. He therefore contacted
Krause's widow, and in the summer of 1916 Adickes was able to travel to
Hamburg to inspect the manuscript at first hand. During the four weeks
available to him, he succeeded in the immensely important task of reestab-

xxi
 INTRODUCTION

lishing the chronological order of the various fascicles - "to an extent and
with a degree of certainty that far exceeded my wildest expectations."JJ In
particular, Adickes realized that the commencement of Kant's work on
the "Transition" fell into a period when his philosophical powers could
not be in question; further neglect of this work by Kant scholars was,
therefore, entirely without justification.
Adickes reported his results to the Academy and urged it to try once
again to have Kant's text included in its edition. The Kant Kommission,
meanwhile led by a new generation of scholars, responded negatively.J4
Three years later, Adickes was approached by a publisher who had heard
of the Opus postumum and was eager to publish it. Before making contact
with the Krause family, Adickes wrote to the Academy again, urging it to
reverse its decision and offering his services as a go-between in negotia
tions with the Krauses.Js
Only after another letter from Adickes did the Academy respond.
Feeling that on the whole "most scholarly opera postuma had better re
main unpublished," it preferred to wait for its final decision until after
the publication of Adickes's announced study of the Opus postumum.J6
T hat study appeared the following year (1 920). In it, Adickes empha
sized once more that "an unabridged, diplomatic publication of the
entire material, according to strict philological criteria," was an "urgent
scientific desideratum" and an "obligation of honor towards Kant." And,
he pointed out, the chronological reordering of Kant's text that he pre
sented here for the first time now provided "the previously missing basis
for such an edition."37 It took another three years, however, before the
Academy decided that it would indeed be desirable to include the text in
its edition.
These three years of indecision also happened to be the years of the
great inflation that crippled Germany in the aftermath of World War I,
leaving virtually no household unaffected. So, when the Kant Kommis
sion finally decided to act in 1923, it found to its surprise that the Krause
family had sold the rights of publication of the Opus postumum for 1 ,ooo
gold marks to de Gruyter, the press that also published the Academy
edition.J8
This set the stage for the final round of complications. De Gruyter was
determined to publish the work, if necessary outside the Kant edition. To
avoid this, the Academy had to meet the press's requirements, the most
important of which was that the Opus postumum remain in Berlin where it
had been insured for 1 2,ooo gold marks. The Academy, on the other
hand, wished to secure the involvement of Adickes, who was editing
Kant's other Nachlass in Tiibingen. Eventually the Academy and the pub
lisher reached an agreement: Both Adickes and Artur Buchenau, the
consultant and editor for the press who had brought about the deal with
Krause's heirs, would be responsible for preparing the manuscript for

xxii
 I N T R O D UCTI O N

publication - Buchenau i n Berlin, Adickcs in Tiibingen. The provision

that Adickes was to superintend the process and have the final decision at
all stages, as the president of the Kant Kommision had assured him in
writing,J9 was not included in the final contract between the publisher and
the Academy, nor in that between de Gruyter and Buchenau.4
Problems soon developed. 'lb copy the manuscript, Buchenau em
ployed a 23-year-old scientist, Gerhard Lehmann, as his assistant. Leh
mann's transcript was completed in I 924; in December I 924 Buchenau
began to compare it with the original and with the previous transcriptions
of Reicke and Krause. As Adickes's correspondence with Buchenau
shows, he was not satisfied with some of the transcripts that were sent to
him. He also considered it extremely unprofessional that Buchenau and
Lehmann published separately, under the title Der alte Kant, Kant's per
sonal notes from fascicles VII and I - notes that, as they put it in their
preface, "all previous editors have regarded as proof of the senile char
acter of Kant's last work."4 But more serious tensions developed when
Buchenau informed Adickes in the summer of 1925 that he intended to
deviate from the editorial principles on which Adickes had based the
previous volumes of Kant's Nachlass. Most important, Buchenau planned
to keep the fascicles in the order in which he had received them, rather
than rearrange the material in accordance with Adickes's chronology.
Adickes, who had been assured in writing by the Academy that his edito
rial principles would be adopted for the Opus postumum, 42 saw no further
basis for his involvement with the project. On June 19, 1926, he informed
the Kant Kommission of the Academy that he resigned from his "superin
tendence" of the edition of the Opus postumwn. 4J
The disagreements between Buchenau and Adickes left their perma
nent mark on the Academy edition. Initially announced for 1925,41 the
Opus postumum eventually appeared in 1936 and 1938 - almost a decade
after Adickes's death in 1928 - as Volumes 21 and 2 2 of the edition,
sandwiched between two volumes of "Vorarbeiten unci Nachtrage." Sev
eral passages are printed twice: in the Opus postumum and as Reflexionm in
the volumes edited by Adickes; the transcriptions differ substantiaJiy.45
Most important, the editors of the Opus postumum broke with the editorial
principles that governed all previous Nachlass volumes. They did not do so
consistently, however, with the result that conflicting editorial principles
are at work even in the Opus postumum itself: The various leaves of the
IVth fascicle are reproduced in the chronological order that Adickes estab
lished for them. 46
More than 130 years after Kant's death, the text of his Opus postumum
was finaJiy available for serious study. Although one perhaps need not
agree with Lehmann that "dark forces dominated the fate of Kant's last
work,"47 human failings clearly contributed as much to its long-delayed
reception as did the special nature and format of the text.

xxiii
 I NTRODUCT I O N

T H E C O M P O SITI O N OF T H E M A N U S C R I P T
Early descriptions of the Opus postumum vary a s to its format; the original
manuscript seems to have been more extensive. A number of sheets that
clearly belong to the manuscript but were not contained in it when the
Academy undertook its transcription were subsequently published in Vol
ume 23 of the Academy edition as "Erganzungen zum Opus Postumum"
(1955). Adickes also knew of various loose leaves in the possession of
libraries in Berlin and in Konigsberg of which Lehmann and Buchenau
did not make use.4s These leaves were lost during World War II. A few
have since been rediscovered;49 others may be lost forever. .
The manuscript as it has been handed down to us consists of thirteen
fascicles. The last one contains only a single sheet with notes for The
Conflict ofthe Faculties ( 1 798); it is not part of the "Transition" project and
hence does not belong to the Opus postumum proper.
All fascicles consist of folios, varying between one (XIII) and thirteen
(V) in number. In addition, the Vth, VIlth, and Xth fascicles contain some
quartos; a number of small leaves (address pages of letters, etc.) are
contained in the IVth and Xth fascicles. Kant also wrote on the wrappers
of the 1st and IVth fascicles. All in all, the transmitted manuscript contains
527 written pages (I, I 6I pages in the Academy edition).so
To a large extent, Kant's text reflects the working style he appears to
have found congenial throughout his career, which he also recom
mended in his lectures to his students: "First one writes down all
thoughts as they come, without any order. Thereafter one begins to
coordinate and then to subordinate." s That is to say, Kant typically
wrote thoughts, notes, excerpts, or simply key words on whatever paper
he might have available at the time - on loose leaves, in the margins of
books or manuscripts, in the empty spaces of letters he received, and so
forth - which he later worked into drafts of a continuous text. These
drafts were then revised and incorporated into a clean copy (Reinschrifi),
which was still further revised. The next stage was for an amanuensis -
usually one of Kant's students - to copy the text 0-bschrifi). In this Kant
made further, often important, emendations, changes, and deletions in
order to improve the text. Either this corrected version or a new clean
copy was then sent to the printer. Depending on his time and involve
ment with the material, Kant might correct the proofs himself or dele
gate the task. (For example, he had Kiesewetter read the proofs of the
third Critique.)s
The Opus postumum reflects all but the last two stages of this process,
from loose leaves and marginal notes to an amanuensis's copy of part of
the manuscript (sheets VIII, IX, and X of the Vth fascicle), including
Kant's corrections thereof. Unlike his published works, which only pre
sent the reader with the polished end product of his labors, the Opus

xxiv
 INT R O DUCTION

postumum therefore shows Kant at work over a number of years, providing

us with a unique insight into the genesis of a major text.SJ
As a consequence, the text that we have is often repetitious, reflecting
Kant's seemingly ceaseless attempts to find ever better formulations for
his thoughts. Moreover, his emendations of, or additions to, what he had
previously written sometimes resulted in truly monstrous sentences. One
sentence in the Xth fascicle, for instance, contains no fewer than 225
words but only one comma - obviously unproblematic for Kant, a genuine
test of the interpretive skills of the reader, a nightmare for the translator.
The many later additions in the text also show that Kant frequently
returned to the material he had written earlier- often months after its
original conception.
In all this, the Opus postumum does not differ significantly from preserved
drafts of Kant's earlier works. The "Duisburg'sche Nachlass," for exam
ple, a 1775 preliminary sketch for the Critique ofPure Reason, was character
ized by its first editor in terms that apply equally to Kant's last work:

Kant's working style in the early '7os [was] one unbelievably slow in progres
sion.... It is characteristic of these unpublished papers ... that he sought to find,
and did find, the proper expression, even for ideas already conceived in thought,
by means of continuously revised, written formulations. This accounts for the
endless repetitions in his unpublished manuscripts; and his published writings
too, above all the critical [writings], provide ample evidence of this working
method in the very manner of their conception.H

Kant's Rejlexionen on physics, also written in th e 1770S, exhibit the same

features. ss
In writing the Opus postumum, Kant usually left margins of an inch
and a half at the top and on at least one side (sometimes on all sides) of
his sheets; in this he wrote key words as reminders for a later, lengthier
treatment of a certain topic,s6 corrections of the main text, or alternative
formulations - also additional thoughts, occasionally, at a later time and
on different topics. The margins thus functioned quasi as Kant's note
book, whereas the main part of the sheet contains his drafts for a con
tinuous text - or discontinuous text, for it is noteworthy that on the
folios - huge sheets of paper that were folded once to yield four pages -
Kant hardly ever carried over a sentence from one sheet (or even page)
to the next. With only a few exceptions, each sheet/page was intended to
contain a complete thought or set of paragraphs - most likely to facilitate
a later comparison of various drafts or sketches on the same topic.s7 This
is also suggested by the fact that Kant left parts of pages or whole pages
empty, to be fil led later with the text that should be there, using only the
margins at the time to record key words. If, on the other hand, space
became scarce in the process of developing a thought, Kant would begin
to write smaller and smaller or between the lines and paragraphs of the

XXV
 I N T R O D UCT I O N

page; i f a new page had to b e used, he would continue i n its margin

rather than in the main part of the page, and connect the continuation
with the previous page by means of any of various signs.s 8
The later fascicles also contain in the margins occasional notes on
household affairs,s9 lists of potential luncheon guests with their favorite
dishes, reminders for conversation topics, and such like. These notes
were often deleted after they had fulfilled their function.
The main text is, in Adickes's words, "written almost throughout in his
best, broad handwriting, in the style of letters and official records (which
Kant kept as rector, for example) - current or later additions in the mar
gins usually considerably sketchier."6o
Kant used various papers as wrappers for the different fascicles; they
were later numbered consecutively ("Ist fascicle," etc.) by an unknown
hand. The wrappers are, in the order of the fascicles:
I Invitation to a commemorative address for the Prussian secretary of
state Jacob Friedrich von Rohd, May 22, ;I 8o I
II Invitation to celebrate the king's birthday, August 3, I 803
III Waste sheet of a sermon: "Anhang: Das pflichtmassige Verhalten
cines Christen gegen Feinde, Hasser und Widersacher"
IV Medical doctor's diploma for T. M. Hiibschmann, a student of
Kant's colleague K. G. Hagen, Quasimudogeniti, 1798
V Page of Konigsberger lmelligenz-Blatt, August 10, I 799
VI Page of Konigsberger lntelligenz-Blatt, April 14, 18oo
VII Page of Konigsberger lntelligenz-Blatt, July 1 I , I 801
VIII Page of Konigsberger Intel/igenz-Blatt, February 4, 1799
IX Doctor's diploma in philosophy for G. F. Parrot, signed (by the
dean]. G. Hasse) Q}tasimodogeniti, 1801
X Page of Konigsberger Intelligenz-Blatt, October 7, 1799
XI Poem composed by Professor Poerschke in honor of the birthday of
King Friedrich Wilhelm III on August 3, 1801
XII Page of Konigsberger Intelligenz-Blatt, June 24, I 799
Although almost all of the wrappers contain dates, they do not permit
an inference as to the time when the sheets they hold together were
composed. In some cases they seem to have replaced older, and probably
damaged wrappers; more often than not they contain sheets that were
composed at different times and ended up together by mistake or over
sight. Adickes's chronological rearrangement of Kant's text had to rely on
a number of different criteria. To some extent it was facilitated by the fact
that Kant marked the sequence of several sheets with various designa
tions. Thus it is likely that draft " Ubergang I I ," for example, precedes
" Ubergang 1 2," whereas draft "C" was almost certainly written later than
draft " A." A few sheets contain dates; several others permit reliable dating
because they contain notes for existing letters or are written on letters to

xxvi
 INTRODUCTION

Kant, references t o or excerpts from recently published books or reviews,

or drafts for Kant's own publications. Others can sometimes be seen to fit
between datable drafts on the basis of textual criteria, representing a stage
between a first recognition of a problem and its eventual solution. Where
such criteria were unavailable, Adickes compared the ink and writing
pattern in the Opus postumum with other datable material from Kant's
Nachlass that was available to him.6' His results - which he emphasized
are "approximations" - are as follows:

Approximate Dates Designations, etc.

I 786-96 23 leaves (IVth fascicle)
I 796-7 Oktaventwuif
" "
July 1 797 -July 1 798 "A-C," a-E
April-October I 798 Wrapper, IVth fascicle
August-September I 798 4 leaves (IVth and lind fascicles)
Sheet 3 (lind fascicle)
"a-c''
September-October I 798 "No. I -No.Jl],"
" I " (Sheet 2, Vth fascicle)
October-December I798 "Elem. Syst. I -7''
December I 798 - January I 799 "Farrago I -4"
January-February 1 799 "A, B Ubergang"
February-May 1799 "A Elem. Syst. I -6"
May-August I 799 " Ubergang I - I 4"
August-September I 799 "Redactio I -3''
August I 799 - April I 8oo Xth/Xlth fascicles
April-December I 8oo Vllth fascicle
December I 8oo-3 Ist fascicle
I 803 Wrapper, Ist fascicle

With one small exception,62 I have seen no reason to diverge from the
chronological order Adickes established, although his characterization of
the different periods needs amendment in at least two cases.
I . Adickes divides the early leaves of the IVth fascicle into two groups:
(a) I 8 leaves from 1 786-95, "which stand in no relation to the Op. p."; (b)
5 leaves from 1 795-6 with "Vorarbeiten to the Op. p." The Opus postumum
proper, according to Adickes, begins with the Oktaventwuif of I 796-7.63
Adickes's reason for excluding the leaves under (a) from the Opus
postumum altogether is that they contain no mention of a proposed science
of "Transition" - the first such mention is in leaf number 36 - even
though they treat the same problems as the later drafts.
This view, it seems to me, is built on a questionable assumption as to
the type of "work" the Opus postumum in fact is. More important, it seems

xxvii
 I NTRO D U C TI O N

to conflict with the fact that, as I mentioned, Kiesewetter reminded Kant

in June 1795 that "for some years now" Kant had promised to present the
public "with a few sheets which are to contain the transition from your
Metaphysical Foundations of Natural Science to physics itself." Kiesewetter
had studied with Kant in q88-9 and again visited him for one month in
the fall of I 790.Kant must have mentioned his project of a "Transition"
to Kiesewetter on one of these occasions, for shortly after Kiesewetter's
return to Berlin in I 790, Kant broke off his relations with Kiesewetter,
and he did not write to him again until December I 79364 T here is no
mention of a "Transition" in this letter, and a later communication that
could have been lost would not fit Kiesewetter's expression "for some
years." T he tone of Kiesewetter's letter also rules out the possibility that
he had heard of Kant's project from a third person. It seems, therefore,
that Kant must have had the plan to write a "Transition" at least in the fall
of I 790, if not already in I788-9. T he early leaves of the IVth fascicle
from that period, therefore, cannot globally be excluded from the "Transi
tion" project, especially as they address the same problems as Kant's later
drafts.6s
2. The second amendment concerns Kant's last fascicle. As Adickes
writes, his limited time in Hamburg did not permit him to inspect this
fascicle closely; his attempt to date it is based entirely on Reicke's edition.
Pointing out that notes on the wrapper indicate that Kant worked as late
as I 803 on this fascicle, he adds: "Its main part, however, the first nine
sheets, probably originates entirely in the year I 8o1 ."66 T his assumption is
confirmed by the text of the Academy edition, which provides, or allows
one to establish, the following dates for the 1st fascicle:

Sheets I-III: none

Sheet IV: "Saturday, March 2 I " [I8oi]
Sheet V: after March I So I
Sheet VI: none
Sheet VII: "Monday, July 27" [ I 80 I ]
Sheet VIII: before "Michaelis" [Sept.29, I 8o i ]
Sheet IX, page I : mid-November I 8o i
Sheet X, page I : January I 8o2
page 3: April I 8o2
Sheet XI, page 4: June 3, I 8o2
Sheet XII, pages I -3: none
Wrapper, page I: April I 803.

The Opus postumum was thus virtually completed by the middle of I So I , a

time when Kant still enjoyed a fair degree of physical and mental strength.
Reports on his condition agree that it began to deteriorate during that
year.67 The biographies by Hasse and Wasianski on which the standard

xxviii
 I N T RO D UC T I O N

view of the "old" Kant is based cannot be used to assess the quality of the
Opus postumum: They record the time after r8o1 .68 Kant's last work must
be judged entirely on its own merits.

T H E P LACE O F THE M A N U S C R I P T
I N KANT ' S W O R K
Whatever degree of importance one ultimately ascribes to the Opus
postumum will depend, in large measure, on the extent to which one sees it
as relating to Kant's other major writings, . and as taking up problems
previously unsolved or unaddressed in his philosophy. These relations are
not obvious or in plain view; it may therefore be helpful to sketch here some
of the reasons that led Kant to think, so late in his career, that another major
work was required to complete his philosophical system. Such a sketch,
clearly, can only be subjective and reflect the editor's interpretative view
point. The reader who wishes to approach Kant's text with as few precon
ceptions about it as possible is encouraged to skip this section.

Kant himself saw his unique contribution to philosophy in having asked

for the first time whether metaphysics was possible at all - that is, whether
and how it was possible to extend our knowledge by means of thinking
alone, unaided by experience. In view of the absence of any clear progress
in the long history of metaphysics, this question had to be settled, Kant
insisted, before any further engagement in this field could be justified:
"The world is tired of metaphysical assertions; it wants [to know] the
possibility of this science, the sources from which certainty therein can be
derived, and certain criteria by which it may distinguish the dialectical
illusion of pure reason from truth. "69
To this end, as Kant wrote to Lambert, a "quite special, though purely
negative science"1o was required; a new science that preceded metaphys
ics and, by means of a critical self-examination of reason, first of all
established the origin, limit, and extent of possible a priori knowledge.
This project is carried out in Kant's Critique ofPure Reason ( 1 78 1). Not
the least of the. fascination this text has exercised ever since stems from
the considerable methodological problem it addresses and overcomes. For
if the very possibility of metaphysics is to be examined, the investigation
cannot itself be metaphysical: It cannot itself adopt or follow the meta
physical method; nor can the ground plan for such a "negative science,"
the "idea" according to which it is to be executed, be derived from any of
the traditional systems of metaphysics - "the worst was," Kant recalled
afterward, "that metaphysics, such as it then existed, could not assist me
in the least."? On the other hand, without such an idea or plan the project
is doomed from the start: "No one attempts to establish a science unless
he has an idea upon which to base it" (A834).

xxix
 I N T R O D UCT I O N

Kant was, of course, acutely aware o f this unique methodological chal

lenge. When after more than a decade of intensive reflection the Critique
had finally appeared, he wrote in proud awareness of the novelty of his
undertaking that, in order to solve the problem of metaphysics, a "com
pletely new science" had been required of which "previously not even the
idea was known."72
The "idea" on which Kant based his investigation is the "idea of a
transcendental philosophy" (A r , A r 3), "which may serve for a critique of
pure reason" (AI I ) and thus help determine the fate of future metaphys
ics. More precisely, it is the idea of a particular kind of self-examination,
or self-cognition, of reason: a special type of "knowledge which is occu
pied not so much with objects [Gegenstande] as with our a priori concepts
of objects in general [Gegenstiinde iiberhaupt]. " (Ar 1- 1 2)
Because metaphysics purports to be a priori knowledge of objects, the
transcendental investigation must inquire into the possibility of such non
empirical reference to objects and must elucidate the conditions on which
it depends. The concept of an "object in general" in Kant's definition of
transcendental knowledge is consequently even wider in scope than the
concept of logical possibility: It signifies the (as yet) indeterminate object
of a judgment, the accusative of a thought (A290-2). Because thought in
its judgments is always directed toward something, it inevitably has an
intentional object, a Gegenstand iiberhaupt. The task for the transcendental
inquiry is then to determine the conditions under which this concept of an
"object in general" can become the concept of an object of our a priori
knowledge. The Critique of Pure Reason thus establishes the criteria any
metaphysics must meet to lay claim justifiably to knowledge of its objects.
To this end, it "isolates" the human cognitive faculties and examines
their role in possible knowledge; it "abstracts from all objects that may be
given" (AS4s) and in this sense differs from all metaphysical knowledge.
But, more important, the "idea of transcendental knowledge" also "serves
for a critique of pure reason" and yields the plan on which to base such a
critique: Because we have three types of concepts that refer a priori to
objects, namely, the concepts of space and time as forms of our sensibility
(ASs), the categories of the understanding (ASs), and the ideas of reason
(A33 S), there emerges in rough outline the plan for a Critique o[Pure Reason
in three divisions - transcendental aesthetic, transcendental analytic, and
transcendental dialectic. In each of these divisions we have to ask whether
the concepts in question refer to Gegenstande iiberhaupt - which have to be
distinguished into phenomena and noumena (A294) - or only to one of the
domains of this dichotomy.
Aware of the brilliance and novelty of his undertaking, Kant also knew
that the plan on which he based his investigation into the possibility of
metaphysics was likely to appear dark and obscure to the unprepared
reader. Even before the Critique was completed, he reflected on another

XXX
 I N T R O D UC T I O N

and more perspicuous way of presenting his results.7J And the book had
hardly left the press when Kant decided to publish a brief account of his
results, based this time on a different plan - "a plan," he wrote, "accord
ing to which even popularity might be gained for this study."H The result
is the Prolegomena to Any Future Metaphysics of 1 783. In its preface, we
read:
Something more belongs to a sound plan of a general critique of pure reason dtan
one may generally assume. [Yet] a mere plan preceding the Critique ofPure Reason
would be unintelligible, unreliable, and useless; it is all the more useful, [how
ever], as a sequel. . . . With that work complete, I offer here a plan based on the
analytic method, while the Critique itself had to be executed in the synthetic stylc.7s

Accordingly, in the Prolegomena Kant adopts a different procedure. In

order to answer the question of "whether such a thing as metaphysics [is]
at all possible," he starts out from the synthetic a priori propositions of
mathematics and the natural sciences - propositions, Kant alleges, that
are uncontested. He then asks how these propositions are possible, in
order to deduce from the principle that makes them possible the possibility
of all other synthetic a priori propositions.76 Because the propositions of
metaphysics are synthetic and a priori, the conditions of the possibility of
metaphysics must be elucidated in the course of this "regressive" or
"analytic" procedure, just as they were in the course of the first Critique.
Here in the Prolegomena, however, the rational sciences of the objects o f
experience (mathematics and physics) provide the criterion any science o f
nonempirical objects (metaphysics) has to meet.
To understand Kant's further development, it is essential to realize that
he was working on the Prolegomena when the first review of the Critique of
Pure Reason came to his attention. This review, published anonymously in
the Gottingischen Gelehrten Anzeigen, had a significant impact on Kant's
thinking. For it brought home to him the fact that the special sense he had
given to the term "transcendental" had not been understood: "The word
'transcendental,' the meaning of which is so often explained by me [is] not
once grasped by my reviewer."n Rather, the reviewer saw in Kant's posi
tion a "higher idealism" and allied it to Berkeley's idealism about things.
This must have been especially painful to Kant, given that "the word
'transcendental, ' which with me never means a reference of our knowledge
to things, but only to the cognitive faculty, was meant to obviate this
misconception."18 In other words, the novelty of Kant's transcendental
undertaking, the "idea" underlying the Critique ofPure Reason and espe
cially the point of taking the concept of a Gegenstand iiberhaupt as the
"supreme concept" (A290) of transcendental knowledge, had not been
understood.
Kant's distress is clearly visible in the Prolegomena. He even considered
retracting the term "transcendental" altogether and calling his philosophy

xxxi
 I N T R O D U CT I O N

"critical idealism" instead.79 In the end, he did not do that; nevertheless,

Kant drew an important lesson from the misunderstanding of his work.
With the Critique executed and completed, Kant decided post festum to
play down the idea that underlay it and that caused such difficulty for the
reader, and to make the "plan" of the Prolegomena the defining paradigm
of transcendental knowledge. Hence it is no longer the a priori reference
to Gegenstiinde iiberhaupt with which transcendental knowledge is con
cerned, but the reference to possible experience: "The word 'transcenden
tal' . . . does not signifY something passing beyond all experience but
something that indeed precedes it a priori, but that is intended simply to
make knowledge of experience possible. "80 In other words, transcendental
philosophy now becomes exclusively a theory that discerns the a priori
conditions of possible experience.
To this shift ofemphasis within Kant's account of transcendental knowl
edge there eventually must correspond one on the side of metaphysics
too: Metaphysics proper is the science of the supersensible and thus is
concerned with objects that lie beyond all boundaries of experience. Ra
tional physics, the philosophy of corporeal nature, can no longer be a part
of the metaphysical system, to which the first Critique had assigned it (see
A846-7). It has to be treated separately and as independent of the system
of general metaphysics - a task Kant carried out in the Metaphysical Fozm
dations ofNatural Science (1786). As he stated in its preface:

Metaphysics has engaged so many heads up till now and will continue to engage
them not in order to extend natural knowledge . . . but in order to attain to a
knowledge of what lies entirely beyond all boundaries of experience, namely God,
freedom and immortality. If these things are so, then one gains when one frees
general metaphysics from a shoot springing indeed from its own roots but only
hindering its regular growth, and plants this shoot apart.8

Treating rational physics as a separate "shoot" also allowed Kant to

counter the charges of the Gottingen review in a more appropriate man
ner than had previously been possible for him. The reviewer had com
pared Kant's idealism with that of Berkeley - a misunderstanding that
seemed "unpardonable and almost intentional" to Kant. For unlike him
self, Kant insisted in the Prolegomena, Berkeley could not even distinguish
truth from illusion , because he regarded space as merely an empirical
representation, not as a priori in origin, as one must. Perhaps not fully
convincing in its initial formulation , during the next few years this argu
ment, which culminates in the Refutation of Idealism of the second edi
tion of the Critique, is further refined. The underlying thought remains
the same: All empirical truth, that is, all experience, involves change. As
such it requires something "permanent in perception" in relation to which
the alterations can be determined. Time, the form of inner sense, does
not make such determination possible - it has no metrics. Rather, what

xxxii
 INTRODUCTION

allows us to represent something a s abiding during change is the simultane

ity of its manifold. Yet we can only represent a manifold as simultaneous,
Kant insists against Berkeley and all empirical idealists, because we have
an original, that is, nonempirical, representation of space. 8
Consequently, the Metaphysical Foundations ofNatural Science, by laying
out the a priori principles and forms of external intuition in their entirety,
provides an "excellent and indispensable service" to transcendental phi
losophy itself: By providing "instances (cases in concreto) in which to real
ize the concepts and propositions of the latter (properly, transcendental
philosophy), [it gives] to a mere form of thought sense and meaning." For
we "must always take such instances from the general doctrine of body,
i.e. from the form and principles of external intuition, and if these in
stances are not at hand in their entirety, [one] gropes, uncertain and
trembling, among mere meaningless concepts. "83
The Metaphysical Foundations ofNatural Science provides this indispens
able service by providing the "fundamental determination of a something
that is to be an object of the external senses."84 To this end the concept of
an object of outer sense in general - matter - is carried through all the
four functions of the categories, a new determination of matter being
added with each chapter.ss
Such a "fundamental determination of a something that is to be an
object of the external senses," if it is conducted a priori, must correspond
to the "rational, " or a priori, part of the scientific study of the objects of
the external senses, that is, physics - if physics indeed has, or requires,
such a rational part. Kant is in no doubt that it does. Every science that
deserves the name, he argues, must exhibit not only systematic unity but
also necessity. Because all laws learned from experience are contingent,
natural science, properly so called, requires a pure part on which its
apodictic certainty can be based.
This pure part involves a dynamical theory of matter according to which
all filling of space, that is, matter of any density, is possible only as a
product of the interplay of two conflicting forces: attraction and repulsion.
The mechanical, or atomistic, theory of matter, which tries to explain the
filling of space in terms of impenetrable atoms and interspersed empty
spaces, is claimed to be untenable. Although this theory has the admitted
"advantage" of being able to explain with ease the differences of density in
different types of matter, the price it has to pay for this advantage is
intolerably high. With the concepts of absolute impenetrability and abso
lute emptiness, atomism lays at its foundation two concepts that can be
confirmed by no experiment; moreover, it gives up all the proper forces of
matter, thus functioning in effect as a barrier to the investigating reason of
the physicist.86 T he dynamical theory of matter, by contrast, makes attrac
tion and repulsion equally necessary and fundamental: With only the
former, Kant argues, all matter would coalesce into a single point, leaving

xxxi i i
 INTRODUC T I ON

space empty; with only the latter, it would expand to infinity, again leaving
space empty.
It is from this work, the Metaphysical Foundations ojNatural Science, Kant
later argues, that a transition to physics is required. In 1 786, there is as yet
no indication of such a plan. On the contrary, his remark in its preface that
"I believe that I have completely exhausted this metaphysical doctrine of
body, as far as such a doctrine ever extends"81 seems to suggest that at that
time he ruled out the possibility of further philosophical achievement in
this field. And in the chapter entitled "Dynamics," Kant even warns that
"one must guard against going beyond what makes the universal concept
of matter in general possible. " 88
So why a "Transition" after all? An answer emerges if we attenJ once
more to the two features that, according to Kant, any doctrine of nature
must exhibit in order to qualifY as a science: apodictic certainty and
systematic unity. Whereas the Metaphysical Foundations had accounted for
the apodictic certainty associated with the fundamental laws of physics, it
did not, nor could it, provide insight into the possibility of the system
aticity of physics. Yet neither necessity nor systematicity can be gained
empirically. No mere collection of empirical data, no aggregate of percep
tions, can yield the systematic unity we expect to find among the various
laws and propositions of physics. Such unity is of a priori origin; conse
quently, its possibility must be explained philosophically. For physics to be
possible as a science, then, philosophy must provide principles for the
investigation of nature; it must provide a priori topoi for the systematic
classification of those specific forces of matter that can only. be given
empirically.
The Metaph)'sical Foundations ofNatural Science did not suffice for this
task - for two reasons. Although itself drawn up in a systematic way, it had
merely analyzed the concept of "matter in general" in accordance with the
table of categories. Hence it dealt only with attraction and repulsion in
general. This does not supply physics with a guideline for a systematic
investigation of the specific forces of nature. As Kant later wrote in the
Opus postumum: "The transition to physics cannot lie in the Metaphysical
Foundations (attraction and repulsion, etc.). For these furnish no specifi
cally determined, empirical properties, and one can imagine no specific
[forces], of which one could know whether they exist in nature, or whether
their existence be demonstrable."B9
But second, for the classification of the specific forces of nature, it is
not enough that philosophy provide a priori topoi for their systematic
investigation. We must also have a priori reason to expect that nature
permits such classification; for "it is clear that the nature of reflective
judgment is such that it cannot undertake to classifj' the whole of nature by
its empirical differentiation unless it assumes that nature itself specifies its
transcendental laws by some principle."9o

xxxiv
 I N T RO D UC T I O N

Yet such a principle of nature's appropriateness to our cognition only

emerged clearly when Kant addressed the problem of pure judgments of
taste in the Critique ofJudgment ( 1 790). There he wrote, "Independent
natural beauty reveals [entdeckt] to us a technic of nature that allows us to
present nature as a system in terms of laws whose principle we do not find
anywhere in our understanding: the principle of a purposiveness directed
to our use of judgment as regards appearances. "9'
The analysis of judgments of taste for the first time showed the power
of judgment to be a separate cognitive faculty with its own a priori princi
ple: Nature, for the sake of j udgment, specifies its universal laws to
empirical ones, according to the form of a logical system .92 This principle
allowed Kant to regard as purposive and hence systematic the part of
nature that from the standpoint of the first Critique and the Metaplysical
Foundations had to be regarded as contingent.
The principle thus yields the precondition under which a systematic
empirical doctrine becomes a priori thinkable. Only when this principle of
a formal purposiveness of nature is set alongside Kant's general theory of
matter does a "Transition" from the metaphysical foundations of natural
science to physics become possible - indeed necessary, if his philosophy
of nature is to be complete: "Judgment first makes it possible, indeed
necessary, for us to think of nature as having not only a mechanical
necessity but also a purposiveness; if we did not presuppose this purposive
ness, there could not be systematic unity in the thoroughgoing classifica
tion of particular forms in terms of empirical laws."93
The principle of a formal purposiveness of nature, of nature as art,
then, is not itself part of the "Transition"; rather it prepares the ground
for the latter. By itself, this principle gives us no clue as to how we have
to investigate nature in order to be systematically instructed by it. This
principle "provides no basis for any theory, and it does not contain
cognition of objects and their character any more than logic does; it
gives us only a principle by which we [can] proceed in terms of empirical
laws, which makes it possible for us to investigate nature."94 In other
words, there remained a task to be completed in the philosophy of
nature - a task to be completed by the new work with the title, "Transi
tion from the Metaphysical Foundations of Natural Science to Physics."
It had to specifY a method of bringing about the systematic knowledge of
physics by providing the outline of a system of all objects of the outer
senses.
If this reconstruction of the origin of Kant's plan for a "Transition" is
correct, its initial conception could have been as early as the winter of
1 787-8. For it was in December 1 787, in a letter to K. L. Reinhold, that
Kant first reported on his work on the third Critique. And since we can
assume that Kant informed Kiesewetter of his plan to write a "Transition"
during one of their conversations in Konigsberg, we can be reasonably

XXXV
 I NTRODU C T I O N

certain that i t cannot have been much later, for Kiesewetter visited Kant
for the last time in the fall of 1 790.

Nevertheless, Kant did not begin to work systematically on the project

until at least I 796. We do not know for certain whether it was largely
academic duties and his other literary projects that prevented him from
doing more at the time than record reflections on various leaves. But at
least two theoretical problems may have contributed to the slow start of
the "Transition. "
T he first problem i s mentioned i n Kant's correspondence with Jacob
Sigismund Beck, who had taken on the task of preparing "Erlauternde
Ausziige" of Kant's major writings. In a letter of September 8, I 792, Beck
asks how he may understand the differences of density in matter on the
basis of Kant's dynamical theory. Kant covers Beck's letter with extensive
reflections on this problem,9s In his answer of October 1 6, he writes, after
acknowledging the importance of the question: __ -

I would expect a solution to this problem in the following: that attraction (the
universal, Newtonian) is originally the same in all matter, and only the repulsion of
different [types of matter] is different and thus accounts for the specific differ
ences of their density. But this leads in a way into a circle that I cannot get out of,
and about which I still have to try to come to a better understanding.96

The explanation of the differences in density Kant gives here is the same
that he gave in the Metaphysical Foundations ofNatural Science, and it is not
difficult to see where he locates the circle. T he repulsive force, he had
argued, acts only at the surface of contact - it being "all the same whether
behind this surface much or little .. . matter is found." It may thus be
originally different in degree in different types of matter,97 The attractive
force, on the other hand, goes beyond the surface and acts directly on all
parts of a matter. It is "a penetrative force and for this reason alone is
always proportional to the quantity of matter."9 8 Yet this seems to lead into
the circle that Kant laments in his letter to Beck, for his dynamical theory
of matter also requires that only "[b]y such an action and reaction of both
fundamental forces, matter would be possible by a determinate degree of
the filling of space," hence by a determinate quantity.99 In other words,
attraction depends on density; and density, on attraction.
In his next letter, Beck suggests his own solution, which, however, does
not find Kant's approval. In his reply of December 4, Kant writes:

By the end of the winter, before you begin with your Auszug of my Metaphysical
Foundations, I shall inform you of the efforts I undertook in this regard [on the
differences of density in matter] during the writing of this [book], but which I
rejected, [and I] shall shortly send you my [first] introduction to the Critique of
Judgment. 1 00

xxxvi
 I N T R O D UCT I O N

That Kant intended to send the reflections o n matter only several months
later suggests that he hoped in the meantime to find a solution to his
problem. On April 3 0, 1 793, Beck reminds Kimt of the two manuscripts
he had promised to send - "one, which concerns the Cn'tique ofJudgment,
and another one which concerns the metaphysics ofnature."10' On August
x8, Kant sends Beck, "in accordance with my promise," only the first
introduction to the third Cn'tique. '0' Beck responds immediately, pointing
out that he docs not understand Kant's "concept of the quantity of mat
ter." Kant does not rcply. 103 Almost a year later, Beck writes again, report
ing that he finally succeeded in understanding the Metaphysical Fountkl
tions ofNatural Science; his "Erlautcrnder Auszug" of that work (and of the
third Critique) appears in the fall of the same year.
All of this suggests that early in the 1 790s, Kant's thinking on the
philosophy of nature went through a transitional period. If this is correct,
it would hardly be surprising if he wanted "to try to come to a better
understanding" before embarking on the new project of a "science of
transition."
The second problem that might account for the slow start of the project
is more general. It can be felt clearly throughout the early drafts of the
Opus postumum. In a way, the situation is not unlike the one Kant had
faced years earlier when the possibility of metaphysics was at stake. Now
the possibility of physics as a system needed to be accounted for. To this
end, it had to be preceded by a "special science," namely, the "Transition
from the Metaphysical Foundations of Natural Science to Physics." But
this "science of transition," in turn, requires an "idea" or "plan" accord
ing to which it is to be executed. What can function as such an "idea"?
This idea cannot be derived from physics itself, any more than the "idea
of a transcendental philosophy" could be derived from metaphysics. Nor
can it be derived from the Metaphysical Foundations from which the "Tran
sition" commences: The concepts of attraction and repulsion "furnish no
specifically determined, empirical properties, and one can imagine no
specific [forces], of which one could know whether they exist in nature, or
whether their existence be demonstrable."104
For a while, Kant hoped to achieve the desired systematic result by
"follow[ing] the clue given by the categories and bring[ing] into play the
moving forces of matter according to their quantity, quality, relation and
modality."10s But this turned out not to be enough, and Kant's struggle
with the problem is palpable in the earlier fascicles of the text. And yet,
perhaps more than anything else, it accounts for the unique fascination
the Opus postumum exerts on the reader that, in the course of his reflec
tions, we see Kant taken far beyond the problem he initially set out to
solve. We are allowed to witness how his project develops in such a way
that fundamental issues of transcendental philosophy have to be re
addressed, until in the end the title of a "Transition from the Metaphysi-

xxxvi i
 INTRODUCTION

cal Foundations of Natural Science to Physics" is n o longer adequate.

Kant's efforts culminate in sketches of a new title for this, his last work - a
work that, according to the testimony of his early biographers, he now
regards as the keystone of his entire system.
It remains to outline briefly the development of Kant's argument in the
Opus postumum.

T H E D E VE L O P M E N T OF KA N T ' S A R G U M E N T

Early leaves and Oktaventwurf

Perhaps the oldest part of Kant's manuscript is an excerpt from an anony
mous review (q86) of his Metaphysical Foundations of Natural Science in
which the reviewer questions the introduction of repulsion as a fundamen
tal force of matter. The following leaves show Kant returning to such
problems as cohesion, density, solidification, dissolution, fluidity, and
heat: "My Metaphysical Foundations etc. already undertook several steps in
this field, simply as examples of their [the Foundations ' a pn"ori principles']
possible application to cases from experience." Now these problems stand
at the center of Kant's interest. Their renewed examination leads to
several modifications of his earlier position hat are worth mentioning.
1 . Whereas in q86 Kant was noncommittal as to the existence of an
ether and regarded cohesion as a physical, not a metaphysical, property,
which does not pertain to the possibility of matter in general, 106 he now
argues that the possibility of cohesion, hence the possibility of matter of a
particular fonn, depends on the living force (impact) of a universally dis
tributed ether or caloric. Its supposition thus becomes "an inevitably
necessary hypothesis, for without it, no cohesion, which is necessary for
the formation of a physical body, can be thought." Contrary to Kant's
previous explicit assertion, then, the Metaphysical Foundations cannot have
been a "doctrine of body [Korperlehre],"o1 but only a theory of matter in
general.
2. Because both fluid and rigid matters cohere, Kant in 1 786 explained
the difference between them in terms of a possible replacement of their
respective parts: Unlike a fluid matter, a rigid matter resists the displace
ment of its parts due to their friction. o8 But friction already presupposes
the property of rigidity, and it was for this reason that Kant admitted:
"How rigid bodies are possible, is still an unsolved problem; in spite of the
ease 'mth which ordinary natural science believes itself to dispose of it." 1 09
In the early leaves and the Oktaventwurf of the Opus postumum, Kant
begins to develop a theory of the rigidification of previously fluid matters
in an effort to overcome the problem of the Metaphysical Foundations.
3 In the Metaphysical Foundations ofNatural Science, Kant had declared
that the quantity of matter must be estimated in comparison with every

xxxvi ii
 I N T R O D UCT I O N

other matter by its quantity of motion at a given velocity, hence by impulse

and velocity."0 But this explanation, because it makes quantity a mechani
cal property rather than a dynamical one, can hardly be plausible in a
dynamical theory of matter that insists on attraction's being essential to
matter, and constitutive of it. In the early drafts of the "Transition,"
Kant's position is consequently revised: The principal method of estimat
ing a quantity of matter can only be by way of gravitation, that is, through
weighing. Before long, this shift will lead to a special consideration of the
instrument of weighing.
4 Does Kant now escape the "circle" in his theory of matter that he
lamented in the letter to J. S. Beck of October I 792? Although he does
not mention it explicitly in the Opus postumum, and although a complete
answer to this problem only emerges later, it is possible to see even in
these early drafts how he hopes to avoid the circle - namely, by treating
attraction and repulsion both as superficial forces (cohesion and elasticity)
and as penetrative forces (gravitation and heat), ultimately grounded in
the unceasing pulsations (alternating attraction and repulsion) of a univer
sally distributed ether or caloric.
The Oktaventwuifends with drafts of a preface to the new work, explain
ing the requirement of a "Transition from the Metaphysical Foundations
of Natural Science to Physics."

Towards the elementary system of the movingforces of matter

The topics from the early leaves and the OktaventJPurf are further devel
oped in the following drafts ("A-C," " a-r, " "a-c," "No. I - No. 311, "
" I ") . Proper chapter headings and a continuous numbering of paragraphs
reflect Kant's renewed optimism. The investigation, as Kant makes very
clear, is to proceed according to the table of categories. Yet his efforts
repeatedly come to a hlt before the category of modality is reached.
Quality, under which the aggregate states of matter are discussed, gives
rise to a discomforting problem: Caloric [ WarmestojJ], which keeps all
matter fluid and whose escape causes matter to rigidify, can itself be
neither fluid nor rigid. "How one can call it a fluid is unintelligible"; it is
"qua/itas occulta. "
Thus Kant is repeatedly forced to start all over again (a feature of the
manuscript that could only be preserved to a small extent in a selection of
the text). While problems of detail lead to an impass in his theory, Kant
continues to assure himself of the inescapable need for a "Transition," in
the form of prefaces and introductions to the work at hand.
A significant change occurs in the following drafts, which now also
receive a proper title: "Elementary System I -7" Returning once again to
a discussion of the quantity of matter, Kant introduces a new thought that
foreshadows the epistemological turn his investigations are soon to take.

xxxix
 INTRODUCTION

The concept of ponderability presupposes gravitational force, which

makes a body heavy, but it also presupposes "an instrument for the mea
surement of this moving force" - scales and a lever-arm that are rigid and
exert a repulsive force to resist the pressure of the heavy body. In fact,
"the moving force of cohesion underlies all mechanism," hence all physi
cal powers, and "even ponderability . . . will require the assumption of [an
ether or caloric]."
With ponderability thus described, Kant has found a concept that prop
erly belongs to the provenance of the elementary system, and hence to the
"Transition from the Metaphysical Foundations of Natural Science to
Physics." For it is a concept that is both a priori and "physically condi
tioned," requiring the assumption of a (relatively) imponderable matter
responsible for the rigidity of the instrument of weighing.
T his thought leads quickly to an expansion of the original "Transition"
project. Because any physical body can be regarded as a system of the
moving forces of matter, there seems to be no further reason to exclude
the concept of natural machines, or living organisms, from the "complete
division of the system of forces in general" (as Kant had done up to this
point): "Organic bodies are natural machines, and, like other moving
forces of matter, must be assessed according to their mechanical relation
ship, in the tendency of the metaphysical foundations of natural science."

The ether proofs

The sheets "Ubergang I - I 4 " occupy a central position in the Opus
postumum. On the one hand, Kant now provides a priori proofs of the
existence of the ether, which, with its attributes, yield the long-sought idea
or "principle" of the elementary system. On the other hand, the manu
script contains an amanuensis's copy of "Ubergang 9, I o, I I " (with the
"Introduction" to the "Transition") - usually one of the last steps before a
text was sent to the publisher.
So, does the ether (or caloric) exist? T he ether is not a hypothesis
feigned to explain certain physical phenomena, Kant now argues, but a
"categorically given material," because without it, no outer experience
would be possible. Because empty space cannot be an object of experi
ence, space, in order to be sensible, must be thought of as filled with a
continuum of forces extended through the entire cosmos: T he ether is the
"hypostatized space itself." The unity of possible experience, which rea
son demands a pn'ori, presupposes all moving forces of matter as com
bined in collective, not just distributive, unity. The ether is therefore also
the "basis (first cause) of all the moving forces of matter," and as such the
material condition of possible experience. And because experience can
only be one (cf. A I Io), we must also presuppose a constant motion of all
matter on the subject's sense organs, without which no perception would

xi
 INT R O DUCTION

take place. In sum, the ether is "identically contained for reason, as a

categorically and a priori demonstrable material."
Kant follows his proofs with reflections on their "strangeness" and
"uniqueness," and with a repeated self-assurance that it is the singularity
and uniqueness of this world-material that allows for an a priori demon
stration of its existence. Yet the reader will not fail to notice a certain
ambiguity on Kant's part as to whether his proof really establishes the
existence of such a material "in itself" and outside the idea of it, or merely
"in idea," and thus as a "thought-object."

How is physics possible? How is the transition to physics possible?

The ether proofs were meant to complete the elementary system of the
moving forces of matter, and to pave the way for the subsequent "world
system." Yet, on the subsequent sheets "A-Z" and "AA-BB," Kant's
thoughts take a different direction. Physics is to be a system; but we
cannot know a physical system as such, except insofar as we produce it
ourselves, in the combination of perceptions according to a priori princi
ples. That is, the topic of concepts (of the moving forces of matter) "does
not yet, on its own, found an experience"; rather, what has been "analyti
cally investigated" (the elementary system) must also be "synthetically
presented." But how? "How is physics possible?"
The first thing to realize, Kant emphasizes, is that the aggregate of the
moving forces of matter is only appearance; the object of physics, the
thing [Sache] in itself that the subject constitutes, is indirect appearance,
or appearance of an appearance. "The objects of the senses, regarded
metaphysically, are appearances; for physics, however, these objects are
things [Sachen] in themselves." Hence, there arises the threat of an
amphiboly, namely, to take what is given empirically ("appearances in the
subject") for one and the same as what the subject makes: experience of
an object, or the appearance of an appearance. But physics is constituted
not from experience but for experience. The objective element in appear
ance presupposes the subjective element in the moving forces: "The
doctrinal element in the investigation of nature in general presupposes in
the subject an organic principle of the moving forces in [the form of]
universal principles of the possibility of experience": "The moving forces
of matter are what the moving subject itself does with its body to [other]
bodies. The reactions corresponding to these forces are contained in the
simple acts by which we perceive the bodies themselves."
How, then, is the transition to physics possible? It becomes possible,
Kant now realizes, if we focus our attention on the moving subject, rather
than on the object that moves. It is because the subject is conscious of
agitating its own moving forces that it can anticipate the counteracting
moving forces of matter. More precisely, a "Transition" becomes possible

xli
 I N T R O D ll C T I O N

"insofar a s the understanding presents its own acts - being the effects on
the subject - in the concepts of attraction and repulsion, etc., in a whole
of experience produced formally thereby."
In this act the subject constitutes itself as an empirical object - it be
comes an appearance of an object for itself. Herewith space and time
likewise become sensible. For, Kant writes, the positing of moving forcs
through which the subject is affected must precede the concept of the
spatial and temporal relations in which they are posited. And it is the
subject's own motion (its act of describing a space in a certain time) that
combines both and makes them into a sense object. "The subject which
makes the sensible representation of space and time for itself is likewise an
object to itself in this act. Self-intuition. For, without this, there would be
no self-consciousness of a substance."

The Selbstsetzungslehre
The theory of the subject's original self-positing is further developed in
the Vllth fascicle. In its course, the notion of a thing in itself is also
reexamined. The positing subject is a thing in itself because it contains
spontaneity, but the thing in itself = x, as opposed to, or corresponding to,
the subject, is not another object, Kant no argues, but a thought-entity
without actuality, merely a principle: "the mere representation of one's
own activity." It is the correlate of the pure understanding in the process
of positing itself as an object. Its function is to "designate a place for the
subject"; it is "only a concept of absolute position: not itself a self
subsisting object, but only an idea of relations."
Self-consciousness is the "act" through which the subject makes itself
into an object. This act is at first merely a logical act, a thought without
content. Th "first progress in the faculty of representation" is that from
pure thought in general to pure intuition: the positing of space and time as
pure manifolds. Space and time are "products of our own imagination,
hence self-created intuitions." Space is then determined by problemati
cally inserting into it forces of attraction and repulsion, and by determin
ing the laws according to which they act: "The forces already lie in the
representation of space."
These forces are what affect the subject and allow it to think of itself as
receptive and determinable. For only insofar as the subject can represent
itself as affected can it appear to itself as corporeal, hence as an object of
outer sense. It then progresses to knowledge of itself in the thoroughgoing
determination of appearances, and of their connection into a unified
whole. "The understanding begins with the consciousness of itself
(apperceptio) and performs thereby a logical act. To this the manifold of
outer and inner intuition attaches itself serially, and the subject makes
itself into an object in a limitless sequence. "

xlii
 INTRO D U C T I ON

Practical self-positing and the idea of God

Yet the subject does not just constitute itself as an object of outer sense. It
also constitutes itself as a person, that is, a being who has rights and
duties. By determining its will in accordance with the categorical impera
tive, the subject can raise itself above all merely sensuous beings and
become the "originator of his own rank." Thoroughgoing determination
of my existence in space and time is consequently not the only thorough
going determination of myself: "Every human being is, in virtue of his
freedom and of the law which restricts it, made subject to necessitation
through his moral-practical reason."
Kant's main interest now, however, is in the idea that moral-practical
reason inevitably generates in order to constitute itself as a person: the
idea of God as the highest moral being. For it is through the categorical
imperative that all rational world -beings are united, as standing in mutual
relations of right and duty. But a command, to which "everyone must
absolutely give obedience, is to be regarded by everyone as from a being
which rules and governs over all. Such a being, as moral, however is called
God. So there is a God."
The idea of God thus lies "at the basis" of the categorical imperative;
the concept of unconditional duty is contained "identically" in the concept
of a divine being: All human duties are prescribed as (if they were) divine
commands. Whether God exists as a substance different from man, as a
world-being, cannot be known; but for moral-practical reason, the idea of
God is indispensable and inevitably given with the categorical imperative.
Just as there is an all-comprehending nature (in space and time), there is
also "an all-embracing, morally commanding, original being - a God . "
Like "the world," this original being is a maximum and can only be one.
"The subject determines itself ( 1 ) by technical-practical reason, (2) by
moral-practical reason, and is itself an object of both. The world and
God."

VVhat is transcendental philosophy?

The last fascicle Kant wrote - but which has been called the first fascicle
because it lay on top of the manuscript - is the summation of his years of
labor. Again there are clear indications (although now, increasingly, cou
pled with signs of decrepitude) of Kant's belief that his work could fmally
be completed: The name of the amanuensis to be used is recorded in the
margin, and various sheets contain versions of a new title, of the table of
contents, and of an introduction. The initial title "Transition from the
Metaphysical Foundations of Natural Science to Physics" is no longer
sufficient for the work at hand. This does not mean that the "Transition"
is abandoned or that Kant at this time has plans for a second volume; the

xliii
 I NTRODUCTION

initial "Transition" is to become one of the parts of the larger work Kant
now wants to call, for example, "The Highest Standpoint of Transcenden
tal Philosophy in the System of Ideas: God, the World, and Man in the
World, Restricting Himself Through Laws of Duty" - or, more simply,
"System of Transcendental Philosophy in Three Sections."
Kant's account of theoretical and practical self-positing culminates in
the ideas of world and God. These ideas, however, are thoroughly hetero
geneous and stand in "real opposition." If philosophy is to be systematic
and complete, they must be combined into one whole: "In this relation
there must, however, be a means of the combination of both [ideas] into
an absolute whole - and that is man who, as a natural being has at the
same rime personality - in order to connect the principles of the senses
with that of the supersensible." Man, as a sense object, belongs to nature;
as a person, capable of rights and duties, he must have freedom of the will
and hence be a citizen of the noumenal realm. These three ideas (or
ideals, as they each express a maximum and are unique) belong together
and form a system: "If God is, he is only one. If there is a world in the
metaphysical sense then there is only one world; and if there is man he is
the ideal, the archetype (prototypon) of a man adequate to duty." Whether
these objects exist, "is not here decided" - it is not a question for transcen
dental philosophy.
What, in Kant's final analysis, is transcen'dental philosophy? It is, first,
synthetic a priori knowledge from concepts. This is the "negative" defini
tion, which sets it apart from mathematics. But Kant now adds a positive
characterization, which explains the possibility of such knowledge: "Tran
scendental philosophy is the act of consciousness whereby the subject
becomes the originator of itself and, thereby, also of the whole object of
technical-practical and moral-practical reason in one system." In other
words, transcendental philosophy becomes the theory of self-positing, of
reason's self-constitution in the light of three original and necessary ideas
or "images" that supply it with the material for synthetic knowledge from
concepts: "I must have objects of my thinking and apprehend them;
otherwise I am unconscious of myself." Reason (or the "spirit in man")
therefore inevitably creates these ideas (God, world, duty) in the process
of positing itself, of becoming conscious of itself as both a natural being
and a person. Or, finally, already on the wrapper of this fascicle, among
the last words Kant wrote: "Transcendental philosophy precedes the asser
tion of things that are thought, as their archetype, [the place) in which they
must be set."

N O T E ON T H E S E L E C T I O N AN D T RAN S LAT I O N
The present edition is based on the text of the Opus postumum i n Vols. 2 1
and 2 2 of the Academy edition of Kant's gesamme/te Schrifien. Its aim is to

xliv
 I N T RO D UC T I O N

provide a selection from the Opus postumum that both illustrates the nature
of Kant's last work and gives a comprehensive representation of its main
ideas. I harbor no illusions that there can be a perfect approach to this
task: Different editors would make - and have made - different selec
tions. Nevertheless two principles of selection suggest themselves, both of
which I have adopted.
First, as was noted, Kant tended in his last manuscript to adjust his
writing to the paper in front of him, and to try to fit a thought or a set of
paragraphs on a single sheet (sometimes even page), rather than freely to
carry over his sentences from one to the next. The reason for this seems to
have been his wish to have sheets (or sometimes pages) form self
contained units that could easily be compared with other drafts on the
same topic and then reworked or amended at a later time if desired. The
present selection is an attempt to preserve as far as possible this feature of
the manuscript. It therefore reproduces entire pages rather than specific
passages from those pages. Although I have not felt it necessary to adhere
to this principle unswervingly, I have deviated from it only rarely, and only
to avoid excessive repetition or to include in a selection a passage that
seems crucial to the unfolding of Kant's argument, but that only occurs in
the context of an otherwise unimportant or already much belabored discus
sion. I have not extended the principle to the margins of the pages, where
Kant recorded alternative phrasings, reminders for a later treatment of a
particular topic, and so forth. Kant's marginal notes are included when
they seemed to contribute to an understanding of the argument on the
page itself (or on other pages); otherwise they were omitted.
The second principle of selection is dictated by what Kant tried to
achieve in his last work. Because the manuscript was begun with the
intention of producing a "Transition from the Metaphysical Foundations
of Natural Science to Physics" and reflects his long struggle with this
problem and its implications, the selection should contain those pages that
best represent the unfolding of the argument, as well as the various
modifications and transformations the original plan underwent in the
course of his deliberations. For this reason, otherwise interesting reflec
tions that Kant recorded in the manuscript but that do not bear on his
project - drafts of the prefaces to the Critique ofPractical Reason and to R.
B. Jachmann's Priifung der Kantischen Re/igionsphi/osophie, for example, or
Kant's thoughts on a smallpox epidemic or on the alleged Fortschritt zum
Besseren of the human race - had to be excluded from the selection.
This second principle also implies, it seems to me, that the selection
should reflect the logical and chronological order of Kant's thought and
thus use the chronology that Adickes established for the Opus postumum.
This makes a comparison of the present text with the German original
more complicated, but it makes Kant's argument vastly more intelligible.
So as not to complicate the comparison beyond necessity, the present

xlv
 I N T R O D UCT I O N

edition reproduces the inconsistencies in the arrangement of the text in

the Academy edition, which provides Kant's marginal notes sometimes
before the main text and sometimes after and includes his personal jot
tings from the margins sometimes in the apparatus to the text, sometimes
on the page itself. The sole exception to this policy is Kant's marginal
reflections on page 2 of sheet II of the 1st fascicle. The Academy edition
prints them after page 3 of that sheet; I have included them immediately
after the main text of page 2 .

Whereas the responsibility for making selections from Kant's text lay en
tirely with the editor, the translation has been a collaborative effort* in the
fullest sense: We established early on that the demands of the text (relative,
at least, to our capacities) were such that the only possible way of proceed-
. ing was for us to translate each individual sentence together from scratch.
In general, we tried to render the text as intelligible as possible without
imposing on it our own interpretation of what Kant is trying to say, or
artificially eliminating its fragmentary, digressive, and repetitious char
acter. But when faced with Kant's often jumbled and overlong sentences,
their many parentheses, and not infrequently the complete absence of
punctuation, a translator at times has no choice but to make a decision,
guided only by an intuitive sense of wht Kant wants to convey, as to
which parts of a sentence belong together, or to which of many possible
subjects a verb refers. We also often found it necessary, because the
English language does not tolerate the large number of dependent and
subdependent clauses that German can accommodate, to rearrange
Kant's sentence structure and to disentangle and decompose his more
convoluted constructions into more manageable units. In so doing, we did
not hestitate to replace where necessary Kant's relative pronouns with the
substantives to which we felt he must be referring, and which offered the
best chance of making sense of the words in question.
Nevertheless, we were left with many sentences whose complexity still
stretches the resources of the language. For this we make no apology: The
English already represents a considerable simplification of the original,
and to go farther would be to produce not a translation but a reconstruc
tion of Kant's text.
In relation to Kant's words themselves we attempted to act much more
conservatively. The problems here are ones that all of Kant's tra'nslators
must face. For he is, notoriously, one of those philosophers who introduce
into their work a great deal of novel terminology that has no familiar role
(either in English or in German) outside its original context. The problem
for the translator, however, is to determine how far Kant's terminology is

All translations in the Introduction, the Notes to the Introduction, and the Factual Notes
are by Eckart Forster unless otherwise indicated.

xlvi
 I N T RO D U C T I O N

intended i n this technical way (in which case the proper procedure must be
to find a single equivalent) and how far it admits of flexibility in its sense.
A case in point is the words Objekt and Gegenstand, on the one hand,
and Ding and Sache, on the other. (In ordinary German, all four words can
be used interchangeably, with certain restrictions applying to Sache.)
Whereas some scholars maintain that the first two words represent, for
Kant, different ideas, we found no evidence in the Opus postumum to
support this view. Rather, in this text, he seems to be using both terms
interchangeably; we therefore translated both terms as "object," without
distinction.
The case is different, however, with Ding and Sache, both of which are
commonly translated as "thing." This seemed unacceptable to us in the
Opus postumum, where Kant frequently speaks of a Sache an sich in a way
that does not appear to be synonymous with the Ding an sich - the "thing
in itself" familiar from his earlier writings. Whether this appearance is
correct or not, it seemed important to us to alert the reader to such
possible nuances in Kant's meaning. Consequently, wherever Kant uses
the term Sache, we have translated it - for want of another term as -

"thing [Sache]," to distinguish it from "thing" proper, or Ding.

Such decisions as to when terms do and do not demand a unique
English equivalent are recorded in the Glossary. In addition, where the
decision is of substantial philosophical significance, it is discussed in the
Factual Notes at the appropriate place.
Finally, as regards the rendering of the principal terms, we have
adapted ourselves, as far as we felt we reasonably could, to the existing
standard translations. For the Opus postumum this means two translations
in particular: Norman Kemp S mith's translation of the Critique o,(Pure
Reason and James W. Ellington's translation of the Metaphysical Founda
tions ofNatural Science. Especially from Kemp Smith's translation of terms
we deviated only reluctantly - usually because we felt he treated too flexi
bly a term that needed a consistent equivalent.
In sum, our policy in translating Kant's Opus postumum has been conser
vative (as far as possible) with respect to words while being free with
respect to word order and sentence structure. Although we are aware that
this is a compromise - and one that reasonably could have been made
otherwise - we hope that the reader will appreciate that it is a compromise
that has been made in good faith. The resulting text is one that, we know,
the English-speaking reader will often find extremely demanding. But no
legitimate principles of translation - however free - could make the Opus
postumum read like smooth, polished English. Our regulative principle has
been that, where the text could not be made to read like English, it should,
as far as possible, read like Kant.

EcKART FoRSTER

xlvii
 Notes to the Introduction

For the history of the Opus postumum, see also E. Adickes, Kanis Opus postu
mum dargestellt und beurteilt (Kant-Studien Erganzungsheft Nr. so), Reuther &
Reichard: Berlin I 92o, pp. I -35, and G. Lehmann, "Einleitung," in AK
22:7S I -73
2 AK 5 : I 7o; see also AK I0:494
3 Kant to C. Garve, September 2 I , I 798, AK 12:257.
4 Kant to]. G. C. C. Kiesewetter, October I 9, I 798, AK 12:258.
5 Kiesewetter to Kant, June 8, I 795, AK 1 2:23.
6 J. G. Hasse, Letzte Ausserungen Kants von einem seiner Tischgenossen, Friedrich
Nikolovius: Konigsberg I 804, p. 22.
7 R. B. Jachmann, Immanuel Kant geschildert in Briefen an einen Freund, re
printed in F. Gross (ed.), Immanuel Kant: sein Leben in Darstellungen von
Zeitgenossen, Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft: Darmstadt I 978, p. 1 28.
8 Kant to G. C. Lichtenberg, July I, I 798, AK 1 2:247.
9 E. A. C. Wasianski, Immanuel Kant in seinen letzten Lebensjahren, reprinted in
F. Gross (ed.), Immanuel Kant, p. 294.
IO "Erklarung gegen Schlettwein," AK 1 2:367. Hasse reported that the manu
script was to be published after Kant's death by]. F. Gensichen, to whom Kant
had also bequeathed his library. (See]. G. Hasse, LetzteAusserungen, p. 22n.)
II E. A. C. Wasianski, Immanuel Kant, p. 294.
I2 ]. G. Hasse, Letzte Ausserungen, p. 22n.
I3 Kiesewetter consulted J. F. Gensichen and C. J. Kraus, but apparently failed
to contact Wasianski. Kiesewetter writes of his search in his introduction
(I 8o8) to an annotated edition of Kant's Metaphysical Foundations ofNatural
Science, which he planned to publish but which did not materialize. Kiese
wetter's preface and introduction to this planned work are now in the Bib
lioteka Jagiellonska, Krakau (Poland). I am grateful to Dr. Marian Zwiercan
of the BibliothekaJagiellonska for providing me with a microfilm of the texts.
14 See P. Haensell's letter of December 23, I 883 to A . Krause, printed i n A.
Krause, Das nachgelassene f#rk Immanuel Kant's: f!Om Uebergange von den
metaphysischen Anfangsgriinden der Naturwissenscha.ft zur Physik mit Belegen
populiir-wissenscha.ftlich dargeste/lt, Moritz Schauenberg: Frankfurt a. M. und
Lahr, I 888, p. xvi.
IS F. W. Schubert, "Die Auffindung des letzten grosseren Manuskripts von
Immanuel Kant," Neue preussische Provinzialbliitter LVIX, I (I 8s8), pp. s8-
6 I ; and R. Haym (anonymous), "Ein ungedrucktes Werk von Kant,"
Preussische Jahrbucher I (I858), pp. 80-4. Both scholars declined, however,
to pass decisive judgment on the manuscript on the basis of their brief
encounter with it.

xlviii
 N O T E S TO T H E I N T RO D U C T I O N

16 Kuno Fischer, Geschich te der neuem Philosophic, Friedrich Bassermann:

Mannheim 1 86o, vol. 3, p. 83.
17 Altpreussische Monatsschrift 19 (1 882), pp. 67-8.
18 The first was perhaps Kant himself: "Insertion V" of the Vllth fascicle is
clearly of a later origin than the rest of this fascicle, and is probably mixed up
with the "Insertion V" that is now in the Xth fascicle. That this is Kant's own
doing is suggested by Kant's note next to the heading "Insertion VI" on page
1 of the seventh sheet of fascicle VII: "N.B. Should perhaps be V" (AK
22:65.33).
1 9 This was suggested by Albrecht Krause, Das nachgelassene Werk, p. xv; and by
Julius von Pflugk-Harttung, "PaHiographische Bemerkungen zu Kants nach
gelassener Handschrift," Archiv for Geschichte der Philosophic II 1 (1 888), p.
4I.
20 See Emil Arnoldt, Gesammelte Schriften, Nachlass Band IV, Bruno Cassirer:
Berlin 19 I I, Part II, pp. 342-8 I .
2 1 Arnoldt to Kuno Fischer, June 20, I 884, i n ibid., p . 3 78.
22 Ibid., p. 380.
23 Reicke's letter is reprinted in part in A. Krause, Immanuel Kant wider Kuno
Fischer, zum ersten Male mit Hii/je des verloren gewesenen Kantischen Haupt
werkes: VtJm Ubergang von der Metaphysik zur Physik verteidigt, Moritz Schauen
burg: Lahr 1 884, p. 24.
24 Krause to von Gossler, June 30, 1 883, reprinted in ibid., p. 25. Although the
minister showed interest, the project did not materialize. Arnoldt, who for
political reasons had been denied an academic position at a Prussian univer
sity, categorically refused to collaborate with a representative of the govern
ment; yet without the help of his friend, Reicke was unwilling to undertake
the task.
25 Krause, Immanuel Kant wider Kuno Fischer, p. 3
26 Cotta'sche Buchhandlung: Stuttgart 1 884.
27 Thus Adickes writes that Krause's attack on Fischer was caused by his anger
at Fischer's failing to revise his earlier dismissal of the Opus postumum in his
Kritik der kantischen Philosophic of 1 883: "A. Krause was so infuriated by this
that he took pen in hand for a pointed attack on Fischer" (E. Adickes, Kants
Opus postumum, p. 1 7). Gerhard Lehmann and others followed Adickes in
this assessment (see G. Lehmann, "Einleitung," AK 22:765). Yet this is not
even half the story.
In 1 876, Krause published a book entitled Die Gesetze des menschlichen
Herzens wissenschaft/ich dargestellt als die formale Logik des reinen Gefiihls [The
Laws of the Human Heart, Scientifically Presented as the Formal Logic of
Pure Feeling], M. Schauenburg: Lahr 1876, in which he claimed to have
extended the principles of Kant's first Critique to the realm of human feelings
and emotions. Contrary to Kant's claim that there can be no philosophical
knowledge in rational psychology, Krause purported to show that this disci
pline had its own "synthetic a priori judgments," such as, for instance, "The
present lasts only for a moment" (p. 44), or, "If fear induces a motion, it is the
motion of flight" (p. 7 5). Such judgments can be proved, he insisted, if one
adds to Kant's "insufficient" table of categories such "categories" as " Wenig
keit" (fewness), "Separation" (separation), and "Zufol/igkeit" (contingency).

xlix
 N O T E S TO THE I N T R O D U C T I O N

Krause sent a dedication copy o f his book t o Kuno Fischer with the
inscription: "To the Geheimen Rath Kuno Fischer, his highly esteemed
teacher, with deep gratitude, the author" (see K. Fischer, Das Streber- und
Griinderthum, p. 63). Fischer, like the rest of the literary world, ignored the
book. Convinced that this neglect by professional philosophers must be due
to a failure to understand the Kantian principles on which his book was
based, Krause next wrote a "popular" account of the Critique ofPure Reason,
published appropriately in the centennial year I 88 I .
Again, there was virtually no response from the academic community.
Krause now took more desperate steps. 1bgether with a friend and ally, A.
Claasen, he approached the editors of Die Grenzboten, a popular journal for
politics, literature and arts, and asked for space in the journal's pages for the
popularization and discussion of Krause's Kant interpretation. This was
granted, and for the next three years, in a number of articles and book
reviews, Krause and Claasen pursued their task. Heralding Krause's writ
ings as "the first and only progress in the theory of knowledge since Kant,"
they explicitly set out to rescue the "true" Kant from the "trash of professo
rial wisdom [Schutt der Professorenweisheit]." Accordingly, they charged the
"professors of philosophy" with either "arrogantly ignoring" or with "plagia
rizing" Krause's work - the latter with respect to a book by Kurd Lasswitz, a
later editor of the Academy edition, which had just been awarded a literary
orize for the best popular account of Kant's theory of the ideality of space
and time. See Die Grenzboten 42,2 (1 883), pp. I 90-7; see also 40 , 4 ( x 88 I ),
pp. 2 3 I -6; 4 I , 1 ( 1 882), pp. 1 1 3 - I 7; 4 1 ,3 (1 882), pp. 396-404; 4 I ,4 (1 882),
pp. I o- I 7 i 42,I ( 1 883), pp. 1 66-8; 42,2 (1 883), pp. 348-9, pp . 6so-62;
43,2 " (1 884), pp. 2 1 8-24.
Although their anger was directed against the community of professional
philosophers as a whole, Krause and Claasen singled out Kuno Fischer for
special attack from the start. See " Kant und die Erfahrungswissenschaft,"
40,4 ( I 88 I ), p . 23 2 ; "Kant und Kuno Fischer," 4 I ,4 ( I 882), pp. I O- I 7 i
"Kuno Fischer und sein Kant" 4 2, 3 (I 883), pp. 549-64.
Fischer eventually responded in the preface to his Kn'tik der kantischen
Philosophie, Fr. Bassermann: MGnchen I 883. Lamenting the trend to pub
lish on Kant without understanding him, he refers to an "immature and
confused book" of a few years ago that could not have had a better fate than
to sink into oblivion, but which was now heralded as the first and only
progress in the theory of knowledge since Kant. Without mentioning Krause
or Claasen by name, Fischer voiced his opinion of them in the form of a
quotation from the Walpurgisnight scene of Goethe's Faust: " 'Ein Dilettant
hat es geschrieben ! ' Und Freund Servibilis ruft: 'Mich dilettirt's, den
Vorhang aufzuziehen !' " (Fischer, p. vi).
Now Krause writes his book Immanuel Kant wider Ku110 Fischer. And
although he is silent in the book as to the circumstances that led up to it, his
true motives are nevertheless revealed in the introduction: "It is not only the
love of Immanuel Kant which makes me carry out the present project, but it
is also the drive of self-preservation which compels me to do so" (p. 3).
Kant's Opus postumum clearly came in handy as a new weapon in Krause's
struggle for "self-preservation."
 N O T E S TO T H E I N T R O D U C T I O N

28 The following incidents are reported in Arnoldt's letter to Fischer ofjune 6

and 7, I 884. See E. Arnoldt's Gesammelte Sch nften, pp. 37 I -3 .
29 A. Krause, Das nachgelassene J#rk Immanuel Kants. In the preface Krause
writes, no doubt to the surprise of those familiar with the circumstances: "As
far as possible, I have only chosen passages that have already been published
in Dr. Reicke's edition" (p. xvii).
In I 902, Krause complemented this with a publication about the first
fascicle: Die letzten Gedanken Immanuel Kants: Der Transzendentalphilosophie
hochster Standpunkt: Von Gott, der Welt und dem Menschen, melcher beide
verbindet, Lahr I 902. Like Hans Vaihinger and Karl Vorl:inder, Krause sub
scribed to the Zmei Werke theory, that is, the view that Kant's Opus postumum
contains the plan and the material for two different works. Although dis
proved by Adickes in 1 920, this view has recently been revived in W. H.
Werkmeister, Kant 's Architectonic, Open Court: La Salle and London I 98o,
pp. I 1 2, I 7 3
30 For the history o f the Academy edition, sec G. Lehmann, "Zur Geschichte
der Kantausgabe 1 896- 1 95 5 ," in Lehmann, Beitrage zur Geschichte und Inter
pretation der Philosophic Kants, de Gruyter: Berlin 1 969, pp. 3 - 1 2 ; Paul
Menzer, "Die Kant-Ausgabe der Berliner Akademic der Wissenschaften,"
Kant-Studien 4 9 4 (I 957-8), pp. 3 37-50; and Werner Stark, "Nach
forschungen zur Herausgabe von Kants handschriftlichem Nachlass," un
published manuscript, Marburg 1 983.
3I See B. Guttmann, "Der Kampf urn ein Manuskript," Frankjimer Zeitung und
Handelsblatt, Nr. 3 2 I , 47. ]ahrgang, I9. November 1 902, Erstes Morgenblatt.
32 Ibid.
33 E . Adickes, Kants Opus poslltmum, p . iv.
34 B. Erdmann t o E. Adickes, December 22, 1 9 I 6. This and the following
letters from Adickes's correspondence are part of the so-called lngelheimer
Papiere - a portion of Adickes's Nach /ass that Werner Stark located in I 982
(see W. Stark, "Mitteilung in memoriam Erich Adickes," Kant-Studien 7S 3
[ 1 984], pp. 3 45 -9) and that is now in the Kant Archiv of the Philipps
Universitat Marburg. I am grateful to Werner Stark for permitting me to
quote from the Ingelheimer Papiere.
35 E. Adickes to H. Diels, February 1 0, 1 9 1 9 (lngelheimer Papiere) .
36 H . Diels to E . Adickes, june 6, I 9 1 9 (lngelheimer Papiere) .
37 E . Adickes, Kants Opus postumum, p p . 8 5 4 , 3 4, iv, 854.
38 H. Maier to E. Adickes, November 9, 1 923 (/ngelheimer Papiere) . See also G.
Lehmann, "Zur Geschichte der Kantausgabe," p. 8.
39 H. Maier to E. Adickes, November 9, 1 923 (/ngelheimer Papiere) .
40 I owe this information to Werner Stark.
4I A . Buchenau a n d G . Lehmann (eds.), Der alte Kant, de Gruyter: Berlin und
Leipzig I 925, p. 3 . Bound together with Kant's notes is a reprint of Hasse's
Letzte A usserungen Kants. Adickes expressed his negative assessment of Der
alte Kant in his letter to A. Buchenau of May 4, 1 926, and in a letter to
Lehmann of june 2, 1 926 (lngelheimer Papiere), where he spoke of his "dis
gust" with their way of handling their editorial task.
42 H. Maier to E . Adickes, January 8, I 9 24; see Adickes's letter to Buchenau,
June 30, I 925 (lngelheimer Papiere) .

li
 NOTES T O THE INTRODUCTION

43 E. Adickes to H. Maier, June I 9, I 926 (/ngelheimer Papiere).

44 See P. Menzer, "Die Kant-Ausgabe," p. 347
45 See AK I 8 :679.I-9 (R 6352a) and 2 I :33723-338.os; I 8:3os. z - 1 8 (R
5652a) and Z I :440. I 6-441 .2; I9:J IO. I 7-J I I .7 (R 73 I 4) and Z I :446.2- 12;
I8:6599-665 .2I (R 633 8a) and 2 I :454.2 I -46 I . I2; I 5 :972.I4-974.I4 (R
I552) and zz:z9s.zz-297 I I , 298.6-8, 298. I 5 - 1 7 ; I 5 :974 1 7 -976. 1 8 (R
I 553) and 22:J02.6-304. I 2, 304. I 6- I8, 304.22-3053
46 The leaves of the IVth fascicle have been transmitted in the following order
(as of I 986): nos. 22 (with the Oaaventwurfinserted in it), 8, 25, 29, 23, 24,
z6/J 2, JO, 27, J I, 28, JJ, J S , J9/40, J6, J7, J8, 4 I , 42, 44, 43/47, 45, 46,
3/4, 7, s, 6, 3 The editors also deviated from the principles of a "diplo
matic" edition in the IXth fascicle, where they reversed the order of the
pages of draft "B Obergang" (AK 22:233-46).
47 G. Lehmann, Beitriige, p. 48. Thirty years later Lehmann still recalled the
"string of difficulties, even nastinesses" that accompanied the interactions
between him, Buchenau, and Adickes; see ibid., p. 38.
48 See E. Adickes, Kants Opus postumum, p. I 53n.
49 See, e.g., Wolfgang G. Bayerer, "Ein verschollenes Loses Blatt aus Kants
Opus postumum?" Kant-Studien 58 (I 967), pp. 277-84; idem., "Bemerkun
gen zu einem neuerdings naher bekannt gewordenen Losen Blatt aus Kants
Opus postumum," Kant-Studien 72 (I98I), pp. I 27-3 I; Hans-Joachim
Waschkies, "Eine neu aufgefundene Reflexion Kants zur Mathematik (Loses
Blatt Leningrad 2)," Kant-Forschungen I (I 9,87), pp. 229-78; Werner Stark,
"Loses Blatt Leipzig I . Transkription und Bemerkungen," In: Forum ftir
Philosophic Bad Homburg (ed.), Ubergang: Untersuchungen zum Spiitwerk Im
manuel Kants, Klostermann: Frankfurt am Main I 99 I , pp. I46-55.
so For a detailed description of the various sheets of the manuscript, see AK
22:773-89 and Julius von Pflugk-Harttung, "Palaographischc Bemerkungen
zu Kants nachgelassener Handschrift."
5I Kant's logic lecture of I 772 ("Logik Philippi"), 436, AK 24:484.
52 See the correspondence between Kant, Kiesewetter, and Lagarde, Novem
ber I 9, 1 789 to May I 790, AK 1 1 : I o7-67.
53 For another illustration of Kant's working style at the time, see G. Baum, W
G. Bayerer, R. Malter, "Ein neu aufgefundenes Reinschriftfragment Kants
mit den Anfangstexten seines Entwurfs 'Zum ewigen Frieden,' " Kant
Studien 77 (I 986), pp. J I 6-37
54 T. Haering, Der Duisburg'sche Nachlass und Kant's Kriticismus um 1775, ]. C.
B. Mohr (Paul Siebeck): Tiibingen I9IO, pp. zff.
55 E. Adickes, who edited the physics Rej/exionen in the Academy edition,
described them thus: "stylistic monster-sentences, anacolutha, unclear for
mulations of thoughts themselves unclear" (Kants Opus postumum, p. 23; see
AK I 4:xviii-xix).
56 According to Wasianski, it was Kant's habit to write down in the evenings key
words for topics he planned to develop the next day. See Wasianski, hnman
uel Kant in seinen letzten Lebensjahren, p. 225.
57 For this reason, Vittorio Mathieu characterized the manuscript as
"zelknartig" - cellular. See Kants Opus postumum, Klostermann: Frankfurt
am Main I 989, p. 6 1 .

Iii
 N O T E S TO T H E I N T R O D U C T I O N

58 For a fairly typical page of Kant's manuscript, see the facsimile of page I of
the first sheet of fascicle IX in this volume.
59 In this respect, too, the Opus postumum does not differ from Kant's
Duisburg'sche Nachlass of I 775; see AK q:65 1 .
6o E. Adickes, Kants Opus postumum, p. 36.
6I Adickcs's general method of dating Kant's Nachlass (sec his "Einlcitung" to
AK I4:xvii-lxii) has not gone uncriticized. His plan to "verity" his method in
the last Nachlass volume of the Academy edition was prevented by his early
death. For the Opus postumum, however, this dispute is of only secondary
importance. Here one must distinguish between the ortkr in which the vari
ous drafts were composed, and their exact dating. Adickes established the
former, by and large, in a manner that leaves little room for doubt; this order
is generally accepted today. As for the exact dating of the various sheets and
leaves, a complete answer could only come, if at all, from a scientific analysis
of the papers used, the inks, the watermarks, etc. As long as the manuscript
remains in private possession and inaccessible to scholarship of this kind,
this is out of the question. However, Kant's text contains enough dates and
references to datable events to permit reliable dating for most of the drafts
(hence a margin of error of not more than several months for the others).
Whenever possible, such dates or references arc given in the Factual Notes.
62 For this deviation, sec Factual Note 30.
63 Sec E. Adickes, Kants Opus postumum, pp. 36-54.
64 Kiesewetter had published with Kant's publisher a Grundriss einer allge
meinen Logik nach Kantischen Grundsiitzen (F. T. Lagarde: Berlin I 79I) in
which he made liberal usc of material Kant had unwittingly "dictated" to
him, as Kiesewetter later put it (see AK I 1 : 267, 2 54). Kant, who himself had
plans for a Logic as a compendium for lectures, was infuriated, especially
because he did not Jearn of this book through Kiesewetter himself but
through their publisher. Kant wrote again only after Kiesewetter sent him a
small cask of Teltower Ruben - a type of carrots Kant was particularly fond
of- in December I793 The letter in which Kiesewetter reminds Kant of
his intended "Transition" is from June 8, I 795, AK 1 2:23.
65 In this context it is worth noticing that several of the early leaves, which
Adickcs dates between r 786 and I 790, address topics that are also the
subject matter of some of the so-called Kiesewetter-Aujsiitze - short essays in
which Kiesewetter recorded his discussions with Kant. See, e.g., on "the
moment of a speed": nos. 3 I , 37, 38, 41, 33 (AK 2 I :426, 429, 4J I , 43 2,
435-7) and R 67 ("Loses Blatt Kiesewetter 6," I 4:495-6); and "On mira
cles": no. 35 (2 I :439. r 8-22) and R 5662 ("Loses Blatt Kiesewetter 2,"
I 8:3 20-2).
66 See E. Adickes, Kants Opus postumum, p. I 53
67 See, e.g., F. T. Rink's letter to Charles de Villers of June I , I 8o r : "The
condition of our dear Kant is rapidly deteriorating." (Quoted from Hans
Vaihinger, "Briefe aus dem Kantkreis," Altpreussische Monatsschrifl 17 [I 88o],
p. 292.)
68 See J. G. Hasse, Letzte Ausserungen Kants, pp. 4-5: "During the last three
years [of Kant's life] I was his guest once or twice per week." Wasianski
began to look after Kant almost daily in the winter of I 8o i -2, when he took

Iiii
 N O T E S T O T H E I N T R O D UC T I O N

over the philosopher's financial affairs and found a new servant for him in
January I 8o2. At this time, Kant wrote in the Opus postumum: "(Herr
deacon [Wasianski]) daily" (AK 2 I : 1 26.2, not included), and, soon after,
"Receive the Herrn deacon, politely [mit Geschmack aufzunehmen]" (AK
2 I : I 3 4 I 3 , not included).
Prolegomena to Any Future Metaphysics, AK 4:377 (translated by Carus/Bcck).
References to the Critique ofPure Reason are given in the text with the usual
'A' and 'B' numbering for the first and second edition, respectively.
Kant to ]. H. Lambert, September 2, r no, AK I 0:98.
7I Prolegomma, AK 4 :260.
72 Ibid., 262.
73 See Kant to Marcus Herz, January 1 779, AK 1 0:247.
74 Kant to Herz, after May I I, r 7 8 I , AK r o:269.
75 Prolegomena, AK 4:263.
76 See ibid., 27 5
77 Ibid., 373n.
78 Ibid., 293. Italics added.
79 See ibid.
8o Ibid., 373n.
8I MetaphJsical Foundations of Natural Science, AK 4:4 77, translated by James
W. Ellington.
82 See also Kant's Refiexionen 63 I r - I 6, AK r 8:6o7-23.
83 Metaphysical Foundations ofNatural Science, AK 4:478; see also A244-5 and
8288-92. Italics added.
84 Metaphysical Foundations ofNatural Scimce, AK 4:476.
85 The first chapter (Phoronomy) treats of "matter as the movable in space";
the second chapter (Dynamics) of "mattcr as the movable insofar as it fills a
space"; the third chapter (Mechanics) of "matter as the movable insofar as
it as such has a moving force"; and the fourth (Phenomenology), finally, of
"matter as the movable insofar as it can as such be an object of experience."
See MetaphJ'Sical Foundations ofNatural Scimce, AK 4:525, 532-3.
Ibid., 473
Ibid., 5 24.
AK 2 2:282.
90 First introduction to the Critique ofJudgment, AK 2 0 : 2 i 5, translated by
James Haden.
AK 5 :246, translated by Werner S. Pluhar.
92 First introduction, AK 20:2 r 6.
93 Ibid., 2 1 9, translated by Werner S. Pluhar.
94 Ibid., 204-5 .
95 AK I I : 3 6 I -5 .
96 Ibid., 376-7 .
97 Metaphysical Foundations ofNatural Science, AK 4:5 24.
98 Ibid., 5 I 6.
99 Ibid., 52 I .
r oo AK I I :396.
IOI Ibid., 426.
I 02 Ibid., 44 I. The first introduction was published by Beck under the mislead-

liv
 N O T E S TO T H E I N T R O D U C T I O N

ing title "Anmerkungen zur Einleitung i n die Kritik der Urteilskraft" a s an

appendix to the secoqd volume of his Erlautemder Auszug aus den critischen
Schriften des Herm Prof Kant, Hartknoch: Riga I 794, pp. 543 -90.
1 o3 This is clear from the opening lines of Deck's next letter to Kant, June I 7,
I 794, AK I I :5o8-9.
1 04 AK 22 :282.
I05 AK z i :3 I I .
ro6 See AK 4:5 I 8, 526 , 563-4.
1 07 See ibid., 473 : "I believe that I have completely exhausted this metaphysical
doctrine of body, as far as such a doctrine ever extends"; see also 470, 477,
478, etc.
I o8 See AK 4:527.
1 09 Ibid., 529.
I IO Proposition I, Mechanics, AK 4:537.

lv
 Bibliography

I . EDITI O N S

(arranged chronologically)

Reicke, Rudolf (ed.). "Ein ungedrucktes Werk von Kant aus seinen letzten
Lebensjahren: Als Manuscript herausgegeben." Altpreussische Monatsschrifi XIX
(1. 882) : 66- 1 27 , 255-308 , 425-79 , 569 - 629 ; XX ( 1 883): 59 - 1 2 2 , 342-73,
4 I 5 -50, 5 I J-66 ; XXI (I 884): 8 I - I 59 , J09-87, J 89-420, 5 JJ- 620.
Krause, Albrecht (ed.). Das nachgelassene J#rk Immanuel Kan t 's: Vom Uebergange von
den metaphysischen Anfongsgrunden der Naturwissenschafi zur Physik mit Belegen
popular-wissenschafilich dargestellt. Moritz Schauenberg: Frankfurt am Main und
Lahr, 1 888.
Kant 's gesammelte Schrifien. Herausgegeben von der Preussischen Akademie der
Wissenschaften. Vols. 2 1 , 2 2. Walter de Gruyter & Co: Berlin und Leipzig,
19 J 6, 1 9J8 .
Kant, Emmanuel. Opus postumum. Textes choisis e t traduits par J . Gibelin. Vrin:
Paris, 1 950.
Kant 's gesammelte Schrifien. Herausgegeben von der Deutschen Akademie der
Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Vol. 23 ("Erganzungen zum Opus Postumum").
Walter de Gruyter & Co: Berlin, 1 955, 477-88.
Kant, Emanuele. Opus postumum: Passaggio dai principi metafisici della scienza della
natura alla fisica. A cura di V. Mathieu, Zanichelli: Bologna, 1 963.
Bayerer, Wolfgang G. "Ein verschollenes Loses Blatt aus Kants 'Opus
Postumum'?" Kam-Studien LVIII (1 967) , 277-84.
Bayerer, Wolfgang G. "Bemerkungen {u einem neuerdings naher bekannt
gewordenen Losen Blatt aus Kants Opus Postumum." Kant-Studien LXXII
( 1 9 8 1 ), 1 27-3 1 .
Kant, Immanuel. Transiciotz de los principios metafisicos de Ia ciencia natural a Ia flsica.
Edici6n preparada par F. Duque, Editora Nacional: Madrid, 1 983.
Kant, Emmanuel. Opus postumum: Passage des principes metaphysiques de Ia science
de Ia nature a Ia physique. Traduction, presentation et notes par F. Marty,
Presses universitaires de France: Paris, 1 986.
Waschkies, Hans-Joachim. "Eine neu aufgt:fundene Reflexion Kants zur
Mathematik (Loses Blatt Leningrad 2)," Kant-Forschungen 1 (1 987), Meiner:
Hamburg, 1 987 , 229-78.
Stark, Werner. "Loses Blatt Leipzig 1 ," in Ubergang: Umersuchungen zum Spatwerk
Immanuel Kants. Herausgegeben vom Forum ftir Philosophic Bad Homburg,
Klostermann: Frankfurt, 1 99 1 , 1 46-55.

!vi
 BIBLIOGRAPHY

2. S E C O N D A RY S O U R C E S
For a nearly complete bibliography o f the secondary literature on Kant's Opus
postumum up to 1 990, see Karin Beikiifner, "Literatur," in Ubergang: Untersuch
ungen zum Spiitwerk Immanuel Kanis. Herausgegeben vom Forum ftir Philosophic
Bad Homburg, Klostermann: Frankfurt 1 99 1 , 2 3 3 -44.

Ivii
 Editor 's note

The following text has been broken up into seven chapters corresponding
to the major themes in Kant's argument. The chapter headings arc pro
vided by the editor.
In addition, four symbols have been used to indicate special features of
the text:

means added later by Kant.
{ } means deleted by Kant.
[ . . . ] means editor's omission.
[ ] means translators' insertion.

Iviii
 KANT ' S
OP US PO S TUM UM
IXth fascicle, sheet I, page 1
 [Early leaves and Oktaventwurf]

[IVth fascicle, leaf 25, page I ] '

G O TTINGISCHE A NZEIGEN NO. I 9 I , I 786

Phoronomy contains only the previously mentioned proposition concern
ing composite motion. Reviewer confesses that he has not [found] the
present topic there, or, if, perhaps, he has overlooked it, does not compre
hend how it could follow from the previously mentioned proposition?
(N.B. The phoronomic proposition was cited by me to support the claim that
nothing can abolish motion save motion in the opposite direction.) A body
which has motion certainly remains in exactly the same place in absolute
space if the plane on which it rests is moved with equal speed in the
opposite direction, but must every case of remaining in one place be
thought of in the same way? Must one think of a moving force in a wall,
because, at the wall, one cannot progress further? It is not even clear how
Phoronomy, which merely treats of motion without considering force
(from which the motion arises) could lead to moving force.

[Bottom margin]
On the doctrine of repulsive forces.

[IVth fascicle, leaf 25, page 2]

Because repulsion is a superficial force (does not proceed immediately
from one part to all parts in a given quantity of matter) the quantity of
matter is not equal to the repulsion; not even density is proportional to the
latter (in different kinds of matter). So the quantity of matter can be very
unequal, for the same repulsion (without empty intermediary spaces), but,
for the same attraction (at the same distance) it is always equal - which is 2 1 :416
not the case when attraction is itself not true attraction but only approach
through impact or pressure, for, then, it is only a superficial force, like
cohesion.
N.B. Whether, in cohesion, the attracting parts also attract those which
are not in contact?

3
 IMMANUEL KANT

[IVth fascicle, leaf 26/32, page 1 ]

[. .] 3
.

COHESION

The question i s whether cohesion be possible through inner forces of

matter (like gravity). The moment of acceleration of the attracting parts
would have to relate to gravity as the weight of a wire, which breaks
through its gravity, does to the weight of that small piece of matter which
immediately exerts the attraction; and since its parts attract only in the
inverse square ratio, as a third of the latter's weight. It would follow from
this that small pieces of matter (which would be smaller than the distance
amounted to) would have that much less cohesion.
[ ]
. . .

4
 OPUS POSTUMUM

[IVth fascicle, leaf 2 3 , page 2]4

D I S S O LUT I O N

What is chemistry? The science o f the inner forces o f matter.

Dissolution (chemical) is the separation of two types of matter, penetrat
ing each other through attraction. It is either quantitative - if the matter is
divided into homogeneous matters - or qualitative if it is divided into its
heterogeneous (specifically different) matters. (a) Water into vapor (b) into
two types of air. The latter is called analysis, properly speaking.
Quantitative but yet chemical division takes place, for example, through
evaporation of the lighter [matter], etc.
Dissolution requires a medium (menstruum) which must always be fluid
and which dissolves either another fluid or a solid matter (menstruum
universale).
The question is whether the dissolution of a solid body takes place
through the attraction of the fluid [menstruum] or merely through the 2 1 :454
neutralization [Aujhebu11g] of the attraction of the parts of the solid [mat-
ter] among one another. If the latter is merely diminution, [ its ] effect is
swelling as in wooden wedges or the growth of trees.s
Whether the theory of capillary tubes is valid here.
Attraction is a force moving the matter outside of a body. Because the
spaces from which the motions of the body in its approach commences are
in various distances as the squares of the distances, the attraction is also in
this ratio. Cohesion can indeed, according to its effect, be considered as
attraction; since, however, it involves no diminishing attraction - at least
not that according to the squared ratio - cohesion is therefore not the
effect of one body approaching another but rather the effect of such
matters which extend much farther than the two bodies, hence pressure
or impact. However, it cannot be pressure for a fluid [matter] has cohe
sion. Through pressure, however, the fluid [matter] would conserve any
figure if it is equally compressed on all sides. Therefore, cohesion is only
possible through [the] living force of impact.

5
 IMMANUEL KANT

[IVth fascicle, leaf 39/40, page 1 ]6

Magnitude is the determination of an object according to which the appre
hension of its intuition is represented as possible only through the re
peated positing of what is the same - elucidation by space and time as a
priori magnitudes.
T hus magnitude is for us merely a predicate of things as objects of our
senses (for only through the senses is intuition possible for us). The
concept of the magnitude of a thing in general would, if I omit the
restriction to sensible intuition, read thus: It is the determination by which
what is manifold and homogeneous together makes one. But one cannot
2 1 :45 5 comprehend the possibility of a thing according to these concepts; in
consequence one does not know whether the definition has explained a
thing or a nonentity [ Unding] this general concept of magnitude is not an
-

element of knowledge.
The above concept of magnitude is not an empirical concept, for it
contains the conditions of apprehension in general and the unity of the
concept according to its rule, from which alone empirical concepts can
arise. T hus it also contains a priori intuition and a concept of the under
standing, [that is, a concept of ] the synthetic unity of its manifold in
apperception.
A definition which has no relation to application in concreto is transcen-

dent (without meaning).

Theorem: All objects of the senses have extensive magnitude. For space
and time, as that in which alone their manifold can be intuited, are
knowable only as magnitudes. T his proposition is a principle of the possi
bility of experience; namely, to produce perceptions according to it and to
combine them into the unity of the knowledge of the object.
Categories of magnitude (quantity). (1) Unity (mathematical, not quali
tative; measure - this itself regarded as magnitude and a part of it used as
a measure of other magnitudes). (2) Plurality (multitude, counting
largeness and smallness). Nothing is absolutely large. Indeterminate multi
tude. T he largest and the smallest. Infinite progression. (3) Totality.
Number - aesthetic comprehension, uniting the multitude. Infinite magni
tude thereof (the absolute totality [All] is the largest). Regression to infin
ity. Continuity. T he infinitely small -!;-.
To describe God as infinite is to regard him as of the same kind as his
creatures, only beyond all measure as regards magnitude (aesthetic value
of the description). Totality of reality is a better description and one and
the same as unlimited.
2 1 :45 6 The things which occupy time and space can only be known in experi-
ence, according to the conditions of the apprehension of their manifold,
and of the unity of their combination, which conforms to the a priori
Reading ihm for ihnen.

6
 O P U S P O ST U M U M

concepts of this unity. For this reason, laws of all objects of possible
experience must hold, because empirical knowledge is only possible by
this principle. Quanta are all continua. Multitudes are not quanta. Where
the unity is specifically determined - as sheep, for example - it is no
quantum but rather a multitude.

Q U A LI TY

In the case of [quality], sensation is combined, but not connected, with

intuition to yield an empirical apperception; that is, the intuition is empty,
or partly empty and partly sensible. Every sensation can be thought of as
gradually vanishing; that is, as decreased from a strong to a weaker,
declining to nothing. Equally it can be increased. Thus it, and the reality
of the object corresponding to it, has a degree.
The sensation is represented subjectively as unity, namely in regard to
empirical apperception, which, however, vanishes as magnitude, but not
by division.

[IVth fascicle, leaf 39/40, page 2]

The concept of magnitude is not a concept derived from experience. It lies a
priori in the understanding, although only in experience do we develop it.
What cannot be perceived in the object cannot be derived from experience
either. Now the concept of magnitude contains that which the understand-
ing performs for itself, namely, to produce an entire representation
through the synthesis of repeated addition. Therefore, nothing is con-
tained in it which would require a perception; it hence presupposes no
experience, although it is contained in all of them. Thus it can be applied 2 I :457
a priori to the intuitions [of] space and time. It is not derived even from
these, however, but is only applied to them and receives by way of them
objective reality with respect to things in space and time. It contains
nothing further than the synthetic unity of consciousness, which is re-
quired for a concept of an object in general, and insofar is an element of
knowledge, but is not yet knowledge save when applied to pure or empiri-
cal intuition.
( I ) Concept. (2) Its origin. Synthetic division (a priort). (3) Domain
([applies] only to objects of the senses). (4) Principle (under this concept).
Predicables (possibility of pure mathesis).

A
C O N C E P T O F M A G N ITUDE

( I ) Explanation and synthetic division. (2) Origin of the concept. (3)

Domain. (4) Principle - then predicables.

7
 IMMANUEL KANT

B
C O N C E P T O F Q U A L I TY

(I) Explanation and synthetic division. Explanation: The quality of a thing

is the determination which represents it as a something or as a mere lack,
i.e. whose concept contains a being or a nonbeing.
Division. Reality, negation and limitation. (Possibility of dynamics.)

c
C O NCEPT OF RELATION

Definition: It is the real relation of one thing to something else, which may
2 I :458 be its own predicate or that of other things . . . . The former is internal
relation, the latter external relation. A real relation is opposed to the
merely formal, for it is a relation of reality to another reality (possibility of
physics). Everything as a demonstrable science from a priori principles.
N.B. One can give no proof of these propositions, valid for all things in
general. For, in seeking the pure category, one cannot know if something
such as it could apply to any thing at all. Taking the conditions ofintuition in
space and time, one docs not know whether they can be presupposed in all
things. For it is not as concepts that one comprehends their necessity; they
are just conditions under which we must represent things for ourselves.

Quality is the determination of a thing insofar as it is not increased in

number, although the thing itself is enlarged, e.g. figure. Understanding
in contrast to the senses. Gravity in contrast to weight. Infinite divisibility
in contrast to extension. Reality in contrast to negation.

[IVth fascicle, leaf 39/40, page 3]

The object in general: (r) According to the form of intuition without
something which this form contains (space and time). (2) The object as
something (aliquid est objectum qualificatum) is the occupation of space and
time, without which both are empty intuitions. This something is posited in
space and time in the second class of categories. (3) This real [something],
determined in space and time according to its relations, or thought a priori
for relations in space and time. (4) Something as the object of empirical
consciousness of a thing outside me (of the immediate). Against idealism.
Hence, something as object of the senses, not just of the imagination.
Transcendental philosophy or ontology [J#senlehre] is followed by the
(metaphysical) physiology of objects of experience according to a priori
principles: doctrine of body and doctrine of soul. Then cosmology and
theology.

8
 OPUS POSTUMUM

Q U A L I TY

Is that internal determination of a thing by which it can be distinguished

from others as a unity. It is opposed to magnitude which is the internal
determination of a thing by which it can be distinguished from others as a
plurality. Plurality, however, is that determination of a thing which can no
more be explained as unity. The quality of a thing, which distinguishes it
as a something from mere form, is reality, to which corresponds sensation.
Quality is that internal determination which, without enlargement or
diminution of the thing, can become greater or lesser; e.g. weight (given
the same gravity) is not a quality since it can only be increased by enlarge
ment of the thing, but gravity is a quality because it can grow without
growth in the body according to its mass. Continuity is quality, velocity,
finally sensation (reality), between a and o.
The relation of things to empty space is not an object of possible
experience. No more [that] to empty time.

The combination of reality with the concept of magnitude is intensive; this

absolute unity of reality can itself have no magnitude. What, however, has
no reality but is absolute unity (the point) has no magnitude. Of the
bounds of reality in contrast to the limits of space. Of boundless - of
infinite reality. That all manifold ness of things as things in general con
sists only in the extension of the totality of reality, which presupposes a
unified being. That all negations are mere boundaries: transcendental
theology. These are mere ideas which concern the constitution of our
thought without being regarded as knowledge of things.
OJ the manifoldness of things in accordance with all the united categories 2 1 :460
insofar as the concepts of them are to have objective reality, e.g. magni-
tude ( 1 . transcendental definition, 2. metaphysical).
[ . . .]

9
 IMMANUEL KANT

2 1 :373 [IVth fascicle, OktaventwurjJ1

I TRAN S I TI O N FRO M T H E M ETAP HY S I CAL

FO UNDAT I O N S
O F NATU RAL S C I E N C E TO P H Y S I C S
From the moving forces, b y which matter in general is possible, t o those
which give it a determinate connection (which is alterable by other natural
forces), that is:
(1) density, (2) cohesion, (3) movability or comparative

immovability"
of the parts which cohere.
Alteration of density is either by heat or by cold, by which alone all
matter without distinction can be penetrated. The former is dissolution;
opposed to it is attraction, i.e. cohesion- either involving rest (the equal
ity of reaction of forces in contact), that is, an immediate cohesion, or
involving approach [of separated bodies to one another], that is, mediated
cohesion as in magnets and electricity. T he latter is only possible by the
dissolution of types of matter which are combined with other non
separable ones. T he cohesion which resists only the separation but not the
displacement of all parts is fluidity; that which resists only displacement
but not separation, is friability. The cohesion which resists both is solidity
(rigiditas). Flow.
2 1 :374 Cohesion is thus the first thing which requires explanation (the pressure
of the ether through gravity),8 and original difference of density, which
arises therefrom [as] its consequence. The second is fluidity, i.e. the free
movability of a matter in a dense medium, irrespective of the cohesion of
the latter's parts. For, without this, bodies cannot penetrate one another.
2 T his fluidity must be original; for, without it, the derivative forces of
dissolution and expansion (by heat) do not allow of explanation. It also
depends on the mechanical necessity for a continuous matter, to exercise
equal pressure in all directions - of a degree equal to that in which it is
pressed in one direction.
Hence, solidity must be a derivative property, consisting in an internal
resistance which counteracts this sort of pressure to displacement (and thus
does not require a counterpressure on the part of the surrounding space).
Such resistance must arise from the same force as creates cohesion,
which, as in the case of a drop of water, preserves by its pressure the
abiding position of each part. T his [disposition], however, cannot be de
rived from the pressure alone (which would permit movability to all sides).
[Hence] , it is only possible by original perpetual vibration of the ether,
whose repulsive forces differ from those of other types of matter in mani
fold ways. T he vibration of the ether must, in the absence of heat, give

10
 OPUS POSTUMUM

cohesion to all the scattered types o f matter, according to the difference of

their specific gravities (that is to say, in inverse proportion to their repul
sive forces, given the same quality of matter) . The vibration confers on the
parts of matter a certain texture, so that they are combined into that figure
in which their own oscillations are able to resist completely the oscillations
of the ether. For it is not in all figures that the oscillations of the denser
types of matter can resist the lightest. It is as if [configurations of matter]
were to have a tone (counting pitch and volume together) which is in tune
with a certain texture of their parts (the figure of the whole is irrelevant
here) - whether they are in thin laminae or long fibers and the manner in
which lighter and heavier types of matter are combined. So arranged, [3] 2 I :37 5
they resist all displacement of their parts; they must, however, be sepa-
rated from one another by intermediate spaces filled with lighter matter.
Such solid types of matter can be fractured, having been previously
stretched, for as long as their counteroscillation (together with their
weight) is smaller than the oscillations of the ether; this is possible when
different types of matter are mixed.
Where the repulsive force of the parts decreases strongly, at small dis
tances, but, at the same time, the pressure pressing them against one
another remains the same, the force required to separate them increases -
assuming that the parts cannot displace one another without making
smaller oscillations than would be possible, according to their length and
thickness, for a given impact of the ether. It is only a maximum ofstretching.
That ponderosity must belong to all matter - that is, that all matter in a
determinate volume is a mass - can be recognized a priori. For, otherwise,
it would be able neither to resist the motion of another impacting [body]
nor to communicate motion. That, however, the ponderability in bodies,
which uniformly fill an equally large space, may yet be different, precisely
in consequence of the specific differences of types of matter, apart from
their figure and texture [breaks o.ffl
To repel at a distance and to attract in contact, so that the one is the
condition of the possibility of the other, is contradictory, except by means
of an intermediary matter which must surround all bodies.
A. Ponderosity
I . Cohesion and elasticity of the
types of matter without determi
nate inner form
2. Fluidity and solidity I . Expansibility and heat
3 Heat and cold 2. Cohesion and solidity
4 Dissolution and decomposition 3 Ponderability and quantity of
(precipitation). Full and empty matter
space
4 Penetrability and coercibility

II
 I M M A N U E L K A NT

Universal synthetic properties of matter

1 . Extension realistically regarded: vis expansiva - volume
2. Ponderosity: reality of intensive magnitude versus absolute lightness
massa
3 The reciprocal action in the motion of one body by another versus the
vis inertiae of the one
4 Full space as an object of experience versus empty. In organized beings.
a. Vital force.9 Seed
b. Nourishment and development also in seeds per intussusceptionem
c. External and internal growth to manhood
d. Propagation - either alternative or communicative
[. . . ]

2 1 :378 [5] An inwardly merely expansive (aerial) matter is so either originally

(originarie expansiva) or only derivatively (den'vative expansiva). One could
call the former the ether, but not as an object of experience; rather, merely
as the idea of an expansive matter whose parts are not capable of any greater
dissolution, because no attraction of cohesion is to be found in them.
Expansibility through heat is already derivative, for heat itself depends
upon a particular matter (caloric). To assume such a matter filling cosmic
space is an inevitably necessary hypothesis, for, without it, no cohesion,
which is necessary for the formation of a physical body, can be thought.
All matter, however, is originally combined in a whole of world
attraction through universal gravitation, and thus the ether itself would,
however far it may extend, be in a state of compression, even in the
absence of ali other matter. Such compression must, however, be oscillat
ing, because the first effect of this attraction in the beginning of all things
must be a compression of all its parts toward some midpoint, with conse
quential expansion, and which, because of the elasticity [of the world
matter], must hence be set in continuous and everlasting oscillation. The
secondary matter distributed in the ether is thereby necessitated to unil)r
itself into bodies at certain points and so to form cosmic bodies. This
universal attraction, which the matter of the ether exerts upon itself, must
2 1 :379 be thought of as a limited space (a sphere), consequendy as the one
universal cosmic body, which compresses itself in a certain degree
through this attraction. It must, however, be regarded, just in virtue of this
original compression and expansion, as eternally oscillating, and, hence,
all co!lesion can only have been produced (or be produced further) by the
living force of impact, not the dead force of pressure.
[. . .]

2 1 :386 13 Progress (progressus) in knowledge (qua science in general) begins with

the collection of the elements of knowledge, then connects them [in the]

12
 OPUS POSTUMUM

manner i n which they are to b e arranged (systematically). For the division

of this enterprise into a doctrine of elements and a doctrine of method
constitutes the supreme division; the former presents the concepts, the
latter their arrangement in order to found a scientific whole.
The transition (transitus) from one form of knowledge to another must 2 I :387
be a step (passus) only, not a leap (saltus); that is, the doctrine of method
requires one to pass from the metaphysical foundations of natural science
to physi cs - from concepts of nature given a priori to empirical ones which
yield empirical knowledge. The rule herein will be (as in a philosopher's'0
jesting remark) to proceed like elephants, which do not put one of their
four feet a step further until they feel that the other three stand firm. All
physical forces are, however, contained in the concept of motion as active
cause; their effect is, consequently, capable of being sensed and, as an
element of experience, they are based upon the empirical [concept of
motion]; their cause cannot be given a priori, unlike the form of the
different relations in which they must be placed in order to act.

[Bottom margin]
Attraction and repulsion, both as superficial force (cohaesio et expansio)
Attraction and repulsion, both as penetrative bodily force (gravitatio et
caloricum)
Fluid and rigid matter
Dissolution in a liquid into homogeneous parts (solutio)
Decomposition into nonhomogeneous (decompositio)
Free progressive and oscillating motion (of light)
Of cohesion in distinction to adhesion (of continui or interruptt) of
homogeneous, not amalgamated intermediary types of matter, e.g. water or
smooth surfaces of solid bodies in contact.

I 4 All matter can be known as such by experience (that is, as a quantum

in space) only if it is moved by the external force of a body whose influ
ence penetrates it (i.e. by weighing); more precisely, by the reciprocal
universal attraction at a distance, gravitation. But, were a type of matter
expansive and at the same time incoercible (as one conceives magnetic
matter, and perhaps also the ether in general), it would, as a result, be 2 1 :388
imponderable also; i.e. one would be incapable of knowing it and its weight
by any experience. Ponderosity is the quantity of matter known by its
degree, and differs according to the difference of the inverse proportion
of the square of the distances of the gravitating bodies: the further from
the earth, the smaller. Caloric, because it is expansive matter and yet at
the same time incoercible, must, therefore, be regarded as imponderable,
just as is magnetic matter (although the latter not absolutely but only
relatively, in regard to all types of matter except iron).

13
 I M MAN UEL K A NT

I5 Physics itself does not contain

a further transition from merely mechanical
to organic nature (founded on the concept of purpose)
{which [transition], and according to which causal laws these
[purposes] could be explained, exceeds the insights
of human reason}
because [physics] itself here makes a leap, [margin: namely to
a nature which can be thought possible only through purposes];
for no bridge is placed for us
to reach from one bank
to the other.

I
O F T H E M E C H A N I C AL C O M B I NATION O F
I N DIVIDUAL
W O R L D - M AT E R I A L S

}
O F T H E M E C H A N I C A L F O R MATI O N O F T H E
COSMOS

[Margin, Quantity
next to ''2 '1 Quality
of the T ransition
Relation
Modality

2 I :389 Since the cohesive force of solid bodies is finite, the thickness of the
attracted segment must be infinitely small; for, otherwise, such a body or
wire would not be capable of being broken apart. Consequently, the
attraction does not go beyond the surface in contact.
If one imagines a quantity of water [Wassennasse], floating freely in the
air, and pressed by it with the usual weight of the atmosphere, then its
figure cannot be altered by this pressure. Just as little can this body do so
by its own attraction, for that always acts only in a perpendicular direction
toward the surface, which resists it in the same direction. T hus [the
alteration of its figure] can occur, not through dead, but only living force
(impact) .
[ ]
. . .

2 I :402 P REFACE

[20] T he concept of a science ofnature (philosophia natura/is) is the system

atic representation of the laws of motion of outer objects in space and

14
 O P U S P OS TUMUM

time, insofar as these [laws] can be known a priori (thus as necessary). For
empirical knowledge of them concerns only contingent knowledge of
these outer appearances, only to be acquired by experience; and it is not
philosophy, but merely an aggregate of perceptions - yet its completeness,
as a system, is, nonetheless, an object for philosophy.
The supreme division of the science of nature according to its content
can be none other than that between its metaphysical foundations, which
are founded entirely on concepts of the relation of motion and rest o f
outer objects, and physics, which systematically orders the content o f
empirical knowledge o f them, and which, a s stated, has the task o f
moving toward completeness i n its elements - although i t cannot count o n
this with certainty.
{Nevertheless, there can be a relationship of the one form ofknowledge
to the other which rests neither entirely on principles a priori, nor on 2 1 :403
empirical principles, but simply on the transition from one to the other; [it
shows] how it is possible for us to collect and order the elements of a
doctrine of nature to be based on experience, and to arrange them with
the completeness required for systematic classification. Thus one attains a
physics which is a comparatively complete whole} b and which, being nei-
ther metaphysics of nature nor physics alone, contains simply the transi-
tion from the former to the latter and the step which connects both banks.
Physics of mineral or organic nature. Only the former do we treat
according to a priori principles.

[Next page, top margin]

Solid bodies, if they were fluid, form themselves in fibers, laminae, and
blocks. "

[Main text]

I.
T H E Q U A N T ITY OF M ATTER
It is known only insofar as it is moved in mass - either by impact, by
pressure, or by traction. (The pressure of a fluid, not in mass, [but] by
successive impact on a rigid object, is to be regarded as an impact.) Impact
is a living force, pressure and traction dead ones. The former is infinitely
large in comparison with the latter.
All matter as such must be thought as in itself ponderable, because of the
universal world-attraction, although the latter is not ponderable physically.

1 Kant rephrased this deleted passage as: "There remains, however, a task for the philoso
phy of nature."

15
 I M M A N U EL K A N T

2.
Q U A L ITY

Insofar as it is mutually attractive with respect to the inner parts or repul

sive; it is both: ( 1 ) originally (for without repulsion no space would be
fil led, without attraction no quantity of matter would be knowable
gravitation) (2) derivatively by heat.
Fluid and rigid. Both in the cohesion of matter.
2 I :404 Specifically, by its dissolution by means of heat (whose material, how-
ever, is neither fluid nor solid but produces [hinwirkt] the one as well as
the other).

[Left and right of "J, " below]

Whether light rays may be returned by general attraction.
Of the dissolution of matter into light and ether, also the first formation
[of matter] by the attraction [of the ether]. Regeneration.

3
R E L AT I O N

Cohesion, i.e. attraction in contact and attraction at a distance (world

attraction), crystallization in the rigidification of fluid as either water or
heat escapes rapidly.

[Left of "4, " below]

A physical point: an impossibility. 12

4
M O D A L ITY

Motion at a moment: (a) as merely possible but prevented motion (dead

force); (b) as actual [motion] - an accelerated or uniformly retarded mo
tion with the same moment; (c) as necessarily continuing in motion,
through the fall from a certain height, not by increase in the degree of the
moment, but only in the degree of the motion by means of the moment;
and continuing necessarily bound up with the latter, and as terminating
itself in an ascent. Likewise the constancy of gravity; thus the necessity of
remaining in the same degree of motion for the same quantity of matter.
Not a gradual extinction of [the motion], as may be the case with the
existence of the soul.

[Right of ''Appendix, " below]

Of nature as art: (I) without determinate purpose, (2 ) as for other
natural beings, (3) as purpose of the thing for itself. Organized beings.

16
 OPUS POSTUMUM

APPENDIX:
O F T H E W H O L E O F N AT U R E
IN S P A C E AND T I M E

I n the investigation o f nature, human reason is not content to pass from

metaphysics to physics; there lies within it an instinct (which, though 2 r :405
fruitless, is not inglorious) to transcend even the latter, to fantasize in a
hyperphysics, and to create for itself a whole of nature of still greater
extent, namely, in a world of ideas, according to outlines directed toward
moral ends - as if God and the immortality of the soul alone (the former
as natura naturans, the latter as natura naturata) '3 could entirely encompass
our desire for knowledge in regard to nature in general.

2r According to the order of the categories. A. Quantity of matter.

A.

Ponderability (ponderabilitas) differs from ponderosil)' (ponderositas) in that

the latter signifies greater than average weight in comparison with other
[types of matter] of the same volume.
Body is a quantity of matter of a certain shape (figure), insofar as it is
moving in mass, that is, all its parts which occupy one mathematical-bodily
space have' power of motion with the same velocity and at the same instant
(simultaneously).
Quantity of matter can be known only [through] the vis acce/eratrix of all
its parts, by means of the attraction of another body, as a force that
penetrates [this matter]. Gravitation is not a specific but a general attrac
tion and has as its basis a moment, at the initial velocity of fall - a moment
which, for the same distance and the same quantity of matter in the
attracting body, always remains the same and does not pass through differ
ent moments according to degree. As such, the velocities increase in
proportion to time; distances covered, however, as the square of velocities
(or times).
The quantity of the moment of gravitation is proportional to the square
of the distance from the attracting body (regarded as a point in which all
its matter is represented as being contained), given that the height of its 2 1 :406
fall may be treated as infinitely small in comparison with the distance to
the central body.
In this uniformly accelerated motion the fall of the body passes through
all degrees of velocity from that in the moment (= o) which is infinitely
small; but not through all the greater moments which can be thought

' Reading with Lehmann haben for hat.

17
 IMMANUEL KANT

between that in the initial instant of the fall and the final velocity; for
otherwise it would not be motus unifonniter acceleratus.
T he question is whether the moment of attraction at an infinitely small
distance (i.e. in contact, which is then merely a superficial force) does not
contain a finite velocity. Given a separation equal to that attraction, a
moment of finite velocity would yield an infinite velocity, in no matter how
short a time. And, in that case, were a wooden stake or iron wire, for
instance, whose parts attract one another only in contact, to be broken
apart by appending a weight [to them], then the compression of this
matter, due to its own inner attraction, would transform itself into an
explosion of unlimited velocity. Now, since this is impossible, the cohesion
of types of matter whose moment of acceleration is infinite against that of
gravitation, cannot rest on their inner force of attraction; especially as the
thickness of the plate (gold-plating) causes no lesser attraction.

[Right margin]
T he quantity of matter can be estimated, not by the number of its parts,
nor by volume (if they are not homogeneous), nor even by mere compari
son with others, but only by gravitation. The material point of Laplace is
an impossibility.'4
Physics (elementaris) is the science of the influence of types of matter on
one another according to universal laws. If these laws are of the sort that
concern only matter as such, and hence presuppose no representation of
purposes, then this forms the doctrine of elements of nature, as contain-
2 I :407 ing inorganic productions. If, however, they are such that they require the
idea of purposes for the comprehension of a law and of the possibility of a
product of nature, then nature is here being regarded as organic. In the
Transition we attend only to the former.
Physica generalis is not set alongside physica specialis, but rather, as ele
mentaris, alongside physica specifica, in which different forms of the compo
sition of matter are represented not as elements but as fabrications of
nature.

[Next page, main text]

P REFACE
The science ofnature (philosophia natura/is) turns upon two hinges, the one
being its metaphysical foundations (that is, bound a pn'ori in a system), the
other containing universal principles based on experience (that is, empiri
cal principles) of its application to objects of outer sense, which is called
physics.
This physics is, in turn, divided into general physics (physica generalis),
which expresses only the properties of matter in outer objects of experi-

18
 OPUS P OSTUMUM

ence, and that (physica specia/is) which aJtends to bodies formed from this
matter in a particular way, and which draws up a system of them - for
example, regarding the difference between organic and inorganic bodies.
If it is introduced by no relationship, the progress from one system to
the other is not a transition (transitus) but a leap (saltus), which entirely
destroys what is systematic, and, hence, what is scientific in a doctrine; it
cannot be tolerated in a philosophy such as physics ought to be, for the
fragmentary treatment of its objects carries with it no connection of con
cepts and does not amount to a whole even for memory.s
Physica generalis thus contains the necessity of the transition from the
metaphysical foundations of natural science to physics, in virtue of the
relationship which is to be found between a priori rules and the knowledge 2 x :408
of their application to empirically given objects; this [transition] restrains
itself from continuing upon the ground onto which it has passed (which
would yield a special physics) but only determines and completely displays
the foundations for progress in this science.
My Metaphysical Foundations etc. already undertook several steps in this
field, but simply as examples of their possible application to cases from
experience, in order to make comprehensible by examples what had been
stated abstractly.

I
Q U A NTITY
O F M ATTER
It can only be measured by weighing, i.e. by compression of an elastic
matter (e.g. a steel spring) or, and chiefly, by means of a balance (with
lever-arms of equal length). The weight which indicates this quantity of
matter is a pressure, which the matter exercises due to the fact that the
earth, as a cosmic body, attracts it. The quantity of the earth itself (which
attracts) can only be estimated by the swings of a pendulum and the
number of the small arcs of its oscillation. Thus it cannot be measured
directly but only inferentially. The moment thereof. The latter is different
at different heights; it is not a specific velocity but rather produces such a
velocity in the fall of bodies, and, in virtue of this, all bodies on earth
(insofar as it can be regarded as a sphere) have their gravities, which are
everywhere the same, but different weights. Yet, it is dubious whether the
gravity [of bodies] on the earth would always remain the same, even were
the period of the earth's rotation on its axis to remain constant, because of
the imperceptible shrinkage of the earth and its diminishing radius. This
gravitation is an attraction at a distance, the possibility of which has been
defended by me.'6 It must be a penetrative force in order that each ele- 2 1 :409
ment of matter be drawn specifically and in the same degree into falling.
Ponderosity indicates a great quantity of matter in a small volume.

19
 IMMANUEL KANT

Whether there i s here a limit (in universo) one cannot know. Platinum has
the greatest, until now. Absolute lightness would mean a matter without
gravity, which contradicts the concept of a mobilis.
The quantity of matter can be judged neither by its volume, nor by a
determinate measure in itself; for only the attraction of the whole mass by
gravitation can determine it relative to other types of matter (as weight)
when placed at the same height as another body. Thus the scale of a
balance, which is at the same height as the other, would no longer be in
equilibrium if the one scale were suspended one mile higher than the
other. (It is the same for measures of spatial dimension.) Everything must
be compared with the earth. A small sphere which impelled a greater one
(the whole earth) upward with a certain velocity, etc.

[Right margin, bottom ha/fJ

At different distances of a body from the midpoint of the earth there are
different moments of acceleration; but, taking a certain height, however
far from the earth it may be, at which the difference of these moments can
be regarded as insignificant (e.g. the height of a tower), the moments are
to be regarded as equal, and the square of the velocity acquired by the fall
is proportional to its height.
If the attraction of the internal cohesio in matter were suddenly to
cease completely, matter would extend itself infinitely, and, if repulsion
ceased, matter would coalesce into one point.

[Next page, main text}

II
Q U A L ITY
Fluid or solid, rigid. The former is either expansive-fluid, by repulsiond of
all its parts, or attractive-fluid, internal to both. Matter has the tendency to
globosity. Original repulsion would be that without heat. Derivative that by
heat. Whether there exists a specific caloric or whether heat is merely the
internal vibration of all matter in cosmic space?? If the former, whether
caloric must be bound by every other type of matter - yet in such a way
that a proportion is free for expansion (and sensation)?
All merely expansive matter appears to pressupose heat as cause of
expansion. Is heat itself, then, an expansive fluidum? Since all fluidity
requires heat, and since, however, the generation of all cosmic bodies
requires a preceding fluid state, and, since this latter is now preserved (at
least) by the light of the sun, one may regard the fire-element as a type of

d Addition in margin: \Vhether i t is not necessary to assume this a s a particular force, but
as given merely through the concept of elementary particles?

20
 OPUS P OSTUMUM

matter which moves and i s contained in all bodies; by means of heat and
light it is the cause of all fluidity.

III
I N T E R N A L R E LAT I O N

a. O f cohesion o f fluid matter in itself, of solid with fluid, finally, of solid

in itself. In the first relation the attraction of the fluid on the surface
determines its figure. In the second [it determines it] to an elevation in or
around a solid pipe. In the third to a lowering of the fluid in the pipe or
outside it.
b. In the dissolution of matter (solid as well as fluid) and precipitation.
c. In crystallization and evaporation, in fluid or solid form. 2 I :4 I I

IV
M O D A L IT Y

The principle of a priori knowledge of the existence of things (actuality of

existence), i.e. of experience in general, in thoroughgoing determination
according to Leibniz's Dyadic: omnibus ex nih i/o ducendis stif]icit unum, , g by
which the unity of all determinations in the relation of all things emerges.

[Leji margin]
No two mutually repelling or attracting particles are nearest material
points, but between each point there is always another, and matter is a
continuum.
At different distances from the midpoint of the earth the moment of
acceleration is different. Nevertheless motion is said to be unitimnly
accelerated when it is produced fgetriebenJ at small heights, by the same
moment [of acceleration], be it repulsive or [breaks ofJJ
Attraction in contact by which a matter becomes rigid is cohesion, as
dead force. The moment of attraction is here finite and would, in the
shortest possible time, produce an infmite velocity, were it not resisted.
Adhesion is a displaceable cohesion, as, for instance, when slippage on a
smooth inclined plane meets a resistance, which is called friction and
which has a smoothing effect. Even a mirror-smooth surface has such a
friction which gradually wears away the solid matter which is rubbed,
whether that be the matter of the moving and slipping body or of what
supports it.
A rigid surface on a rigid, though mirror-smooth, surface still resists
displacement as a moment of impact. But gutta cavat lapidem. '9
Rigid bodies rubbed against one another give heat. Is not, perhaps, all
heat a mere state of extension and reciprocal attraction by vibration? That 2 I :4I 2
all rigid and brittle bodies (glass), although the surface of their breakage

21
 IMMANUEL KANT

fits together, are yet no longer internally cohesive, but only as surface
force. Thus, in the form of fragments, though organized so as to fit
together, they [yet] have a greater volume. [*]

A quantum of matter is the multitude of the movable in space insofa( as, united and
moving together, it forms a whole. QuatJtity is its determination as a homogeneous whole. All
matter is a quantum; that is, no matter consists of simple parts (physical points). [There is no
corresponding " in the text.)

22
 [Toward the elementary system of
the movingforces ofmatter}

[IIlrd fascicle, sheet VI, page 1 ]

"A"

I NTRO D U CT I O N
O F THE M OVING FORCES
O F M ATTER

Physics is the science of nature founded on experience; its object is matter

in general insofar as it has moving force according to empirical laws.

All moving forces are either attraction or repulsion; for one matter has a
tendency (nisus) to approach or distance itself from another - or a part of
it from another part. This tendency to begin a motion in a particular 2 1 :308
direction or its opposite, with a certain velocity, is called the moment of
the motion. For it takes time to reach a finite (measurable) velocity by
continual accumulation of these infinitely small quantities of motion. This
increase is called acceleration (acceleratio) which, if it increases through
nothing but equal moments, is called uniformly accelerated motion (motus
uniformiter acceleratus) from which, then, uniformly retarded motion
-

(motus uniformiter retardatus) can be directly understood.

J
All repulsion of the parts of matter (by which it becomes expansive) is
superficial force; i.e. a greater quantum of the latter does not move matter
which is outside it with a greater velocity than would a smaller quantum,
for it exercises moving force only in contact. On the other hand, the
attraction of a greater quantum of matter can impress a greater velocity at
a moment on another external to it, because it (like the force of gravity)
does not just affect the surface but also the inside - or, at least, can affect

23
 IMMANUEL KANT

it. Thus one [may] profitably use the division of moving forces into superfi
cial force and penetrative force for the distinction of physical force.
Note. Expansion as superficial force cannot be uniformly accelerating;
for its moment always diminishes with increased expansion. On the other
hand, attraction (e.g. by the force of gravity) can very well be uniformly
accelerating because it acts upon the inside of matter immediately. Expan
sion, by contrast, acts directly only on the surface of the matter in contact;
it has internal influence only by mutually canceling action and reaction.

[Right margin]
The apparent attraction and repulsion in capillary tubes. Crystalliza-
2 I :309 tion: in ice-rays, in lines; in snow flakes, in ice-surfaces; and in ice-blocks.
Of cohesion of and with fluid; and of capillary tubes.
Of the cohesion of the rigid.
4th category. Of the connection of all matter with the totality thereof.
The totality of community regarded absolutely. Actuality knowable from
possibility, i.e. necessity.
Of stratification (stratificatio) of the diverse as caust! of rigidity.

Crystallisatio
textura: fibrosa, laminea, truncalis
3rd category - Relation. Cohesion of 'rigid types of matter among
themselves.
Of watery or fiery origin. Earths and metals. The luster of the latter.
The Transition contains only concepts of thinkable moving forces of
matter and their laws, whose objective reality is still left undecided; and it
founds a system of concepts according to form, to which experience can
be adjusted.
Of expansion, which is not so uniformly accelerating as attraction by
gravity.
The attraction of fluid also acts upon the bare surface.

[IIIrd fascicle, sheet VI, page 2]

4
O F THE DIFFERENCE
B ET W E E N T H E L I V I N G A N D D E A D F O R C E S
OF MATTER IN MOTION

I call motion which i s exercised by impact against a body living force; that
by pressure, as only a moment of motion, dead force. Here, however, I call
a (physical) body in distinction from matter in general [breaks o.IJJ

2 I :3 I O The continual sequence of impacts and counterimpacts in a n intermedi

ate space I call pulsations (pulsus).

24
 OPUS POSTUMUM

All matter must have repulsive forces, since otherwise it would fill no
space; but attractive force must also be attributed to it, since otherwise it
would disperse itself into the infinity of space - in both cases space would
be empty. Consequently, one can think of such alternating impacts and
counterimpacts [as existing] from the beginning of the world, as a trem
bling (oscillating, vibrating) motion of the matter which fills the entire
universe, includes within itself all bodies, and is both elastic and at the
same time attractive in itself. These pulsations constitute a living force,
and never allow dead force by pressure and counterpressure (i.e. absolute
rest inside this matter) to occur.
An elastic fluid in the state of internal vibration necessarily occupies a
greater space than in the state of rest. Thus is brought about, as the effect
of a living force, the extension of matters in cosmic space, as well as that of
the corporeal things contained in it insofar as they are penetrated by those
matters.
The reason to assume such a hypothesis is that, in the absence of such a
principle of the continual excitation of the world-material, a state of
lifeless stasis would come about from the exhaustion of the elastic forces
in the unceasing universal attraction, and a complete cessation in the
moving forces of matter would occur.
The doctrine of the laws of the moving forces of matter, insofar as
they are known a priori, is called metaphysics; insofar as they can only
be derived from experience, physics. That doctrine, however, which
envisages only the a priori principles of application of the former, ra
tional [doctrine] to [the latter] empirical one, can form the transition of
the philosophy of nature from the metaphysics of corporeal nature to 2 1 :3 I I
physics.
Thus, for example, the doctrine of attraction at a distance in general,
and its magnitude in inverse proportion to the square of the distance, as
these concepts can be thought a priori, belong to the metaphysical founda
tions of natural science. The doctrine of gravity, as it and its laws are
observed at different heights, [belongs] to physics. But, in a philosophy of
nature, the two require a combination and the step necessary for it, which,
like everything reason connects by the unity of the object, cannot be a
leap. Thus there must be mediating concepts which [enable] the transi
tion from the one doctrine of nature to the other, i.e. the application of a
priori concepts to experience in general; just as the principles of the
possibility of experience in general must themselves be given a priori.
I believe that I could not better reach the completeness of a system in the
composition of this work, than if here, too, I were to follow the clue given
by the categories and bring into play the movingforces of matter according to
their quantity, quality, relation and modality in turn. Herein, the opposites,
which one thinks of in relation to each of them, are not to be thought of as
logical (as between A and non A), but as real (as between A and - A); for

25
 I MMANUEL KANT

they are to be taken as forces effective in space which (like attraction and
repulsion) affect one another by opposite direction of motion.

[Left margin]
Category 3 Of the internal attractive and expansive force of matter. Of
cohesion and caloric. Relationship of substances with one another.
2 I :3 I 2 That caloric penetrates all bodies and that every body in warm space
must also be warm, belongs to the category [of] necessity.

Whether it can be said of caloric that, although it is something movable in

space, it fills space, for it penetrates whatever occupies space, and, conse
quently, is ubiquitous?
That which moves everything but is itself not movable in mass. Exists
only inherently, but not subsistently. Principium motionis.
The prime matter is that which is originally moving (motrix) b].lt is not
itself movable (mobilis) since it contains the totality of what is movable. It is
reciprocally attractive and repulsive, not fluid ifluidum) but that which
renders everything fluid.
At this point [treatment] of heat, whether a particular material or mere
motion, whether spread out everywhere in the world?
Of motion in mass or in flow (by pressure or by impact)
.
[. . . ]

26
 OPUS POSTUMUM

[IXth fascicle, sheet I, page 1] 2 2 : 205

" a Obergang"

F IRST CHAPTER
O F T H E Q UA N T I T Y O F
M A TT E R

A quantum of matter is the whole of a multitude of movable things in

space. The quantity of matter is the determination of this multitude as a
homogeneous whole. Each part of matter is a quantum, i.e. matter does
not consist of metaphysically simple parts, and Laplace's talk of material
points (which were to be regarded as parts of matter) would, understood
literally, contain a contradiction; it should signify only a position from
which a part of matter repels or attracts another which is external to it.
Here there occurs (in the Metaphysical Foundations ofNatural Science)20 the
remark that, were repulsion the sole moving force of matter, every matter
would dissipate itself into infinity; consequently, space would be empty.
But were it attraction alone, all [matter] would coalesce into a single point
and space would also be empty. So each quantum of matter can originally
fill a space only through the conflict of attraction and repulsion of
substances - an action and reaction which is already contained in the
concept of a spatial matter, but whose possibility can be made comprehen- 2 2 : 206
sible by no explanation whatsoever.

The quantity of matter cannot be determined by its volume alone, for that
would require the assumption of all matter as equally dense - for which,
however, there is no reason. One will have to ask not only: How much
space? but, also: To what degree is it filled? But, even then, no determinate
concept of its quantity would be generated, because the homogeneity of
the types of matter (e.g. the air, a double quantum of which is compressed
in the barrel of an air pump) would always have to be assumed, and a
quantum subjected to measurement would not be a quantum of matter as
such but of a specific type of it. But here we are concerned with the
measure of the quantity of matter in general.
Since the quantity of matter cannot be measured mathematically, by
enumerating the multitude of the magnitudes, it must, if a correct estimate
of its quantity is to be conceivable at all, be estimated dynamically (i.e. by

The sentence is continued on page 2, top .

27
 I M M A N U E L K A NT

the quantity of motion which one matter impresses on another with a

velocity that is the same by nature). For, in that case, the quantity of matter
must necessarily stand in proportion to the quantity of motion which it
produces under this condition.

22:207 [Right margin]

The relation of this quantum to unity as measure is the quantity of
matter.
Since matter does not consist of simple parts, its unity must always be
thought of as a quantum, and [its] quantity can never be expressed by a
number which would exhaust [its] possible division. That is, there are no
absolutely primary parts of matter; what Laplace terms "material points"
are not simple parts but, rather, mere positions for parts of matter, which
one may imagine as small as one pleases, without hope of reaching, by
means of division, the absolutely smallest.

[Top margin]
One would call those corpuscles physically simple of which one as
sumes, by a mere hypothesis, that they can be divided (ground down) by
no natural forces; thus offering an infinite resistance to mechanical divi
sion, without ceasing to be mathematically 9ivisible. Atomism is a sort of
construction method [Baukunst] for putting a world together out of all
kinds of immutable and differently formed material; properly, it must have
no place in the philosophy of nature.

The quantity of matter can thus be measured neither arithmetically, by

the number of corpuscles, nor geometrically, by volume, but only mechani
cally, by the quantity of the moving force which a volume of matter
exercises in one direction and at one velocity of motion upon a movable
object. He rein all matter is treated as homogeneous, i.e. as matter in
22:208 general, since it is attracted in all its parts, with equal initial velocity and
equal motion, to the midpoint of another body - a cosmic body, indeed,
whose quantity of matter [is] incomparably greater (on a balance manifest
ing equal moving force through arms of equal length).

[Right margin, bottom] b

The quantity of matter can only be measured through motion ofthe mate
rial parts in mass with the same initial velocity, that is, through its moment
(of the impact of solid bodies in infinite motion, in contrast to pressure).

[Bottom margin]
The quantity of motion is (1) that with which a body is moved, (2) that

b The Academy edition leaves out the following two notes in the margin.

28
 OPUS POSTUMUM

with which i t moves others. From the latter alone the former can b e
known. The word "force," applied to motion as its cause, can also be
represented as a real motion in an infinitely small time (that is, phoronomi
cally, only as cause). Only the motion of matter in mass determines its
quantity. Its moving force in flow with a finite velocity allows a quantity of
motion to be known for this matter, which is equal to the motion of a finite
mass, moved with an infinitely small velocity, that is, equal to a weight
(pressure), and is dead force. The impact of a body occurs in mass; that of
a quantity of matter in flow is only a pressure and is, for the same velocity
and density, infinitely small in relation to impact.

[JXth fascicle, sheet J, page z]

Weighing is the only general and dynamical means for the precise determi
nation of the quantity of matter, of whatever type it be; and an absolutely
imponderable matter would be one for which there would exist no assign
able quantity.
Weighing is an experiment: the pressure by which a heavy body, by the
quantity of its matter, opposes the sinking of another, whereby both bodies
remain equally movable around a stable point (hypomochlium). tor weigh
ing, there is required equality of the moment of velocity in the fall of all
bodies toward the midpoint of a cosmic body, the equality of distance
from this midpoint, and, finally, the world-attraction, called gravitation,
which penetrates all matter. This moment of acceleration by gravity dif
fers according to different distances from the center; in experiments [of
weighing] which we can perform, however, inasmuch as they concern the
same place, [acceleration] can be taken as uniform. Attached to a lever

with arms of equal length, the horizontal line, intersecting the direction of
gravity at right angles, and passing through the center of gravity, is the
proof of equilibrium.

An estimate of the quantity of matter can, thus, only be made by means of an

original moving force, which instantaueously penetrates all bodies at all dis-
tances, and which, at the initial instant, is termed the moment ofacceleration. 22:209
To this centripetal force can be opposed another centrifugal force,
[striving] to distance itself from the midpoint with the same moment [of
motion]; this, however, results from real motion, namely the rotation in a
circle of an attracted body. Yet this motion is not conceived of as accelerat
ing (like a sling-stone, swinging in a circle) but only as a continuous
resistance against the moment of gravitation; resistance which does not
[belong] to matter's own [forces] but rests on their combination with real
' There is no 3,

29
 IMMANUEL KANT

motion. Of the same kind is the centrifugal force of a body moving freely
in a circle by being thrown along its tangent which has the same moment
as gravity, but which is not accelerating, and, although opposed to gravity,
does not belong to the original, and thus naturally inherent, forces of
matter.
From an equal number of the swings of a pendulum in small unequal
arcs the weight of the body appended to it cannot be known, without [the
use of ] scales (for the size and the material content of the body makes no
difference to these swings). What can be known, however, is the gravita
tion and the moment of fall of bodies at different distances from the
attracting central body - even, in fact, the quantity of the matter of individ
ual parts of the central body, which [causes] the direction of gravity to
deviate noticeably, and so makes measurable, the relation of a mountain,
for example, to the earth as a whole."

[Top and left margin]

So all matter must be regarded as ponderable, for otherwise one could
have no determinate concept of its quantity. The more matter a body
22:210 contains i n the same volume the heavier it is, and this condition i s called its
ponderosity. The cosmic body, upon which we conduct this estimation of
the quantity of matter, acts upon all bodies, at the same distance, by the
immediate attraction of all its parts, with equal initial velocity (which is
called the moment of gravitation), toward the midpoint; consequently,
there cannot be any absolutely and completely (simpliciter) imponderable
matter. At most there could be such under certain conditions opposed to
the moment of gravitation (secundum quid).
Of such a kind is the tendency of a freely moving body, rotating in a
circle, to distance itself from the midpoint, which contains a moment of
motion, but not of acceleration. It continues to distance itself by the
initially impressed motion without being accelerated, [i.e.] centrifugal
force, which is no particular property of matter.
The accelerative force of gravity is determined by a number of swings
in small arcs. Quantity of matter, however, by a balance or a spring. The
first demonstrates the weight by the opposed attraction of the balance, the
second by repulsion of the weight.
Living force (by impact) (vis viva) is different from the vivijj,ing force (vis
vivifica). The latter, in a separate world-system (and its generation), is
perhaps the cause of plants and animals.
Modality. What rests upon hypotheses, observations and inferences,
which count all of this as experience.

That which is thinkable in the concept, that which exists in sensation, that
which is necessary and knowable a priori.
Pressure, impact and cohesion belong under the categories of relation.

30
 OPUS P OSTUMUM

Of moving force by pressure and impact. 22:2 1 1

Initiated motion by attraction or merely impatted [motion] by pressure
and impact. Dead and living force. The latter is to be found in the
cohesion of the rigid or the fluid. Whether heat is imponderable, whether
incoercible, and whether absolutely simpliciter or only secundum quid?

[IXth fascicle, sheet I, page 3]

SECOND CHAPTER
O F TH E Q UA L ITY O F
MATTER

s
Besides the attractive forces, there also belong to the possibility of matter
in general repulsive forces; and that both must be found together in every
type of matter may be developed from the mere concept of matter. For
matter is something which fills space. If attraction alone were to belong to
the parts of the world-matter, then they would all coalesce into one point
and space would remain empty. On the other hand, were repulsion the only
mode of action of its parts on one another, it would dissolve and disperse
its parts into infinity, and cosmic space would remain equally empty.
Thus, the existence of matter is nothing other than a greater or lesser
whole of material points, which, as they repel, but yet also at the same
time attract one another,_/i/1 a space (extensively and intensively).

A constantly alternating attraction and repulsion, as resulting from the

primordial formation of matter (undulatio, vibratio), would be the third
[element], and the matter for it the ether.

6 22:2 1 2

Matter does not consist of simple parts, but each part is, in tum, compos
ite, and atomism is a false doctrine of nature. Corpuscular philosophy [is
adopted] to account for [herausklugeln] the difference in the density of
matter. It is in vain to conceive of matter, not as a continuum, but as a
whole, separated by empty, intermediate spaces (interruptum), whose parts
would thus have a certain form by means of the empty space between
them (in order not to require repulsion, as a special force to account for
the difference of density). For such primitive corpuscles (corpuscula)
would, in turn, always have to consist of parts which repel one another
otherwise they would fill no space physically.
The void cannot be thoroughly interspersed in the plenitude of matter.
Otherwise matter would fill no space. And, since the material parts must,

31
 IMMANUEL KANT

a t least, have repulsive forces i n order to fill their space (the filling of space
just amounts to this), matter will not fill the volume of a certain quantity of
matter merely by its own existence (without requiring particular repulsive
forces); but always by a repulsive force opposed to attraction.*

[Next to the above]

Gehler22

[Right margin]
That the more rapid vibrations of the glass, in contact with the water,
make it lighter (because they further expand the water, although without
increase of the caloric) is a sufficient explanation for the rising [of water]
in capillary tubes - even without assuming a ring of attraction at a dis
tance.J In the same fashion, water rises against the glass outside the
tubes, although not so high, for it does not [rise] between two close
surfaces beside the [breaks offJ

2 2 :2 1 3 [IXth fascicle, sheet I, page 4]

The first division of matter in regard to its quality can be only this: It is
either fluid or solid - which latter quality is better expressed, with Euler,Z4
as rigid (materia rigida).
The principle ofall fluidity is generally attributed to heat, whose escape
must have rigidification as its inevitable consequence. This rigidification,
if it takes place from a still fluid state, results in a certain texture (textura),
as experience teaches. Under the name of crystallization (crystallisatio), it
regularly forms fibers (Iibras), plates (tabu/as) and blocks (truncos), according
to the three geometrical dimensions.zs The escaping heat, however, does
not always escape in substance; possibly the greatest portion is merely
bound (made latent). The caloric serves all of this as a vehicle, and even as
a formative means [Bi/dungsmitten, if only nothing mechanically prevents
this regularity.
Formations in the three realms of nature all begin from the fluid state,
hence from heat; and one may now ask whether the caloric is a fluid
matter. Its transition from one body to another is warming (heating). It
cannot exist in isolation, but acts only by its penetration into all matters,
without exception, with greater or lesser velocity; and it increases the
volume of those which become fluid by it. It renders matters elastic,
which, previously, in combination with others, were not (e.g. hydrogen
gas), without itself being elastic - for that, in turn, would require heat.

" [The space for this note is left empty.)

32
 OPUS POSTUMUM

textura fibrosa, laminea e t truncalis.

8 22:214
If one assumes an originally elastic matter, it would have to be so without
caloric. { . . . }. Or else the latter would be only one of the names for a
material which permeates all bodies universally; a material which, in one
case, would be called caloric, but, when represented according to another
quality, light-material - in both cases, ether. Hence, heat and light would
be only two modifications of one and the same repulsive matter, but not
different materials. The ether would, thus, be the only original(y clastic
matter; the name of fluid would not, however, apply to it. For, in contrast to
rigidity, which can be abolished only by caloric (acting directly or indi
rectly), fluid has here, as yet, no application. This ether, moving as elastic
matter in straight lines, would be called light-material; when absorbed by
bodies, and expanding them in all three dimensions, it would be called
caloric. This is so, regardless of the fact that, in the latter condition, it is
neither a fluid nor repulsive, but only makes fluid and expands their matter.

[Left margin]
Repulsion can act as a superficial force, or as a penetrative force (but
not one acting at a distance, like gravitation) . In the latter case, the
repulsion of all internal material parts of all bodies is heat.
One could call the ether empyreal air - although not in Scheele's26 sense, 22:2 r 5
by which it means a respirable form of air, but, rather, as an expansive
matter whose penetration contains the ground of all the forms of air.

A lump [of matter] which can be shifted by human hands, exercises no

significant attraction on another body (unless it is magnetic). Schegallien?7

Two smooth and rigid surfaces attract each other - and I can raise the one
slab by means of the other. In that case they attract each other at a distance.
Rigidity on a polished (i.e. ground) surface passes gradually into fluidity.
What is fluid, what is rigid? f<or rigidity there must be friction, without
which there would be no slippage.
Attraction in contact (not that of gravitation or magnetism), i.e. cohe
sion, counteracts the expansive forces.
In magnetism and electricity there occurs an attraction at a distance -
through an intermediary matter, however. But, in cohesion, immediately,
in contact.

[Bottom margin]
Heat can only be thought as inherence, not as subsistence for itself, in
space. One must first assume matter in space, which can become cxpansi-

33
 IMMANUEL KANT

ble by heat, before one can think of warming or the elimination [Ausschei
dung] of heat (cooling) in it. For the latter are determinations belonging
only to the modality of the ether, namely, expansibility of the ponderable
matter, expansion, and the unified filling of space necessary for such an
effect. The caloric, which is the ether itself, J is imponderable in this
universal medium, for its attraction in all directions is combined with an
equal repulsion; another matter must first be given which gravitates in
some direction in this space. It is incoercible, i.e. all-penetrating, partly in
resistance, as in electricity, partly without resistance, by magnetism.

[. .]
.

[Vth fascicle, sheet IV, page I ]

"E"

O F T H E RE LATI O N O F TYP E S O F MATTER

TO ONE A N O T H E R B Y H E A T
Heat is always regarded as merely inherent; caloric, however, as some
thing subsistent. If, however, a material is assumed for elasticity, heat is
.
required, in turn, to turn it into gas. But it is difficult to imagine that this
material could assume a figure and, like all matter, form a body by itself, in
isolation from all other matter and placed by itself in empty space. Espe
cially because one assumes that heat penetrates all bodies without excep
tion, and none which is completely lacking in heat could be thought. The
causality of heat is that it expands all bodies, weakens their cohesion, and
renders them flu id; that it is the cause of all elasticity, which is thus
fundamentally derived from it (although it cannot itself be called elastic,
for, for that, another heat would, in turn, be required); and, since it is
incoercible, its material content cannot be estimated by weight. How one
could call it a fluid is unintelligible. For, in order to be an elastic fluid, it
would itself require heat; to be a fluid absorbed [eingesogen] by other
bodies, it requires cohesion within itself and with other types of matter.

N O D R O P L ET - F O RM I N G F L U I D I S P O S S I B L E
W I T H O UT T H E L I V I N G F O R C E S O F A MATE R I A L
P E N ETRATING A L L MATTER
I. Attraction in contact produces no motion, for matter resists the at
tracted particle in the direction of contact as much as the latter is attracted
by the former. Thus water, mercury, etc. would form no droplets by their

4 The sentence is continued on page 1 of sheet xii, lind fascicle.

34
 OPUS POSTUMUM

own forces. Neither can this occur by pressure (that is, not by a dead 2 1 :5 2 2
force), but only by an impact which, rather than moving the whole body of
water in a certain direction, unceasingly moves it in all its parts, in all
directions, by pulsation. In this way one can understand that the fluid
must yield to all these impacts until the contact of its parts among one
another is at its maximum, and their contact with empty spaces at its
minimum; for only then is the resistance equal to the moving forces, and
the body of water in a permanent condition.
This matter can be regarded as that which we call caloric; its motion, as
that of an elastic material, is called heat.
The rising of water in capillary tubes is the effect of the greater attrac
tion of the glass, and of the increased repulsion of the parts of the fluid
among one another, due to the contact of the fluid with the glass. Conse
quently, also, it is an effect of the thinning of the fluid by the inner
vibrations, by means of which the fluid becomes lighter and, in this way, is
raised. The sinking of mercury below the waterline [Waswpass] is to be
derived from the greater attraction of mercury among its parts and the
lesser contact with the vessel (the glass).
When caloric, or a part of it (whose vibration was responsible for mixing
together the species of fluid matter) escapes, a moderate form of this
vibration of heterogeneous, but, yet, reciprocally resolved, elementary
materials, now produces stratification (stratificatio). This is a texture in
which the tremblings of those (fibers, laminae) which are not in accord
separate themselves from those which are. Thus they form fascicles which
resist redisposition of their layers, in that their parts cannot (unlike a fluid)
be displaced in all directions without resistance.
It can be seen from the texture of fibers, laminae and blocks, which is 2 I :523
formed by crystallizing minerals - indeed in the configurations formed
undisturbed by metals - that this [escape of caloric] is the cause of rigid-
ity. Here the vibrating quality of the caloric sets the tone, as it were, for
this formation. Euler's pulsations of the ether are to be applied here not
just to light but also to the motion of heat.28 The peculiar luminosity of
metals. The beating of metals produces simultaneously the melting and
the alignment in fibers of their parts.

[Right margin]
The increase of caloric without increase of heat is latent heat.
Heat is everywhere, in empty space as much as in full space, incoercible
and imponderable. It is not elastic, for the reason that it is incoercible,
and, in expansion, is only delayed, not wholly prevented. Is it a fluid?

The concept of rigidity is here understood as in the transition of a fluid

matter, in a state of rest, from complete fluidity to a solid state, and the
form it takes on in it.

35
 I M M A N U E L KANT

What is to be remarked first is that heat (whether great or small in degree)

means a universal state of vibration of all world-matter, which, for that
reason, is flu id.
The reason why caloric is elastic remains inexplicable.
The stratification of the different elements of a fluid, with the gradual
decrease of the heat which, previously, had amalgamated everything.

For one of these amalgamated matters, more caloric is required than for
another in order to remain flu id; thus heat is latent in its different [ ele
ments], and the whole, although equally wann, is rigid.

[Vth fascicle, sheet IV, page 2]

Preface
{Philosophical treatments do not deserve the name of philosophy as sci
ence unless they are presented as combined in a system. Fragmentary
philosophizing means only the making of thought-experiments by means
of reason; these have little reliability, so long as the division of the whole
has not been able to assign them their determinate place and relation to
others. For} this science, by this alon e [breaks of!J
The science of nature (philosophia natura/is) consists of two parts, differ
ent according to their principles: The first represents the movable in
space (matter) under laws of motion, according to concepts a priori, and its
system was composed under the title Metaphysical Foundations ofNatural
Science. The second part, which proceeds from empirical principles,
would, if one wished to undertake it, be called physics.
As far as philosophy is concerned, it is my plan - and lies, so to speak,
in my natural vocation - to remain within the boundaries of what is know
able a priori: to survey, where possible, its field, and to present it as a circle
(orbis), simple and unitary, that is, as a system prescribed by pure reason,
not one conceived arbitrarily. This could not be achieved by the collection
of the empirical elements of knowledge, fragmentarily assembled; for this
does not allow one to hope for the conviction of completeness. Although
physics is the goal to which these preliminary metaphysical notions must
aim in their application to objects of experience, it is left here to the work
of other hands.
Since both of these parts of the science of nature are nevertheless
related to each other so closely that the former cannot but have regard for
2 1 :5 2 5 the latter, and the latter for the former, the concept of a transition is a
concept given a priori in the doctrine of elements of the science of nature
in general, and requires a special discipline of its own.
Physics contains the natural moving forces and effects of matter, know
able through experience. Regarded objectively, they, and their laws, are
.

36
 OPUS POSTUMUM

merely empirical; but, subjectively, they can (and must) b e treated as given
a priori, for, without reference to them, no experience for physics could be
made. The physicist must lay these laws, as ifgiven a priori, at the founda
tion of other experiences; otherwise he cannot relate the Metaplysical
Foundations to the physical . The transition from one territory to the other
would be a leap, not a step; whereas he who undertakes a step must first
feel that both feet stand firm before he draws one after the other.

[Bottom margin]
{The original fluid, caloric, is qualitas occulta, causalitas phaenomenon, in
which inherence is regarded as subsistence, and, in respect to which,
inference is always circular. Caloric, the basis of heat, requires heat
to become elastic. It is a matter without gravity and not displaceable,
but which moves all matter internally, renders matter elastic but also
cohesive - nevertheless, it is without gravity. It is extended in the whole of
cosmic space: The world, however, has no position from which it might
move. Permanent-elastic and yet alterable in its influence on bodies.}

[Vth fascicle, sheet IV, page 3 I

The transition from one science to the other must have certain interme
diary concepts, which are given in the one and are applied to the other,
and which thus belong to both territories alike. Otherwise this advance is
not a lawlike transition but a leap in which one neither knows where one is 2 r :526
going, nor, in looking back, understands whence one has come.
One might think that the transition from the metaphysical foundation of
natural science to physics requires no bridge, for the former, as a system
constituted by concepts a priori, exactly adjoins the ground [Boden] of
experience onto which it could alone be applied. But this very application
creates doubts and contains difficulties which should be embarrassing for
physics, as a particular system, separate from the former. For the admix
ture or insertion of the one into the other, as commonly occurs, is danger
ous; not just to its elegance, but even to its thoroughness, because' a priori
and empirical principles might communicate with or make claims upon
one another.
In the metaphysical doctrine of nature, matter was only [dealt with] as
the movable in space, as it is determinable a priori; in physics the moving
forces are [dealt with] as experience reveals them; in the transition from
metaphysics to physics, however, the movable with its moving forces is
arranged in a system of nature, so far as the form of such a system can be
constructed in general from these elements, according to the laws of

' Deleted continuation: {physics must needs adopt hypothetical concepts whose reality is
uncertain and which, with re gard to their possibility, require a deduction from a prio1i
principles.}

37
 IMMANUEL KANT

experience. For the blueprint of a building is far from yielding a full

estimate, although the materials for the building, as far as essential re
quirements are concerned, naturally are taken into account.9 How much
of the expenditure is to be made on what is really necessary, however, and
how much on ornament and comfort, depends on the wealth of the owner.
2 1 :527 It is, indeed, a common illusion that one may hope, using nothing but
mathematics, to produce a philosophical system of physics, without prior
metaphysical foundations; results show, however, that, in this fashion,
everything is treated fragmentarily and that a satisfactory whole, or even
the plan of one, cannot emerge. It is no less erroneous to suppose that one
could undertake to construct physics as a system out of preliminary meta
physical notions and mathematics - even with a rich store of observations
and experiments - unless metaphysics has outlined the plan for the
whole. Thus it is, if not a particular part, at least a particular obligation of
the science of nature (philosophia natura/is) to hold itself in preparation for
the transition from the metaphysical foundations of natural science to
physics; otherwise the guiding thread would be lacking by which to
emerge from the multitude of given objects and to present satisfactorily
both its divisions and their content.
[ . .]
.

38
 OPUS POSTUMUM

[IVth fascicle, leaf 6, page I ]3 2 I :4 7 4

Under the name science of nature (scientia natura/is) is understood the
system of the laws of matter (of the movable in space); which, when it
contains only their principles a priori, constitutes its metaphysical founda
tions; when it contains the empirical as well, however, it is called physics.
The latter, as a doctrine of bodies, i.e. of matter in a figure determined
according to laws, is divided in turn into general (physica generalis) and
particular (speqialis); in which either the formative force acts merely me
chanically, or else one body forms another of the same species, in propaga
tion of its species, i.e. organically. This latter division of physics is here
passed over or relegated to scholia, and the concept of the science of
nature [given] a broader scope, namely that of a system of the empirical
doctrine of nature in general [breaks ojj]
Merely empirical science of nature can never amount to a system, but,
at best, a fragmentary, ever-increasing aggregate. For, however far we
may be acquainted with the empirical laws of nature, we do not know to
what extent that may suffice for the purpose [ Gebrauch] of the philosophy
of nature; and the gaps make us dubious of our supposed explanations of
the laws of nature . The moving forces of nature are not completely
known to us.
Metaphysical foundations of natural science yield something that is
certain and a complete system; but their purpose [Gebrauch] - the only
one which can be envisaged for them - is physics, for which they can give
us no material. They are divisions for the concept which require to be
filled; and mere forms without an underlying m aterial can as little yield a
system of experience, as richly distributed material without forms. There
must be a transition from the metaphysical foundations of natural science 2 I :4 7 5
to physics if the science of nature is to become a science of reason
(philosophia natura/is).
These two territories (metaphysics of nature and physics) do not imme
diately come into contact; and, hence, one cannot cross from one to the
other simply by putting one foot in front of the other. Rather, there exists a
gulf between the two, over which philosophy must build a bridge in order
to reach the opposite bank. For, in order for metaphysical foundations to
be combined with physical [foundations] (which have heterogeneous prin
ciples) mediating concepts are required, which participate in both.

[Top margin, upside down]

Of the mathematical foundations of natural science.

[IVth fascicle, leaf 6, page 2]

[Top margin]
The metaphysical foundations of natural science have their determinate

39
 I M M A N U E L K A NT

scope and content. As do those of the transition to physics - because both

are given a priori.
Physics does not.

[Main text]
The moving forces of matter, which can only be known by experience
(thus do not belong to the metaphysical foundations), nevertheless belong
to a priori concepts (and thus to metaphysics) as regards their mutual
relations to one another in a whole of matter in general, insofar as one
takes moving force simply as motion itself. In that case [the moving force],
regarded mathematically, according to its direction and degree, [is] attrac
tion and repulsion - whether of the parts of matter for one another, or of
one matter toward another which is external to it. Density, rarefaction etc.
[are concepts] which can be thought voluntarily [mil!kiihrlich] a priori, and
for which examples are then sought in nature. Thus they denote logical
positions for concepts (topice), for which it is possible to determine a priori
which appearances fit into the one or the other position.
2 r :4 76 (a) External attraction (gravity). (b) Internal fluidity and solidity. (c)
External repulsion as superficiaJ force and internal (elasticity and the
living force of vibration).
The moving forces of repulsion: both the internal of matter and its parts,
and the external (filling of space).
The moving forces of attraction: the external of gravity, or the internal of
cohesion.
The moving forces of impact and of vibration by external or internal
forces (motus concussionis).
The moving forces of penetration into bodies or expulsion. Here it is
not a case of ascending from experience to the universal, but rather the
transition is a descent.

Between metaphysics and physics there still exists a broad gulf (hiatus in
systemato) across which the transition cannot be a step but requires a
bridge of intermediary concepts which form a distinctive construction. A
system can never be constructed out of merely empirical concepts.

How matter becomes a (physical) body, in contrast to matter which pro

duces no body because its filling of space (repulsion) is not subsistent but
merely inherent? Caloric which is not elastic hut only renders other mat
ters elastic. Not relatively ponderable insofar as it is a world-matter.
An a priori concept lies at the foundation of all judgments and concepts
of experience, under which we subsume appearances, insofar as the object
is to be subsumed under a species of things.
Physics is the doctrine of the laws of the movi11g forces of matter. Since

40
 O P U S P O S T U M U I\1

th e latter, like everything belonging to existence o f things, must b e known

by experience, then (breaks oj] How does matter produce a body?
However diverse the objects of physics may be (whose properties and
classifications must be learned by experience (empirically) in order to z 1 :477
make them as far as possible [kummerlich] into a so-called system), they
are, nevertheless, merely phenomena. A priori concepts ofmrroingjorces must
always lie at their foundation, and phenomena must be arranged accord-
ing to them, since these concepts contain the formal element in synthetic
representations. Even for the concepts of physics this is necessary, in
order to yield knowledge of an object (through the understanding).
The transition from the metaphysical foundations of natural science
consists in the circumstance that the concept of the m1roing forces of
matter yields a principle in its possible application to empirical concepts.
This concept can be thought a priori, according to the relations of the
moving forces in space and time, and, as such, can be completely classi
fied. [The task is] to classifY the real objects of nature according to a
principle, and to bring the empirical study of nature ever closer to a
system - although it never attains such completeness, which cannot be
expected from experience.
We can classify a priori the moving forces according to concepts, and so
completely enumerate the properties of matter prior to experience; for the
synthetic unity of appearances must lie in the understanding prior to
experience - e.g. internal and external repulsion. The transition takes
place when I apply these [concepts], not in metaphysical, but in physical
dynamic functions, to real bodies.

[Left margin, next to first paragraph]

N.B. Of the mathematical foundations of physics. Whether this, too,
belongs to the Transition?

41
 I MMANUEL KANT

[IVth fascicle, leaf 3/4, page I ]3'

All droplet-forming fluids become rigid through crystallization (crys
ta/lisatio) - without intervening time - at a determinate degree of heat
whereby the caloric is freed.
Of the conditioned and unconditioned coercibility of matter.
The transition from one science that already exists to another that is
only in the idea presupposes a priori principles of a possible system of both
in combination. So it is with the metaphysical foundations of natural
science in relation to physics - which, without the former, would be
2 I :47 8 merely an aggregate (farrago) of observations of nature that would permit
no secure delimitation or outline. The matter of knowledge here is to
enumerate the moving forces of nature a priori, insofar as they contain a
priori the principles of possible experience of them. The movable in space
insofar as it has moving force. Since then the conditions of motion in
general and also the forces lying at the basis of its motion are to be
specified a priori.
Here, moving forces must be assumed for the laws of motion that are a
prion given, which [forces] alone serve for the explanation of the latter,
although one cannot prove them: e.g. the lever.
The metaphysical foundations have a tendency toward physics as a
system of the moving forces of matter. Such a system cannot arise from
mere experiences, for that would yield oniy aggregates which lack the
completeness of a whole; nor can it come about solely a priori, for that
would be metaphysical foundations, which, however, contained no moving
forces. Therefore, the transition from metaphysics to physics, from the a
priori concept of the movable in space (i.e. the concept of a matter in
general) to the system of moving forces, can [proceed] only by means of
that which is common to both - by means of the moving forces insofar as
they act not on matter but rather united or opposed among one another,
and thus form a system of the universal doctrine of forces (plzysiologia
generalis) which stands between metaphysics and physics. Insofar as it
contains for itself a system of the application of a priori concepts to
experience, i.e. the investigation of nature, it combines metaphysics with
physics in a system. The transition is properly a doctrine of the investiga
tion of nature.
[ . . .]

42
 O P US P O S T U M U M

[IVth fascicle, leaf s , page I ]32

In the part1 of the philosophical science of nature (philosophia natura/is)
entitled the metaphysical foundations thereof, there already lies a ten
dency toward physics as the goal to which it is directed - namely, to ex
pound the empirical doctrine of material nature in a system. What arc
called the mathematical foundations of the science of nature (philosophiae
natura/is principia mathematica), as expressed by Newton in his immortal
work, are (as the expression itself indicates) no part of the philosophy of
nature. They are only an instrument (albeit a most necessary one) for the
calculation of the magnitude of motions and moving forces (which must
be given by observation of nature) and for the determination of their laws
for physics (so that the quality of the motions and moving forces can be
specified in regard to the central forces of bodies in circular motion, as
well as the motion of light, sound and tone, according to their direction
and degree). Consequently, this doctrine properly forms no part of the
philosophical study of nature. The same can be said of empirical knowl
edge of nature insofar as this forms only a chance aggregate, not a
system - for which a general classification according to concepts a priori is
required .
But this tendency in the transition from metaphysics to physics cannot
be satisfied immediately, by a leap. For those concepts, which lead across
from a system of one sort to another, must be accompanied by empirical
principles as well as principles a priori. The former, since they contain
comparative universality, can, like the [wholly] universal, be used for the
system of physics. Thus there is a gap to he filled between the metaphysi
cal foundations of natural science and physics; its filling is called a transi
tion from the one to the other.
I . The moving forces of matter according to the quantity of matter, and
summa according to the categories.
2. The formal conditions of this motion insofar as it rests on principles
a priori.
attraction repulsion
ponderable - imponderable
coercible - incoercible
subsistent in space - or inherent
N.B. The titles in the system of categories here contain only two as
dynamic powers: + a and - a.
I st part: Of the doctrinal system of the a priori investigation of nature.
znd part: Of the world-system.

r Changed by Kant into "title."

43
 l l\I M A N U E L K A N T

[Left ofthe foregoing]

Of the alterability of the heights of barometers - not immediately, by
alteration of the weight, but chemically, by a matter which weakens or
strengthens the elasticity of air. The former.

1b Garve.JJ System of philosophy from a pragmatic point of view, to be

developed in one's role as teacher of skill and prudence.
In the Metaphysical Foundations, matter was thought of as the movable in
space; in physics, matter is thought of as the movable which [has] moving
force; and their combination, [as] a relation of matter's own moving
forces, according to their own laws of motion, is the object of physics.
Insofar as the totality of these forces permits of classification a priori,
founded on a ptiori concepts, there must exist a topic of the moving forces
of matter in which each of these forces is assigned its location (locus
communis) in the system; and a special science will be both possible and
necessary, which is solely occupied with these locations in the investiga
tion of nature. Empirical concepts (e.g. gravity), whose moving force can
be thought according to a priori concepts (e.g. attraction and repulsion)
although their existence must be given through experience, belong to this
topic of the transition. This class of moving forces could belong to physiol
ogy, to wit, the pure, etc.
2 1 :484 For the moving forces can be enumerated a priori according to their
form; but can be known according to their content [only] by the appear
ances of their effects.
The investigation of nature, in the absence of any principles of classifi
cation, can result in no system of physics; for there would arise from it
merely an aggregate (forrago) of particular observations, and how far these
might extend cannot be anticipated. This investigation of nature is frag
mentary, not systematic.
[. . .]

44
 OPUS POSTUMUM

[VIIIth fascicle, sheet I, page 1 J 22:I35

"EI. Syst. I " .

O F T H E SYSTEM OF T H E M OVING
F O R C E S O F M AT T E R

First Part
Of the Elementary System of Wrn-ld-Matter

Division
One can ask for no better clue to the division of the moving forces and the
laws of motion of matter than the table of categories, regarded according
to quantity, quality, relation and modality, and ordering the elementary
concepts [namely, of the moving forces and laws of motion of matter]
under these headings. For the latter constitute the stages of the transition
from the metaphysics of corporeal nature to physics.
{Moving force is of two kinds: either the locomotion of a body (vis
locomotiva) which forces another to leave its place, or internal motion.}

FIRST SECTION
O F T H E Q U A N T ITY O F M A T T E R

Ponderability (ponderabilitas) i s that property of matter, according to its

moving force, whereby alone its quantity can be precisely measured. An
intrinsically imponderable matter would be such as would allow of no 2 2: I 3 6
measure, thus can be assumed as = o. For even if it could be measured
geometrically, in comparison with another of the same type (e.g. pure
water in containers of different sizes), the homogeneity of the two could
itself be doubted, because their assessment rbreaks o!JJ

Gravity (gravitas), being the penetrative action of the accelerative force of

attraction of our earth at equal distances from its midpoint, is measured
by the number of the swings of a pendulum; weight (pondus), however, as
the product of gravity (the moment of motion of a falling body), is mea
sured by the quantity of the matter moved. And, since the former (gravita
tion) is equal at equal heights, in all measurements of the quantity of
matter it is assumed that this is equal to the weight.
[ . .]
.

45
 IMMANUEL KANT

[VIIIth fascicle, sheet I, page 2]

2
But the concept of ponderability presupposes an instrument for the mea
surement of this moving force (of weight) in the form of a lever-arm. One
must, however, attribute to this instrument another force which resists
flexibility, namely that of the cohesion of its parts among one another;
otherwise ponderability would be a concept of what was a mere figment of
the imagination [ GedankendingJ.
The physical lever-arm always has a .certain thickness of diameter, at
which the weight appended to it exercises moving force to bend or to break
it. Now, the mathematician34 must, ifhe wishes to present a priori this law of
motion, assume the thickness of the lever-arm as infinitesimal - for which,
however, he would have to assume an infinite force of attraction between
the parts of the lever-arm in the straight line of contact, which is impossi
ble. Thus the ponderability of matter is not a property knowable a prion
according to the mere concept of the quantity of matter; it is, rather,
physically conditioned and requires the presupposition of an internally
moving matter which results in the immobility of the parts in contact with
one another [in the lever-arm], by itself being mobile inside this matter. We
know of no other matter to which we have cause to attribute such a prop
erty, except caloric. Thus, even ponderability (represented subjectively as
the experiment of weighing) will require the assumption of a matter which
is not ponderable (imponderabilis); for, otherwise, the condition for pon
derability would be extended to infinity, and thus lack a foundation.
Ponderability presupposes the coercibility of the matter in the lever,
which resists its bending or breaking, as well as the breaking of the cord
by which the weight is suspended. The mechanics of moving forces is
thinkable only under the presupposition of dynamics - objective pon
derability preceding subjective. A living force of the matter which pene-
22: 1 39 trates the body must be the cause of the dead force of pressure and
traction (which produces an infinite series of contacts, in immediate subor
dination of each to the next, and, hence, the moving superficial force of a
mass - i.e. attraction of cohesion). Coercibility, permeability, and perpetu
ity (or attraction) - thus, the moving force of caloric is required for a lever
as an instrument of ponderability.

J
An absolutely imponderable matter thus cannot be thought, for that would
be a matter without quantity. But it could be so in a conditional manner,
namely, merely as part of a matter which is distributed through the whole
of cosmic space (the caloric); for then the case would be that bodies do not
weigh in their own element.

46
 OPUS POSTUMUM

Note
The moving force of cohesion underlies all mechanism, whether this
takes place by pressure (as .in a lever), or traction (as in a pulley), or shear (as
in the case of an inclined surface, on which a body tends to slide). Ma
chines effect with a lesser force (a smaller moment of motion) as much as
would have been achieved immediately by a greater. But the possibility of
a machine itself presupposes moving forces. The lever must be rigid and
neither bend nor break from the weights on the lever-arms. The cord on
which the weight is suspended must not break.
[Margin . ]. .

[VIIlth fascicle, sheet I, page 3] 22: 1 4 1

S E C O N D SECTI O N
O F T H E Q U A L ITY O F MATTER

Matter is either fluid or solid*K (aut fluida aut rigida).

All fluid matter is so by heat, and the state of fluidity precedes all
formation of matter into solid bodies (at least, only thus can one explain
'
the origin of this quality).
Heat is something which renders fluid; but can one call it a fluid itself
(a substance, not merely the inherence of certain forces)?
Caloric is a matter which cannot be regarded as coercible into containers
(as, for instance, the air), although it can be prevented from transmitting
itself rapidly to bodies in contact. Thus one cannot properly describe it as
a fluid (which would be expansive), since all expansibility of matter is
derived from heat, and it could, thus, be asked what provides caloric itself
with this force of expansion.
Caloric is, hence, incoercible, as well as imponderable, and can be co
erced (or, as it is called, bound), in whole or in part (dynamically, not
mechanically), by no other material - except that which is of its own type
(the universally distributed caloric). This property, however, belongs to
physics (chemistry) as a system; not to the elementary empirical concepts
with which alone we are here dealing. It is a necessary consequence of the
relation of the moving forces of matter to one another that a matter which
is incoercible is also to be regarded as imponderable (and, as impondera
ble, as incoercible also).
The transition of matter from fluidity to solidity must, however, also be
ascribed to the influence o f caloric - but by means o f another type o f 22: r 42

g There is no corresponding note.

47
 I M M A N LJ E L K A N T

internal motion, namely, that o f a livingforce o f this matter. This force acts
by impact and has an undulatory motion, inwardly attracting and repel
ling, in rapidly succeeding vibrations. By this motion the space which the
matter occupies is expanded.

s
The moving force of caloric is a livingforce of impact; namely, a concussive
motion of the parts of matter by means of its repulsive forces - not a dead
force of pressure and counterpressure. Such an inJVard, undulatory (vibrat
ing, oscillatory) motion fills a greater space - by repulsion - than the mere
transition of one matter into another, in which case the latter increases in
density only.
That the moving force of caloric exerts this force in the state of heat is
clear, however, from the fact that, as incoercible, its locomotion can pro
duce no increase of this expansive material (which can penetrate every
thing). Caloric can expand [something] only by means of its own internal
state, by vibration [hin und her stossenJ in the space which it occupies.

[ . . .]

[VIllth fascicle, (half-)she et II, page I ]

"El. Syst.
Beylage zu Syst: I , S. 4 "Js

T H I RD S E CTI O N
O F T H E RELATI O N O F T H E M OVING F O R C E S
O F M A TTE R
I N TH E I R S O L I D I TY (RIGIDITAS)
6
I call this active relation the cohesibility of matter; by its means the inner
parts of a matter resist displacement, as well as forming themselves into
solid bodies from the fluid state. Its measure is the weight at which a body
(by its gravity) breaks apart at a given section. The degree of cohesion can
be specified most easily by the length of a completely uniform prism or
cylinder, which breaks apart at a certain length as a result of its own
weight.36 For, however thick it may be, it will break apart at the same
length, given that the matter of which it consists is homogeneous, since we
can imagine each cylinder as composed of however many individual cylin
ders it may be next to (not after) one another - and thus regard each as
breaking apart independently.

48
 OPUS POSTUMUM

Now, the cohesibility o f a solid body i s a mere superficial force, not a force
which penetrates matter and immediately attracts the distant parts beyond
the surface of contact. Consequently, each segment (plate), however thin
one assumes it (hence also the quantity of its matter and attraction) to be,
[would be] infinitely small in comparison to the weight of the block. Thus
the moment of acceleration required [to resist] the weight with which the
body tends to break apart [would be], correspondingly, infinitely large
which is as much as to say, a moment of finite velocity crossing an intinite
space in any given time-period - which is impossible. Thus one is com-
pelled to assume, either that the parts of this block extend their attraction 2 2 : 1 47
inward beyond the surface of contact of the section, or else that attraction
in cohesion is not an accelerative, moving force - of neither alternative
can one form a concept.

8
Hence, one can hardly form a concept of these relatively opposed forces,
except by assuming that caloric, which is the cause of all fluidity, is moving
with livingforce (as stated above) . As the heat escapes, the concussions of
caloric bring about a tendency, such as cohesion is, once heat-induced
fluidity has ceased. For, as one of the opposed forces is removed, the other
docs not also disappear. A lead ball, rubbed together with another, melts
momentarily on its touching surface and immediately solidifies. l lammer
ing and forging always produce an instantaneous but transitory melting.

[Margin . . . ]

[VIIIth fascicle, (half-)sheet II, page 2]

Cohesion is either that of a friable (corporis friabilis) or a stretchable

ductible - body (ductilis). Glass or stone, in the former case, metal, in the
latter case, are examples of the matter of the universal caloric, penetrating
and acting with living force. Caloric produces cohesion by expansion (as
heat) and the simultaneous escape (binding) thereof.
Ductility when hammered is malleability (malleabilitas), which belongs
to all metals, at least when heated somewhat. Each blow amounts to a
momentary melting and quickly succeeding solidification. The - as the
mineralogists term it - particular glow of metal, which appears hardly
capable of description, much less explanation, can be explained by this
internal crystallization in rays [Strahlenanschiessung] . It is to be regarded

49
 IMMANUEL KANT

not just a s reflected but a s radiating light from the polished surface o f the
metal. For the beating and polishing of it must be regarded as a momen
tary melting, [and the metal] is separated into laminae and small rays by
caloric on the surface, as can be seen on the wing-cover of many insects
(e.g. Cerambyx moschatus)n which emit the light appropriate to the thick
ness of these laminae. For without that polish, which is the effect of
melting, and thus of crystallization on .the surface, metals have their com
mon earth-color.

22: 1 49 Critical note

It may seem that in this section we have greatly transgressed the boundary
of the a priori concepts of the moving forces of matter, which together are
to form a system, and have drifted into physics as an empirical science
(e.g. into chemistry); but one will surely notice that [breaks ofJI

[. . . ]

22: 1 88 [VIIIth fascicle, sheet VII, page 2]

[ " Elem Syst. 6

Einleitung"]

F O URTH S E C T I O N
O F T H E M O D A L I TY O F T H E M O VI N G
F O R C E S O F M ATTER

This is comprehended under the category of necessity, which, in turn,
carries with it the character of universal validity in space and constant
continuation in time, and is necessity in appearance. (Perpetuitas est necessitas
phaenomenon) .38
Motion resulting from the moving forces of matter cannot cease except
because of opposing motions.* Because, however, the totality of all com
bined matter only forms a dynamic whole by virtue of the internal action
and reaction of the moving forces of all its parts, this dynamic whole (be it
composed of dead or living forces) can be permanently in a state in which
its matters interact with one another. The reason is that, according to the
principle of inertia, no matter alters its state of its own accord, and,

" Q!tantitas motus in mundo summando eos quifirm/ ;, eadem directione, et subtralrmdo quifirm/
in co1ztraritls in universo non mutatur. This well-known proposition is proved by the fact that
otherwise the universe itself would be displaced, which is absurd.J9

50
 OPUS POSTVMVM

outside this totality, no other material cause will be encountered which

could alter it.

[. . . ]

[VIIIth fascicle, sheet VII, page 3] 2 2 : 1 89

In the Metaphysical Foundation ofNatural Science its object, matter, was
represented in a doctrinal system merely as what is mi)Vable in space, and its
motion in time (the latter according to its laws knowable a priorz).
There is still, however, in these Foundations of Natural Science, a ten-
dency toward physics, i.e. to a system of the moving forces of matter which
must be taken from experience, and whose investigation (indagatio,
perscrutatio naturae), as a system of these forces, is called physics. This is a 2 2 : 1 90
doctrine of motion from empirical principles which must be [ordered] in a
system of perceptions and, hence, formally subordinated to certain a priori
principles. In it the science of nature represents the concept of matter as
the mrrvab/e, insofar as it has mrrving force; and it contains the empirically
given moving forces of matter insofar as they are thought of together in a
system (physics), formally and a priori. Any physical body can be regarded
as a system of the moving forces of matter, and what confers on such a
system its a priori conceivability can be expressed under the title of the
general-physiological foundations of natural science. So, then, the meta-
physical, the general-physiological, and, finally, the physical foundations
of natural science will, together, represent the system of the moving forces
of matter as a transition from the metaphysics of nature to physics.
But yet a fourth concept of the moving forces of matter makes an entry
into the system of the science of nature, and lays claim to a particular divi
sion of the foundations - namely, certain supposed mathematical founda
tions of natural science, of which Newton's immortal work gives a shining
example; although its title (Philosophiae natura/is principia mathematica)
is, in fact, self-contradictory. Examples to be found in this work are: the doc
trine of the central forces by attraction (gravitation); by repulsion (light and
sound); and the doctrine of the wave-motion of fluid surfaces (oscillation).
However, there occurs here an ambiguity in the sense of the term "the
moving forces .of matter," which can be understood either as primitively or
else only derivatively moving. If the motion of a matter must precede, in 22: 1 9 1
order for the latter t o have a moving force (e.g. i f a sling-stone must be
swung around so that its cord is stretched to breaking point), then the
moving force of the stone is derivative, for motion must precede the
moving force. But if the cord breaks, solely as a result of the increase of
the weight of the stone suspended from it, then the moving force of the
stone is primitive.
There exist, therefore, no mathematical foundations of natural science,
in respect to the primitive moving forces of matter; rather, the science of

51
 IMMANUEL KANT

nature (scientia natura/is) is, as such, wholly philosophy when it subordi

nates the laws of the moving forces of matter to a priori principles.

[Right margin]
I . Metaphysical Foundations of Natural Science
2. Physiological, Propaedeutic Foundations of Natural Science
3 Physical-Systematic Foundations of Natural Science
Not as aggregate, but as system; for such is every body. But form [breaks
off]

[VIIIth fascicle, sheet VII, page 4]

Mathematical foundations for the laws of motion in general, for all
possible moving forces of matter (legum motus priucipia mathematica). The
division, which here concerns only the formal aspect of motion (and,
hence, must lie a priori in the concepts themselves) concerns only the
direction of the moving forces - attraction, repulsion, and the internal
motion of matter, as a result of continual agitation of both (attractio,
repulsio, oscillatio). Here motion is presupposed, with moving forces as its
consequence.
2 2 : I 92 These foundations are contrasted with the physical foundations of natu-
ral science.

The motive forces (vires matrices), the moving forces (vires moventes), the
forces which independently repeat their motion of attraction and repul
sion (vires agitantes). The force which moves itself in substance is here
either locomotion (vis locomotiva) (e.g. circular motion) and, thus, external;
or it is 'that of a matter, moved by alternating attraction and repulsion,
which agitates it at the same place (vis agitans interne motiva), as in oscilla
tion (motus tremulus, vibratorius). And this [motion] is either constantly
preserved (peren11is), if it is the internal motion of the totality of matter, or
else it is a motion which hinders the reaction of the parts of matter to one
another and produces rest in a finite time.

Since empty space is not an object of experience, and, thus, neither the
internal nor the external void can explain any phenomenon of matter, it is
not a hypothesis but a certainty that the totality of all world-matter is a
continuous whole (continuum). That is to say, even attraction in empty space is
a mere idea insofar as one abstracts from the repulsive force of matter
(e.g. in gravitation), in that filling of space by repulsion contributes nothing
to it - contrary to the opinion of Descartes. Thus all matter, conceived
together with its moving forces, forms one SJ'Sfem. Its manifold parts I
regard, on the one hand, sparsim; the same matter, however, I regard, on
the other hand, as an absolute, coniunctim, as belonging to no greater

52
 OPUS POSTUMUM

whole. From this the division of the system o f the moving forces of matter
into the elementary system and the world-system will follow.*1

[Leji margin] 2 2: 1 93
Of the atomistic and fluxionary system.
What is force?
The ether is the hypothesis of a matter for which all bodies are perme
able, but which is itself expansive.
Of the moving forces of organic matter. Vital force. Reproducing itself
according to species. Of existing for itself and for its own sake.

[Top and left margin]

The determinability of space and time, a priori by the understanding, in
respect of the moving forces of matter, is the tendency of the metaphysical
foundations of natural science toward physics; and the transition to it is
the fil ling of the void by means of those forms which regard all possible
objects of experience in their unity. [The filling of space] is a product of
the idea of the whole, in the thoroughgoing, self-determining intuition of
oneself. An elementary system which has the potentiality [Empfonglic!tkeit]
for a world-system (according to purposes), and contains an objective
tendency toward this latter, and without which there would be no physics.

[Main text, between paragraphs]

The mathematical unity of space and time, which contains a pnon
the formal conditions of the possibility of experience as a system of
perceptions - and hence must be thought of, not partially (sparsim), but as 2 2 : 194
combined in one whole (coniunctim) - founds the concept of an elementary
system of the moving forces of matter. Empty space is no object of possi-
ble experience - neither as included, nor as all-inclusive (finite, infinite)
empty space. The filling of space occupied by matter must be judged by
the fluxionary, not the atomistic, principle of the division of matter; in
which, firstly, no space is left empty, and, secondly, the matter which fills it
is extended to the minimum quanti{y of matter for the same volume -
although its expansive force amounts to the maximum inasmuch as it is a

Force is the subjective possibility for a thing to be a cause. Thus a category of relation,
regarded either as a phenomenon or a noumenon.
t Students of nature have wanted to take offense at the word "force" (as if it were a qualitas
occulta).
Each physical body is to be regarded as a system of mechanical-moving forces (i.e. as a
machine); the matter, however, from which it is composed, presupposes dynamic moving
[forces], which do not depend on figure (e.g. in a lever, or wedge).
So a matter must be assumed, the internal mobility of whose parts (which form a
continuum) is equivalent for all - i.e. a fluid which, through moving itself purely dynami
cally, yet moves this matter mechanically.

53
 IMMANUEL KANT

matter. which thoroughly penetrates all bodies, and for which all bodies are
permeable - such a matter must unceasingly preserve all the modes of
motion: attraaion, repulsion and reciprocal agitation.

[. . . ]

2 2 : 1 99 [VIIIth fascicle, sheet VIII, page 3 ]

["Element. System 7
Einleitung"]
Fluidity is either an external locomotive moving force (vis locomotiva) of a
continuous matter, insofar as the latter consists of parts which move an
object only by means of successive but continual impacts, or else it is an
internal moving force, acting uninterruptedly at the same place. Only by the
latter quality is the former possible; that first definition is only a nominal
explanation to which the real explanation belongs as its ground.
Postulate of Dynamics
All the parts of matter distributed in space
stand in mutual relation
2 2 : 200 as members of a universal mechanical system
of the forces which originally and constantly
agitate matter*
In the transition from the metaphysical foundations of natural science
to physics it is necessary to abstract from everything which rests on empiri
cal principles, for, otherwise, this would amount to a transgression of
foreign territory (by !!ctaPaotv Ett; af.J...o yevot;).4h

[Right margin]
The problem is: What is it that first sets the moving forces of matter
taken as a whole - in motion?
Only the forms of combination of the moving forces can be enumerated
a priori in an elementary system; the forces themselves cannot be devel
oped otherwise than empirically - and, thus, only fragmentarily - for they
only indicate the tendency to physics.
The elementary system is that which proceeds from the parts to the
entire complex of matter (without hiatus); the world-system is that which
proceeds from the idea of the whole to the parts.

" By the forces agitating matter, I understand those which produce real motion in it, in
distinction from those which produce only the tendency (conatus) toward motion . It will
become apparent, however, that even the latter depend on the former as their cause.

h The rest of page 3 and page 4 are left empty.

54
 OPUS POSTUMUM

[Next to "Postulate of Dynamics"]

The transition from the metaphysics of nature to physics is the ten
dency of the laws of motion in general toward the principle of the moving
forces of nature.

Space and time realized.

The primum movens is not locomotive but rather internal, by reciprocal

attraction and repulsion of all parts of matter.

The collective idea of all the moving forces of matter precedes a priori the
distributive idea of all the particular forces, which are only empirical.
The elementary system prior to the world-system. 2 2.:20 1
That matter whose internal motion makes weighing (therewith, the
rigidity of the lever) originally possible, must itself be imponderable. It is
expansive, however, because it occupies, by means of internal concussive
motion, a greater space than if it were at rest.

[ . ]
. .

[IXth fascicle, sheet IV, page I (3)]

["B O bergang"]
All the primitive moving forces of matter are dynamic; the mechanical
are only derivative.
The former are penetrative and, in fact, in two possible ways: either in
substance (like caloric), by locomotion, or by the immediate action on
matter, even at a distance (like gravitational attraction). Combined to
gether in the world-system, however, [they are] attraction and repulsion
simultaneously.

Of the difference
between the qualitative divisibility (by the species ofmatter) and the quanti
tative divisibility (by the multitude of the homogeneous parts of the same
species). Whether both extend to infinity?
The same in the case of the composition: either material composition
from elements (mixture) or formal ; composition - of a new matter pro
duced by a process of separation.

' Changed by Kant from "organic."

55
 IMMANUEL KANT

T H E T RA N S I T I O N
F R O M T H E M E T A P HY S I CAL F O U N D A T I O N S O F
NATU RAL S C I E N C E T O PHYS I C S
2 2 : 240 is the complex of all a priori given relations of the moving forces of matter
which are required for the empirical system, i.e. for physics.
Thus there are elementary concepts of the science of nature which,
however, do not intrude into physics (hence not into the doctrine of experi
ence), and which can be presented - not fragmentarily, but systematically
as an a priori whole. How is such a formal elementary system from mere
concepts - e.g. intuitions axiom, Anticipations of Perception, Analogies
of Experience, systematic unity of the whole of the empirical - possible?

[Right and left of " The Transition"]

2 2 :239 If [the transition] took place by means ofexperience, it would be physics
itself; if it takes place, however, by means of principles of the possibility of
2 2 : 240 experience, it precedes physics a priori and contains a priori principles for
its construction. This is, however, a particular part of the science of nature
which contains its own principles and founds its own system - although a
merely formal one.

Physics
is an empirical system of the moving forces of nature and a problematic
whole thereof. The transition from the metaphysical foundations to the
science of nature in general, represented a priori, according to the formal
principles of mathematics and philosophy, is a transition in which mathe
matics supplies [e11thalt] only the application of concepts to intuitions a
priori, by anticipations etc., not fragmentarily, as a mere aggregate, but
systematically, according to one principle. Without these premises there
can be no science of nature.
This transition is not merely propaedeutic; for such a concept is ambigu
ous and concerns only the subjective aspect of knowledge. There is a not
merely regulative, but also constitutive formal principle, existing a priori,
of the science of nature, for the purpose of a system.
Axioms of Intuition, Anticipations of Perception, Analogies of Experi
ence, and Postulates of Empirical Thought in general. The first contain
22:241 mathematical principles rather than philosophical ones (by concepts); the
second contain the forces, insofar as they are internally moving (through
apprehension), as philosophical [principles]; the rest [contain the forces]
insofar as they are either mechanically or dynamically moving - or else
moving mechanically by means of dynamic forces.
All matter was primordially fluid, and everything fluid was expansible,
not attractive. At least, this idea is the fundamental idea.

56
 OPUS POSTUMUM

I n order to attain physics, a s a system of the empirical science o f nature,

the re must previously be completely developed, in the transition to it, a
priori principles of the synthetic unity of the moving forces of the science
of nature, according to their form (Axioms of Intuition, Anticipations of
Perception, etc.). These principles contain a propaedeutic of physics as an
a priori transition to it, which isJ derived analytically from the mere con
cept of physics. This propaedeutic is itself a system which contains a priori
the form of the system of physics. What contains the possibility of physics
as a whole cannot be a fragmentary aggregate; for, as a whole given a
priori, it must necessarily be a system which is capable neither of increase
nor of diminution. Regulative principles which are also constitutive.

[Top margin]
The first division of the outer objects of sense, as substances, is that
into matter and bodies.

The organized creatures form on earth a whole according to purpose s

which [can b e thought] a priori, a s sprung from a single seed (like an
incubated egg), with mutual need for one another, preserving its species
and the species that are born from it.
Also, revolutions of nature which brought forth new species (of which
man is one).

(Right margin]
The primitive-moving forces of matter arc the dynamic forces. The
mechanical are only derivative.
The first moving force is that of external attraction, insofar as it is not 22 :242
restricted by repulsion - gravitation. The second is that of internal
repulsion, insofar as it is restricted by attraction. Both are matters which
form bodies by their moving forces - which, in turn, determine their own
space according to quantity and quality.
The mechanical ponderability of matter requires that it be dynamically
imponderable - for without this internal moving force (not locomotiva),
weighing would itself be impossible.
Likewise, in order that matter with its moving force be coercible, an
incoercible (namely dynamic) matter is required: caloric.
The matter, which renders all other matter fluid by penetrating it, is
originally fluid; thus it is incoercible.

2. Of the moving force of matter by the coercibility of caloric, as

mechanically or dynamically acting force. The one is the phenomenon of
the other, or the means for the presentation of the other.

j Lehmann changes wird into werden.

57
 I MM A N U E L KANT

The objective principles of the laws of the moving forces of matter are
those which are given a priori, in their formal aspect, by means of the
classification by reason of all possible such active relations.
The subjective [principles] are those of mechanics, according to which
we set these forces in motion (action), and [are] of empirical origin; hence
suited for physics. The former for the transition from the metaphysical
foundations to physics.

[. . .)

2 I: I8I [lind fascicle, sheet IV, page I )

" A Elem. Syst: I "

OF
T H E SYSTEM O F T H E MOVI N G F O R C E S O F
MATTER

First Part
The Elementary System ofthe Moving Forces
ofMatter

Section One
I.
{Definitions}
According to their Material Aspecto
The moving forces are either locomotive (vires locomotivae), or internally
moving (interne motivae): attraction or repulsion (attractio, repulsio) or con
tinually changing between the two (oscillatio, undulatio). Those impacts
which alter in equal time-intervals are called pulsations (pulsus); otherwise,
where they are in indefinitely rapid succession to one another, they are
called vibration (concussion); both presuppose internally moving forces.
The moving force of a matter, insofar as it can only produce repulsive
motion, is superficial force - i.e. one which only acts in contact; that
which acts also immediately, at a distance, is penetrative force (not pene
trative matter). If matter is penetrative in substance, the body is said to be
permeable for it.
2 I : I 82 If it is penetrative only by activity (virtualiter), not by physical presence
(non localiter), then it is penetrative merely by attraction.

[Left and right of "II, " below]

The moving forces of matter are powers, either purely dynamic or
mechanical. The latter ar based upon the former. [Margin: vide below,

58
 OPUS POSTUMUM

N.B.] What i s opposed to a moving force i s here understood, not logica/y

(as A and non A), but as real (as A and - A).

II.
According to the Formal Aspect of Motion
I . By its direction: Attraction or repulsion
2. According to its degree: Moment of the motion, or the latter with
finite speed
3 . By its relation: According to the laws of the external influence of bodies
upon one another, or of the internal influence of body-forming matter.
Mechanism
4 By its modality: From the outset (of motion) and at all future times,
i.e. as acting according to necessary laws; for the perpetual is the sensible
representation of the necessary (perpetuitas est necessitas phaenomenon). 2 I : I 83
That, the actuality of which is knowable a priori.
All these forms are a priori laws, for a system of moving forces; drawn,
not from the elements of physics (which always furnish us only with
objects of experience), but from concepts (to which we subordinate the
elements of physics), for the sake of a system of the moving forces; and
they have their purpose [Bestimmung] only in the tendency of the metaphysi
cal foundations of natural science to physics.

N.B. Either dead or living force. The moment of motion and acceleration, 2 I : I 82
or impact at the commencement of contact, of bodies moved in mass, not
in flow. The latter is infinite in relation to the former. Internal, not locomo-
tive motion: undulatory, vibratory, concussive. Internally, not externally
moving powers [Potenzen] - according to their formal aspect. ( I ) Direction:
attracting and repelling, or both continually alternating with each other.
(2) Limited or unlimited by volume, likewise by time. (3) Continuous or
interrupted in composition. (4) Homogeneous or heterogeneous in its
manifold.

[Right margin] 2 1 : 1 83
What, for the sake of an elementary system, can be stated a prion about
the moving forces of matter, has completeness. The empirical is a frag
mentary aggregate, and belongs to physics. Only metaphysics creates the
form of the whole.
Finally, the moving forces of matter, insofar as the latter contains the
basis of all motion in an original unity. Elementary material.

The concept of final cause is, at first glance, a contradictory concept,

namely, that the last shall be first. The cause shall be what precedes - but
also the end. This is, nevertheless, an a priori concept.

59
 IJ'v! M A N U E L K A N T

Definitions, axioms, theorems, problems, and postulates.

Imponderable - incoercible - l ncohesible - inexhaustible.
That all of these moving forces stand under the system of categories,
and that one universal [matter] primitively underlies them all.
[Underlying] it, however, a highest - namely, originally independent
understanding.
agitatio.

[lind fascicle, sheet IV, page 2]

III.
According to the Completeness of the Division
of the System of Forces in General

One can, in fact, also draw on the concept of organic (as opposed to
inorganic) nature, in the consideration of the moving forces of nature,
without, [thereby], transgressing the limits, determined a priori, of the
transition to physics, or mixing into it what belongs to the material part of
physics (thus to the doctrine of experience as a part of it). One can, in fact,
define the former as follows: Organized beings are those of which, and in
which, each part is there for the sake of th other (propter, 11on per aliam
partem eiusdem systematis).4'
The final causes belong equally to the moving forces of nature, whose a
priori concept must precede physics, as a clue for the investigation of
nature. One must see whether (and how) they, too, form a system of
nature, and can be attached to metaphysics. In this case, everything is,
indeed, only established problematically, but the concept of a )'stem of the
moving forces of matter requires, nevertheless, the concept of an animated
matter - which we at least think a priori and assign a possible classification
(without demanding - or surreptitiously assuming - reality for it).
The word final cause (causa finalis) literally contains the concept of a
causal relationship on the part of something which precedes (in the se
quence of conditions), but which, nevertheless, is also to succeed its
2 I : I 85 own self (in the sequence of causes and effects) - for which reason it
appears to contain a contradiction with itself. For one thing cannot be
the beginning and (in just the same sense) the end of the same real
relationship.
Su.::h a relationship may, however, be thought under the moving forces
of matter, provided that we restrict our judgment in the following way: We
cannot comprehend the system of moving forces except by assuming an
understanding, independent of matter, which is architectonic with respect
to these forms, and to representing the moving forces of matter according
to the mere analogy with it. This can occur according to a pn.ori concepts,
without crossing over (by means of empirical judgments) into physics. For

60
 O P US POSTUMUM

only thus can w e render the system of the moving forces of matter compre
hensible to ourselves.
The division of the moving forces of matter, insofar as the latter has the
tendency to form organic or inorganic bodies, thus also belongs to the
form of the combination of these forces in a system. This is, however, only
a principle for the investigation of nature, which, as an idea, precedes
empirical [investigation], and may {not} be lacking in the complete divi
sion of the transition from the metaphysical foundations of natural science
to physics - despite the fact that it is merely problematic and takes [no I
notice of the existence or nonexistence of such bodies l and their] forces.
Matter and bodies.

[Bottom margin]
Organism is the form of a body regarded as a machine - i.e. as an
instrument (instrumentum) of motion for a certain purpose. The internal
relationship of the parts of a body, whose purpose is a certain form of
movement, is its mechanism. All the laws of motion of matter are mechani
cal; but only if the internal relationship of the parts is represented as
formed for the purpose of a certain form of motion, [is] a mechanism 2 1 : 1 86
attributed to the body. Mechanism [Maschinenwesen] signifies a particular
form of the moving forces (set into a certain matter, by nature) which
makes them capable of an artificial [motion] - e.g. the stiffness of a lever
which enables a certain load ' to be intentionally moved, on a fulcrum
(hypomochlium), by a certain force .
Organic bodies are natural machines, and, like other moving forces of
matter, must be assessed according to their mechanical relationships, in
the tendency of the metaphysical foundations of natural science; their
appearances must be explained in this way, without crossing over into the
system of the moving forces of matter according to final causes, which,
being of empirical origin, belong to physics.

[. . . ]

1 This sentence is continued in the bottom 1mrgin of page 3 .

61
 [The ether proofi]

2 1 :206 [lind fascicle, sheet VI, page r ]

" Ubergang u[sw.]"

[Top and right margin]

Division of the doctrine of nature, by the principles of the transition of
its metaphysical foundations to physics. This cannot be derived from
objects, for, in that case, it would be empirical and belong to physics. This
division, to be founded on principles a priori, can [be] : (r) the method of
treatment [of the doctrine of nature] in general (2) the division of concepts
2 1 :207 in respect to the form of objects - insofar as the former [follows] from
concepts (as merely thinkable), but necessarily belongs to the transition
from the metaphysical foundations of natural science (organic bodies), in
which the science itself is organized (3) the division of movable materials,
insofar as their actual motion is knowable a priori.
All these sections contain the formal principles of the possibility of an
empirical science of the system of the moving forces of matter - i.e. of the
transition to physics.

[Main text]

INTRODUCTION

I. Oftheformal concept ofthe science ofnature

There belong to every science as a system, a priori principles concerning

its form, to which the matter, as the sum of its objects, is then subordi
nated; thereby knowledge becomes scientific.*
Thus the scientific principle of the science of nature (Scie11tiae natura/is)
as a doctrinal system of the moving forces of matter in general is rational;

A science of knowledge [WissenschajislehreJ in general, in which one abstracts from its

matter (the objects of knowledge), is pure logic; and to imagine beyond it another, higher
and more general science of knowledge (which, however, can itself contafn nothing other
than the scientific element of knowledge in general - its form) is, conceptually, to chase
one's own tail.<>

62
 OPUS POSTUMUM

i t can b e divided into two subjects (Scientiae natura/is principia mathematica

and Scientiae natura/is principia philosophica). Yet how could one (with
Newton in his immortal work under the title Philosophiae natura/is prin-
cipia mathematica), produce a science which is, in fact, an absurdity
(vderoxylon)? For one can as little imagine mathematical foundations of
philosophy, as philosophical foundations of mathematics. :For these sci- 2 I :208
ences (apart from the fact that they both contain a priori principles) are
specifically different from each other in their necessary procedures; and,
with respect to their purpose and the talent required for them, stand as far
apart as is possible for products of different origin.
There exists, therefore, no such hybrid species of science (scientia hy
brida), for one would destroy the other at the very outset; yet, one may be
associated [vergesellschafiet] with the other for the sake of making progress
in scientific knowledge.
Thus one ought to speak of: (1 ) Scientia natura/is (not philosophiae)
principia mathematica; (2) Scientia natura/is (not philosophiae) principia
philosophica, to which latter, then, the metaphysical foundations of natu
ral science will belong - from which the transition to physics is to be
made.*
There as little exist mathematical foundations of natural science as 2 I :209
there do philosophical of mathematics. Both are located in separate territo-
ries, neighboring but not intermingled. Consequently, mathemateme do
not form such an enclosed whole as philosopheme - which, regarded objec-
tively, permit the hope of the idea of a system combining them.

[lind fascicle, sheet VI, page 2]

Although mathematics is not a canon for the science of nature, it is,
nevertheless, a potent instrument (organon), when dealing with motion
and its laws, for adapting [anpassen], a priori, appearances, as intuitions in
space and time, to their objects. For philosophy, with its qualitative deter
minations, would here not achieve scientific evidence without the support
of mathematics with its quantitative determinations.

* This separation of the a prion' principles of a science such as the science of nature is (in
idea) neither trivial nor vacuous subtlety. Nature, as an object of the senses, is dependent on
the forms of pure intuition: space and time. Both are magnitudes, however, which cannot exist
except insofar as they are parts of an even greater magnitude. For it would be an absurdity,
were the forms of space and time taken as properties of things in themselves, and not as
mere appearances. One must assume a primary motion of matter, in which the latter is
primordially self-moving, and which for precisely this reason continues uniformly to infinity,
and is not superficial, but all-penetrative. For what is primary, considered as absolute, is at
the same time that whose motion contains necessity.

Reading with Lehmann mit einander for mit einer.

63
 IMMANUEL KANT

II. Of the material concept (ofthe object) of the science

ofnature
This is either matter in general or body (namely, physical, not merely
mathematical); i.e. a matter which determines its figure and texture by its
own forces, and which resists their alteration originally and uniformly.
The former can only be a universally distributed matter, occupying cosmic
space; this alone makes it an object of experience, for the pure void is no
2I :210 object o f possible experience. This totality o f matter cannot, for this
reason, be locomotive (materia locomotiva) i.e. it moves in place but cannot
-

be displaced from it. Its motion, as that of a universally distributed world

material, is internally active and unceasing, and keeps all matter m
continual - not progressive - agitation, by attraction and repulsion.

A
Division ofPhysical Bodies According
to A Priori Concepts.
They are Either Organic or Inorganic
The definition of an organic body is that it is a body, every part of which is
there for the sake of the other (reciprocally a.s end and, at the same time,
means). It is easily seen that this is a mere idea, which is not assured of
reality a priori (i.e. that such a thing could exist).
One can also present another explanation for this fiction: It is a body in
which the inner form of the whole precedes the concept of the composi
tion of all its parts (in figure as well as in texture), in respect to all its
moving forces (thus is an end and, at the same time, means).
Because, however, an immatena/principle is still mixed in with this defini
.

tion (namely, a wil/ingofthe effective cause), and, consequently, the concept

would not be purely physical, it can best be formulated as follows: An or
ganic body is such that each ofits individual parts contains [ist] the absolute
unity of the principle of the existence and motion of all others in the whole.

21:21 I [Left margin]

An organic (articulated) body is one in which each part, with its moving
force, necessarily relates to the whole (to each part in its composition).
The productive force in this unity is life.
This vital principle can be applied a priori, from consideration of their
mutual needs, to plants, to animals, to their relation to one another taken
as a whole, and finally, to the totality of our world.

[lind fascicle, sheet VI, page 3]

A machine is a solid body whose composition is only possible by the
concept of a purpose, formed according to the analogy of a certain inten-

64
 OPUS POSTUMUM

tiona) motion. If this form is represented, not a s an actual, but merely as a

thinkable intention, then such a body is a natural machine. Organic bodies
are, thus, natural machines.
The division into organic and inorganic cannot be lacking from the
division of the moving forces of matter which belongs to the transition
from the metaphysical foundations of natural science to physics; and,
indeed, it must be thought a priori in it, without previously being in
structed, by experience, of the existence of such bodies. For the transition
from the metaphysical foundations of natural science to physics necessar
ily leads to this concept [of organic bodies]. The latter, however, appears
not to be feasible. For however could one come upon the idea of a
production of such bodies (resembling that of the highest form of art),
necessary to imagine them even problematically? And how could one
think a priori of a vegetable or animal kingdom, whose internal and exter
nal purposive combination always requires from us further elucidation
(Aufschliisse] of its possibility?*
{The principle of the spontaneity of the motion of the parts of our 2 r :2 r 2
own body (as limbs), considering the latter as our own self, is a mecha-
nism. b Although this lspontaneity] is an absolute unity of the principle of
motion from desires (thus not material), nevertheless, reason can do no
other than to make general (if only problematically) the concept of a
purposive mechanism of matter, under the name of organization, and to
contrast it with inorganic matter. It does so in order to present to itself
the classification of bodies for the completeness of possible experience
in a future (empirical) system of physics; and, thus, is entitled to make
the classification a priori, not from given empirical propositions and
perceptions (for the latter yield no generality of principles), but from
concepts.}

[Margins]
One must also conceive of a world-organization in a unified body, in
which no forms perish without having brought forth other better ones.

" One can [imagine) classes of organic bodies, organized for the sake of one another, but
specifically different: e.g. the vegetable kingdom for the sake of the animal kingdom, and
the latter for mankind (as required for its existence and preservation); thus all of them 2 I :2 I 2
together [can be) classified a priori as organic in the first, second, or third degree. The
highest level of classification would be that which organized the human species, according
to the different levds of its nature, for one another and for the sake of the perfection of the
species; something which may, perhaps, have occurred, by revolutions of the earth, many
times, and of which we do not know whether another such is in prospect for our globe and
its inhabitants.

b Undeleted continuation after "mechanism": [It] contains the body's moving forces ac
cording to the analogy with a living (hence immaterial) being - causality of motion, original
excitability.

65
 I M M A N U E L KANT

2 I :2 I 3 The idea of organic bodies is indirectly contained a pnori in that of a

composite of moving forces, in which the concept of a real whole necessar
ily precedes that of its parts - which can only be thought by the concept of
a combination according to purposes. Regarded directly, it is a mechanism
which can be known only empirically. For, if experience did not provide us
with such bodies, we would not be entitled to assume even their possibil
ity. How can we include such bodies with such moving forces in the
general classification, according to a priori principles? Because man is
conscious of himself as a self-moving machine, without being able to
further understand such a possibility, he can, and is entitled to, introduce
a priori organic-moving forces of bodies into the classification of bodies in
general - although only indirectly, according to the analogy with the mov
ing force of a body as a machine. He [must], however, generalize the
concept ofvital force and of the excitability of matter in his own self by the
faculty of desire.
By the same principle, the emergence of the organism of matter and its
organization as a system for the needs of different species, becomes possi
ble, [stretching] from the vegetable kingdom to the animal kingdom (at
which point desires, as true vital forces of corporeal substances, first arise).
One species is made for the other (the goose for the fox, the stag for the
wolf), according to the differences between the races - indeed, perhaps,
according to different primordial forms, now vanished (but, among them,
not men - for the upheavals in the bosom of the earth and its alluvial
mountains give no evidence of such, according to Camper).43 Eventually,
our all-producing globe itself (as an organic body which has emerged
2 I :2 I 4 from chaos), completed this purpose in the mechanism of nature. To set a
beginning or an end to this process, however, wholly exceeds the bounds
of human reason.
The division of bodies into organic and inorganic thus necessarily be
longs to the transition from the metaphysical foundations of natural sci
ence to physics, as the maximum of progress [in it].
The maximum of the motion of matter in general (considered accord
ing to space and time, as a product of the internal moving forces of
matter), is the concussive motion of an all-penetrating matter - the mini
mum of its motion is its weight. Upon its unceasing inner motion rest
mechanical motion and the latter's power of movement.

[lind fascicle, sheet VI, page 4]

{One can take the classification of organic and living beings further. Not
only does the vegetable kingdom exist for the sake of the animal kingdom
(and its increase and diversification), but men, as rational beings, exist for
the sake of others of a different species (race). The latter stand at a higher
level of humanity, either simultaneously (as, for instance, Americans and
Europeans) or sequentially. For instance, if our globe (having once been

66
 O P US P O S T U M U M

dis solved into chaos, b u t now being organized and regenerating) were to
bring forth, by revolutions of the earth, differently organized creatures,
which, in turn, gave place to others after their destruction, organic nature 2 1 :215
could b e conceived i n terms o f a sequence o f different world-epochs,
reproducing themselves in different forms, and our earth as an organically
formed body - not one formed merely mechanically.
How many such revolutions (including, certainly, many ancient organic
beings, no longer alive on the surface of the earth) preceded the existence
of man, and how many (accompanying, perhaps, a more perfect organiza
tion) are still in prospect, is hidden from our inquiring gaze - for, accord
ing to Camper, not a single example of a human being is to be found in the
depth of the earth.}

[lind fascicle, sheet VII, page 1 ]

" Ubergang 2 "

B
{Division of Matter According
to A Priori Principles}
The object of the science of nature is either matter in general (formless)
or body. A matter which, by its internally and externally moving forces,
restricts itself in texture and figure, and resists all alteration of its figure, is
called a physical body.
Matter as the subject of this form of the moving forces - material for a
body, but without such a combination into a body even in the smallest
conceivable parts. Were this to happen, it would suggest the fiction of an
atomism of matter. As a continuum (that is, regarded as without empty
spaces between its parts), we will call it for now (provisionally) caloric. 2 1 :2 1 6
This would b e a self-subsistent matter, penetrating all bodies, and unceas-
ingly and uniformly agitating all their parts. The question is whether it is
to be regarded, not just as a hypothetical material, in order to explain
certain appearances, but as a real world-material - given a priori by reason
and counting as a principle of the possibility of the experience of the
system of moving forces. In the former case, its concept does not belong
to physics, nor even to the transition from the metaphysical foundations of
natural science to physics, but is an insertion in the compilation
[Einschiebsel der Stoppelung] of a system. The existence of this material, and
the necessity of its a priori presupposition, I now prove a priori in the
following manner.
There can be no experience of empty space, nor can it be inferred as
an object of experience. In order to be apprised of the existence of a
matter, I require the influence of a matter on my senses. Thus the

67
 IMMANUEL KANT

proposition: "There are empty spaces" can b e neither a mediate nor an

immediate proposition of experience; it is, rather, merely ratiocinative
[vemiinfielt]. The proposition: "There are physical bodies" presupposes
the proposition: "There is matter whose moving forces and motion pre
cedes the generation of a body in time." For this latter is only the
formation of matter, and occurs of its own accord (spontaneo). This forma
tion, however, which is to be initiated by matter itself, must have a first
beginning - whose possibility is, inde d, incomprehensible, but whose
originality (as self-activity) is not to be doubted. Thus there must exist a
matter which, {as internal, penetrates all bodies (as onus), and, at the
same time, moves them continually (as potentia). It amounts to a whole,
2 I :2 r 7 which (as a self-subsistent cosmic whole) is internally self-moving and
serves as the basis of all other movable matter.} Independently, [it] forms
a cosmic whole from a single material (signifying merely the existence of
a matter, without its particular forces - thus, in general). In this condition
alone, it has moving force and - deprived of all other forces except that
of its own agitation - maintains all the other moving forces in their con
stant and ubiquitous vigorous activity. The ground for this assertion is:
Intuitions in space and time are mere forms, and, lacking something
which renders them knowable for the senses, furnish no real objects
whatsoever to make possible an existence i.n general (and, above all, that
of magnitude). Consequently, space and time would be left completely
empty for experience. This material, therefore, which underlies this gen
erally possible experience a priori, cannot be regarded as a merely hypo
thetical, but as a given, originally moving, world-material; it cannot be
assumed merely problematically, for it first signifies fbezeiclmet] intuition
(which would otherwise be empty and without perception).

[Right margin]
Of the moving forces from the prima1J' motion.
The prime mover appears to presuppose a cause acting through a will;
the agitation of matter, however, to preserve itself eternally.

[lind fascicle, sheet VII, page 2]

Of the primary motion

and the primordially moving matter
(materia primitiva movens)
Matter, with its moving forces, can initiate a motion only insofar as it
either sets itself in motion externally (vis locomotiva), or else sets each of its
parts in motion relative to every other - hence internally (vis interne
2 I :2 I 8 motiva). However, any absolute beginning of the motion of a matter is
inconceivable; if it is conceded, the cessation or diminution of the motion

68
 OPUS POSTUMUM

is, then, just a s inconceivable - for the hindrance o r resistance i n the

abolition of motion is itself, equally, a moving force (in opposition). To a
prime mover (primus motor) one would have to attribute spontaneity - i.e.
a willing - which wholly contradicts materiality. There follows this a priori
valid proposition (not derived from physics - and, thus empirical - but
belonging to the transition from the metaphysical foundations of natural
science to physics):
"There exists a matter, distributed in the whole universe as a contin
uum, uniformly penetrating all bodies, and filling [all spaces] (thus not
subject to displacement). Be it called ether, or caloric, or whatever, it is no
hypothetical material (for the purpose of explaining certain phenomena,
and more or less obviously conjuring up causes for given effects); rather, it
can be recognized, and postulated a priori, as an element [Stiick] necessar
ily belonging to the transition from the metaphysical foundations of natu
ral science to physics."

First proposition
The distinction of matter, insofar as one body in the same space contains
more or less of it, cannot be explained atomisticafb, (with Epicurus), by
composition of the full with the void between it - for empty space is not an
object of possible experience at all (since no perception of the nonbeing of
a real object is possible; only the nonperception of its being). Atoms, as
dense corpuscles, which are, yet, mathematically indivisible, contain a
self-contradictory concept; for what is spatial is i n finite ly divisible.
Consequently, the universe must be thought of as completely filled with 2 I :2 I 9
matter (without empty spaces, whether inclusive or included (intermedi-
ate spaces)); for neither of these two are objects of possible experience.
Nonexistence cannot be perceived.

[ Top margin]
We can, thus, conceive of no motion except as in space filled with
matter, which forms a continuum. Space which can be sensed (the object
of the empirical intuition of space) is the complex of the moving forces of
matter - without which, space would be no object of possible experience,
and, as empty, no sense-object. Although this primary material with the
property which we must ascribe to it of being primordially moving, is
merely present in thought, it is not a hypothetical thing. Nor is it an object
of experience; for then it would belong to physics. It has reality, however,
and its existence can be postulated, because, without the assumption of
such a world-material and its moving forces, space would be no sense
object, and experience of it - whether affirmative or negative - would not
take place. We consider such a formless primary material, penetrating all
spaces (and [whose reality] can only be confirmed by reason) as nothing

69
 IMMANUEL KANT

more than all-penetrating moving forces, distributed in space. Its actuality

can be postulated prior to experience (i.e. a prion) for the sake of possible
experience.

[lind fascicle, sheet VII, page 3]

2.

No transition can be experienced from the full, via the void, to the full
[again] . For that would amount to a perception of nonbeing as an object
present to the senses. Consequently, every space in relation to our outer
senses is filled with matter; for which proposition we need no experience
2 I :22o or inference grounded on experience - thus it can be pronounced com
pletely a priori. No effect of the moving forces of matter can reach our
senses through empty space. The experience (which should have been
made in the connection of one [experience of the full] with the other)
suddenly ceases; and matter (for our possible perception) coalesces into a
single point, and occupies no space. We cannot be apprised of the exis
tence of what is near or far from us, without presupposing a filling of the
space lying between the two points, whether we have a sensation of it or
not. The mere possibility of experience already guarantees enough; more
over, it alone guarantees the reality of this material which fills all spaces.
For, otherwise, what is intermediary and utterly imperceptible (i.e. non
existence) would have to be perceptible - which is self-contradictory.

J.
As concerns time, and, thus, the first beginning (the initiation of the
motion of matter), this is not comprehensible, for an empty time before it
and a subsequent duration of it would have to be assumed. Since, how
ever, the spontaneity of this beginning permits one to presuppose no
cause, other than an immaterial one, the motion of matter which signifies
[bezeichnetJ time can be thought of only as a uniform and permanent
continuation. For the possibility of experience permits no change [in the
latter], neither cessation nor increase, for that would be as if time could be
stopped or accelerated; an empty time is, however, no object of possible
experience.

2 I :22 I Note
There is something strange about this method of proving the existence of
a special world-material which penetrates all bodies and constantly agi
tates them internally, by attraction and repulsion. For the ground of proof
is subje.-tive, and derived from the conditions of possible experience, which

70
 OPUS POSTUMUM

presupposes moving forces and excludes the void, i n order t o fill space
with an always active matter which may be called caloric, or ether, etc.
And to ground this proposition a priori and nonhypothetical(y on concepts
[is strange]. Not only our entitlement to do so, but also the necessity of
postulating such universally distributed material is grounded in the con
cept of this material as space thought hypostatically. Space (like time) is a
magnitude which cannot exist save as part of a greater whole. The whole
must be given first in order that the manifold be thought in it as a part, the
reason being that it is inconsistent that a thing in itself should exist as part
merely; for parts are necessarily grounds of the possibility of a whole
[breaks oj]J

[Margin]
We must not ask when motion commences but when I begin the mo
tion; not where the limit of matter begins, but by what and how far it is
limited.

Note 2 1 :222

There is something peculiar about this method of proving the existence of

a particular world-material, which penetrates all bodies in substance and
moves them internally, but which is itself also a self-unifying whole. The
ground of proof is subjective and derived from the conditions of possible
experience; the latter, as effect of the moving forces of matter, stands
under one principle.
The spontaneity of the primary beginning of motion reveals both a
sphere of elementary material and a permanent continuation of motion.
Of caloric as the means of lifting [Hebemittel] in machines with respect
to their rigidity, tenacity or slipperiness.

[lind fascicle, sheet VII, page 4]

OF AN ALL - P E N E TRA T I N G M A T T E R,
W H I C H F I L L S T H E W H O LE O F C O S M I C S P A C E ,
A S A NO N H Y P O T H E T I C A L ,
B UT A P R I O R I G I V E N , M A TER I A L
FOR A W O R L D - SY S T E M .

The concept of a primary beginning of motion is itself incomprehensible,
and a spontaneous motion of matter is incompatible with [the concept] of
matter; nevertheless, a primordial motion of matter and the existence of its
moving forces must inevitably be postulated, simply because there is mo-

71
 IMMANUEL KANT

tion in cosmic space. For t o assume that this motion has existed forever
and will always continue, is to assume a necessity for it which can in no
way be accepted. The prime mover (primus motor) would, however, base
his motion on an act of free will [ Willkiir] ; yet this latter would be an
immaterial principle, of which there is here no question.

2 1 : 2 23 Theorem
"Primordially moving matters presuppose a material, penetrating and fill
ing the whole of cosmic space, as the condition of the possibility of
experience of the moving forces in this space. This primary material is not
conceived hypothetically, for the explanation of phenomena; it is, rather,
identically contained for reason, as a categorically and a priori demonstra
ble material, in the transition from the metaphysical foundations of natu
ral science to physics. "

Proof
The motion of matter in empty space is not an object of possible experi
ence; so neither is the transition from what is full, via the void, to the full
[again]. There can thus be no motion for the senses, and hence no forces
moving them, save in a spacefilled with matter; for of this alone is it possible
to have experience. Among the greater or lesser degrees of world-material
(given the same volume of matter) there can be only one which is the
medium for the locomotion of bodies. For motion through empty space is
not in any way an object of possible experience, and, in full space, no
locomotion (facultas locomotiva) takes place. The matter which fills space
can, at any one place, only be internally in motion. And yet it can be an
object of possible experience - a material space, as it were; a material not'
penetrable by any other; a principle of possible experience. It is to be
acknowledged as a primordially moving material - not hypothetically in
vented, but one whose forces give it reality and which underlies all motion
2 I :224 of matter; a continuum which, taken in its own right, forms a whole of
moving forces, whose existence is known a priori.

[Top margin]
There is only one space, one time, and one matter, in which all
motion is to be found. The real and objective principle of experience
which, in its form, amounts to a unified whole, leaves no space (inside or
outside itself) unfilled. It contains all moving forces. This composite is
not locomotive; nor is it a body. The beginning of its motion is its own
eternity.

' Kant's original version of this sentence reads: "penetrable (pemzeabilis) by any other."

72
 OPUS POSTUMUM

[LI'jt margin]
Caloric is the basis for the unified whole of all moving forces of matter
(the hypostatized space itself, as it were, in which everything moves); the
principle of the possibility of the unity of the whole of possible experience.

Caloric is perceptible space, stripped, in thought at least, of all other

properties. As the principle of possible experience of all the dimensions of
space, it is the opposite of empty space. Since, in space, everything can
'change position, except for space itself, and no space, as empty, is an
object of experience, it follows that this matter is extended through the
entire cosmos and that its existence is necessary - necessary, that is to say,
relative to objects of the senses.
Matter, which moves originally (and thus also permanently) in all its
parts and is incoercible except by itself.

Matter, which can begin its own (internal) motion and preserve itself in it,
[can] be neither solid, nor fluid, nor coercible. It must, rather, be perma
nently moving, by its own attraction and repulsion alone [breaks o.fn
A matter whose function (as possessing moving force) is just this: to make
space in general an object of experience in general. Attracting and repelling
itself internally, it displaces no other [matter] but wholly penetrates it. It
naturally moves primordially in order to be an object of experience.

Understanding and experience form, indeed, the sum of all our know!- 2 I : 2 25
edge: both the a priori and the a posteriori. But what do we understand by
"the understanding"? [To say that] it is an ability, derived from experience,
to use the understanding in accordance with its laws, is an explanation in a
circle. It is the faculty of connecting representations with consciousness of
their rule. Separate from the objects of sense, it is the pure understanding;
in combination with them, the applied. The latter is the faculty of experi-
ence. Pure understanding is the faculty of a priori knowledge - but un-
reason and deliberate deception are Herder's trademark.44

[lind fascicle, (half-)sheet VIII, page I ]

" Ubergang 3 "

The basis of all possible perceptions of the moving forces o f matter in
space and time is the concept of an elementary material, distributed
everywhere in cosmic space, attracting and repelling only in its own parts,
and which is continuously internally self-moving. Its concept is made into
the sole principle for the possibility of experience of an absolute whole of
all internally moving forces of matter, and is known as such according to
the rule of identity.
This form of a universally distributed, all-penetrating world-material,

73
 I M M A N U E L KANT

which is in continuous motion in its own location, characterizes the origi

nally moving matter as a real, existing material, according to the principle
of the possibility of experience itself. It thereby furnishes objective reality
to this concept. This material is thus not a merely hypothetical one, feigned
so as to explain certain phenomena according to given laws of experience.

2 1 :226 Note
To carry out this indirect mode of proof- which is not objective, from
experience (empirical), but from the principle of the possibility of experi
ence in general (a prion), and consequently subjective - appears strange;
for such a mode of inference does not seem at all consistent or possible.
One wishes to know whether something like this all-penetrating material
distributed throughout the universe (call it caloric or ether or whatever)
exists, and the answer one receives is that, if it does not exist, then even the
possibility of experience of it (which, as a priori certain, cannot be doubted)
would not be permissible. This difficulty is resolved in the following
manner.
Emptiness in space or time is in no way an object of possible experi
ence, since it is not an object of outer or inner sense. Nonetheless, it is not
an absurdity (nihil negalivum). The nonbeing of the object is not self-

contradictory, therefore.
That a material in cosmic space exists, which forms the basis for all
moving forces of matter, may be inferred a priori, according to the princi
ple of identity, from the fact that the actuality of empty space (without
limitation by full space) would not be an object of possible experience.

[Right margin]
Matter causes [wirkt]. Will acts [ Willkiihr handelt]. He who acts [han
deft] according to purposes (artificialiter) operates [open'rt].
agere, focere, operari.

[lind fascicle, (half-)sheet VIII, page 2]

Empirical proposition: Matter, with its moving forces, exists. These are
either primitive (with respect to time, primordially moving), or derivative,
in community in one space. This reciprocity, however, presupposes a
2 r :227 continuum of forces, in the form of the unity and the homogeneity of the
material. Concordance of the whole as principle of the possibility of
experience in general. Since there is only one space and one time, if both
are, as it were, hypostatized (made into actual objects of experience), then,
underlying them, is a matter which underpins the moving forces which
belong merely to experience in general. The latter are nothing other than
attraction and repulsion in actual .motion, contained in the concept of
matter in general.

74
 OPUS POSTUMUM

The movable, insofar a s i t moves only through the motion of something

other, is mechanically moved; insofar as it moves primordially, through its
own force, however, it is dynamically moved.
Mechanically produced motion is not primordial, and moved material
would require another moving matter to bring it into excitation. In order
to initiate a motion, a spontaneity would have to be attributed to matter,
and this contradicts the concept of the moving forces of matter. To derive a
motion from a preceding one, however, presupposes a regress of causes to
infinity. For these reasons, the dynamical principle of motion can be
effective in no other way than as a postulate of a matter in space and time,
which moves and is moved without beginning or end, and which, infinitely
divided, conserves all matter [in] motion.
What exists in space, insofar as it has repulsive moving force with
respect to its parts, is matter. Something existing in space has moving
force at all times and is mobile.

Empty space is not an object of possible experience. For that it would have
to be occupied by matter in all its parts. That which occupies space, and
whose existence [is considered] apart from all properties except that of
being an object of possible experience, is a matter which fills the whole of 2 r :228
cosmic space with moving forces. Its existence is sufficiently grounded by
the principle of identity. For empty space is not an object of possible
experience, given that the latter is the effect of the moving forces of
matter, which have as their basis a self-subsistent material whose motion
is not mechanical but purely dynamical. Because for the former motion
[breaks offj
The whole of cosmic space as an object of possible experience is not
empty in any of its parts, but is a full space, for empty space is not an object
of possible experience. The material which must be attributed to it in this
regard, is, with its properties (filling [space], presence - in the form of the
occupation and penetration (permeability) of all spaces), not a hypothetical
material, but one that emerges from a priori concepts, according to the law
of identity. For, in virtue of this all-penetration, the unity of this material
(as of space itself) is the highest principle for the possibility of experience
of outer sensible beings, and, since matter in this space independently
resists all other matter of the same kind, this material is the elementary
material. In virtue of the fact that it must be presupposed in order to
determine the location in space for each matter, it is not a mere thought
object but, movable and in motion, is everywhere homogeneous and
unique [of] its kind. Nowhere can it be either increased or diminished. If
one speaks of attraction through empty space, then this is merely an idea.

[Left margin]
Space itself, represented as object of possible experience, is the elemen-

75
 IMMANUEL KANT

tary material. It makes space sensible. I s called caloric although the func

tion of its activity is not warmth. Primitive idea of moving forces.

Although world-attraction (gravitation) attracts through empty space, this

signifies no more than that it attracts bodies without the mediation of an
intermediary matter (aaio immediata in distans); thus the intermediary
matter adds nothing to it and, in this respect, space is regarded as empty.

2 I :229 The transition from one object of the senses to another cannot be an
experience if there is an intervening void; the two objects can be combined
with each other within one experience only by means of the intermediary
object of perception, which is a moving force and real material.
Thus a real material (caloric) lies at the basis of the possibilit} of the
moving forces and their combination into one experience.

[lind fascicle, sheet IX, page r]

" Ubergang 4 "

2.

Empty but perceptible intermediary space is, thus, really a matter which,
in degree, is imperceptible relative to our sense; it is an object of possible
but mediate experience, e.g. light-matter which occupies the space be
tween the eye and the object, and (which] can become an object of
experience only by its excitation.
That by means of which space becomes an object of possible experi
ence in general (of measure, direction etc.) is a universally distributed, all
penetrating world-material, possessing moving forces; its actuality rests
solely on the principle of the possibility of outer experience and is thus
known and confirmed a priori, according to the principle of identity. For,
without presupposing this material, I could not have any outer experience
at all: Empty space is not an object of possible experience.
This material, which is commonly called caloric (notwithstanding that
heat may only be one particular effect of its moving forces) is not a
hypothetical maten"al, feigned for the explanation of certain appearances,
but is postulated as a principle of the possibility of experience of those
forces. The concept of this material is the basis for the a priori connec
tion of all the moving forces of matter, without which no unity in the
relation of this manifold of forces in a single whole of matter could be
2 r :230 thought. For this would not othenvise be proper except by establishing
from the principle of the agreement of these forces into the possibility of
experience (that is, from a subjective principle) that which can be self
subsistent - [avoiding] the dubious confusion [of it with] what [is] an

76
 O P U S P O S T U J\HJ M

obje ct of experience or [with] what may [simplyJ be noncontradictory in

itself. d

Note !
It must strike anyone as strange that an empirical judgment should be
given the prerogative of an a priori valid proposition, for in this there
appears to lie a contradiction. However, there are only two different forms
of relation, namely, the relation of the representat.ion to the object, and the
relation to the possibility of knowledge which the subject can have of it. If
I proceed by the former principle, the judgment is direct and the said
matter is a merely hypothetical material, which I ratiocinate o n the basis of
all my representation. In the second case, in which I direct myself solely
toward the principle of the possibility of experience of the forces of mat
ter, my judgment is indirect, derived from principles - which, neverthe
less, gives the desired result. For the necessary (unique possible) agree
ment with the conditions of possible experience, also brings about the
agreement of the representation with the object. That there is space and
time agrees very well with the conditions of the possibility of experience,
insofar as they both belong to the real determinations of existing things.
That, however, there should be an empty space or an empty time, docs not
agree with them at all, since that would require experience of that which is
not. The kypothesis of a matter, distributed through the whole of cosmic
space, filling the latter' by attraction and repulsion of its homogeneous
parts, and which penetrates all bodies, is only a thought-object (ens ra- 2 1 : 23 I
tionis), but not, for that reason, a merely ypothetical material, as one is
accustomed to say of the universally distribu ted caloric. Its assumption as
_
a principle of the possibility of experience fis] an inevitable and necessary
assumption, not in order to explain phenomena, but a priori, for the sake
of the unity of the moving forces in a system, and to bring about the
agreement of the principles for the possibility of experience.

[Margin: . . . ]

[Hnd fascicle, sheet IX, page zj

Note II
The properties of this world-material are ( I ) that it is imponderable
(imponderabilis). For ponderability presupposes the capacity of a machine -
that is, the moving forces of a body as instrument of motion; this itself
presupposes, in turn, the internally moving force of a penetrating material, 2 1 : 23 z
able to produce, by means of the inner motion of the constituent parts of
d This rendering is speculative: Kant's sentence is corrupt. ' Reading dieserz for diese.

77
 I M M A N U E L KANT

the lifting device, the capacity to move. (2) incoercible (incoercibilis). For any
body coercing this matter (a container) could have such a force only in
virtue of a property which must be presupposed in order to resist the
expansion of the material. This material can only restrict itself; for all
other it is penetrative. (3) incohesible (incohaesibilis) in regard to all its parts,
neither fluid nor solid matter, but repulsive. [4] inexhaustible (inexhausti
bilz's) with respect to even the smallest quantity.
All this regarded as a whole.

Note III
As far as a first beginning of all motion is concerned, such :.l thing would
be the limitation of motion by a preceding empty time, an effect without
cause, a consequence without precedent.
But that an epoch of world-historical change should follow as effect
upon a cause, is an object of possible experience.

Space of which no perception is possible (spatium insensibile) would be

nothing outside me, but only the form of pure intuition of outer objects,
and so, as neither positively empty nor positively full, not an object exist
ing outside myself at all. To exist somewhere and at some time in empty!
space is a relation of matter which carries no correlative with it - a rela
tion to nothingness; and just that is the existence of the included and
inclusive void, in external combination with the full. A material which is
assumed to be composed in the former or latter way (from two heterogene-
2 1 :233 ous principles), cannot even be regarded as a hypothetical material; for a
hypothesis of this [sort] (of the combination of the void with the full) is not
an object of possible experience at all, since perception of nothingness is a
contradictory concept.
The permanent appearance of matter with its moving forces in a space
which fills everything, and limits itself by alternating attraction and
repulsion, may be called the universally distributed caloric (although the
feeling of warmth must not play any role here}. It is the basis for the
system of moving forces which emerges analytically, from concepts - that
is, according to the rule of identity - from the principle of agreement
with the possibility of experience in general; hence, this material is a
categorical, not a hypothetical one (which would remain only problem
atic) . It becomes a matter of experience in relation to the possibility of
experience.

[. . . ]

f Lehmann's reading is uncertain between In diesem Raum and lm leeren Raum.

78
 OPUS POSTUMUM

[lind fascicle, (half-)sheet X, page 2 ]

[" Ubergang s "J

The unity of the object of all possible outer experience in general. ( r )
Analytical, according t o quality (identity). (2) synthetic, according to quan
tity (according to the moving force of matter in one space, and of motion
in relation to time). Supplies the material for a space which is nowhere
empty - caloric - as the basis for the unification of all outer experience in
one object. This is the object and condition of the agreement of matter
into the unity of possible experience in general, according to the modal
principle of reason (possibility, actuality and necessity) for an a priori
thinkable system of matter.

[Lt;fi margin (rest of page empty)]

This proof by a priori concepts of the existence of a matter is unique of
its kind in proofs from concepts alone - just as the matter itself [is unique]
in concerning the absolute unity of a whole; it is not applicable to any
other object. The logical unity which is directed toward the universal, is
here identified with real unity, which is directed toward the totality of
matter.

[ . .]
.

[Vth fascicle, sheet VII, page 3 ] 2 r :548

[" U bergang 8"]

The existence of an elementary material with the attributes: (a) occupa
tion of space (occupatio spatit); and (b) filling of space (repletio spatit), as
caloric, cannot be directl]t proved; for that would have to be done by
experience. Experience, however, offers only phenomena whose grounds
of explanation themselves can only count as hypotheses. Its existence can
be proved (insofar as that is in any way possible) only indirectly: on the
basis of the subjective principle of the possibility of experience, instead of 2 I : 5 49
the objective principle of experience itself. More precisely, this amounts
to making the capacity to have experience of this object in general into the
ground of proof; to derive from this ground of proof its concept of object;
and to present a priori, through reason, the conditions of the possibility of
knowledge of the object, as well as its actuality (under those determina-
tions). [The proof] is not synthetic, through an ampliative judgment, but
analytical, through an explicative one - that is, according to the principle
of identity. [Such a proof] is appropriate to the subject, with respect to its
mode of investigation of the object and of determining the latter for itself;
it is not appropriate to the object and its inner constitution. The object

79
 IMMANUEL K A NT

(caloric) is in this case riot hypothetical; but the hypothesis along with its
principles constitutes the object.
The latter material can in this way be regarded as the real basis of the
moving forces of matter.

Empty space, and likewise empty time, is not an object of possible experi
ence. The nonbeing of an object of perception cannot be perceived.
The proof of the existence of an all-penetrating and all-moving elemen
tary material in a system of matter, must, if it is to emerge a priori from
principles, think all experience as contained in a single experience which
embraces all of its objects. And, if one speaks of experiences, then these
are nothing further than parts and aggregates of a synthetic-universal
experience; and, whatever conflicts with the condition of being an object
of possible experience, is not an existing object.
2 I :550 Hence, empty space (be it enclosed by the full or enclosing it) is not an
object of possible experience. For the nonbeing of an object of perception
cannot itself, in representation, be a perceptible object. Empty space,
thus, does not exist as object, but, rather, space is merely a mode of repre
sentation, pertaining to the subject for it to represent to itself an outer
object in a certain form (of pure outer intuition, not thought) - not as it is,
but as it necessarily appears to the subject, and thus is given a priori,
insofar as the lattert is affected by the object.
Hence no negative experience of a sense-object can be made; neverthe
less, the thoroughgoing determination, which the existence of any thing
carries in its concept, requires that negative characteristics [ Vemeimmgs
merkmale] althotgh they do not belong to the conditions of possible expe
-

rience as elements and material for the subject's power of representation -

must nevertheless be counted among the conditions in the object of a
possible experience.

[Right margin]
I . The occupation of space (occupatio spatit) concerns only the existence
of something spatial.
2. The filling of space (repletio spatit) [concerns] the moving force of
attraction and repulsion of matter in space for the prevention of the void.
The difference between empirically given space and that which is given
a priori (in pure intuition): The latter, however, is not an object given
externally to me, because it is not an object of the senses, but rather of
sensibility.

1 Reading es for er.

80
 OPUS POSTUMUM

Space i n itself i s a mere form o f intuition and not a n object o f it. Empty
space is contradiaio in adiecto.

There must first be a matter filling space, ceaselessly self-moving by

agitating forces (attraction and repulsion), before the location in space of
every particle can be determined. This is the basis for any matter as object
of possible experience. For the latter is what first makes experience possi- 2 I :55 I
ble. This space cannot be filled with bodies, unless matter has previously
filled a sensible space by self-activity. For space must first be an object of
experience; otherwise no position can be assigned to them." The all
penetrating caloric is the first condition of the possibility of all outer
experience. F.mpty space does not exist.

[Vth fascicle, sheet VII, page 4 ]

[. . . ]

Note
This proof is indirect, such that, if one assumes the contrary, one is led 2 I :552
into self-contradiction. A whole of simultaneously existing outer sense-
objects is given (unless one wishes to adopt idealism - the assertion of
which belongs to another branch of philosophy, with which we are not
here concerned). The principle for the agreement of all perceptions with
the conditions of the possibility of experience excludes any void, since this
is not an object of possible experience. Experience of external things,
however, can, as regards its material element, only be thought of as the
effect of sense-objects on the intuiting subject. In view of the universality
of this proposition, experience itself cannot (objectively) prove it, but,
rather, it must be by the condition of the possibility of experience in
general (that is, subjectively for the cognitive faculty). Thus the existence
of such a universally distributed world-material can only be proved indi-
rectly, that is, according to a priori principles. Hence, this proof is unique
in its kind, since the idea of the distributive unity of all possible experience
in general here coincides with its collective unity in a concept.

The thought of an elementary system of the moving forces of matter

(cogitatio) necessarily precedes the perception of them (perceptio), and, as a
subjective principle of the combination of these elementary parts in a
whole, is given a priori by reason in the subject ((unna dat esse rer).45 lienee,
the whole, as object of possible experience, does not emerge atomistically,
from the composition of the empty with the full - that is, not mechanically;
it must, rather, emerge dynamically, as the combination of externally and
reciprocally mutually agitating forces (thus initiating and infinitely and
1 Reading ihnen for ihm. (Lehmann's reading is uncertain; Reicke reads in ihm.)

81
 IMMANUEL KANT

uniformly continuing all motion, by means of the primordial attraction

and repulsion of the elementary material, which is thoroughly and homo-
2 1 :553 geneously distributed in space) . This proposition still belongs to the meta
physical foundations of natural science in relation to the whole of one
possible experience; for experiences can only be thought of together as parts
of a total experience, unified according to one principle.
This principle is subjective, for the world-observer (cosmotheoros);46 a
basis in idea for all the unified forces which set the matter of the whole of
cosmic space in motion. [It] does not prove the existence of such a mate
rial, however, (for example, that which is called the all-penetrating and
permanently moving caloric); to this extent, [it] is a hypothetical material.
The idea of this material, however, is what first represents (albeit indi
rectly) space itself as something perceptible and as an unconditional
whole (internally moved and externally, universally moving); this matter is,
hence, to be assumed as the prime mover (primum mobile et movens),
subjectively - as the basis for the theory of the primary moving forces of
matter, for the sake of a system of experience.

[Margin: . . ]
.

[X lith fascicle, shej:t I, })ages I -4]

I N T R O DUCTI O N 4 7

Ofthe transition, founded on a priori principles, from the

metaphysicalfoundations ofnatural science to physics
FIRST S ECTION
F O R M A L D I V I S I O N O F T H E M ET H O D O F T H E
TRANSITION
Newton, in his immortal work, entitled: Philosophiae natura/is principia
mathematica, must necessarily have had in his thoughts another science of
nature as its counterpart. The latter, however, could not have been titled:
philosophiae natura/is principia philosophica, for then he would have fallen
into a tautology. It was necessary for him to proceed from a higher concept
of the science of nature, namely, that of scientiae natura/is, which can, then,
be either mathematica or philosophica. Thereby, however, he steered into
another cliff, namely, self-contradiction.
There as little exist mathematical foundations of natural science, as
there do philosophical of mathematics. The two are divided from each
other by an unbridgeable gulf; and, although both sciences proceed from
a priori principles, the difference is that the former does so from intuitions,
the latter from a priori concepts a difference so great that it is as if, in the
-

transition from one to the other, reason itself (for that is what a priori

82
 OPUS POSTUMUM

knowledge means) were t o displace one into quite different worlds. It is,
furthermore, just as fruitless and inconsistent, to philosophize* in the
sphere of the objects of mathematics, as it is to want to make progress in 2 2:544
the sphere of philosophy by means of mathematics - both as regards their
purpose, and the talent required for them.t Both are founded on reason (for 2 2 :545

" It could well happen that one were to ratwcmate about (geometrical) objects of 2 2 : 5 44
mathematics - but, of course, in vain; at best, it can be undertaken with the intention of
placing in a clear light the difference between philosopheme and mathemateme. E.g. to
require from a priori concepts alone an answer to the question: Why a curved line (line of
which no part is straight) on a plane of equal curvature throughout (i.e. equal parts of which
are congruent), when continued in this manner, retums to itself and encloses a surface in the
form of a circlc?4B Or else: Why, on a surface with such a curve, there exists one point which
is equidistant from all points on the same circumference? Or, indeed, the problem whether a
straight line could be given a priori, standing in the same ratio to a curved line, as one straight
line to another?, etc. This could be called "philosophizing about mathematical objects" - but
it yields no net profit for the latter science.
tO'Alembert, in the Discours preceding his EtZC)'cloptdie, is (the mathematician's justifiably
high claim in comparison with the philosopher notwithstanding) of an opinion which consid
erably deflates the former's arrogant tone: [He believes] that the interest, now accruing to
mathematics, will soon (not without cause) diminish - for, although mathematics is [still]
making progress, it is, nevertheless, fast approaching its point of completion; which (because
the human mind cannot remain unoccupied) will make more room for philosophy. [It is his
opinion], namely, that astronomy will bring this about: Its conquest [comes to an end] as its
instruments gradually become inadequate for observation in immeasurable space; and, when
mathematical analysis, too, will have reached its completion (which it appears to have
attained already), restless reason must turn itself- without prejudice to mathematics - from
that which was always but an instrument for the skillfid emplnymet/1 of reason, to another
branch of rational science - to the doctrine of wisdom, as the science ofthefinal end.49
Herr Kiistner,so apparently, can conclude from experience of the way in which self-styled 2 2 : 545
philosophers have behaved until now that this epoch will never come about - and this
because of two species of ratiocination on their parts First6,, because these philosophers
must always start afresh in constructing their systems, science (which is always [thus] com-
pelled to retreat) can hope for no true progress or to achieve its goal. Secondly, because, to
the objections of their opponents, they are always ready with the excuse that the latter "do
not understand them" - which, naturally, justifies the suspicion that they may well not
un derstand themselves. This is the vexation of a philosophy (that of Wolff) which, lacking a
critique of reason itself, was given a multivolume popularization according to the mathemati-
cal method in this mathematician's earlier years.l' Let it remain so, now that he has grown old
in it! More especially because it affords him the opportunity to entertain himself in poetic
temper, filled with genuine caustic wit, and to play the philosopher on the side - a game
which makes its own contribution to his aging.
Hereby may be judged the absolute value of mathematics, in comparison with philosophy,
with respect to the practical. The former is that of technical-practical reason (skill in the
discovery of means for whatever ends), the latter is moral-practical reason and is directed to
the .final end, which is absolutely (categorically) obligatory, namely to create men of improved
character [Gesitmung].
Now the cultivation of one's talent by mathematics, makes not the least contribution to
the latter: One can be great in that subject, yet, at the same time spiteful, envious and
malevolent - it does not follow that one is a good man in all respects. To which philosophy,
which cultivates the subject's original disposition [to goodness], gives direct guidance. So the

83
 IMMANUEL KANT

that ; s what a priori knowledge means), but, as such, differ from each
other not by degree, but according to species. The heterogeneity of these
spheres is to be observed (not without astonishment) in the individuals
who treat of them, and in their different natural dispositions toward one
22:546 another; in the way in which they depreciate or treat one another with
hostility, regarding their importance and the value of the particular activity
of each.

SECOND SECTION
M A T E R I A L DIV I S I O N
O F T H E NATURAL B O D I E S W H I C H P R E S U P P O S E
THESE MOVING FORCES

Natural bodies are either organic or inorganic.
Matter (natural material) can be termed neither organic nor inorganic.
Such a concept is in contradiction with itself (sideroxylon). For, in this
concept, one abstracts from all form (figure and texture) and thinks in it
only a material (materia ex qua), which is capable of various forms. Thus, it
is only to a body (corpus physicum) that one can attribute one of these
predicates. And this division [into organic and inorganic] necessarily be
longs to the transition from the metaphysical foundations of natural sci
ence to physics, as a system of the empirical science of nature, which can
never become a completed whole. There are internally moving forces
among the parts of a body, which lead to a certain construction [Bau] of
matter, determined according to laws.

Definition
An organic natural body may be thought of as a natural machine (that is
to say, as a system of externally moving forces, inwardly united into a
whole, founded upon an idea) in the following way: The organic body is
thought of as a solid body and (in virtue of the inner principle of its
combination, according to form) as rigid. The moving forces of matter in

latter stands beyond the former in the ordering of the incontestable inward advantages of
human character (in the mode of thought). Nevertheless, the [mathematician's] talent far
2 2 : 5 46 outshines [the philosopher's] in the mode ofsellSe: in part, because it is an instrument of such
great utility (for whatever final purpose one may have), and, in part, because (since it is able
to give its results with the most complete evidence) it is an object of respect, and inspires a
friendly attitude (an analogy of benevolence) toward [its] speculation. Benevolence, however,
is not an essential ingredient in the makeup of his scholarly talents. Nor is it often [to be
found]; rather, envy and mockery can coexist peacefully with them 1 in the same subject.

1 Rcadingjmen for jener.

84
 OPUS POSTUMUM

such a body are either merely vegetative o r else vitalforces. For the genera
tion of the latter,

[XIIth fascicle, sheet II, pages 1 -4]

an immaterial principle, possessing an indivisible unity in its power of
representation, is necessarily required. For the manifold, whose combina
tion into unity depends on an idea of a purposively (artificially) acting
subject, cannot emerge from moving forces of matter (which lack the uni(y
of the principle). That these bodies, however, possess the ability to pre
serve their species from the available matter (by propagation), does not
necessarily belong to the concept of an organism. It is, rather, an empirical
adjunct, for the purpose of assigning other properties to organic bodies
(e.g. that of producing their own kind by means of two sexes) - properties
which one can abstract from in their concept.

Further detemtination ofthe concept ofan 2 2:5 48

organic body
and ofits intemal possibili(Y
One may define it, firstly, as follows: "Such that each of its parts, within a
whole, is there for the sake of the other, " and, in this case, the explanation
clearly indicates purposes (causae .finales). Se con dly, however, one can also
give as its definition: ''An organic body is that, in which the idea ofthe whole
precedes the possibili(y of its parts, with respect to its unified moving forces"
(causae efficientes).
An organic natural body is thus thought of as a machine (a body ar-
ranged intentionally as to its form). Under no circumstances can it be a
property of matter to have an intention (since it is the absolute unity of a
subject which connects the manifold of representation in one conscious-
ness); for all matter (and every part of it) is composite. Thus, such a body
cannot derive its organization merely from the moving forces of matter. A
single (thus, immaterial) being must be assumed as the mover outside or
within this body - whether as part of the world of sense, or as a being
distinct from it. For matter cannot organize itself and act according to
purposes. Whether this being (a world-soul, as it were)s3 possesses under-
standing, or whether merely a capacity which is analogous to the under-
standing in its effects, is a judgment which lies beyond the limits of one's
insight. Nevertheless, the title "organized body" belongs in the classifica-
tion of concepts which cannot be overlooked in the transition from the
metaphysical foundations of natural science to physics - be its object com- 2 2 : 5 49
prehensible to us, or not.*

" Nature organizes matter in manifold fashion - not just by kind, but also by stages. Not to
be comprehended: That there are to be discovered, i n the strata of the earth and in

85
 IMMANUEL KANT

{ S E C O N D D I VI S I O N
O F T H E S P E C I FI C D I FFER E N C E O F M ATT ER
I N B O D I E S I N G E N E RAL
If, regarding the existence of a certain matter with a particular quality,
the question is raised, whether it is demonstrable a priori, or only to be
established empirically (probabilis), we can only expect subjective condi
tions of the possibility of knowledge of it - i.e. of the possibility of
experience of such an object. For existence is not a particular predicate of
a thing, but the absolute position of it, with all its predicates. Hence,
there exists only one experience; and, if one is to speak of experiences, this
signifies only the distributive unity of manifold perceptions, not the collec
tive unity of its object itself in its thoroughgoing determination. From
which it follows that, if we wish to judge a priori, concerning objects of
2 2 :550 experience, we can only require and expect principles of the agreement
of the representation of objects with the conditions ofpossibility of experi
ence of them.
There is, however, in the transition from the metaphysical foundations
of natural science to physics an unavoidable problem: Whether, indeed,
there exists a material, thoroughly distributed throughout cosmic space
(and thus also penetrating all bodies), which one might perhaps call calo
ric (without thereby having regard for a particular feeling of warmth, for
the latter concerns only what is subjective in a representation, as
perception) - whether, as I say, such a material is present or not, as the
basis of all the moving forces of matter, or whether its existence be only
dubitable; in other words: Whether it is to be assumed by the physicists as
a merely hypothetical material solely for the explanation of certain appear
ances, or whether it is to be set up categorically as a postulate. This
question is of the greatest importance for the science of nature as a
system, especially since it leads from the elementary system of this science
to the world-system.
If it can be proved that the unity of the whole of possible experience
rests upon the existence of such a material (with its stated properties),
then its actuality is also proved, not, indeed, through experience, but a
priori, merely from conditions of possibility, for the sake of the possibility

mountains, examples of former kinds of animals and plants (now extinct) - proofs of previ
ous (now alien) products of our living, fertile globe. That its organizing force has so arranged
for one another the totality of the species of plants and animals, that they, together, as
members of a chain, form a circle (man not excepted). That they require each other for their
existence, not merely in respect of their nominal character (similarity), but their real char
acter (causality) - which points in the direction of a world organization (to unknown ends) of
the galaxy itself. This, however, will not be treated at this point; since we here have occasion
to deal only with the elementary system (not yet the world-system).

86
 OPUS POSTUMUM

of experience. For the moving forces of matter can only come together
into a collectively universal unity of perceptions in a possible experience
insofar as the subject, [affected] by them, unites them externally and
internally in one concept, [and] affects itself by means of its perceptions.
Now the concept of the whole of outer experience also presupposes all
possible moving forces of matter as combined in collective unity; to wit, in
full space (for empty space, be it space enclosed within bodies or sur- 22:55 r
rounding them externally, is not an object of possible experience).* It
further presupposes, however, a constant motion of all matter, by which
the subject, as an object of sense, is affected. For without this motion, that
is, without the stimulation of the sense organs, which is its effect, no
perception of any object of the senses, and hence no experience, takes
place - the latter containing only the form belonging to the perception.
Hence there exists as an object of experience in space (although without
empirical consciousness of its principle) a particular material which is
continuously and boundlessly distributed and constantly self-agitating.
That is, caloric is actual; it is not a material feigned for the sake of the
explanation of certain phenomena, but rather, a material demonstrable
from a universal principle of experience (not from experience) according
to the principle of identity (analytically) and which is given a priori in the
concepts themselves.

N OTE
ON THE C O N C E P T
OF CALORIC}

To assume the existence o f a matter which i s universally distributed, all

penetrating and all-moving (one can add, in relation to time, which initiates
all motion), and which fills cosmic space, is a hypothesis which, indeed, is
neither sustained, nor can be sustained by experience. Hence, if it is 22: 5 5 2
justified, it would have had to emerge a priori from reason as an idea; be it
in order to explain certain phenomena (in which case this matter would be
thought as a merely hypothetical material); {or be it to postulate it, for the
reason that there must be some motion by which the moving forces of
matter begin to agitate. Nevertheless, it is to be regarded altogether as an
object of experience (given) .
It is easily seen that the existence of such a material, although not
demonstrable as an object of experience, and hence as derived from experi
ence (that is, empirically demonstrable), must, nevertheless, be postulated

* Space represented merely as subjective form of outer intuition is no external object, and,
as such, neither full nor empty (predicates which belong to determinations of the object, from
which we here abstract). Space, however, as object of outer intuition, is either the one or the
other. Since the nonbeing of an object of perception cannot be perceived, empty space is
thus not an object of possible experience. (Note undeleted)

87
 I M M A N U E L K A NT

as an object ofpossible experience. This can very well take place indirectb' a
priori, but only [as] the sense object in general, [to exclude]i what is no
object of possible experience - just as empty space (whether inclusive or
included) would be, or again an empty time, either preceding the motion of
matter, or inserted as an intervening absolute standstill (which is likewise
nothing at all).
Objectively, there is only one experience, and if one speaks of experi
ences, then these are to be regarded only as representations of the exis
tence of things, which are subjectively connected in a continuous series of
possible perceptions. For, were there a gap between them, a gulf (hiatus)
would [prevent] the transition from one act of existence to another, and
the unity of the guiding thread of experience would be Lorn apart. Which
circumstance, in order to be represented to oneself, would, in turn, have
to belong to experience - which is impossible, for nonbeing can be no
object of experience.

Subjectively, outer perceptions, as material for possible experience (which

lack only their form of connection), are nothing other than the effect on
the rerceiving subject of the agitating forces of matter, which are given a
22:553 priori. The latter are postulated even before the question arises which
objects of the senses may or may not be objects of experience; provided,
however, that it is a matter only of the form of their connection, that is, of
the fonnal element of possible experience. The question is whether or
not this formal element be in conformity with possible experience (forma
dat esse ret), regarded as the collective unity of experience and its condi
tions. The unity of experience in the thoroughgoing determination of the
object is likewise the latter's actuality.

If a certain material, although initially assumed only hypothetically, is
thought as an object of possible experience, and if the concept of this
material contains at the same time its thoroughgoing determination ac
cording to the principle of identity (the concordance of its properties
[Requisite]), then this is likewise a proof of its actuality (existentia est
omnimodo detenninatio).s4 And, since this determination addresses the
totality of the mutually combined forces, it is also a proof of the mate
rial's singularity (unicitas). That is, any such whole, which is in a spatial
relationship to other systems, forms with them an absolute whole, rela
tive to the moving forces of matter; and this amounts to the absolute
unity of all possible objects of experience, consequently also to the
existence of such a whole. It follows that the whole is knowable, hence
that the possibility of the existence of such a whole can be demonstrated
a pnori (as necessary).

1 Based on the earlier version (see AK 2 1 : 576.36, not included), from which Kant deleted
"to exclude" and added "the sense object in general," leaving an ungrammatical sentence.

88
 OPUS POSTUM UM

The object of a n all-embracing experience contains within i t all the

subj ectively moving forces of matter (that is to say, those affecting the
senses and producing perceptions). Their whole is called caloric and is
the basis of this universal stimulation of forces, which affects all (physical)
bodies and hence also the subject itself. From synthetic consciousness
(which cannot be empirical) of these forces which move the senses, their
formal conditions are developed in attraction and repulsion.*
Now what is at issue in the question whether there is an all-penetrating 22:554
etc. elemenla1J' material is the subjective element of receptivity to the
sense-object, [which is required] for this material to be the object of a
synthetic-universal experience; it is not whether the material exists in itse(f
with those attributes. It is a matter of whether the empirical intuition of
the elementary material, as belonging to the whole of a possible experi-
ence, already contains these attributes in its concept (according to the
principle of identity) - an issue which relates solely to the cognitive fa-
culty, insofar as this faculty contains in idea the whole of possible experi-
ence in one total representation (and so must think of it as given a priori).
Hence, the material must be valid both subjectively, as the basis of the
representation I of] the whole of an experience, and objectively, as a princi-
ple for the unification of the moving forces of matter. Caloric is actual,
because the concept of it (with the attributes we ascribed to it) makes
possible the whole of experience; it is given by reason, not as a hypothesis
for perceived objects, for the purpose of explaining their phenomena, but
rather, immediately, in order to found the possibility of experience itself.1
No explanation of the difference in the specific densities of bodies can
be given from full (atomz) and emplJ' (inane) space, as atomism would have
it; the reason being that, on the one hand, atoms do not exist (for every part 22:555
of a body is always further divisible to infinity) and that, o n the other hand,
empty space is not an object of possible experience - thus, the concept of
a whole of moving forces from such constituents is an untenable concept
of experience.

" Only by means of what the understanding itself makes does the subject understand its
object, that is to say, by the formal element of the whole of perceptions in a possible
experience. Empty space is not an object of possible experience; only space which is thor
oughly occupied by matter, as substance. Empty time - that is, the existence of the movable
as such insofar as it is without motion, and which consequently (as regards coexistence and 2 2 : 5 54
succession) is not a sense-object - is likewise not an object of possible experience.
t This indirect mode of proof of the existence of a thing is tmique in its kind and therefore
also strange, but it will appear less so if one considers that its object is also tmique and not a
concept which several [things) have in common. For just as there is only one space and only
one time (as objects of pure intuition), there is likewise only one object of possible outer
experience in the field of the causality of perception of outer things. For all so-called
experiences are always only parts of one experience, in virtue of the universally distributed,
unbounded caloric which connects all celestial bodies in one system and sets them into a
community of reciprocity.

89
 IMMANUEL KANT

The object of collectively universal experience (of the synthetic unity of

perceptions) is therefore given; the object of distributively universal experi
ence, of which the subject forms a concept for itself (of the analytical unity
of possible experience) is merely thought, for it belongs merely to the form
of possible experience.}k

[. . . ]

2 I :S 8 I [Vth fascicle, sheet XI, page I ]

"Ubergang 1 2"
{What is at issue in the solution to this problem - namely, the question
concerning the existence of a caloric, as matter possessing moving
forces - if it is to be decided a priori, is not to determine how the object
(quaestionis), but, rather, how the experience of the object is possible as a
comprehensive concept [Gesamtbegri.IJJ of it in its collective unity (that is,
as one experience - hence subjectively). For, if this concept agrees with
the conditions of the possibility of one experience (of its unity), then the
object is subjectively actual. The question here is not that of the object
given, but only of our knowledge of the object; and this is sufficient for the
solution of our problem, which does not derive concepts from experience,
but experience from concepts.

Note
This proof is indirect; it proves the proposition by representing the impos-
2 I :582 sibility of its contrary - but not by the logical opposition o f concepts
(which is analytic), but by representing the real opposition of mutually
opposing forces (thus, synthetically, as belonging to the possibility of
experience). In this are opposed not aand non a, but a and -a.}

Propaedeutic
The transition from the metaphysical foundations of natural science to
physics - [which is] not a leap into fresh territory - originates with the
subjective principle of the combination of the manifold of moving forces
of matter in one experience. And the object of this collective unity
(omnitudo collectiva) the idea of the whole of moving forces is the basis
-

of the distributive [teilweise durchgiingig] determination (omnitudo distribu

tiva) of the object of all possible empirical concepts of this object -
namely, matter. For physics is the science of the coordination of all empiri
cal representations (all perceptions) into a system of the whole, for which

i End of amanuensis's copy.

90
 OPUS POSTUMUM

nothing further is given a priori, through the understanding, than the form
of this thoroughgoing connection.
The empty space between two wholes of matter and the empty time
between two moments (as limitations) are not objects of possible experi
ence, for nonbeing cannot be perceived. Thus the following propositions
emerge:
There exists outer experience as a collective whole of all perceptions;
that is, as one all-embracing possible experience. There exists outside us a
sense-object, for whose perception externally moving forces of matter are
required; the empirical representation of these forces, combined in a 2 I :583
subject, is the basis of all the appearances, which together form the unity
of experience.
The agitation of the senses of the subject by some matter, is what alone
renders outer perceptions possible. And these moving forces must be
thought a priori, as combined in one experience without gap (that is,
without an intervening void - for that is not an object of possible experi
ence). They must be thought as combined in an absolute whole, which,
nevertheless, as such, is not an object of possible experience either. Thus
the principle of this synthetic unity of the whole of the object of possible
experience is merely subjective (a principle of composition - not of the possi
bility of what is composite, outside the representation of the object). Conse
quently, the objective reality of the material (its existence in space as
object of outer and all-embracing experience, and as containing the whole
of the moving forces) is grounded logicalb,, according to the principle of
identity - not physically, by hypothesis, in order to explain certain phenom
ena. For what belongs to the unity of possible experience, formally, is also
contained really in experience; that is, the whole of this material is actual
and an object of physics.*

[Right margin] 2 1 :584

Caloric is not a subsidiary hypothesis but an original one; thus not a
hypothetically - that is, conditionally - but a categorically given material.

That there is no caloric in bodies that are completely dense and impenetra
ble to all other matter; but, equally, no cold which could resist heat.

The material principles of possible experience (perceptions) furnish empirical judg

ments, which only partially yield judgments of experience. But, in the very transition from
metaphysics to physics, the principle of its composition must be given in form (hence, a

pn'on), [in order to] postulate materially, in the representation of the subject, an object of
physics as the basis of all combination of the moving forces into one experience. For to be an
object of the absolute unity of the whole of possible experience, is itself experience of the
object of experience; and, as the whole of the determinations of this object (omnimoda
detem1inatio), its existence.
For what occupies the absolute whole of space, has no room outside into which it could
transpose itself.

91
 IMMANUEL KANT

'
Transition from the metaphysical foundation s of natural science to phys
ics, as a system of empirical natural knowledge, whose form is given a
priori (system of the moving forces of matter). The terrain of this science
is empirical.
The first problem is the concept of caloric, as we are advancing from
the whole of the object of possible experience to that of the condition of
possible experience.
The agitating force of matter: (1) in the totality (synthetic universality)
of the material in space. Self-limiting by attraction. (2) Initially commenc
ing. (3) Permanently continuing. Since experience cannot cease and
empty time is not an object of possible experience.
The existence of caloric is the basis of the possibility of a single
experience.

[Vth fascicle, sheet XI, page 2)

The attributes of this [material] (since it is all-embracing, individual
(unica) and the basis of all [forces] for the unity' of the object of the one
experience) are given according to the principle of identity: namely, that it
is universally distributed, all-penetrating, and all-moving (not that it is itself
movable (locomotiva, that is, displaceable)). And, as such, it is necessary,
that is, permanent. For sempitemitas est necessitas plzaenomemm. ss
This material is called caloric; not, because it distributes heat. For
2 1 :585 that - for all of this material's energy in relation to the bodies in which it
acts - can be entirely lacking, since it is an effect which only relates
subjectively, to feeling, not to the object of representatio11. It is called caloric
because to bring about the state of heat is but one of this matter's activi
ties; a better way of characterizing it with complete generality would be in
terms of its capacity to expand those bodies which it penetrates. That is
why it is thought a priori that, in a heated space, no part of that space can
remain colds6 and that this matter must necessarily communicate its activ
ity externally, if there is outside itself something with which it has a
common border. The word "contact" is out of place here (since that con
tains moving force in its very concept); in that case it would have to be
conceived like the angulus contactus57 in geometry - as being a merely
spatbl determination, not a natural determination, of.some matter. Calo
ric is given another name when it is called light-material, of which it is also
true that it penetrates certain bodies, and, that it produces community in
the moving forces of the matter of celestial bodies. The goal of all these
concepts, however, is to have a material principle of the unity of possible
experience; one which combines all experiences into a single experience.
1 In the manuscript Eit1heit; Lehmann reads falsely Einsicht.

92
 O P U S I' O S T U M t: M

Without this combination (and its form) there would be no coherent

whole of experience; it would, in that case, only be an aggregate of percep
tions, not experience as a system.
Thus caloric exists (regardless of the subjective property of heat). That
is, we can only achieve the subjective unity of experience through the
moving forces of matter in us, which produce sensible representations of
their objects. It is not possible except by the existence of the moving
forces, which activate the material for their combination in a single possi-
ble experience. This connection does not just establish the hypothesis of 2 I : s 86
the existence of caloric, but its actuality; which latter is contained in the
concept of experience as the unity of moving forces (by the principle of
identity).

Note

This indirect proof is unique of its kind - a fact that should not appear
strange, since what it concerns is an individual object, which carries with
it real (not logical) universality. There is to be found here a collective unit)'
(omnitudo collectiva) of the objects of a single experience instead of distribu
tive unity (omnitudo distributiva), which is merely logical and abstracts from
the existence of the object. Whatever agrees with collective unity is actual
(existentia est omnimoda determinatio, as ontology has it); but to achieve this
thoroughgoing determination empirically (as is envisaged in the transition
from the metaphysical foundations to physics) is utterly impossible. It is
possible, however, in relation to the absolute unity of possible experience
in general, insofar as the object of this concept contains the One and All sB
of outer sense-objects. The deduction of caloric, as the basis of the
system of moving forces, has an a priori principle at its foundation: namely,
that of necessary unity in the comprehensive concept of the possibility of
one experience. This unity likewise carries with it identically (that is, not
synthetically, but analytically, following a priori from a principle) the actual
ity of its object [namely, caloric].

[Left margin]
It is not a matter of establishing which objects are given to us for
experience, but what experiences must be like so as to give these objects.

The object of one universal outer experience must be a natural material, 2 I :587
spread out in cosmic space and all-moving; and the ground of this is the
sense-organ, insofar as it is suited to it.
Experience depends on the forces which agitate the subject.

[. .]
0

93
 I M M A N U E L KANT

[Vth fascicle, sheet XII, page I ]

" Ubergang I 2
Bogen a) S.2"

P HY S I C A L - C O S M O L O G I C AL
PRINCIPLE S 9
O F THE E L E M E N TA RY SYSTEM
OF A L L W O RLD - M ATTER

One cannot begin with the object - matter in space - as the object of
empirical intuition, and as the complex of an infinite magnitude of possible
perceptions in a single empirical intuition. For that would already be a
step into physics as a system of experience. Rather, one must begin from
the concept of the understanding in the subject, insofar as the latter thinks
for itself a whole of the moving forces of matter. For, when it is a question
of a priori principles of synthetic knowledge, the formal element of the
systematic presentation of the manifold of perceptions in an object must
underlie its arrangement (coordinatio) into a whole.
2 1 :590 Herein space itself must be represented as an object of experience
(spatium perceptibile), albeit only indirectly, by means of an intermediary
concept: that is, by tactile awareness [Betastungj of one's own body, as to
its three dimensions; or again, by drawing lines by moving one's hands,
limiting those lines with points, and thus representing surfaces as limits
(and, finally, corporeal space itself) empirically for oneself. In this way
one can say something spatial' exists, and is, as the whole of perceptions
necessarily combined into unity, an object of possible experience.
An absolutely empty space - in which matter, as outer sense-object, is
not " simply abstracted from, but is completely excluded, be it enclosed or
surrounded by matter, is not an object of possible experience, and cannot
feature in the system of the moving forces of matter. Thus, atomism
that is, the doctrine of the possibility of bodily composition of the full
with the void, according to differing quantitative relations of matter in
the same volume (corpuscular philosophy) - contains no principle of the
possibility of bodies. For, on the one hand, no body (and no part of a
body) is indivisible; on the other hand, the void, as spatially existing, is
something which is not an object of perception (for nonbeing cannot be
perceived).

[ . ]
. .

94
 O P U S P O S T U M UM

[Vth fascicle, sheet XIII, page 3] 2 1 :6o1

[ . .]
.

Proofofthe existence ofcaloric
Just as there is only one space, so there is only one experience possible
of objects in space; and, if one speaks of experiences, these are nothing
other than perceptions whose connection under a formal, a priori given
principle, if made fragmentarily, will indeed yield an aggregate for phys
ics; but this can never be complete, and, because the data are empirical,
no end can be expected in the progression from the metaphysical founda
tions of natural science to physics as a system of perceptions.
Nevertheless, the idea of this [system] is unavoidably given subjective(y
as a necessary problem, namely, that of the connection of perceptions as
effects of the moving forces upon the subject in a single experience. What,
however, belongs to experience (which can only be single) as its ground of
determination, is likewise objectively given - that is, actual. So there exists,
as an absolute whole, a matter with those attributes, as the basis of its
moving forces, insofar as they are moving.
Now those perceptions, regarded subjectively (namely, as empirical repre
sentations), are effects of the moving forces of matter and belong as such
to the collective unity of possible experience. The collective unity of the
moving forces, however, is, objectively, the effect of the absolute whole of 2 I :602
the elementary materialm - that is, a matter which uniformly occupies
cosmic space according to the aforementioned ( )" attributes (for empty
enclosed or enclosing space is not an object of possible experience). The
influence of this matter on the subject's faculty of representation is the
efficient cause of its representation (which, combined with consciousness,
is called perception). Thus, the subjective element of the effects of those
forces which agitate according to the attributes mentioned above (that is,
the whole of perceptions) is, at the same time, the presentation of the
aforesaid matter - hence, identical with the objective element. That is to
say, this elementary material, as a given whole, is the basis for the unifica-
tion of all the forces of matter into the unity of [experience]. Now, what-
ever belongs to the absolute unity of possible experience is actual. Hence,

"' This sentence originally continued: "which forms the basi.< of these combined forces.
Thus, also objectively regarded, caloric belongs to the unity of the whole of all possible
experience. The concept of that which belongs to such a whole is itself a concept of
experience, i.e. such an object (as caloric) exists and is actual." The new version given
above is added in the bottom margin of the previous page to which Kant here refers by
"vide page 2, bottom."
" Sheet XI, page 2.

95
 IMMANUEL KANT

such a material i s actual a s a not merely distributively universal, but also

collectively universal world-material.
This material is called caloric; not because it pertains specifically to the
production of heat, but only for the sake of analogy with one of its effects;
which is that it (this heating) is incoercible, and communicates itself in
contact to other [things] as mere motion.

2 1 :60J Note !
This mode of proving the existence of an outer sense-object must strike
one as unique of its kind (without example); nevertheless, this should not
appear strange, since its object also has the peculiarity, that it is individual
and (unlike other representations from a priori concepts) contains in itself
colleaive, not merely distributive universality. Existentia est omnimoda de
terminatio, Christian Wolff says, and so also conversely: omnimoda de
tenninatio est existentia, 60 as a relationship of equivalent concepts. But the
thoroughgoing determination which is here thought cannot be given; for it
extends to an infinity of empirical determinations. Only in the concept of a
single object of possible experience - which is not derived from any experi
ence, but rather, itself makes it possible - is objective reality (this omni
moda detemtinatio) necessarily granted to .the [outer sense-object], not
synthetically, but analytically, according to the principle of identity; since
that which is individual in itself, and also unique, is not determinable in
more than one way, but is determined for experience.

[Vth fascicle, sheet XIII, page 4]

Note II
Whoever finds the direct (demonstrative) mode of proof insufficiently
illuminating, can here use the indirect (apagogical) mode.
For, if we take caloric to be merely a hypothetical material (assumed for
the explanation of certain appearances) and, if nature did not exercise
(through its influence on the sensible subject and the latter's conscious
ness of moving forces) an influence which can serve as the foundation for
2 1 :604 a system, then we would have sensations (and the perceptions which
correspond to them) only as they [arise] from outer forces - that is, with
out form (tumultuously); this latter we ourselves, indeed, must provide for
their combination. [We would] have a fragmentary aggregate, but no prin
ciple of form in the connection of empirical representations (perceptions)
into one experience; and the rule, [which is required] for a concept of
their whole, would be entirely absent. Not only would this be a deficiency
for the establishment of a system, but the unity of experience itself would
be self-contradictory and impossible. What is empirically manifold, but

96
 OPUS POSTUMUM

whose coord ination does not quality for the unity o f possible experience,
is not an existing object: It is nothing.
Empty space is not an object of possible experience (nonbeing cannot
be perceived). And if, under the heading of the moving forces, mention is
also made of attraaion of bodies at a distance, through empty space (as when
gravitation is discussed), then this signifies nothing further than that bod
ies, distant from one another, can act upon one another by attraction -
that is, immediately, without contact - without the mediation of an interme
diary matter (notwithstanding that such a matter really lies between them).
It does not, however, signifY that empty space (which is in no way an
object of possible experience) belongs to' the composition of outer sense-
objects, and is among the objects of one possible experience.
The concept of a caloric derives from the concept of an empirically
determinable space in general, and is to that extent an a priori concept. Its
aforementioned attributes, as attributes of a substance in space, are only
thought as moving forces (powers) according to the different functions of
active motion, and may be completely enumerated [qualificiren] a priori. To
this extent they amount to a mere thought-object. The step from possibil-
ity to actuality occurs with certainty, however, for the reason that caloric .is 2I :6os
the object of a single possible experience; it is an object of experience in
virtue of the totality of determinations which belong to the concept of an
individual, which amounts to the same thing as to say that its assertion is
an empirical proposition.
One can also term caloric the basis (first cause) of all the moving forces
of matter, for it is thought as the immediately moving primary material
(materia primaria). All other materials (e.g. oxygen, hydrogen etc.), in
contrast, which must first themselves be moved by this material, move as
secondary material (materia secundaria), and are only modes of the latter
(e.g. light). And the formation of bodies by specifically differentiated
elements produces composite forms, which, however, must be subordi
nated to the principle of the possibility of a single experience, not placed
beside it.

[. . .]

[XIIth fascicle, (half-)sheet X, page I ]

Definition
By the concept of caloric, I understand a universally distributed, all
penetrating matter, internally uniformly moving in all its parts, and remain- 22:6ro
ing permanently in this state of internal motion (agitation). It forms an
absolute, self-subsistent whole, which, as elementary material, both occu-
pies (occupans) and fills (rep/ens) cosmic space. The parts of it, continu-

97
 I M M A N U E L KANT

ously agitating one another in their place (hence not locomotively, [but]
concussively - not progressively) and ceaselessly agitating other bodies,
preserve the system in constant motion, and contain the moving forces as
an outer sense-object.
This matter is also, as a consequence of the aforementioned attributes,
negatively characterized: as imponderable, incoercible, incohesible and
inexhaustible; for the contrary characterization [BeschaffinheitJ would con
flict with those attributes. Ponderability, coercibility, cohesion and exhaust
ibility, presuppose moving forces which act in opposition to the latter and
cancel their effect.

Axiom
Regarded subjectively, there is only a single outer experience, since there
is only one space.
The moving forces of matter which occupy (occupant) or fill (replent)
space, stand in a universal active combination with one another, and,
objectively, form a system. The system emerges a priori (not empirically,
from experience) from the concept of the possibility of one experience,
and contains the existence of one absolute whole of moving forces in its
very concept.

22:61 I Note
There is only one experience, and, if experiences are spoken of (as if there
were many of them), then this is simply a misunderstanding; for what are
meant thereby are merely perceptions (empirical representation of an ob
ject, with consciousness), of which there are, indeed, many. The univer
sality of the concept of experience is, however, here not to be taken
distributively (by which many characteristics are ascribed to one and the
same object), but collectively, as the collective unity which is required for the
unity of possible experience. The latter must be thought of as emerging
not fragmentarily (by a compilation of perception), but, as necessarily
synthetic, from the understanding. For a whole of possible perceptions
"Which, at the same time, as laws, carry universality (hence also necessity)
with them in their concept, is in contradiction with itself; since empirical
propositions are always attached to other empirical conditions (circumstan
tiae), and so stand as part of a progress to infinity from one characteristic
to the next. The object of a single, all-embracing experience is, at the
same time, an individual (individuum) . It is the formal element of the
unity of possible experience which is required to be given a priori.
Now, what cannot be an object of experience - space empty of things
and time empty of activity - does not belong subjectively to the one possi
ble experience. And atomism, which, for the sake of possible experience,

98
 OPUS P OSTUMUM

furnishes a n elementary system of i t from these constituents (atomi et

inane), is contradictory in itself; for, on the one hand, there is no com
pletely indivisible matter, and, on the other hand, empty space is not an
object of possible perception (and thus not an object of experience).

Theorem 22:612
There exists an absolute and unique whole of matter with the aforemen
tioned attributes; this is not a hypothetical material, in order to explain
properly certain phenomena, but an a priori demonstrable one. Under the
name of caloric (but without being bound to the feeling called warmth) it
forms a self-subsistent whole (continuously agitated internally by its mov
ing forces).

[ . . .
]
 [How is physics possible? How is the
transition to physics possible?]

22:282 [Xth fascicle, sheet I, page 2 ]6

["Einleitung"]
[ . . .]

[Left margin]
The transition to physics cannot lie in the metaphysical foundations
(attraction and repulsion, etc.). For these furnish no specifically deter
mined, empirical properties, and one can imagine no specific [forces] of
which one could know whether they exist in nature, or whether their
existence be demonstrable; rather, they can only be feigned to explain
phenomena empirically or hypothetically, in a certain respect. However,
there are nevertheless also concepts (e.g. of organic bodies, of what is
specifically divisible to infinity) which, although invented, still belong to
physics. Caloric - the divisibility of the decomposition of a matter into
different species. The continuum fimnanan.

[Xth fascicle, sheet I, page 3 ]

I n this transition from the metaphysical foundations o f natural science
to physics there is [also] that from matter to the formation of bodies. A
physical body is a self-limiting whole, by the united attraction of the parts
of a quantity of matter. A mere aggregate of matter (in regard to which one
22:283 abstracts from these unifying forces) is, i f it both fills and occupies a
space, a mathematical body - e.g. a cubic foot of water, in a vessel, be
cause it does not limit itself by its own forces.

The first division of physical bodies is, thus, that into organic and inor
ganic. A physically organic body (in contrast to a mechanically organic
body) is one, each of whose parts is by nature there in it for the sa ke of the
other; in which, conversely, the concept of the whole also determines the
form of the parts - externally as well as internally (in figure and texture).
Such a formation indicates a natural cause, acting according to purposes.
That such a body must be a solid body is already contained in its concept.
Likewise, one can seek the productive force of this inner form nowhere

1 00
 OPUS POSTUMUM

else than i n a formative understanding - that is, seek i t solely i n a non

material cause (for understanding is the faculty of synthetic unity of repre
sentations with consciousness). And a being which can make a purpose
into the determining ground of its forces must [be] solid [breaks ojj]
The concept of an organic matter contains a contradiction in itself,
since the material for organization is taken for the organized subject.

[Rest ofpage empty, except right margin]

The matter which remains when organization is destroyed is not organic.
Vegetative and animal life, or the division into vegetative and life-force.
Living corporeal being (animals and men) can also [be] organized in
relation to one another: ( 1 ) by sex, then, further, tribes and peoples !breaks
oft]
Whether the specific differentiation of matter extends to infinity or only
to ponderable matter, and to caloric as imponderable, incoercible etc.
matter. The division of concepts can be completed; the division of bodies
extends to infinity.

[ . .
. )62

[Xth fascicle, sheet I, page 1 3] 22:291

Objects must all fi t into the topic o f the principles, without which they
could not be objects of experience (e.g. caput de jinibus). Thus we find in
our own body and in nature characteristics by reason of which we must
regard them as organized - that is, as formed for purposes - since we
would not otherwise understand them as such. These concepts always
precede the confirmation of their objects by experience; they arc a priori
principles by which experiences are made.
That objects must be in conformity with the concepts which we our
selves form a priori in our reason can easily be seen; for by means of
them, and of the principles of the synthetic unity of their appearances
(which are not of empirical origin), it first becomes possible for us to
think of objects according to these forms. To this extent, we know 2 2 : 292
nothing except as under rules, and we have no rules but those which we
(not arbitrarily, but necessarily, according to principles of thought) have
prescribed for ourselves.
The transition from the metaphysical foundations of natural science to
physics according to its subjective a prion principles of form, is (or con
tains) a principle of the possibility of physics as a system of empirical
concepts and laws; it is the outline of the elementary system of the moving
forces of matter for [als] a special science of nature, which is always in the
process of progressing, observing and aggregating, but is never com
pleted. It is, thus, a scientific investigation of nature, whose a priori princi
ples in the doctrine of motion are partly mathematical, partly dynamic.

101
 I M M ANUEL K AN T

Axioms of intuition, anticipations of perception, analogies of experience,

postulates of empirical thought (coordination) in general.

[ . . .]

[Xth fascicle, sheet I, page 1 4]

[.. ] .

[Bottom margin]
In the metaphysical foundations matter is regarded as mobile; in the
progression to natural science as movens, according to its moving forces
22:295 (mathematical and physiological), in relation to the system of the latter in
physics in general. It is regarded, indeed, a pn"ori, according to the form of
an elementary system of the moving forces, [in order to] present, by the
investigation of nature, its tendency toward a system (not fragmentarily).
Unity of the active principle must belong to the possibility of a natural
organic body, since the latter's principle must be regarded not merely
subjectively, but as objective in itself- namely, a purpose as its inner
ground of determination.
N.B. Of the amphiboly of the concepts of reflection: to take that which
is only subjectively conditioned as objectively valid and demonstrable as
such - e.g. to assume mechanical principies as sufficient for moving
forces (in the lever) without the required dynamical principles.
An organic body presupposes an organizing principle, whether inner or
outer. The latter must be simple, for otherwise it would itself require an
organization. As simple, it cannot be a part of matter (for each part of
matter is always itself composite). So the organizing principle of an or
ganic body must be outside space in general. It can, however, be internally
active in one respect, while being external in another: that is, in another
substance, the world-spirit.

[ . . .]

[Xth fascicle, (half-) sheet II, page 2)63

L]
P R I N C I P L E O F T H E TRAN S I T I O N FROM T H E
M E T A P H Y S I C A L FOUN DATI O N S
TO PHYSICS
Physics i s the systematic investigation o f nature a s to [durchJ empirically
given forces of matter, insofar as they are combined among one another in
one system.
Physics is the empirical science of the complex of the moving forces of

1 02
 OPUS POSTUMUM

matter. These forces also affect the subject - man - and his organs, since
man is also a corporeal being. The inner alterations thereby produced in
him, with consciousness, are perceptions; his reaction on, and outer alter
ation of, matter is motion.
Physics is a system of the empirical investigation of nature which [can] 2 2 : 299
only take place by observation and" experiment. In the first case, the
project moves the physicist; in the second, the physicist moves the object
and sets it in another state for perception.
Physics is a system; but we cannot know [erkennen] a system as such,
except insofar as we ourselves compose the manifold of an aggregate
according to apriori principles (insert them ourselves) - which takes place
by means of the concept of motion. Consequently, the division of the
study of nature within physics, as far as its highest division, the topic of the
moving forces, is concerned, will be analytically investigated [aufsuchen]
and synthetically presented, according to the following system.
The first [division] is into that of matter and bodies, according to their
moving forces. For to think of matters is absurd, and, although there can
be as many differences in the basis of its forces as there are materials, yet
there can be no more than one universally moving force. For in the
relation of the unification of motion, unity of the combining forces is
contained in the same synthetic concept with the unity of space.
The second division is that of the formal element of the moving forces.
Mechanical or dynamic, namely by means of other bodies as machines or
immediate.
The third is that of organized and organizing matter, [based] on an
objective principle of purposes, and thus made to propagate itself in living
nature and to perpetuate its species in the demise of individuals.
The fourth is that which rests on willpower, and assigns the creature, as
intelligence, to the moving forces of nature. .
These belong all together in the field of physics, in which there are no
laws of freedom, but [which] contains all forces which initiate the motion
of matter - not just those which continue motion. The skillful initiator 2 2 :300
[Kunsturheber] of motions for the preservation of vital force is called a
physician (town or country doctor), and his branch of the study of nature is
called zoonomy64 and rests on the employment of four animal powers
[animalische Potenzen] : (1 ) on nervous power as a principle of excitability
(incitabilitas Brownit) ;6s (2) on muscular power (irritabilitas Hallen);66 (3) on
a force which preserves all the organic forces of nature as a constant
alteration of the former two, of which one phenomenon is heat; (4) on the
organization of a whole of organic beings of different species, for each
other, serving for the species' preservation.
The first principle of representation of the moving forces of matter
Lehmann's reading uncertain between oder and und.

1 03
 IMMANUEL KANT

[is] to regard them not as things i n themselves but as phenomena

according to the relation which they have to the subject - as they h affec
our sense, or as we affect our sense ourselves. [It involves] inserting the
formal element of sensible representation into the subject in order to
progress from the Axioms of Intuition, the Anticipations of Perception,
etc. to experience - that is, for experience as a system, not as derived
from experience. Consequently, [it amounts to] oneself founding such a
system a priori - composing it synthetically, not deriving it analytically
from the material element of empirical representation. Hence, it is this
principle of form - not the material which moves the senses - which
provides a priori the basis for the possibility of experience (by the rule,
jimna dat esse ret).

[Left margin]
The transition, by the subjective principle of the aggregation of
perceptions - as a formal principle for (and not through) experience, whose
consciousness is not empirical - to the objective unity of their connection
into experience as a system (according to laws of motion which lead a
priori to the whole of acting and reacting forces); this is the formal unity of
experience as a system of perceptions. The material unity of experience is
the idea of a whole of moving forces as the bsolute (unconditioned) unity
of the world-system, in which the moving forces contain and initiate
nothing outside this complexus.
22:301 The transition to physics is, in the natural system, also directed toward
the world-system, and this, too, can be regarded as organic in a certain
respect. The surfaces now contain only the ' strata - are the discarded
husks.

The system of organization is directed to the planetary system [den

Weltkorper] itself, in which one organic whole is there for the sake of
another (vegetation for the sake of animals, etc.) and, for example, the
moon is there for the sake of the earth, and all nexus effectivus is at the same
time finalis.
Zoonomy contains three vital powers [Lebenspotmzen] : nervous power, as
a principle of excitability (incitabilitas); muscular power (irritabilitas Hallen);
and a third one which brings both forces into active and reactive, constantly
alternating, play: one all-penetrating, all-moving etc. material, of which
heat is one phenomenon. (4) The force of organization in space and time,
which contains a nonmaterial higher principle, namely an effectivity accord
ing to purposes.

[ . . .]

b In the text, singular: es ajficirt.

1 04
 OPUS POSTUMUM

[Xth fascicle, (half-)sheet IV, page 1 ]

The aggregate of the moving forces of matter is itself only appearance,

and their aggregation in empirical knowledge contains a formal element,
which is a priori a principle of possible experience. Experience is itself a
relation of phenomena in appearance, because motions are, in turn, also
appearances of the moving forces; which forces (as principles of princi
ples) are, in comparison to their appearances, the sense-objects them-
selves. That the forces are, in empirical knowledge, only appearances, is 2 2:3 I 8
clear from the fact that they are always only represented as aggregates of a
higher system. We can have knowledge of the object of the senses only
through a concept of reason (not through experience), namely, the con-
cept of a system of moving forces [that is to say, through] a system of
empirical representations, represented a priori, through that which we
insert into sensible representation for the sake of empirical representation
(and which we must insert for the sake of possible experience). And both
observation and experiment are only methods to extract from sensible
representation what we have tentatively [versuchsweise] inserted.

Problem
(1) How is physics possible? (2) How is the transition from the metaphysi
cal foundations of natural science to physics possible? (3) How is the
estimation of the scope of objects belonging to physics possible?
Physics is knowledge of sense-objects in experience. The latter, how
ever, contains the representation of objects as appearances (phaenomena)
which does not present (exhibit) what objects are in themselves but how
they affect sense. [Physics] makes into its principle the moving forces,
according to the constitution of the subject as affected (internally - not
externally, that is, as the forces are empirically given (dabile)); which is to
say [that its principle is] the connection of the manifold of sensible repre
sentation as it is thought a priori (cogitabile), according to the form of
composition. And so it contains experience, as a system of empirical
knowledge, which has absolute unity as its consequence, and whose form
already contains objectively in its' concept the thing [Sache] itself as phe
nomenon (according to the rule: forma dat esse rez).
Physics is, thus, the doctrine of the connection of what is empirically
represented into the unity of experience, and, hence, of progressing sub
jectively within a system. The individuality (singularitas) of possible experi
ence, which [is presented] through the synthetic unity of adjacent and
successive representations of space and time, given in pure intuition (plu- 2 2 :3 I 9
' Reading ihrem for seinem.

1 05
 IMMANUEL KANT

ralis), [grounds] the absolute unity of experience. Hence one must say:
"There is only one experience, and, if one hears mention of experiences,
this must always be understood thereby only as an aggregate of percep
tions, which belong to a single experience."
Because the concept of sense-objects as mere appearances, neverthe
less, always, through reason, refers back to the thing [Sache] in itself (of
which, however, no intuition can be expected), physics - which has to do
with outer representations of the senses, their system for the sake of
experience, and the principle of the possibility of experience - will have to
occupy itself with nothing other than the systematic inner connection of
these representations of the moving forces of matter.
Progression toward physics.

Physics is the doctrinal system of the moving forces of matter, insofar as

they are objectively contained in a natural system of them. It contains as a
science an absolute whole of empirical knowledge of outer sense-objects.
The enterprise of attaining it is called the investigation of nature, whose
material (empirical) principle rests upon observation and experiment; its
formal one, however - how and what one must investigate - rests on a
priori principles. The latter contain the ground of the possibility of experi
ence as a system of the study of nature, although they are not derived from
experience.

[Right margin]
We can extract nothing from the sensible representations which form
the matter of cognition, except when we ourselves have inserted (accord
ing to the formal principle of the composition of what is empirical in the
moving forces). Appearances are here to be regarded as things [Sachen] in
themselves.
Physics has to do here with appearances ofappearances, and the former's
22:320 principles must be capable of being Classified a priori by division, both in
regard to objects (e.g. organic ones) as also in regard to the moving subject.
The objects of the senses, regarded metaphysically, are appearances;
for physics, however, these objects are things [Sachen] in themselves,
which affect sense, or as the subject affects itself (represent a prion).

The sole means to absolute unity for the sake of experience is to turn the
nominal system of sensible representations into their real system.
Of direct and indirect appearances in comparison with things in
themselves.
Since the moving forces by which we are affected are themselves, in
tum, appearances, with respect to the system of forces affecting the
senses, we can (and may) view them as things in themselves only in regard
to the system.

1 06
 O P U S P O S T U M UM

[Xth fascicle, (half-)sheet IV, page 2]

There are two ways of distinguishing appearance from the thing
[Sache] itself [and] the subjective element of a mode of representation
from the objective. The first is metaphysical, the other physiological; and
both consist in representing, as to its form, the mode in which the
subject is affected (by the object). In which, however, the deception
occurs that what belongs to the subject (which is affected) is attributed
to the represented object - a deception which belongs to the error of
subreption in concepts. The second deception consists (as concerns the
existence of a sense-object) in immediately taking empirical conscious
ness of the object {perception) as a principle of the connection of percep
tions for the possibility of experience - and to do so, indeed, directly,
despite the fact that this can only take place mediately (indirectly) and
that the existence of the object is not [derived] from experience but must
precede it for experience (that is, for the sake of the possibility of experi
ence in physics). For experience does not come of its own accord as
influence of the moving forces on sense, but must be made. The sensible
element in the representation of experience (sensibile) is the material for 2 2 :3 2 1
physics from which empirical knowledge must first of all be formed, by
observation and experimental investigation of nature (observatio et experi-
mentum), according to a formal principle. The thinkable element in the
representation of experience (cogitabile) does not, however, absolutely
(absolute tale), but only conditionally (hypothetice tale) provide physics with
a guiding thread in the investigation of nature. The latter, without outlin-
ing a priori a whole of its object (according to the laws of the connection
of these sensible representations) can, as regards scope and content,
establish no system [worthy of] the name of physics. A subject of moving
forces, however, which can have a concept of its objects in a system of
the moving forces (as lawlike determinations of nature) only through the
understanding, has a constitution which already contains identically in
itself {through an analytic principle) the concept of such a whole of outer
sense-objects. For, without this rule and order, we would know nothing
of the latter's existence.
Knowledge of moving force in appearance in space, against moving
force in itself. Appearance of appearance, insofar as the subject is af
fected by the object, and affects itself, and is a motion in appearance for
itself. J The indirect moving force of outer sense in the investigation of
nature - since the subject itself makes and causes the motion through
which it' is affected, inserts a priori into the subject what it receives from
without, and is self-moving.
Empirical representation combined with consciousness is perception.
Consciousness of the combination of perceptions into a whole (not as a

d Reading with Adickes ihm for ihr. ' Reading with Adickes es for sie.

1 07
 IMMANUEL KANT

fragmentary aggregate but as a system) is not, in turn, itself empirical, but

a priori knowledge as to its form - that is, experience. This agreement is
not derived out of (orfrom) experience, but is a synthesis of appearances in
the subject for experience, and for the sake of its possibility. Here there
22:322 occurs an amphiboly of the concepts o f reflection: [One] takes what na
ture produces (appearances in the subject) for one and the same as what
this subject does. That is to say, [one] misinterprets the connection of
empirical representations, taken into a whole, and tkes it as a thing in
itself. Thus [one] takes the formal element of appearance for the material
element of the object itself, and what the subject inserts for the sake of the
possibility of experience (the form) as what is encountered in the sense
object itself (the matter). The transition from the metaphysical founda
tions of natural science to physics.
To take hold of the moving forces of matter empirically, and to collect
them fragmentarily, cannot ground a physics as a system. Rather, it must
be capable of being erected as a whole - not as an aggregate (sparsim) but
as a system (coniunctim) - according to an a priori principle which deter
mines the number and order of the moving forces. This cannot occur
otherwise than by [taking as its principle] what we insert for the sake of a
possible experience (consequently according to a formal principle), not
what we extract from the aggregate of perceptions. In this way, a science is
brought about in which the investigation of nature (by observation and
experiment) proceeds from the appearance of appearances (and so accord
ing to an a priori principle); science is thus, indeed, made possible indi
rectly, not as an indeterminately digressing compilation (cognitio vaga) but
according to principles of the division of the manifold according to con
cepts. Because, not intuition but the understanding, not the sensible
(sensibile) but the thinkable (cogitabile), according to the principle of all
coordination (forma dat esse rez), prior to all [breaks off]
The amphiboly of concepts: to make a leap from that which comes to us
empirically, and is merely appearance, to experience - since the latter
would be an appearance of an appearance, and experience cannot be
received as a representation which comes to us, but must be made.

[Margi11 . . ]67
.

[Xth fascicle, (half-)sheet V, page I ]

D
Just as the physical division of all bodies extends to infinity, and no simple
part of matter - hence no atomism - can be found, so it is with the logical
division of the concept of body in general (that is, the principle of the
species of matter). Bodies can be classified in an infinite number of ways:

1 08
 OPUS POSTUMUM

according to their material (mixture); their fabric (texture); their shape

(figure); and, as solid, purposively self-forming bodies, according to their
preservation (nature); and so to infinity, such that in the division of any
system there can never be a final member.
(I) The apperception of objective composition (a prion) . (2) The appre
hension of the subjectively composite (empirical). (3) The synthetic unity
of appearances, under one concept, in a whole of space. (4) The principle 22:3 2 5
of the investigation of nature in regard to objects.
We have a pn'ori intuition, with consciousness of outer objects; also
empirical representations with consciousness, that is, perception. (The
actuality of objects is assumed, because, otherwise, the passive conscious
ness [would have] no ground for the lawfulness [of empirical representa
tions], and for outer communication [breaks off]
(I) Appearance in its metaphysical significance, as sense is affected. (2)
Appearance in its physical significance, as the subject itself affects sense,
by means of moving forces, according to form. (3) How the latter signifi
cance is subordinated to the former. (4) How the moving forces of the
whole (determinable and determining - not [in regard to relation] of the
aggregate to its parts but [in regard toj the system) form a system called
physics - that is, experience which has as its basis absolute unity in its
concept: progressing from the empirical (which is not a system, but frag
mentary) to the rational idea of the whole of the objects of sense (ponder
able, coercible, cohesible, exhaustible / and their opposites). And how an
elementary system of the moving forces is constituted a priori by the
understanding (according to the absolute synthetic unity of space) by
means of a universally distributed, all-penetrating, etc. matter, which
forms a self-subsistent whole. (The appearance of appearance, thought
in the connection of the manifold, is the concept of the object itself.)
Thus physics is constituted, not out of and from experience, but, [by
means of] the concept of the unity of moving forces, for the possibility of
experience (by means of observation and experiment) according to the
principles of the investigation of nature. It is constituted according to the
aforementioned universal principles for the coordination of whatever phe-
nomena may ever be presented to the outer senses, insofar as outer forces 22:326
act upon them and their organs. These principles found a n a priori
classification which outlines a system of nature as a schema, and in which
a place is developed for each natural object.
The appearance of appearances (that is, how the subject is mediately
affected) is metaphysically [the same] as how the subject makes itself into
an object (is conscious of itself as determinable in intuition). It contains
the principle of the combination of the moving forces in space, in order to
realize space through empirical representation, according to its form -
f Above the last four words: Categories: quantity, quality, relation, modality.

1 09
 I MMANUEL KANT

not through experience, but for the sake of the possibility of experience as
a system of the subject's empirical representations. (Axioms of Intuition,
Anticipations of Perception, Analogies of Experience, and coordination of
empirical representations in a system in general (thus not fragmentarily).)
The amphiboly of reflective judgment is the self-deception of taking
empirical apperception as intellectual apperception in composition (which
takes place a priori according to principles). It is a conjunction, not by a
stepwise progression from metaphysics to physics, [but] by a leap; because
a middle term - namely, the consciousness of synthetic unity in the prog
ress of the investigation of nature - is lacking.
This composition (or, rather, the composite of phenomena in a system)
is not itself a phenomenon, but a connection of the moving forces by a
concept of the u nderstanding. By its means we systematically establish,
according to a principle, the manifold (which has been fragmentarily
composed by us, through observation and experiment) into a whole of
empirical knowledge for the sake of the investigation of nature.

Division of the moving forces in relation to the five senses; then to bodily
forms in general.
The moving forces of matter are what the moving subject itself does
with its body to [other] bodies. The reaqions corresponding to these
22:327 forces are contained in the simple acts by which we perceive the bodies
themselves. Mechanics and dynamics are the two principles.
[ . . .]

22:340 [Xth fascicle, (half-)sheet VIII, page 1 ]

Thus, in physics, concepts are founded on that which is furnished by the

empirical investigation of nature - and, hence, on a subjective a priori prin
ciple of this investigation in the elementary system of the moving forces. So
the subjective principle presupposes a principle ofthe division of the system
as to its material element, that is, its primary materials (bases).
The appearance of things in space (and time), however, is twofold: (r)
that of objects which we ourselves insert in space (a prion), and which is
metaphysical; (2) that which is empirically given to us (a posterion), and
which is physical. The latter is direct appearance, the former indirect - that
is, appearance of an appearance.
The object of an indirect appearance is the thing [Sache] itself- that is,
22:341 one which we only extract from intuition, insofar as we ourselves have
inserted the appearance; that is, insofar as it is our own cognitive product.
For we would have no consciousness of a hard or soft, warm or cold, etc.
body, as such, had we not previously formed for ourselves the concept of

1 10
 OPUS POSTUMUM

these moving forces o f matter (of attraction and repulsion, o r o f extension

and cohesion, which we subordinate to them) and thus can say that one or
the other of these [properties] falls under such a concept. Hence, there are
given for empirical knowledge concepts which are not, for that reason,
empirical, but a priori; they are given for the sake of experience - to have
natural things subjectively, [as] given objects according to an a priori princi
ple. [This latter is only possible,] because we made the object of empirical

intuition (ofperception) ourselves; produced it ourselves for the instrument

of sensation (by composition); and thus presented a sense-object for experi
ence in accordance with the latter's universal principles; and thereby pro
duced in sensible intuition, for the subject, the individual (of sense
representation) in what is universal as to its form.
Thus, for example, rock crystal is a species of the genus "stone" in the
classification of minerals - that is, a hard, brittle, once fluid now transpar
ent body, formed regularly into a certain figure and texture, whose produc
tion we think of as originating from a particular kind of matter. Now, by
means of the descriptio11 (descriptio) - which, however, is not explanation
(dejinitio) , since it has not emerged from apriori concepts - the understand
ing forms from this empirical material (basis) the concept of a transparent
body, combined by attraction, and, by repulsion, forcefully resisting alter-
ation in its figure. And, thus, the understanding adds the formal element of 2 2 : 3 42
experience to the material element of empirical intuition.
The moving forces of matter, however, in virtue of the unity of space
and its thoroughgoing fullness (since empty space would be no object of
experience), form an elementary system, which is, indeed, the object of
physics. The latter is a doarinal system of the moving forces, and, by means
of the investigation of nature, is always progressing as regards logical
specification.

[Right margin]
Physics is the empirical science of the moving forces of matter, insofar
as it (matter) forms a system; the latter is founded in nature itself, and,
hence, can be said to be a natural system (naturale) - not an artificial one
(artificiale). But how can we demand a priori a system of empirical knowl
edge which, itself, neither is, nor can be, empirical?
Discursive universality (unity in multiplicity) is to be distinguished from
intuitive universality (many in one). The latter is an act of composition,
and collective; the former of apprehension [Auffassen], and distributive.
Axioms of Intuition precede the Anticipation which forms the basis of
perception.

The vacuum, in regard to the moving forces as sensible representations, is

not an object of possible experience. Atomi et inane are no objects of
experience.

111
 IMMANUEL KANT

The aggregate of empirical representation cannot precede, but the

form of the system, which contains a principle.

Spatium cogitabile is the form of the whole in the system - in form, a

thought-object (ens rationis). The insensible is vacuum.
!:>'patium dabile and spatio cogitabile as system - not noumenon.
Contradiction.
The elementary concepts of the moving forces of matter are:
I. [Those] which move others without themselves being locomotive
ponderable, coercible, etc.
2. These stand under categories
22:343 3 The forces, under the categories, under the universal moving principle
of an all-penetrating, etc. matter.
In the amphiboly of the concepts of reflection, indirect appearance is
apparentness [Apparentz], that is, illusion [Schein].
Appearance gives a priori principles of the whole of moving forces only
formally. The material element remains undetermined. Only the system is
the thing [SacheJ itself.

[Xth fascicle, (half-)sheet V.I ll, page 2]

We can extract nothing other from our sense-representations than that
which we have inserted (with consciousness of its presentation) for the
empirical representation of ourselves - that is, by the understanding (intel
lectus exhibit phaenomena sensuum). This presentation produces a system
out of an aggregate of perceptions, according to the formal conditions of
intuition and the coexistence of these perceptions in the subject. It pro
duces a cognition of the outer sense-object, as appearance, by composi
tion of manifold of the moving forces of matter in appearance, for the sake
of the possibility of experience { that is, for the investigation of nature.
-

The presentation is the schema of a concept which, as mere appearance,

makes a priori possible the form of the composite in the object and the
ground of experience for knowledge of it. For only appearance permits a
priori knowledge.
The five outer senses, to which belongs further an inward one (sensa
tion of warmth).}
Now, this complex of empirical representations in one consciousness is
not thought as an aggregate, compiled fragmentarily from perceptions;
from that no experience arises, for to the possibility of experience there
22:344 belongs synthetic unity a priori, according to a principle of connected
perceptions. Thus all empirical data of outer sense-representation will
have to be thought of in no other way than as necessarily combined in one
system, in order to be thought as belonging to experience. Hence there is,
with respect to these objects, only one experience (as language itself

1 12
 O P U S P O S T U M U NI

conveys, which does not speak of experiences, but only of experience). It

is this experience, as a system, which the empirical investigation of nature
aims at, not empirically, however, but according to a principle (the formal
'
element of knowledge), based a priori, in order to represent the appear
ances of natural things appropriately to experience.
Now, as regards the synthesis of appearances (that is, how the objects of
empirical representations and their spatial relations must necessarily ap
pear to us, and, consequently, also, what experience will offer us if we
pursue it, by observation and experiment, in the investigation of nature)
we can, indeed, very well determine a priori what they are for our senses;
not, however, what they are for every human being (that is, in themselves).
Thus we cannot, as it .seems, even with all our means of having experi
ence, discern a pn'ori - with universal validity - which (and how many)
objects of perception (which, taken together, constitute matter) and mov
ing forces (in kind and number) there are which could be taken by us as
underlying our possible experience. Rather, [it seems,] that we could, at
best, by random groping among outer sense-objects, merely compile an
enumeration of certain forces - e.g. hardness, softness, heaviness, light
ness, and so on - which together do not amount to a complete system of
forces (and thus also to the materials which they contain). The reason is
that we cannot come to knowledge of them by the investigation of nature,
according to an a priori principle - that is to say, we cannot specify the
primary materials of the moving forces and develop an elementary system
of them.

[ . . .]

[Xth fascicle, (half-)sheet X, page 1 )

[!]
[ . . .)

[Right margin]
Difference between natural system and doctrinal system of the objects
of experience. The latter is science of nature. Transition from the meta
physical foundations to physics, according to a priori principles.
Galileo, Kepler, Huygens and Newton.
Huygens's transition from the metaphysical foundations of natural sci
ence to the mathematical ones, and that of Newton to physics - merely by
means of the concept of gravitational attraction, which did not occur to
Kepler.
Of the doctrinal system of nature which is preceded by the zetctic
system.

1 13
 I M M A N U E L KANT

(1 ) The object in intuition (2) in appearance, subjective and thus a pn'on'

(3) in perception, empirical consciousness (4) in experience, whereby it is
self-made through composition. Given object, through observation and
experiment - the formal element of apprehension, apperception, refle c
tion of judgment in which the amphiboly (4) the elementary system,
subjective - as natural system, objective.

That we have insight into nothing except what we can make ourselves.
First, however, we must make ourselves. Beck's original representing.68

Experience (that which is to be experience), which is compiled fragmentar

ily, from nothing but individual facts, is not an experience, but only the
ground to expect experience.

22:354 [Xth fascicle, (half-)sheet X, page 2]

That the objects of sense must allow of being specified and divided by
genus and species, prior to experience and for the sake of it, does not,
thus, take place by fragmentary groping around, but according to an
objective principle of combination in a system of empirically given natural
forces. The latter have influence on the senses, and yet; at the same time,
must be thought of as united a priori by the understanding into an absolute

whole, as regards quantity and quality; and, hence, represented as united
specifically into a system of physics. This amounts to the transition from
the metaphysical foundations of natural science to physics, in which the
manifold [is] united according to the form of a system (non sparsim sed
conjunctim) and, [likewise,] the whole of all objects of perception for the
sake of the possibility of experience - not through that which the under
standing merely extracts from the manifold, but only insofar as it has itself
previously inserted [the form of] the system. In this way, the investigation
of nature may hope to achieve a natural system - [that is,] a system out of
the elements of these [natural] forces.
ll is impossible to specifY a prion the empirical manifold of the moving
forces of matter (for the latter are matters which act upon our sense
organs, and so (produce] sensations, by which we acquire perceptions)
unless it is itself posited in the very problem (and in representation as a
problem). Of this kind is: All matter is either ponderable or impondera
ble . . . . For it is the influence on the senses of the affected subject which
amounts to the representation of the object, insofar as it is apprehended.
The inner and outer objects of the senses in appearance (obiecta phae
nomma) (which are, for this reason, not [to be regarded] as immediate - as
the thing [Sache] in itself- but only subjective and mediate, according to
22:355 what they are in relation to the subject and the form in which the latter
makes the moving forces of matter for the sake of experience) are the basis
of the unification which the understanding thinks a priori into this

1 14
 OPUS POSTUMUM

manifold - the formal element of composition i n one concept - which

amounts to the essence of the object. [The understanding does this] by
connection of the given manifold according to laws (forma dat esse ret),
whose complex (complexus), as empirical representations for the sake of the
possibility of experience (by specification of perceptions in the apprehen
sion of appearances and their coordination according to a law) forms a
doctrinal system called physics. The transition to physics (which [lies] in
the natural tendency of the metaphysical foundations of natural science as a
universal doctrine of experience) can develop for itself a topic of concepts,
according to a law of the connection of perceptions in the investigation of
nature (by observation and experiment). In this topic, ever-progressing
physics is led to classifY and specifY, according to a single principle, the
objects of experience (as appearances, to which the investigation of nature
lead s), not by random groping among perceptions as an aggregate, but [in] an
elementary system.
The moving force of matter is now classified, according to its reciproc
ity, into the force of free matter (materia so/uta) and into that of matter
which is bound by itself (ligata) that is, matter which forms bodies and
-

which limits its own space by attraction of its parts among each other.
Bodies are, in turn, either organic or inorganic. The former are such that
their inner and outer form (in texture and figure) is not comprehensible a
priori, as belonging to a natural system, without a principle of reciprocally
moving forces (according to purposes). [The latter,] on the other hand, 2 2:356
require no such principle (materia bruta). Finally, organized matters are
either animate or merely vegetative beings. The possibility of organized
bodies cannot be known a pn'ori; hence their concept can only enter
physics through experience. For who would think that there would be, in
nature, bodies which, like works of art, are formed inwardly and outwardly,
and which, furthermore, preserve their species despite the destruction of
individuals, if experience were not to supply examples of such in rich
measure? Hence the latter must not be lacking in the elementary system of
the moving forces in the transition from the metaphysical foundations of
natural science to physics.

[Margin . . . ]

[Xth fascicle, (half-)sheet XI, page 1 ]

The topic of the moving forces of matter (which, combined with con
sciousness, awaken perceptions, as empirical representations of objects of 2 2:357
the senses) does not yet, on its own, found an experience - that is, empiri-
cal knowledge of these objects. Rather, it founds the objects only [as] they

1 15
 IMMANUEL KANT

are initially [given] i n appearance, according to the subjective characte ristic

of their intuition, insofar as they affect the intuiting subject.
Now the form of intuition (as appearance) is, however, the only thing
which can be given a priori for the sake of the possibility of experience
(hence, in the transition from the metaphysical foundations of natural
science to physics) and its complex forms the elementary system of phys
ics. Hence empirical representations (as perceptions of the objects of
sense) will allow of being established and classified, in relation to one's
own bodily subject in appearance, as a system which can be specified a
priori as to kind and number. The latter furnishes a transition from the
metaphysics of nature to physics - as a whole, outside the subject, which
is appearance for its own self. The subject, as the appearance of an
appearance in a system of empirical knowledge (which is called experi
ence) presents a priori the first transition from the metaphysics of natural
science to physics in an elementary system of the moving forces of matter.
It presents this transition in the form of an object of experience in the
relation to the subject's body, according to all the functions of the fragmen
tary aggregations of the manifold.
The division of the moving forces - if it is to be drawn up systemati
cally, not fragmentarily (in which case it would be lawless) - can be drawn
up according to no other logical form but .that of disjunctive judgments
(for which reason, the forces remain problematic). Thus, in a doctrinal
system of the moving forces, it must be said, as far as the formal element
of their coordination (coordinatio aut suborqinatio) is concerned: All matter
is either ponderable or imponderable as to its moving forces, and so on.
22:358 Consequently, the moving forces can and must [be enumerated] in an
elementary system, which belongs to physics; and these forces, when
thought together with the form of their combination into the system,
according to principles, constitute the doctrinal system of physics itself.
These forces, as objects of empirical intuition with consciousness (percep
tions) may be called materials (bases materia/e), that is, movable substances,
which may be either locomotive (locomotivae), or else repercussively mov
ing their place (in motion at the same location) (inteme motivae) [breaks oJJJ

[Bottom margin]
In order to attain a priori empirical cognitions and their system (that is,
experience) the subject must first apprehend subjectively the relation of
the moving forces to itself in the representation of inner sense; apprehend
them, fragmentarily, in the aggregate of the perceptions of inner sense;
and combine them in one consciousness. This cannot take place by ran
dom groping among perceptions, but systematically, [according to] the
formal elment of the appearance of the manifold of the intuition of itself.
Through this act of composition (synthetice), the subject makes itself,
according to a principle, into an object as it appears to itself - [that is,] as

1 16
 OPUS POSTUMUM

it affects itself and appears to itself, and extracts nothing more from
intuition (the empirical) than it has inserted into it.

[Right margin]
The materials (bases) in given matter in general do not permit of being
specified and classified a priori. But the moving forces of these materials
do very well permit enumeration in a division of the manifold modes of
motion.
Consciousness of one's own organs in the use of one's moving forces,
as appearance of a body in general - as subjective transition to physics, as
regards perception, insofar as the latter contain a prion unity of the object: 2 2 :3 5 9
appearance of the whole of appearances.
The subject in appearance, which collects the inner moving forces for
possible experience (for the completeness of possible perceptions) in con
formity with a formal law; therein it affects itself according to a principle,
hence appears to itself as compositive (by inner moving forces).
Only appearances are intuitions such as can be given a priori. Empirical
intuitions with consciousness (that is, perceptions) depend on forces
which move the senses and form an elementary system of matter. The
latter, however, [is] only present in appearance; in physics, however, it is
raised up into experience.

[ . . .]

[Xth fascicle, (half-)sheet XIII, page 1 ]

Empirical intuition (as the subjective element of perception of the moving

forces of the matter of the outer object which affects [the senses]) repre
sents space itself into an object of experience, as a synthetic cognition of
the sense-object, by means of the a priori composition of the manifold in
appearance; and this, indeed, in empirical intuition.
The pure intuition of the manifold in space contains a priori the form
of the object in the appearance of the first order, that is, direct appear
ance. The composition of perceptions (appearance in the subject) for
the sake of experience is, in its turn, appearance of the subject thus
affected as it represents itself (hence, indirect appearance) and is of the
second order: appearance of the appearance of perceptions in one con
sciousness; that is, appearance of the self-affecting subject (hence, indi
rect) and of the synthesis of perceptions of the possibility of experience
(which is single). Mediate appearance is the subjective element of the
connection of presentations in the subject, according to principles of the
consciousness of their composition into a cognition of these phenomena,

1 17
 IMMANUEL KANT

in the consciousness of the synthetic unity of experience. In consequence,

[in] the coordination of perceptions into the unity of experience, [there
arises] a system of those inner perceptions which allow of being classified
22:368 and specified a priori, with the effect that the composing subject appears
to itself in the composition according to principles, and so, in a system of
perceptions (as forces of matter affecting the senses), progresses a priori
toward the possibility of physics.

[ . . .]

[Xth fascicle, (half-)sheet XIII, page 2]

[Bottom margin]
The objective element in appearance presupposes the subjective in the
moving forces; or, conversely, the empirical element in perception presup-
22:373 poses the form of composition of the moving forces with respect to what is
mechanical. The doctrinal element in the investigation of nature in gen
eral presupposes in the subject an organic principle of the moving forces
in [the form of] universal principles of the possibility of experience. Ax
iom of Intuition. Anticipation of Perception, etc. Since [breaks ojj)
The transition from metaphysics to physis as a doctrinal sytem requires
principles of a priori division according to concepts; in which the question
is whether this division, like the (mathematical) division of matter, extends
to infinity, or is atomistic. First division of matter into materials and bodies.
The former are represented as elements, albeit formless; the latter as
formative, and the molecules as formed. Bodies whose inner form can be
thought as intentional (that is to say, as possible only according to a
principle of purpose) are organic; and, hence, must also be thought as
rigid. They are machines - either lifeless (merely vegetative) or living,
animal - for which indivisible unity of the moving principle (soul) is re
quired; for an aggregate of substances cannot by itself found a purposive
unity. Such a natural characteristic cannot belong a pn'ori to the principle
of the division; for even the possibility of an organic body cannot be
appreciated [a prion]. We experience organic forces in our own body; and
we come, by means of the analogy with them (with a part of their princi
ple), to the concept of a vegetative body, leaving out the animal part of its
principle. In both cases, the [characteristic] phenomenon of a species
which preserves itself in space and time is the continuation of the genus
and the alternating death and life of its individuals: Sickness forms the
constant transition between the two. The original moving forces, however,
presuppose a certain number of those forces which act subjectively upon
the empirical power of representation and determine it into perception.
Subjectively indirect appearance - since the subject is an object of em-

1 18
 OPUS POS TUMUM

pirical knowledge for itself, and, yet, at the same time, makes itself an
object of experience, insofar as, in affecting itself, it is the phenomenon of
a phenomenon.

[ . . .]

[Xth fascicle, (half-)sheet XIV, page 2]

[N]
Now, there must be an a priori principle, in order to apprehend percep
tions as effects of the moving forces of matter on the subject for the sake
of experience, and to coordinate them into a physics (not to be extracted
from physics); since, otherwise, that science would turn in a circle. Hence
there must be a system of the moving forces which are thought a priori,
that is, according to the modifications of motion in general. The motions
[yield] a schema for the combination of the moving forces according to the
latter's rule, and are thought of as systematically combined in conformity
with the schema of the Analogies of Experience. This takes place insofar
as the understanding presents its own acts - being its effects on the
subject - in the concepts of attraction or repulsion, etc., in a whole of
experience produced formally thereby.
1 . What is physics? It is the doctrine of the complex (complexus) of empiri
cal representations with consciousness (perceptions) insofar as they con
tain an aggregate of appearances (of the subject, as affected by moving
forces) for a system (according to a principle of their combination) - that
is, subjectively, the ground of the possibility of experience.
So physics is not yet itself the system of empirical knowledge, but the
tendency of the metaphysical foundations of natural science toward the
doctrine of experience [as an unconditional whole]. Since there is only a
single experience, the synthetic unity of perceptions, thought a priori in
the unconditional whole of perceptions (cogitabile), is, at the same time,
given (dabi/e).
Since all perceptions are effects of the moving forces of matter on the 22:378
subject which contains their representation, the moving forces are con-
tained by the transition to phy'iics, according to their quality, etc., as
objects of experience dissolved into their elements.

{Appearance as the form of representation - how the subject is affected

by an object - can be given a priori; thus the moving forces of matter can
effect empirical representations in the subject, but not yet experience.}
First, the subjective element of appearances, as pure a priori intuitions.
Then, the objective element of empirical intuitions from moving forces
which inwardly determine the subject - that is, of perceptions as empiri-

1 19
 IMMANUEL KANT

cal intuitions with consciousness. Third, the relationship of perceptions to

experience as a system (not as a mere aggregate) of the moving forces
affecting the subject; simply according to their form a priori (disjunctively)
for the sake of the possibility of experience. According to the rules of
composition of the forces - hence, only problematically: ponderable or
imponderable, coercible, etc., according to the categories of quantity, etc.,
of the elementary system of the moving forces as materials; that is, as
substances which, as independently movable, fonn bodies both inwardly
and outwardly, in texture (inwardly) and figure. One all-embracing, all
penetrating material of the manifold (by crystallization, etc.) lies at the
basis of these materials (without being hypothetical) in a whole of the
elementary system; it is this which dynamically forms the subject of the
moving forces in a single system.

[ . .]
.

[Xth fascicle, (half-)sheet XV, page 2]

[0]
Physics has as its object things whose cognition is only possible through
experience; that is to say, such objects - whose concept, idea, or even
fiction, as being without any reality (albeit without internal contradiction
either) contains no guarantee of their possibility - as can have such a
guarantee only from experience. The concept of such an object would, for
instance, be that of an organized body - e.g. in the vegetable or animal
kingdom. Were experience not to furnish examples of them, the possibility
'
of such bodies would be dismissed by everyone as fantasies of the Prince
of Palagonia.7
Nevertheless, since man [has] not just a feeling of his own body, but
also a sensible representation (combined with understanding) of it ([of]
his own form) [which he] can abstract from his body as object, and so
present in a universal concept, he can recognize himself by experience in
something which, were this not so, he would have to reject from his
concepts as an empty fantasy. Thus there are sense-objects (even) whose
possibility is only thinkable through actuality.
Physi<;s is the doctrine of the aggregation of appearances (that is, of the
subject of empirical representations as possible perceptions, which af
fects its senses itself) into a doctrinal system, called experience. Hence
the manifold of appearances is coordinated within it, not }rom experience,
but (automatically) for experience, according to a principle of the connec
tion of perceptions as effects of the forces which move the subject itself.
2 2 :384 Physics is thus not an empirical system (for that would be a contradictory
concept) but a doctrinal system of all empirical representations. The

1 20
 OPUS POSTUMUM

latter, as regards their form, are initially given a priori i n appearance

[through] the relation of the moving forces; then, however, thought
through the understanding as in combination under a principle - not
apprehended, but inserted a priori into empirical intuition (into sensible
representation) by the subject itself, according to principles of the possibil
ity of experience.
In this way, it can be understood how it is possible that that which can
only be represented as empirically given (immediate sensible representa
tion - intuitus) may yet, as made by the subject itself (hence mediately - per
conceptus), and thought apriori, be counted among the objects of experience.
The reason is, namely, that sensation (which is the perceiving subject's own
effect) is, in fact, nothing other than the moving force which determines
itself to composition, and the perception of outer objects is only the appear
ance of the automacy of the conjunction of the moving forces affecting the
subject themselves.
What thus belong first of all to physics are the formal differences of
the active relations of the moving forces of matter, which make their
object into an object of experience. Attraction, repulsion - pressure, im
pact, etc. Second, however, there belong to physics the material relations
in a whole of possible experience (as absolute unity), a system of empiri
cal knowledge of these forces; consequently, to think the division of
whatever can only derive its concept from experience: e.g., of the differ
ence between organic and inorganic bodies; or else of a matter (as
elementary material) which can form no body but is inwardly present in
all bodies, in substance (caloric). These differences, as a whole, belong
to physics (architectonically).

[ . ]
. .

[Xth fascicle, sheet XVIII, page 4 ]7'

[]
It is not in the fact that the subject is affected empirically by the object (per
receptivitatem), but that it affects itself (per spontaneitatem), that the possibil
ity of the transition from the metaphysical foundations of natural science
to physics consists. Physics must make its object itself, according to a
principle of the possibility of experience as a system of perceptions. It
transforms thereby the discursive universality of the aggregate of percep
tions into intuitive universality; not partially (sparsim) but as unifYing ap
pearances (contiunctim), not through experience but for it. Thus the sub
ject is an object of e mpirical intuition - that is, appearance - for itself; for
only as such can it [serve] a priori, in conformity with the formal condi
tions of the possibility of experience, for the sake of physics (and the latter

121
 I M MAN UEL KANT

be introduced as a possible science) .. For experience cannot be given but

must be made; and it is the principle of the unity of experience in the
subject which makes it possible that even empirical data (as materials by
2 2:406 which the subject affects itself) enter into a system of experience and, as
moving forces, can be enumerated and classified in a natural system.
One must proceed from the system of the empirical (physics) to percep
tions (which contain the moving forces of marier in experience) and to the
functions of these forces with respect to the determination of sense
objects - that is, the principle of the possibility of experience - in order to
be able to expound these forces a priori, as materials in a division.
Experience does not emerge in collective universality, from percep
tions, but is made in distributive universality - as synthetic unity of the
empirical manifold of perceptions (by the moving forces affecting the
subject) for the sake of experience, as a system of those forces which
affect sense - that is, for physics. The latter system is not empirical (for
that would be a self-contradiction) but progresses to a complex of empiri
cal determination, according to a principle.
That we are conscious of ourselves a priori, in a system of empirical
representations, which is itself, therefore, not empirical. In this system,
the moving forces of matter exercise the functions of progress for the
possibility of experience. They contain the form of the synthesis of percep
tions (Quality, Quantity, Relation and Modality) [in] the relation of these
forces to the subject (hence as appearances of the object in the composi
tion of the material element of experience); thus, they give physics an a
priori foundation. Experience js not given but is made objectively byx the
subject. Not through experience, but for the sake of its possibility, and of
perception, and of the system of perceptions of physics.

In physics, however, there must be included thought-entities (entia ra

tionis), as problematic, for the division of possible moving forces of matter;
these are thought as so constituted that they cannot be thought otherwise than
through experience. Of this kind are organic bodies, every part ofwhich is
there for the sake of the other, and whose existence can only be thought in a
22:407 system of purposes (which must have an immaterial cause); of which the
perception by man of his own organs furnishes the example. (Darwin's
Zoonomia, 1 Cullen,7J Brown,74 who are called physicians (town or country
doctors) although they only treat one branch of physics.) Now that which
acts mediately on the senses in empirical intuition, as perception, is the real
element (of perception) in physics; it is the material of representations
which are not given a priori; and, yet, it is required in order to enumerate a
priori such effects of the moving forces of the subject. One must first resolve
them into relations (active), of which there exist a certain number.

' Reading vmn for zum.

1 22
 O P US P O S T UM U M

[Left margin]
What is physics? It is the scientific doctrine of the knowledge of sense
objects (of outer as well as inner) in experience. It is not an empirical
science (for that would be a self-contradiction, since all knowledge, inso
far as it is to be scientific, must be founded on formal principles of the
combination of the manifold of its representations). It can, nevertheless,
be a complex (complexus) of empirical cognitions which are combined into
one experience; for experience must be made, and cannot, like mere
perception (empirical representation with consciousness), be given.
Physics is, thus, not a mere aggregate of perceptions (which, composed
fragmentarily, will not amount to a science) but presupposes a principle of
the composition of empirical representations; the latter founds knowledge,
not from experience but for it (and for its sake), as the principle of its
possibility. Consequently, there is only one experience (just as there is only
nne matter) which furnishes a great manifold of appearances. Experience,
proceeding from the moving forces of matter, furnishes an absolute whole
of empirical representations, which supply a priori - not partially (sparsim)
but [systematically] unified (coniunctim) - the material for experience.
Qp,estion. 22:408
How is a priori knowledge of the system of the moving forces of matter,
as an aggregate of empirical representations for the sake of experience,
possible?
Answer: not according to a synthetic, but to a merely analytical princi
ple, namely, the rule of identity; since experience does not emerge imme
diately from an aggregate of perceptions (thus not empirically) but only
as the consequence of a formal principle of the coordination (coordinatio)
Jf the manifold of empirical representations in a system, called
xperience - not from experience (empirically) but for experience (for its
;ake). In which the object is represented in appearance (that is, in
relation to the form of intuition in the subject), not as immediately
related to the object. From this, it can thus be seen, how the strange
[paradoxical) element of the transition from the metaphysical foundations
Jf natural science to physics can and must proceed in constant relation
not through a leap, but by a natural tendency) from the merely empiri
:al to the rational. To which must be counted not merely that which can
Je an object of experience (to which belong those forces of matter which
mmediately affect the senses) but also that "which cannot be thought as a
Jossible sense-object other than by experience"; whose own possibility is
Jtherwise problematic (e.g. organized bodies) [and] which may be appre
lended and classified, not from experience but systematically for experi
nce (in a scientific doctrine, called physics).
Whatever is an object of perception (empirice dabile) is not, for that very
cason, at once an object of experience - for the latter, as a system of
)erceptions, must be made. Now, all outer perceptions are effects of the

1 23
 IMMANUEL KANT

influence of the moving forces o f matter and o f the outer object affecting
2 2 :409 the subject, and, to that extent, merely appearances; thus, they can be
given a priori as to their formal element. Thus forces can also be thought
in matter which are materials (that is, substances which belong to the
motion of matter and which form the basis of these forces); and physics is
a doctrinal system of them. These materials, regarded in their capacity as
moving forces, permit of being enumerated a priori, according to princi
ples: as founded on attraction and repulsion (both, however, on penetrating
or superficial [force], acting from whole to parts, etc.), coercible, etc. May
be enumerated and classified a priori, according to principles. Basis and
matter, which is guiding.

2 2 :453 [Xlth fascicle, sheet III, page 1 ]

Perception (empirical representation with consciousness) is merely a rela

tion of the object to the subject as the latter is affected by it: hence, an
action or reaction of the moving forces which the subject exercises on
itself in apprehension for the sake of sensation, and there are given to its
objects as the material element of experience. These objects can never be
anything other than empirically affecting moving forces, even if the effects
are inner, and, as appearance, presuppose pure intuition a priori. In accor
dance with the latter, [there occurs,] formally, the connection of given
empirical representations into a principle of the possibility of experience;
which (as with matter itself) can only be one - namely, a systematic,
absolute whole.
This possibility of the connection of perceptions in a system, according
to a principle of the possibility of experience, contains the answer to the
question: "How is physics, as a doctrinal system conformable to the ele
mentary system of nature, and so the transition from the metaphysical
foundations of natural science to physics, possible?" That is, what are
(according to their kind, number, and composition) those moving forces of
matter which can be objects of experience? Or, how can one acquire
experience of their existence?
Empirical intuition with consciousness (perception) in a system of
perceptions - that is, thought in experience - is given a priori through the
understanding. The subjective is likewise objective, according to the prin
ciple of identity. The moving forces of matter which, accompanied by
consciousness, affect the sense in perception (as empirical representa-
2 2 : 454 tion), stand a priori, through self-consciousness, under a principle of
composition by the understanding - and, thus, also of the possibility of
experience. Conversely, what makes possible the systematic coordination
of perceptions (as empirical material of matter) for the sake of experience

1 24
 O P U S P O S T UM U M

[is] that which (affecting sense) leads, as object in appearance, toward

systematic combination [breaks off]
We cannot, by means ofsense, extract the moving forces of matter, unless,
by the understanding, we have previously inserted them, a priori, according
to the order of categories (the impulse as a complex). We do this insofar as
we unite the empirical representations, as appearances, to a whole of experi
ence in general. This combination to a system is first thought, not as empiri
cal intuition of the object, but as coordination of sensible representations in
the subject, according to the formal principle of their combination (as " the
elementary system) before it is given for experience. The subject does not
collect fragmcntarily (as an aggregate) empirical representations with con
sciousness into a single experience - for that is in advance of the formal
principle (which is to say, without principle); rather, it founds the relation of
the representations toward one another, and founds a physics (which,
thereby, first becomes possible). It represents the form of possible experi
ence subjectively, as a priori condition in the transition of the metaphysi
cal principles of natural science to the science of nature (as a tendency of
progress to the latter) - hence, as necessary.
Physics in general has two kinds of objects: (1) Those whose assumed
or inferred possibility can only be sustained by experience - and of this
sort arc organic bodies, as also gravitation. The latter is, indeed, drawn
from experience, but that it should be attraction - as Newton first
maintained - was problematic. It required that a leap be made, namely, to 2 2 : 4 55
assume something for the sake of the system. [(2)] Second, a primitive and
immediate (both belong together) universally moing material (primitive
movens): caloric or light-material.

[Right margin]
So the question is: How is physics possible? Not by perceptions, as
receptivity of empirical representations flowing into the subject; for that
gives only appearance.
Physics is the science of the principles of the possibility of knowledge of
the objects of experience - either of immediate experience or of experi
ence of experience. It is the latter which contains the subjective principles.
That is, first, in an aggregate, second, in a pstem of perceptions, in which
objects arc only investigated in appearance (as the object is affected). In
the second, as a complex of empirical knowledge itself (tendency toward
physics).

If, instead of matter (material) I take the moving forces of matter, and,
instead of the object which is movable, the moving subject, then that
becomes possible which previously seemed impossible: namely, to rcpre-
' Reading als for aus. (Lehmann's reading uncertain.)

1 25
 IMMANUEL KANT

sent a priori empirical representations, which the subject makes itself, as

given according to the formal principle of combination. The subject has
no perceptions except for empirical representations, which it combines
autonomously, corresponding to appearance, in a single consciousness; by
this, the subject is, likewise, principle of the possibility of experience.

[ . . .]

22:456 [XIth fascicle, sheet III, page 2]

The perception of the object is consciousness of the moving forces of
the subject itself; not insofar as it is affected, but as it affects itself- that
is, through the understanding, brings the manifold of appearance under a
principle of its own composition; which principle is the ground of the
possibility of experience - that is, of the systematic combination of percep
tions. Sense contains the receptivity of the object in regard to appearance;
the understanding adds the conditioned spontaneity of the connection of
perceptions (according to a law for the possibility of experience); and the
latter's principle (subjectively regarded, as a doctrinal system) forms the
transition to physics.

I.
WHAT I S P HYS I C S ?

2.
W H A T I S T H E TRAN S IT I O N FROM T H E
M E T A P HY S I C A L F O U N D AT I O N S
O F NATURAL S C I E N C E T O P HYS I C S ?

3
H O W I S S U C H TRA N S I TION
P O S S IB L E ?
A. A fragmentary aggregate of perceptions is not yet experience; rather,
the latter takes place only in a system of perceptions which is founded a
prion on a certain form (of their connection). Experience is the absolute
unity of this system, and one cannot speak of experiences (although one
can well do so of perceptions, as empirical-sensible representations with
consciousness) but only of experiences as absolute unity. Likewise, one
cannot speak of matters, but only of matter in general, which belongs to
this or that perception.
B. Sense-objects in perception are of two kinds. (1) Those that can be
given in experience. (2) Such objects as can only - if they actually do
exist - be given by means of experience; that is, one would not even be

1 26
 O P U S P O S TU M U M

abl e to assume them as possible, were experience not to prove their

actuality. And of this kind are organic bodies, in contrast to inorganic: the
two are different in species.
Third, there can also [be assumed], furthermore, a primitively moving
material, which, in substance, limitlessly fills space - that is, such a mate
rial, as principle of the possibility of experience, does not leave any void in
time or in space. Without assuming moving matter as a continuum, experi
ence would permit a leap - a gulf in nature; which, according to the law
natura non agit per sa/tum, 75 means nothing other than that the void cannot
be an object of perception (nor, hence, of experience). Because this occu
pation of space in substance must be thoroughly movable (thus, also,
universally moving) in order to bring the moving forces into agreement
[Consens], understanding, too, must be assumed for the sake of universal
organism, which [breaks o./JJ
Physics is the doctrinal system ofknowledge of the objects of the senses 2 2 :458
(outer or inner) in experience. Experience presupposes appearances (phaeno-
mena) which are given, that is, a mode in which the subject is affected by the
sense-object - be that regarded as taking place by means of an outer object,
or as inner self-affection. The representation of the object, insofar as action
takes place on sense immediately, is empin'cal (sensible representation).
The composition of perceptions, according to a principle of form, must
proceed not direaly, in relation to the object, but indirealy, in relation to the
subject given to the senses and to perceptions for the sake of the possibility
of experience.

Summa

Physics is a system of perceptions from the forces of matter which affect the
senses, insofar as they modifY the subject according to a principle of the
possibility of experience (outer as well as inner). This experience is a work
of the understanding, which gives it its form a priori, according to an a priori
law. That these are either directly moving forces (outer), or forces acting on
sensation (of inner sense in sensation) rests on the difference between
outer and inner sense in the apprehension of appearances - which has its
form a priori.

[Top margin]
The transition to physics consists, first, in transforming what is subjec
tive in perception into what is objective in the appearance of the object of
the senses; second, in presenting a priori the form of empirical intuition,
in relation to the system of perceptions, for the sake of experience in
general, according to laws of the moving forces.

1 27
 IMMANUEL KANT

22:459 [Left margin]

How is physics as a system of perceptions for the sake of experience
possible?
Experience presupposes unity of the system of empirical representa
tions with consciousness - hence of the moving forces (both subjective
and objective); not, however, as a mere empirical aggregate, but as a
synthetic a priori principle of the manifold of representations, for the sake
of the possibility of experience (according to its form).
But the data which form the moving forces - the material (matter in
abstracto, regarded metaphysically) - must be capable of being enumerated
systematically, a priori. How is it possible, however, to establish a priori, for
experience, the moving forces of matter, which belong to physics and pre
suppose experience - and, yet, without this, no physics can be possible?
There exist not merely outwardly moving forces of matter, but also
inwardly moving, sense-affecting ones (first d ivision); the latter, however,
are accompanied by outer appearances (of motion) - sensations. Second,
in general - that is, the totality of inwardly moving forces, which neither
commence nor cease (caloric) and are all-penetrating (incoercibilis), a non
hypothetical material. Third, organic (purposively formative matter - for
itself, or for others (in propagation)), which can be thought a priori, and yet
belongs to physics. Healthy or sick - in the egetable or animal kingdoms,
insofar as these are automatic; and mechanical or dynamic powers can be
divided a priori, according to the order of the categories (or the quantity
[etc.], of attraction and repulsion). As imponderable, incoercible, incohes
ible and inexhaustible - or the contrary (here modality contains the cate
gory of necessity).

[Xlth fascicle, sheet III, page 3 ]

Physics i s a doctrirtal system (sJ'Stema doctrinale) o f sensible representa
tions, insofar as they are combined through the subject's understanding to
22:460 a principle of experience. It is not a fragmentary aggregate of perceptions
(empirical representations with consciousness) but a system of percep
tions in the concept of the subject, according to a principle of their
combination to the synthetic unity (in experience) of the manifold which is
given in intuition. {Physics is a doctrinal system of the connectjon of the
perception of sense-objects to the formal unity of experience in the sub
ject. To the doctrinal system there corresponds, as regards the aggregate
of objects given to the senses, the natural system - as a whole of the
coordination of natural things, according to principles of the division of
objects of experience into classes, genera, species, etc., in an elementary
system of objects.} The system of empirical representations (in a single
experience) is, however, not itself empirical, but is founded on a formal
principle, which emerges from a synthetic a priori principle (hence from a
transcendental principle).

1 28
 OPUS POSTUMUM

The formal element of the principle o fthe connection o fperceptions, for

the sake of the possibility of experiences, in which the subject is its own
object of inner intuition (appearance), must precede physics a priori; it is
not a part of physics (as empirical) but only amounts to the transition to it. It
is the condition of the possibility of making empirical representations (as the
material element of empirical knowledge) into an object of experience,
according to aformal principle (thus, a priort) which makes physics possible,
as a doctrine of experience of sense-objects, insofar as it (or its knowl
edge) is a system. What is required for this, however, is that matter, as
sense-object (as efficient cause ofperceptions, which are given (fragmentar
ily), and thought as inwardly and outwardly moving forces) [be made] into
a system of representations, according to the order of the categories in the
composition of the empirical representation produced by the moving
forces; that is, composition for the possibility of experience - without being
derived from experience.
Perception is empirical representation, by means of which the subject 2 2 : 46 1
affects itself a priori i n intuition, and makes itself into an object, according
to a principle of synthetic representation a priori (of transcendental knowl-
edge) in conformity with the system of categories. The subject progresses
to physics, composes its perceptions into a system, for the sake of experi-
ence and its possibility, and classifies its perceptions as appearances of
empirical knowledge. Hence, it is not from experience but for it (thought
[as] a systematic whole, as to its form) that the understanding [carries out]
the transition from the metaphysical foundations of natural science to
physics.
(What is physics? How is it possible? What is the Transition? How is
the Transition possible? How can the material element be completely
enumerated as an elementary system? How its form [is possible] : conse
quently, a priori, for experience. Objects are of two kinds: (a) those
[given] through experience, (b) those that can on(y be given through
experience. Organic bodies, and matter which never [forms] a body but is,
nevertheless, thought as active in all bodies. Caloric. From the whole to
all its parts.)

[Right margin]
If the question is: How can objects, to be represented empirically, yield
a system ofpossible experience as synthetic a priori knowledge - that is, as
an aggregate of perceptions? then the answer is that the conditions of the
possibility of an experience in general are identical to the concept of the
connection of perceptions, according to an a priori principle, since experi
ence is a subjective system of perceptions.
Therefore, having to start from the subjective system of perceptions,
we can and must make the transition from it [to] perceptions (as the
mediate or immediate influences of the moving forces on the subject of

1 29
 IMMANUEL KANT

empirical representations) according to. the principle of experience as a

system - hence, according to a priori principles.

[ . . .]

22:463 [XIth fascicle, sheet III, page 4]

1 . The appearances of the object of empirical representation, as an a
priori intuition in space and time, namely, as the subject is affected by the
object.
2. How the subject affects itself in apprehension (in perception as
empirical representation with consciousness) into an aggregate of the
manifold of sensible representation.
3 The synthetic unity of the empirical manifold (complexus), as moving
forces of the subject, combined in a system.
4 Physics itself, as science according to the principle of the possibility
of experience (which is only one). Answer to the question: How is physics
possible?
Experience is synthetic unity of empirical representations with con
sciousness, insofar as they are combined by the understanding to unity
under a principle. Experience - the object of perceptions combined in a
system of thought - is (just like matter) only one. Not (as in atomism's
account of the object) [put together] in space from the full and the void;
nor [one experience] separated from another by blind chance (casus purus)
in an empty time; for, in that case, nothingness would be an object of
possible experience.
The subjective element of empirical intuition, as appearance, is first given.
The composition of its empirically given manifold is thought a priori, as
to its form - that is, the understanding combines the manifold, according
to a principle, into the synthetic unity of the consciousness of the mani
fold in the object. It does so for the sake of the possibility of experience,
as the synthetic unity of perceptions (for the sake of the unity of the
system of perceptions - which, thought a priori, is thus made by the
understanding).
22:464 Empirical representations with consciousness are merely subjective -
that is, they are not yet representations referred to an object. When,
however, as impressions, they yield cognitions [Erkenntnisstiicke], they are
perceptions of an object - be this an outer object or an inner one.
Empirical representation, thought as the effect of the moving forces, is a
concept of the understanding, and not empirical; rather, it is postulated a
priori, by physics. Objective.

[Additions above the main text (which occupies the lower third ofthe page)]
Physics is the principle for representing what is subjective in percep
tions (as appearances) as objective - by means of the understanding.

130
 OPUS POS TUMUM

This subjective element is the appearance of the sense-affecting mani

fold , by whose means the understanding progresses from perception to
exp erience.
Experience is an aggregation of perceptions, insofar as, subjectively,
they form a system of knowledge. This system is founded a priori by the
un derstanding, and contains a principle of synthetic a priori knowledge of
the manifold of appearances (whose form precedes [experience]).
This system of perceptions is not a system from experience (empirical)
but is a priori ifor experience); and, for the sake of the possibility of
experience, it founds a doctrinal system, called physics. For which the
Transition (in virtue of the tendency of the metaphysical foundations)
already contains subjective necessity, by the principle of identity.
The concept of a physics in general, and the possibility of a transition to
it, require principles of the division of the elementary system of physics,
which must be given a priori. And the first of them can be none other than
this (as a dichotomy): Its objects can be given in experience; and some of
them, further, cannot be given otherwise than through experience (from
it). Of the latter kind are organic bodies; for the very possibility of such
concepts founded on purposes would be only chimerical, were experience 22:465
not to teach it [to us].
The problem (quaestio problimatis) is one and the same as (identica) the
solution (resolutio). The synthetically expressed proposition of the possi
bility of experience, analytic. For experience is the connection of percep
tions - not merely as an aggregate, but as the synthetic a priori unity of a
system of perceptions, given by the understanding. In physics, the under
standing progresses from appearance, etc. It neither continues in prog
ress on the same territory (physics), nor makes a leap, as over a gulf
(empty space), but proceeds from the object in appearance to the connec
tion of the moving forces in experience (that is, physics) as in an elemen
tary system of the moving forces of matter.
Perception (empirical representation with consciousness) is receptiviy
for the moving forces of matter, as spontaneity of the understanding [in]
self-determination, according to an a priori principle - that is, of the ob
ject in appearance: The subject, which affects itself, recognizes itself as
phenomenon, and, likewise, necessarily determines its existence in experi
ence, through apprehension in space and time.
In this fashion, empirical representations, which are perceptions belong
ing to physics, are produced, as object, by the subject itself. And the influence
of the subject on its own self makes possible synthetic a priori progress to
empirical knowledge, as in the transition to physics (t-tEL6.Baat<; d<; o.l...!...o
yf.vo<;, indirectly, by being a mediate cause); and that objects of the
subject's sensation (e.g. pressure, or traction, or tearing) are displayed a
pn'ori, as a prion moving forces, in a system - e.g. caloric (not merely
matter), even health, etc.

131
 IMMANUEL KANT

22:466 [Top margin]

The concept of organized bodies also belongs to physics, and, with them,
their subjective relations, as health and sickness.
Bodies as systems whose parts relate to one another as ends and means
namely, appear as such (for matter cannot have such a property).

[Left margin]
Understanding is required in order to connect objectively the manifold
of empirical representations (as subjective appearance in an aggregate
of perceptions) into the unity of experience, according to a principle. It
makes a system out of the aggregate of perceptions, and composes a
priori (according to a principle of the possibility of experience) the
moving forces which affect sense - not from experience, but for the
sake of it.
Positing and perception, spontaneity and receptivity, the objective and
subjective relation, are simultaneous; because they are identical as to time,
as appearances of how the subject is affeaed - thus are given in the same
actus and are in progression toward experience (as a system of percep
tions). Yet for physics, as a system of thought and as a theory, in two ways:
(r) for the object of possible experience (or the possibility of experience in
general); (2) for objects which can be given on(}' in (and through) experi
ence, heteronomous(}' or autonomous(}'.
Hence, first, problematically - through division into organic and inor
ganic beings (not organic matter), for which the division is given a priori;
and physics receives a second subject.
A. Physics from a subjective point of view: as a doctrinal system of
empirical representations (perceptions) for the sake of the possibility of
experience, in which case appearances make up the matter, whose form is
given a priori (not made);
B. from an objective point of view: the aggregate of perceptions as
moving forces which affect the subject; as dynamic powers outside the
subject, they present the correlate of the moving forces - a matter,
22:467 which, thus, contains the latter. Experience in physics, as a system of
perceptions - that is, of the active forces on the object (by attraaion,
repulsion); the aggregation of partial representations into a whole and the
resolution of the whole into its parts. The difference of materials, given
the similarity [ GleichartigkeitJ of motions. Modality of physical powers,
according to their inner necessity or contingency. Their mechanical and
dynamic unity. The absolute whole of these materials and their primitive
motion in time.

[.. ]
.

132
 OPUS POSTUMUM

[XIth fascicle, sheet IV, page 3 ]

[I]
Definition
What is physics? It is the science of objects of the senses, insofar as this
science is possible in experience.
Note. Not through and from experience, but what is possible for it (for its
sake). There are no experiences, however (for those are merely percep-
tions). The first problem here is: How is experience possible (as unity of
the empirical)? From the subject's point of view, through observation and
experiment. But, according to its principle, physics belongs to metaphysics. 2 2 : 47 4
Directly (immediately) or indirectly (mediately). Not the material element,
but the formal. How are synthetic a priori propositions possible? A prob-
lem for transcendental philosophy.
What is experience? It is the combination of empirical representations
with consciousness (that is, of perceptions), insofar as they stand under a
rule, according to the system of categories. Thus not a complex (com
plexus), as a mere aggregate {farrago), but [breaks ofll

Axiom

1 . There are no experiences; and, if one refers to such, then these are only
perceptions (of which there can be many). Observation and experiment, by
whose means one can well attain experience, do not constitute the latter;
and experience is unity of the combination of sensible representation.
2. There can be no experience of the void in space and time - at most,
inferences from experience (mediate experience). There is no experience
of what is indivisible.
3 Matter cannot be thought of as consisting of elements (as atoms).
There is no experience of the unlimited.
4 Matter can, however, be thought of as being composed of elements
which, as to their quality, are not further divisible (qualitative elements).
There is no experience of the merely metaphysical properties of mat
ter, since these consist solely in a priori knowledge - knowledge from
concepts, indeed, not construction.

Theorem
All matter contains a complex of moving forces; and the subject which is
affected by them (and his experience of this complex) itself determines
these forces which provide the material for experience.

1 33
 IMMANUEL KANT

2 2:475 The object of experience and the latter's efficient cause. Not merely
receptivity - but spontaneity, too. Caloric is postulated, insofar as it is
universally distributed, etc.
The universal basis of the moving forces of matter affecting the senses
is a universally and uniformly distributed world-material; without whose
presupposition an outer object of the senses [cannot] have an empirically
possible object. In that case, space [would] be only an idea - not an actual
whole of objects of possible perception, given (with its dimensions) for the
sake of knowledge of sense-objects, but a mere form, according to which
things can be ordered alongside one another, by a priori principles. This
22:476 radical world-material is not problematic and merely assertoric, but
apodictically certain. Its existence belongs to the transition from the meta
physical foundations of natural science to physics; and its recognition
(according to a priori concepts of objects in appearance in general (re
garded not sparsim but coniunaim)) makes physics initially possible, accord
ing to the principle of the possibility of experience, which is itself only
single, and, objectively, forms a system.
Not out of and by means of experience; but for it and its possibility.
What are the a priori principles by which a doctrine of experience is
possible?
The conditions of the possibility of a system of empirical cognitions
(perceptions) insofar as it is an object of experience.

[Margin . ]
. .

22:477 [Xlth fascicle, sheet IV, page 4]

Doctrinal system - natural system . Subjectively and objectively an ob
.
ject of experience. The primitive, force-arousing principle of all motion.
Heat. We cannot proceed from experience as a beginning; for experience
does not, simpliciter, produce universality, but only secundum quid - and
yet, universality is postulated. The latter can/ however, be given for
experience - and for its subjective possibility.
The principle of the ideality of the objects of the senses as appearances:
by which we ourselves make the empirical representation, by which the
subject affects itself and perceives that which it has itself inserted into
empirical intuition (perception), and is the author of its own representation.
Only appearances can be given a priori. The principle of the possibility of
experience is thought - but as given and as necessary, with respect to the
form of the composition of the manifold.
What comes first (intellectually) is consciousness of oneself- an act of
thought which is foundational and a priori - as the subject [is] an object
2 2 :4 78 for itself. The second is, as object of sense, to be self-affecting - not merely

1 Reading kann for konnen.

1 34
 OPUS P O S TUMUM

to be represented as object of pure intuition, but also to appear in a

particular form. This is the metaphysical foundations of natural science,
insofar as it contains the transition to the possibility of experience in
general. The transition consists, namely, in progressing, by means of the
understanding, from an aggregate of perceptions of oneself, to a system of
perceptions in one experience in general (that is, to physics as a doctrinal
system) - hence, according to a principle of the a priori combination of
empirical representation; herein, the elementary system of sense-objects
exists only in idea.
r . The agreement of sensible representation for the possibility of experi
ence is physics; and this agreement of the empirical with the construction
of concepts (mathematics) is thus thought a priori in the apperception of
appearances. The concept of a physics did not arise empirically, as an
aggregate of perceptions, but a priori - for the possibility of experience
and the transition to a system of empirical representations (thought in one
system). Preceding it, according to the scale of the categories, is the
doctrinal system of the moving forces affecting the subject.
(a) The principles which the subject carries with it (by means of its
understanding) for the production of experience, are different from those
which relate to the conditions of the possibility of experience. (b) Those
which concern the possibility of their objects. Of this kind: the concepts of
a self-organizing matter, and of the organic body produced thereby
(whose possibility cannot be given a priori, but can only be thought in the
system). (c) The principle of experience [Eifahrungsprinzip] of the actual
ity of a certain species of matter (material) - one which is universally
distributed, etc.; is of a species which contains the basis for other species
(e.g. muriatic acid); or contains the universal basis of all primitively moving
forces (called caloric).
The primitive forces are attraction and repulsion, which - 2 2 :479
united, to be precise - both occupy cosmic space (by attraction) and fill it
(by repulsion); without which no matter would exist. A matter, however
(insofar as it is regarded only according to its attractive property), be-
cause it does not act merely supeificially, but, immediately, on all its parts
(gravitational attraction), is said to act at a distance - that is, through
empty space. It was Newton who first introduced this concept; not as an
empirical proposition (for how can one experience an effect which does
not occur on the senses, but only on the object of pure intuition?)
(Galileo, Kepler, Huygens, Newton). Or else [the matter may be called]
penetrating - in substance (like caloric), or, like gravitational attraction,
dynamically, through empty space (although there is no such thing).

Empirical representation with consciousness (perception) - as the subject

affects itself or is affected by the outer object, is just the subjective element
of sensation. It is followed by the objective element of intuition (outer and

13 5
 IMMANUEL KANT

inner) i n space and time - the object i n appearance. First o f all, however
what must precede the object a priori is the form under which the subjec ;
intuits, insofar as it is affected. Thereafter, the aggregate of perceptions,
according to a subjective principle of the systematic unity of perceptions,
for the sake of experience. Herein lies the punctum .ftexus contran'i16 - the
transition to physics, in which the possibility of experience is taught subjec
tively, and the complex of its objects objectively.

[Lt:fi margin]
I . What is physics?
It is the aggregate of empirical knowledge of the moving forces of
matter in experience.
2. What is experience?
22:480 It is the unification of perceptions, under the principle of their connec-
tion, according to concepts, to a doctrinal system (a systematic whole of
the aggregate of perceptions).
3 What is the transition from the metaphysical foundations of natural
science to physics? It is the doctrinal system of experience in general,
applied to the natural system.
4 How is the transition from the metaphysical foundations to physics
possible: ( I ) in respect of the material eleQJ.ent of the object; (2) of the
formal element of the subject?
The material element ....: insofar as it [isJ only thought problematical(),,
and contains a tendency for one to represent it to oneself assertorically,
as given (organic, inorganic).
As to motion: imponderable, incoercible, incohesible - not a rigid cohe
sion which resists the displacement of touching surfaces - , inexhaustible.
There are two kinds of sense-object, for whose perception a transition
to physics is made: ( I ) that which can be known through experience; (z)
that which cannot be known otherwise than through experience - e.g. or
ganic bodies - and whose possibility is problematic; (3) what cannot immedi
ately be an object of experience, e.g. matter whose motion is primordial,
and, hence, endures etemally.

The formal element of pure (not empirical) intuition is in representation a

priori (in appearance); that is, represents the self-determination, how the
subject affects itself.

Experience is the self-determination of empirical intuition with conscious

ness (or perceptions) under a principle of apprehension of its appearances
into a system of the understanding in general:
What is required for the possibility of experience, does not come from
experience, but is a priori.
22 :48 I Whether life (as according to Hildebrandt)n is a property of matter

136
 OPUS POSTUMUM

itself. (Life is the activity of a simple being, since. it acts through the
representation ofpurpose - an immaterial principle - which acts only as the
absolute unity of the subject of moving forces.) Living matter is a contra
diaio in adJeao: The guiding principle is immaterial. The operation of life
(operation of the will [ Willkuhr]).

[Bottom margin]
Rational knowledge is mathematics, physics and metaphysics.
The possibility of an organic body cannot be proved or postulated; it is,
however, a fact. To know oneself in experience as an organic body. N.B.
The concept ofan immediately and primitively moving material (caloric).
The concept of organic bodies (which contain a vital principle) already
presupposes experience: For, without the latter, the very idea of organic
bodies would be an empty concept (without example). But man has in his
own self an example of an understanding which contains moving forces,
which determine a body according to laws.

Atomism does not occur in matter (as object of outer sense). Corpuscular
philosophy is concealed atomism. N.B. There can be living bodies (not
matter). The vital principle is immaterial.
Causa - agit, facit, operatur. Acts, does, operates (animal).

[ . .]
.

[XIth fascicle, sheet V, page 3]

[u]
What is physics?
Physics is science of nature (scientia naturae) insofar as its principles are
given in experience and contains the progression from the metaphysical 2 2 :488
foundations of natural science [to physics]. It is not necessary that the
principles are thought of as drawn from experience and derived from it,
rather it is sufficient for the concept (of a physics) to think of this science
as being one which is assumed for experience (for the sake of the latter)
as an aggregate of empirical representations under a principle of their
connection.
Note /. To refer to this science by the Latin expression scientia naturalis
could, however,o produce misunderstandings, for one might thus be
tempted to oppose it to either artificial (artificialis) or revealed (revelata)
science. Hence the expression science ofnature (scientia naturae) - instead
of natural science, as the literal translation would be - is the most appro
priate one for physics as the univeral doctrine of experience of the

1 37
 I MMANUEL KANT

objects of both outer and inner sense (insofar as it forms a doctrinal

system).
Note II. Physics belongs to philosophy; it is a philosophical, not merely
empirical, not mathematical [discipline] (although to usc mathe matics in
physics is philosophical). It is a special subject or area (territonum) of
philosophy in contrast with mathematics, both having their a priori princi
pies; both have their fixed limits and, though they lie adjacent to each
other, must not transgress these latter. So if physics should be termed
philosophia natura/is, this term would become self-contradictory if one
docs as Newton docs in his immortal work philosophiae natura/is principia
22:489 mathematica, and thus, as it were, creates a bastard (conceptus hybn'dus)
which is neither purely one nor the other. Science of nature, according to
its formal element as a system for experience, is distinguished from the
systema naturae, which in its content relates to objects.
For as little as there can be philosophical foundations of mathematics can
there be mathematical foundations ofphilosophy (as Newton would have it).
A crossing is made here to a different terrain (Styx interfusa coercet);1B even
the greatest of mathematicians must, as mathematician, observe de
fined boundaries [abgeschnittene Grenzen] both as regards the object of his
activity and his talent.* Otherwise, in a delusion of superiority, the
mathematician casts scornful sideway glances at the philosopher, for the
latter is unable to advance with such a sure trend as the mathematician
himself does in his own subject, and so he would (by a gross amphiboly
of the concepts of reflection) wish to make philosophy and one of its
branches (namely, metaphysics) into a department of mathematics.79 It
must be called Matheseos applicatae principia philosophica. Bo
It is important, too, to distinguish philosophical knowledge, including
its principles, from philosophy itself (the formal from the material aspect
of philosophy). The philosophizer cannot be recast as a philosopher; the
former is a mere underlaborer (as a versifier is in comparison with a
poet - the latter must have originality).
Even if, as is proper, one takes account in the word "philosophy" of its
concept as a doctrine of wisdom, the science of the final end of human
reason - that is, of what is not just technical-practical but of that which is
moral-practical, the keystone of the edifice - philosophy with its princi
ples will still be subject to the concerns of human reason, even where the
2 2 :490 latter's aim is scholastic (mere knowledge). It must set metaphysical foun
dations prior to mathematical ones (although both are given a prion) for
the former have in view the unconditional employment [of reason] - that
is, the object in itself - the latter, however, only its conditional employ
ment as a tool for a particular purpose.

For mathematics is the finest instrument for physics and the knowledge

" [not written!.

138
 OPUS POSTUMUM

which falls therein (for that mode of sense) but it is still always only an
instrumen t for another purpose.
The proper title would have to be scientiae natura/is principia vel philo
sophica vel mathematica,8' for the form can be philosophical even if its
matter (the content) is mathematical.
Using mathematics in physics as an instrument for science is philosophy, but
mathematics is not itself a principle of philosophy, nor does it contain the
latter in its concepts.
The re are both mathematical and metaphysical foundations of natural
science - but not mathematical foundations of philosophy, for they are
incompatible. Scientia natura/is can indeed be so divided but not a
philosophia natura/is that would be gryphes iungere equis, 81 an imposture by
-

the mathematician in a field in which he lacks that element on which he

would have to base himself. It can well be united with poetry (for mathe
matics is pure invention [Dichtung]): namely, subjectively.
A philosophy exists (and this is metaphysics) which employs mathemat
ics merely as an instrument in order to organize the empirical representa
tions of sense according to an a priori principle (hence, not empirically)
and which classifies a priori the pure intuitions according to their form in
order to present the schematism of the concepts of reflection in a system.
Physics (the study of nature) can be regarded with respect to its formal
element, the laws of nature, but also by its material (the objects of nature)
as a realm of nature and by this classification it belongs to philosophical 2 2 :49 1
knowledge of nature. Physiologia specia/is de regnis naturae. 8J

[Top margin]
( 1 ) What is physics? (2) What is transition from the metaphysical foun
dations of natural science to physics (for natural science is not yet phys
ics)? (3) How is this transition from one science to another possible? (By
the schematism of judgment.) By the principles of subsumption of appear
ances under the law of perceptions.

[Right margin]
It is the science of the laws of nature insofar as they are an object of
experience. (Naturae scientia)
It is divided (a) into the science of the things of nature (rerum naturae)
whose coordination in a system is empirical and is thereupon called (ac
cording to Linnaeus)8 4 "system of nature"; (b) the laws of nature, insofar
as they are given in experience and for experience (for the latter's sake)
through the understanding and from concepts (that is, a priort); thus they
are not borrowed out ofor from experience.
There cannot be mathematical foundations of philosophy (to which
latter, nevertheless, physics belongs) any more than there can be philo
sophical foundations of mathematics. Nevertheless, Newton has given his

139
 IMMANUEL KANT

immortal work this title. The title should b e scientiae natura/is principia
mathematica (not philosophiae). and a contradiction due to presumption.
The terrain of physics contains a great gulf which cannot be overleaped
(Styx inteifusa coercet). The capacity to progress in one or the other [region]
is specifically different in each case, even as regards talent. The two can,
indeed, be united for the purpose of a science of nature, but must not in
any way be mixed.

No science can spring from experience. The experienced man (expertus),

if he is no more than that, is an ignoramus, someone who proceeds by a
guide-rope, following in the footsteps made for him by another (or which
he has made for himself in earlier practice).
2 2 :492 Experience is perception, known (or thought) in its thoroughgoing de-
termination, so that one has grounds for assuming that it will prove to be
thus in all cases.

Of the great leap in proceeding from the class of those materials, of matter
in general, containing salt, oil and earth, to metals. 8s
Seeming metals and mineral (cat-gold, cat-silver).86 Animal. Insects
whose wing-covers show metallic color. Bodies, however, which are fluid
in fire and polished to shine when cold give off the same colors, as if by
their own light, but only reflecting it - and their weight is very different.
Compared to other mineral bodies, if one compares the lightest of these
with the lightest of the mineral kingdom; to be hammered when hot
[breaks offJ
Of the shimmering of the wing-cases, or of the underside, of insects,
like tarnished blue. B1

[XIth fascicle, sheet V, page 4]

H O W D O E S T H E TR A N S I T I O N
F R O M T H E M E T A P HYS I C AL F O U N DATI O N S O F
N ATURAL S C I E N C E
T O P H Y S I C S TAKE P L A C E ?

[Around the heading]

First, according to its matter; second, according to its form. System of
nature and description [of nature].
Materials (bases of motion) which are not themselves locomotive, but
move in their own place. Physical bodies which dynamically limit their
space themselves. How can one completely enumerate a priori the moving
forces for experience?
Light - repulsive; caloric cohesively penetrating; magnetism permeably
- -

penetrating.

1 40
 OPUS POSTUMUM

The happy audacity o f Newton i n making the mathematical principles

of motion into dynamical principles of the moving forces. Universal gravi
tational attraction through empty space. Centrifugal force is derivative.
The dynamic principles in full space originally [amount to] the existence 2 2 : 493
[of a matter] which necessarily makes space an object of experience at all
points, and is repulsive (light) [breaks offl

[Main text]
It is strange - it even appears to be impossible, to wish to present a
priori that which depends on perceptions (empirical representations with
consciousness of them): E.g. sound, light, heat, etc., which, all together,
amount to the subjective element in perception (empirical representation
with consciousness) and, hence, carries with it no knowledge of an object.
Yet this act of the faculty of representation is necessary. }or, were a
counteract of the object not to correspond to this act, the subject would
receive no perception of the object by means of the latter's moving force
(which is here presupposed).
The receptivity of having sensible representations thus presupposes a
relative spontaneity of producing perceptions in oneself indirectly (and [is]
the a priori possibility [of perception]). Experience is not the means but
the end of knowledge of sense-objects in their moving forces.

What is physics?

Physics (the study of nature) is the doctrinal system (ystema doctrinale) of

the moving forces of matter which affect sense (externally or internally)
insofar as they are an object of experience.
Note. It is a science of nature which, subjectively, depends on empirical
grounds of knowledge, but, as regards its objective element, forms a
system of sensible representations which is an object of eXperience; the
latter is itself not a mere empirical aggregate of perceptions (by obscrva- 2 2 : 494
tion and experiment) but is an object of experience in virtue of being a
principle of the thoroughgoing determination of the object.
For, in the first place, experience is absolute unity of the complex of
appearances of the object. One makes experience - it is not a mere
influence on the senses.
Second, experiences do not exist (that is, they are only scattered percep
tions) but the u nity of the system of the manifold is founded on a
schematism and [breaks oJJJ
The influence of the subject on the outer object, and the latter's reac
tion on the subject, make it possible to know the moving forces of matter
(and, hence, matter itself, in substance) and to develop them for physics.
So much for motion as the outer phenomena of reaction. It is just the same

141
 IMMANUEL KANT

as regards the inner moving forces of sensation and the reaction of the
subject upon itself.

The schematism of the concepts of the understanding, according to the

form of a syllogism: (r) the major premise; (2) the subsumption of the
minor premise; (3) the inference or conclusion, for the sake of experience
in general - that is, the requirements for the possibility of experience,
which presents a priori the system of perceptions, according to its form,
and contains the empirical element of representation in its thoroughgoing
determination from intuition, through the Anticipations of Perception, to
the Analogies of Experience.
Vital force in excitability. Motion of the brain {the nerve root), the heart,
the lung. Decomposition of air and absorption [/.tbsetzung] of oxygen by
cold-water fish.
(1) The object in pure a priori intuition; (2) in appearance (of oneself);
(3) in perception - empirical intuition; (4) in experience (omnimoda de
tenninatio, existentia). Consciousness of one's own self precedes a priori all
determination of the subject as object. The schematism of the faculty of
22:495 judgment formally prepares the transition of physics. (4) The aggregate
of empirical thought in general.
Organic creatures have not just a life but .also a vital feeling which is
eroded [aufreibt] through intercourse (and, in insects, through exhaus
tion). Remarkable that no organic being procreates without two sexes.88
Outer perceptions are effects of the moving forces of matter on the
subject, [which occasion] it to affect itself inwardly. Inner perceptions are
empirical representations with consciousness, as the subject voluntarily or
involuntarily affects itself. Space and time in general are pure sensible
representations, both of which are single. There is only one space and one
time.

[Margin . . . ]

[XIth fascicle, sheet VI, page 1]

The doctrine of the transition from the metaphysical foundations of natu

ral science to physics contains two progressions (passus) of which each, in
turn, includes two divisions as subjects: one, the aggregation (complexus,
sparsim) of empirical representations with consciousness- that is, of
perceptions- according to a schema of the association of empirical intu
ition; the second [breaks ojfj

1 42
 OPUS POSTUMUM

A. What is pysics?
B. What is a transition?
From the metaphysicalfoundations ofnatural science to pysics?

II

a. How is physics possible

(as a doctrinal system)?
b. How is the transition from the
metaphysical foundations of natural science to physics possible?
{The study of nature in general (physica) can concern itself either merely
with the formal element of physics - [what it is] to be an object of sensible
representations, and the division of physics according to concepts (that is,
a priorz) or else with the material element of the objects of experience, as
-

existing things, and their classification through experience - the methodi

cal (but empirical) coordination of which is called system of nature (e.g.
according to Linnaeus). The latter is an enterprise of physics which can
never be wholly completed, while the former, which concerns the formal
principles of natural science, can (and should) be presented completely.}

Definition
Physics is the doctrinal system of the laws of the moving forces of matter,
insofar as they are given in experience.
[Physics is] the scientific study of nature, insofar as it is an object of
experience. It is either investigation of nature or doctrine of nature, and
its principles are either given rationally a priori, or empirically. The transi
tion from metaphysics to physics, as a part of philosophy, is the systematic
foundation [of physics].

1. Note. One cannot have (receive) expenence without making it. Conse
quently, there belongs to its possibility an apriori principle of the presenta
tion of sense-objects, which predetermines what kind perceptions (empiri
cal representations with consciousness) the thoroughgoing determination of
the object of perception (that is, the latter's existence) will require in the
production of experience. Conversely, one cannot make perception but
only receive it as given. The faculty of making experience is the under
standing. With the principles according to which the subject makes (or
produces) experience, this faculty is called reason. Experience does not
belong to physics as a doctrinal system.
2. Note. Experience is absolute uniOt of the knowledge ofthe sense-objects,

143
 IM M A N U E L K A NT

and it is inconsistent to speak of experiences (which are merely misjudged

perceptions). There is something empirical (as material - or the material
element of sensible intuition) which is necessarily contained in every experi
ence. Further, however, there is required the thoroughgoing determination
of the concept of this material, in all the relations in which it affects the
senses (as the formal element of the connection ofthe manifold .of empiri-
2 2:498 cal intuition) in order for an aggregate of perceptions of an object to count
as an object which is founded in experience. Since the thoroughgoing
determination of an object of perception (its complete apprehension and
presentation) is a mere idea (problematic concept) which is, indeed, suit
able for approximation (approximatio) but not for the totality of perception,
experience can never provide a certain proof of the existence of the object
of these or those sense-objects, as moving forces of matter. It is the
collected grounds of determination- united partially (sparsim) but never
completely (omnimode coniunctim) - which suffices as the testimony of an
experience. For only thoroughly determined [perception] (that is, exis
tence) grounds experience.

[ Top margin]
Physics is [regarded], first, according to concepts of the formal element
of its principle - its possibility of being a study of nature; 2nd, according
to the material element, i.e. the actual outer objects of experience. Systema
naturale and systema naturae.

The first is systema physices naturale, as opposed to the [systema physices]

artificiali, which is called systema naturae. The first has formal principles a
pn'ori, the second merely methodically aggregated objects of experience.
Experience is not a merely natural, but artificial aggregation of percep
tions. Experience is not given through the senses but is made for the
purpose of empirical knowledge.

[Right margin]
If the reacting moving forces are to be established a priori, then they
must themselves form a system for physics.
22:499 Experience has as its basis (1) perception - which always requires mov-
ing forces affecting the subject (be they outer or inner) (2) [that] the
perceived be elevated to experience. For which an inner principle of the
subject is required, to think the perceived object in its thoroughgoing
determination. For whatever we have experience of there is required a
formal principle of thoroughgoing determination.

[Xlth fascicle, sheet VI, page 2]

3 Note. The influence of the moving forces of matter on the subject in
respect of its inner sense (in action and reaction) has, in consequence,

144
 O P U S P O STUM U M

certain phenomena for outer sense a s their effects (sensations) ; i t forms a

particular field of appearances which, as object of experience, belongs to
physics and (since the moving forces are directed toward ends) [has] as its
basis (directly or indirectly) an immaterial cause [breaks off]
A matter whose form is possible only by purposive determination
(Zweckbestimmung] (that is, an organized body) can only be thought as
moved and as moving, by a principle which [carries witl1 it] the absolute
unity of its combined forces - hence, as constructed by a nonmaterial
being. In which, the body is thought of as animated and matter as animat
ing. The possibility of an organic body cannot be assumed, without knowl
edge of its actuality in experience. Thus an organic body is such as is not
thinkable otherwise than through experience alone. A living body thus con
tains a principle of vegetative or animal life: a healthy, sick or dying state
and regeneration - not, indeed, of the same individual but of a body
which preserves the species, from similar materials, through intercourse
of two sexes.
Physics (study of nature) is a complex of outer as well as inner represen- zz:soo
tations of sense in a system {i.e. of outer and inner empirical intuitions as
well as inner perceptions of the subject, i.e. sensations (called feelings if
they contain pleasure or displeasure).}
Physics is this in a twofold sense: first, subjectively, as a logical, [i.e.]
doctrinal system according to concepts of the subordination of the mani
fold of empirical representations, under one principle of the possibility of
experience. Secondly: objectively, as an aggregate of objects of experi
ence, given in experience, insofar as they, coordinated with one another,
form a whole according to principles of the possibility of experience - a
system of nature. In the first, the division takes place according to con
cepts of comparison; in the second, through the coordination of objects
of nature as substances, according to their genera, species and classes as
found in experience (just as Linnaeus ordered them in his natural history
collection).

[Top and left margins]

Perception can be outer or inner (that is, sensation). The latter (in
relation to the object) can be a feeling of pleasure or displeasure- that is,
which strives to eliminate the sensation or to unite it with itself, and issues
in desire or repugnance. Both belong to outer or inner experience - hence
to the subject of physics.
As a science of experience, however, physics is naturally divided into
two subjects. The one is the subject of the forms in action and reaction of zz:sor
forces in space and time. The other is the complex of the substances
which fill space.
The one could be called the systematics of nature, the other is called
(following Linnaeus) the system of nature.

145
 I M MA N U E L KANT

In the first, knowledge of nature depends on formal principles of mov

ing force; in the second, it depends on the presentation of objects as they
appear alongside one another, in a place which must never be represented
as empty.
In the latter part of physics, the highest division of bodies (not just
matter) is [into organic] and inorganic. The division can emerge a priori
from concepts. For, the possibility of an organic body (that is, a body each
of whose parts is there for the sake of the other, or which is so formed that
the possibility of the parts and the form of their inner relations emerge
only from its concept- a body which is thus only possible through pur
poses, which presuppose an immaterial principle which forms this sub
stance either mediately or immediately) produces .a teleological principle
of the continuation of kinds and individuals [which] can be thought as all
governing and everlasting with respect to species [breaks ofJI
One cannot even think the possibility of such a body, and only experi
ence can prove it.

[Bottom margin]
Empirical representations with consciousness (that is, perceptions) are
given through the forces which affct the subject (of whatever kind and
origin they may be); for otherwise there would be no physics (doctrine of
e:\:perience of nature). But the aggregate of the forces in a system (that is,
with consciousness of their completeness - not sparsim but stn'cte coniunc
tim) cannot be given as a whole othei'Wise than a priori, through a princi-
22:502 pie, which carries with it the concept of necessity: which and how many
forces form the aggregate of forces in a system.
In regard to matter and those of its forces which affect the subject
externally (hence, are muving forces), perceptions are themselves moving
forces combined with reaction (reactio), and the understanding anticipates
perception according to the uniquely possible forms of motion: attraction,
repulsion, enclosure (surrounding) and penetration. Thus the possibility
of establishing a priori a system of empirical representations (which other
wise appeared impossible) and of anticipating experience quoad materiale,
is illuminated.

[XIth fascicle, sheet VI, page 3]

The material element ofsensible representation lies in perception - that
is, in the act through which the subject affects itself and becomes appear
ance of an object for itself. The formal element is the act of connection of
perceptions for the possibility of experience in general, according to the
table of categories (Axiom oflntuition, Anticipation of Perception, Analogy
of Experience, and the composition of these principles to a system of
empirical knowledge in general). Perception, through which the [subject
as] object is affected by the object (as the subject affects itself according to

146
 O P U S P O STUMUM

the categories), makes a system of the moving forces of matter out of the
aggregate of perceptions. The system contains, objectively and a priori, the
conditions of the possibility of experience, in those actions and reactions
which, altogether and unified, contain the dynamic functions (both out
wardly in the intuition of space and inwardly in sensation). Such functions
amount to the moments required for cognition of objects for physics, which 2 2:5 03
are, nevertheless, contained a priori (according to the rule of identity) in the
empirical aggregate as a system.
The systematics of nature and the system of nature. The former, accord
ing to concepts of the connection of the empirical in one system fot the
sake of experience, the latter from experience.
In the transition from the metaphysical foundations of natural science to
physics, the understanding progresses from the axioms of pure a priori
intuition of the object to perception (that is, empirical representation with
consciousness in the subject) [and] to the possibility of experience- which
is itself nothing other than an aggregate of perceptions under a principle of
their coordination (complexus) in a single concept. Not, however,.from expe
rience but for its sake, as a systematic combination of the manifold of
empirical representations.
The understanding has the faculty for making an empirical representa
tion of a sense-object for itself, and so, too, the perception of an object (by
means of the fact that it stimulates a priori the moving forces of the object
on which it acts to reciprocity). Now the understanding can enumerate a
priori these actions (with their reactions) which, since they are merely
relations of differing quality, only belong to perception.
These organizations (referred to below) cannot be subsumed under
experiences or perceptions - of which it can be required that their princi
ples and the grounds of the possibility of their empirical connection (e.g.
cohesion or repulsion) be enumerated a priori; and yet it is necessarily part
of physics to present such organizations as anticipations (hence, according
to a priori principles). How is this possible?

A substance, which cannot act otherwise in the distribution of force than 2 2 : 5 04

as absolute unity (and, consequently, cannot be an aggregate of atoms) is
an immaterial principle.
Matter, heat, light cannot be referred to in the plural- perhaps because
in their inner constitution they permit absolutely no limitation, and this,
indeed, lies already in their concept. But some of them permit of degree
(e.g. illumination and heat) although not of spatial magnitudes and
bounds.
Organized bodies (which are not just matter) indicate an immaterial
principle, and, insofar as organization extends through all parts of the
world (transforming bodies and replacing dead ones with new formations
in their place) indicate an anima mundi. The latter, however, may not be

1 47
 I M M A N UE L K A N T

represented a s a thinking being (spiritus), but, a t most, a s anima bruta;89

for, without this, purposive generation cannot, I will not say be explain ed,
but be thought at all. Of an organized world-body: even in respect of its
inorganic parts, or else of organic bodies determined for the use of certain
other organic bodies.

[Right and top margins]

It is strange - it even appears impossible - to present perceptions a
priori for the sake of experience; oyet, nevertheless, without this, no phys
ics, as a system of experience, would emerge. One must be able to enumer
ate these reactive forces. This is what matters, in regard to the problem of
the principles of the investigation of nature. Only those forces which we
insert into phenomena can we extract from what is empirical, for the sake
of experience. Not observation but experimentation is the means to the
discovery of nature and its forces. Axioms of Intuition can and must be
grounded a priori. But, in this case, it is anticipations of empirical con
cepts which are elevated to principles [Grundsatze] - that is, to principles
2 2 :505 [Prinzipim] of a priori knowledge. The matter is as follows: Perception is
empirical representation with consciousness that it is such (and not
merely pure intuition of space). Now the effect of the subject on the outer
sense-object represents this object in appe;uance, and does so, indeed,
with the moving forces directed toward the subject (which are the cause of
perception). So one can determine a priori those forces which effect
perception, as anticipations of sensible representations in empirical intu
ition, inasmuch as one only presents a priori (specifies) the action and
reaction of moving forces (including, perhaps, understanding and desire)
according to principles of motion in general (which the understanding
specifies and classifies, as dynamic powers, according to the categories).
The representation of these forces is identical with the representation of
perception.

[Margin . . ]
.

2 2 :506 [Xlth fascicle, sheet VI, page 4]

Only because the subject [is conscious] to itself of its moving forces (of
agitating them) and - because in the relationship of this motion, every
thing is reciprocal- [is conscious] of perceiving a reaction of equal
strength (a relation which is known a priori, independently of experience)
are the counteracting moving forces of matter anticipated and its proper
ties established.
A natural thing which, as the movable in space, is an object of the outer
senses (outer perception), that is, matter, cannot be self o rgamzing through
-

its own forces and form organic bodies. For, since this requires a composi
tion of the material according to purposes, matter would have to contain a

148
 O P U S POS T U M U M

principle of the absolute unity o f the efficient cause -which, as present in

space, would be an atom. Now all matter is divisible to infinity, and
atomism, as a ground of explanation for the composition of bodies from 22:507
smallest parts, is false. l-Ienee only an immaterial substance can contain
the ground of the possibility of organic bodies; that is, matter does not
organize itself but is organized by what is immaterial. One is not, however,
for that reason, entitled to assume this efficient cause to be a soul inherent
in the body or a world-soul belonging to the aggregate of matter in
general; it is, rather, only an efficient cause on the analogy with an intelli-
gence: that is, a cause which we can represent to ourselves in no other
way, since there may be quite other kinds of forces (and laws by which
those forces act) than those of our thought. All organized bodies arc
systems; and we (the school) in turn organize the natural system.
The first act takes place through the understanding, through which the
subject determines itself as an object with respect to objects in space and
time, and apprehends in perception both outer and inner intuition (the
dabile, as phenomenon, with the cogitabile) in empirical intuition in space
and time. (Space and time become sense-objects hereby: are, thus, not
mere forms of intuition.)
Before the investigator of nature establishes for physics the moving
forces of matter, which are the cause of perceptions, he must consider
how he is to interrogate nature, which he cannot undertake otherwise than
according to a priori principles, which furnish the conditions under which
a sense-object can become an object of experience (or, rather, of percep
tion as apprehension}. The formal element of apprehension must take
precedence in the investigation of nature.
(a) A complex (complexus) of empirical representations of the object,
with consciousness, as an aggregate - then, united to a single representa
tion of the object (as effect of the moving forces on the subject). (b) To a
system of these perceptions. The representation of space as sense-object
(that is, in perception) is given a priori, namely, as in a system of action and
reaction.
The four mechanical powers are the moving forces of apprehension 22:508
and reciprocal reaction.
There are four acts by which the subject affects itself as object and
thinks itself an object in appearance into a system of empirical representa
tions, by means of perceptions of action, and the reaction corresponding
to it.
It is only because space becomes an object of the senses (hence knowl
edge of it is empirical) that phenomena of matter are possible in it. Light
appears to be the means with respect to what is outer, heat with respect to
what is inner.
Space, as object of empirical intuition, is matter in appearance, which is
distributed to infinity; for space is limitless.

149
 IMMANUEL KANT

Matter is what makes space into an object of the senses - hence, the
substrate of all possible empirical intuitions, which form a limitless whole.
Matter is thus, in comparison with empty space, absolute physical unity.
There are, however, in matter (that is, the space which forms the object of
perceptions of space as an infinite object of the senses, in which there is no
void) materials which require special kinds of sense, and specific moving
forces which have their own particular basis (e.g. the basis of muriatic acid,
etc.). In this regard, one must not speak of bases (in the plural) but only of
one basis; for [the latter] is merely a relational concept, to the extent that we
do not know the object itself but only the phenomena from their effects.
The separation of two matters from each other, as in the case of hydrogen
from water (in which the remaining part, as oxygen, unites with iron,9
2 2:509 while, at the same time, relinquishing the all-penetrating caloric) does not
thereby establish a light-material etc., except as merely problematic. There
is only one basis (materia substrata).

That one cannot say "matters" but only "matter," and, similarly, not "experi
mces," but "experience," indicates that both concepts stem from a single
principle or are analogous to each other; that the a priori principle lies in
the knowing subject, not in the object of sensible representation; and that
the understanding anticipates the influence on the senses. One does,
however, also speak of materir;ls- which oe only terms basis, of whose
activities, however, there can be several kinds - [that is] of different spe
cific elementary substances. As, for instance, caloric, carbon, etc. and their
moving forces.
It is not by compilation, but according to a principle of connection of
the moving forces of matter in a system (that is, in relation to the possibil
ity of the object for the sake of experience) that the moving forces of
matter - empirical intuitions (perceptions) - can yield an a priori cogni
tion of the object. The understanding is thus, subjectively, the principle of
the possibility of making sense-objects into one experience, as an aggre
gate of empirical representations. The axioms of pure intuition, as the
principle of form, are followed by the anticipations of appearance.

[Margin . . . ]9'

2 2 :5 1 I [Xlth fascicle, sheet Vll, page 1]

The doctrine of the transition from the metaphysical foundations of natu

ral science to physics (study of nature: philosophia natura/is) contains two
questions: (I) What is physics? (2) What is a transition from the metaphysical
foundations ofnatural science to physics?

150
 OPUS POSTUMUM

A
WHAT IS PHYSICS?

Physics is the doctrinal system of the moving forces of matter, insofar as it

can be presented (exhibert) in experience.
1 Note. What is at issue in this definition is not, objectively, the system
of moving forces itself, but deals, merely subjectively, with the doctrine of
the moving forces (systema doarinale) of the science of nature. The designa-
tion of the science ofnature as scientia or even philosopltia natura/is is thereby 22:5 I 2
subjected to a certain ambiguity, in that it could also be understood in
contrast to supernatural [science].
2. Note. In a certain work with the title: Metaphysical Foundations of
Natural Science, philosophical principles of the latter were developed. For
metaphysics is a part of philosophy, and nothing but metaphysics could be
at issue in the transition from philosophy to the science of nature, if it is a
matter of knowledge from concepts. But there is an opponent [Neben
buhler] of this view: no less a man, indeed, than Newton himself in his
immortal work Philosophiae natura/is principia mathematica.
But there is a self-contradiction in the very title of his book: For, just as
little as there can be philosophical principles of mathematics, can there be
mathematical principles ofphilosophy (such as physics is supposed to con
tain). It should have been called: Scientiae natura/is principia matltematica;
the [above] principles cannot be subordinated to each other but must be
placed side by side. One can, indeed, also make philosophical use of
mathematics, but only indirectly, as an instrument; remaining on the track
laid down by the transition from the metaphysical foundations of natural
science, without trespassing onto mathematics' own field and taking a leap
(salto mortale) into physics. [This is possible] if the laws of motion for the
given moving forces of matter, consisting in attraction and repulsion, are
given a priori in relations of space and time whose determination is subject 22:5 I 3
to mathematical principles/
If it is the case that motions must precede in order for moving forces to
take place, then the principles are mathematical; if, on the other hand, it is
the case that the moving forces must precede in order for motions to take
place, then the forces are appropriate to physics, which is an empirical
science. Both are philosophical sciences: the one directly and immediately
related to the science of nature; the other indirectly, by means of the use
which mathematics, as an instrument, can make of the concepts of the
moving forces.

[Bottom margin]
Although mathematics does [not] have to establish philosophical princi-
j Connected with sheet VII, page 3, by "-fHH verte page 3."

15 1
 I M M A N UEL KANT

pies of mathematics directly, it nevertheless acts indirectly, establishing

problems which point in the direction of physics and the moving forces of
matter (and hence, also, toward philosophy) . Keplers three famous analo
gies led to a coup on Newton's part, in which he declared gravitational
attraction by a bold but inevitable hypothesis for physics; in this way
mathematics was endowed, for the sake of the science of nature, with the
ability to prescribe laws to nature a priori, laws which it could by no means
have made use of for philosophy in the absence of such a capacity [Organ].
Yet this transition was a step [breaks oIJ
. J
Although i,t is not possible to philosophize by means of mathematics, yet
one can philosophize about it and the connection to it.
{Newton made his most important conquest by means of philosophy,
not mathematics.}

[Bottom part ofmain text]

B
HOW IS PHYSICS POSSIBLE?
In the Metaphysical Foundations of Natural Science, matter in general was
22:514 explained thus: It is the movable in spaceY Another explanation, however,
can be given as follows: It is that which makes space an object of the senses,
namely, the substrate of all outer empirical intuition with consciousness;
that is, of all perceptions (sparsim), insofar as the latter (coniunctim) are
thought as an object of possible experience.

[Right margin]
The moving forces belonging to physics must first be given through
experience, which itself must be based on principles, namely, as to its
possibility- [hence they] must be given a priori.
One can say: It is matter which makes space into an object of experi
ence (perception); that is, the moving forces outwardly in space and inter
nally in sensation. For sensation and feelings also belong to physics.
Attraction, as cause of gravity, is conditionally given a priori, as a moving
force; for, without attraction and repulsion, infinite space would remain
empty.

[Xlth fascicle, sheet VII, page 2]

Now the concepts of matter and of experience in general are of such a
kind that they contain an absolute unity in the thoroughgoing determina
tion of the sense-object, as do space and time (as forms of outer and inner
appearances). There is one space and one time. One cannot speak of
matters (in pluralz' materiae, materiarum) or of experiences (experientiae
experientiarum); if one intends to refer to them, as the first parts of a whole,

152
 O P U S P O S TU M U M

one must speak, rather, of materials (that is, elementary substances

(atmxEia)) insofar as the subject's outer sense-objects are concerned, or
of moments, with respect to time in inner relation - whether the latter be
moments of motion (external) or of sensation in perception (internal), 2 2:515
increasing or decreasing in degree.*
3rd Note. Although there can thus be no mathematical principles of
philosophy in the field of the science of nature, yet there can be a philo
sophical use of mathematics, insofar as the latter serves as a mere instru
ment of philosophical physics and is, hence, an indirect principle of the
science of nature; not, indeed, in an objective, but in a subjective respect,
which can, however, lay claim to a certainty which is not empirical but
rather apodictic, analogous to that of mathematics.
Motion can be treated entirely mathematically, for it is nothing but
concepts of space and time, which can be presented a priori in pure
intuition; the understanding makes them. Moving forces, however, as effi- 22:516
cient causes of these motions, such as are required by physics and its laws,
need philosophical principles. All mathematics, then, brings one not the
least bit nearer to philosophical knowledge unless a causal combination,
such as that of the attraction or repulsion of matter by its moving forces, .is
first brought onto the scene and postulated for the sake of appearances.
As soon as the latter occurs, the transition to physics has taken place, and
there can be philosophiae natura/is principia mathematica. This step was
taken by Newton in the role of a philosopher who brings new forces onto
the scene; not, indeed, as forces derived from presupposed motions (cen-
tripetal and centifugal) which would contain only mathematical principles,
but original forces (vires primariae) in which mathematics is only used as
an instrument for the moving forces (whereas philosophy is required to
ground them primordially).
This occurs because, once Kepler's three analogies had grounded all
the mathematically determined laws of the rotation of the planets by
sufficient observation, there yet remained the question for physics regard-

"' The ground for these restrictions in thought lies therein that the object is not repre
sented according to intuitions of objects, which arc subject to restriction, but according to
concepts- which are thought as a mere relation of the represented objects, which is bound
less(indefinitum). Matter is that which makes space empirically intuitable- that is, sensible.
Since the latter, however, pertains to the subject merely [as] what is formal in [a/s] appear
ance, the totality of this object of intuition is entirely one, but yet, at the same time, all
embracing; and one cannot speak of matters, but only of matter, which is given to physics as
its object. Such grammatical unity in designation can also be observed elsewhere in different
languages (e.g. German and Latin). There is no singular for "weapon," but only "anna."
One cannot say, "the knowledge" [das Erkenntnis] (as if there were several of them) but only
"knowledge" [die Erkmntnis]. Why cannot we do without the word "body" [Korper] in physics
and not instead replace it with "human body" [Leib (sollte gesagt werden Laib)]? Presumably
because, for theological reasons, there has to be a living body which, nonetheless, has
mass.9J

153
 IM M A N U E L K A N T

ing the efficient cause of this appearance; Newton, in order to find a way
out of this difficulty, built a bridge from mathematics to physics, namely,
the principle of an attractive force, penetrating all bodies through empty
space, according to the law of the inverse square of the distance. He did
not, thus, rest content with appearances, but brought into play a primordi
ally moving force, which, on the one hand, presented universal reciprocal
gravitation [as] merely forces striving toward one another according to
Kepler's law; and in the end, however, it presented these forces as a
22:517 universal attraction in infinite space of bodies and of the matter in general
which fills the universe. As hypothesis [breaks ofJJ
In this way, the principles of natural science (scientiae natura/is s. naturae
scientia) were established in a necessary manner as belonging to philoso
phy, in which the mathematical [principles] are incorporated, not as com
ponents belonging immediately (directly) to the system, but only as a
means (indirectly) and as a tool for its production.
As regards,.first(y, the relations of the moving forces (in space) Newton
made use of the concept of the attraaion of all cosmic bodies in infinite
space, and their motions by means of those forces in time. Secondly, [he
made use of the concept of] the repulsion of parts of matter, which [ex
tends] itself in cosmic space, according to the same law, by means of light
and its laws of motion in colors (imponderale, incoercible, incohesible,
inexhaustible); all of which is thoroughly mathematical. Then, however,
also [the concept] of fluidity and solidity [breaks ofJJ

[Margin . . . ]

[XIth fascicle, sheet VII, page 3 ]

Space, regarded subjectively, in formal intuition, a s a n object of the
senses, as object in appearance, is sensible space - in contrast to intelligible
space, which is merely subjective. It is the substrate of all possible percep
tions, which forms a system of the moving forces of matter, and, hence,
22:5 I 8 according to the rule of identity, as an absolute unity, makes space an
object of experience, which is an absolute whole of the thoroughgoing
determination of sense-objects.
The moving forces of matter are the causes of the possibility of percep
tion in it.

The first of the moving forces, which constitutes the existence of sensible
space, is intuition extensively - giving empirically what is external in the
object, in the possibility of perception; the second is intensive in sensa
tion, in sensible time, as a matter of degree. Both are subjective, that is, in
appearance, according to the form in which the subject is affected. Attrac
tion and repulsion are the acts of the agitating forces of matter, which
contain a priori a principle of the possibility of experience and the transi-

154
 O P US P O S TU M U M

tion to physics. I t i s part o f the metaphysical foundations o f natural

science - and, hence, of philosophy - to make use of the mathematical
principles with regard to the relations of the given forces of matter, as an
instrument for the sake of philosophy; to [proceed] from Kepler's forms
(his three analogies) to the moving forces which act in conformity with
them; [to develop] the system of universal gravitation from original attrac
tion or motion from repulsion (in [the form of] which light and sound [are
given] for optics and acoustics); and thus to found physics, in conjunction
with other relations of force. It is noteworthy that Newton's propositions
in his Principia philosophiae mathematica are not developed systematically,
from a principle, but had to be compiled empirically and rhapsodically.
Consequently, they led to the expectation of ever new additions, and,
hence, his book could not contain a philosophical system.

The universe, as object of the senses, is a system of the forces of a matter

which affect one another outwardly (objectively) in space, by motion, and
inwardly (subjectively) by sensation, with consciousness, of substances -
that is, as objects of perception. Their elements, regarded mathematically, 22:519
as substance, would, as atoms (in such an amount that they fill space, or else
dynamically, as moments of motion, according to the degree of magnitude
of their forces) form sense-objects should we wish to regard the latter as
constituted by composition. Yet mathematical division allows of no last part.
For the latter would be a point, which is only the limit of a line, not a part of
it; force, however, as moment (of gravity and attraction) does not [allow of]
smallest moments of motion [breaks ofJJ
There can be mathematical principles of philosophy, if mathematics,
proceeding from Kepler's laws, establishes originally moving forces in
space; mathematics is thereby, mediately, an instrument for philosophy.

[. . .]

[XIth fascicle, sheet VIII, page 1]

Space is, in fact, merely the form of outer intuition and the subjective
element of the mode of being outwardly affected. But it is, nevertheless,
considered as something outwardly given - as real relation insofar as it
must be thought as a principle of the possibility of perceptions; yet it must
precede experience.
In this respect we must represent matter (the movable in space) to our
selves and in this also a moving force of their masses which represents an
action of them through empty space (actio in distans), extended to infinity. It
is unlimited, but it limits any whole of matter (body) and, in fact, through

155
 I M M A N U E L K A NT

two original forces of attraction and repulsion. Without their combined

effect there would be absolutely no matter and space as such would be
empty and yet, at the same time, known - which is contradictory.
It is not a proposition based on physics (empirical doctrine of moving
forces) but a proposition that originally grounds physics, that there must
be an attraction - even without opposing repulsion - among bodies which
move around a common center of motion. In virtue of this attraction and
their circular motions they (the celestial bodies) [are] moved in circles
around midpoints of motion, and so must finally move in all of space
around an unmoved [midpoint).
All bodies strive to approach one another through motion in empty
space - and, in fact, in direct proportion to the quantity of their masses
and in inverse proportion to the squares of the distances, in virtue of an
impulse (impulsus) of attraction. (But how are the distances to be per
ceived if the moving forces should be effective in empty space?) In order
to determine the distances through perception space must be perceptible,
2 2 :5 25 hence it cannot be empty. There are, therefore, mathematical foundations
of natural science which at the same time belong [anheimfallen] to philoso
phy; for they concern the quality of the moving forces according to their
causality, and mathematics acts here as instrument.
Materials - complementa virium moventium, materiae.94 The quantity of
matter cannot be thought as grounded atomistically but must be thought
as grounded dynamically. This grounding is the original attraction of
bodies through empty space which therefore can be no object of percep
tion but can merely be thought. Intelligible space is the formal representa
tion of the subject insofar as it is affected by outer things.
From the unity of matter it follows that there is a common principle of
its forces (basis). It contains the forces moving in particular modes (basis
specifica) and makes unlimited space into an object of the senses (originaria
basis et communis). As the latter, it is represented as occupying space
everywhere; [it is] represented a priori for itself, as substance having no
particular properties except merely that of occupying space. This sensible
space is assumed to be limiting itself through moving forces.
Matter is the outer object of the senses in general insofar as it can be
only one and unlimited - in contrast to empty space. Its moving forces as
specifically different types of matter are called materials (materies, ma
teriez): parts of matter to which thus also belong specifically different
forces and [which) are movable substances (as nitrogen, carbon). One of
2 2 : 5 26 these so-called materials, which, as assumed to be present everywhere
and all-penetrating (the guiding material) is merely hypothetical: Namely,
it is the caloric which is suited for the motion and distribution of all
materials and [which] may also be mere quality of motion.

[ . . .]

156
 O P U S P O S T UM U M

[XIth fascicle, sheet VIII, page 2] 22 :528

The laws of motion were sufficiently established by Kepler 's three
analogies. They were entirely mechanical. Huygens knew also of compos
ite yet derivative motion, forces fleeing the midpoint or constantly driving
toward it (vis centrifuga et centripeta). But no matter how close they both
[came to postulating universal gravitation] - for Galileo had long before
that given the law of the gravity of falling bodies at heights which led to an
approximately equal moment in their fall - all that which had been
achieved remained empiricism in the doctrine of motion, and there was as
yet no universal principle properly so-called, that is, a concept of reason,
from which it would be possible to infer a priori to a law for the determina-
tion of forces, as from a cause to its effect. This solution was given by 22:529
Newton, inasmuch as he gave the moving force the name of attraction, by
which he made apparent that this cause was effected by the body itself
immediately, not by communication of the motion to other bodies - thus,
not mechanically, but purely dynamically.
By what means, however, is this force which governs the whole of
cosmic space made manifest - since this cannot be empirically, for it
contains an a priori law? How shall we know the places at which this
universal attraction [acts] , and which, in comparison with other [forces] , is
of a greater or lesser moment of acceleration, in order [to determine! the
distances at which the attraction acts? For of this we must previously have
been informed before we can apply the law of gravitation to any particular
part of matter, and actio immediata in distans can produce no perception for
the intuiting subject, since space is empty and not at all sensible.
Hence matter in contact must be given in order that matter at a distance
be acknowledged as such - that is, not as a locomotion [Fortriicken]
through space void of contents (for the latter cannot be perceived).
Rather, what is to be understood by matter in contact is only that a body
can exercise force on others, even without the mediation of an intermedi
ate matter, and that this takes place through attraction (which, in itself, is
not perceptible). Yet, this attraction, without occupying space in the form
of substance, initiates motion by its force, and makes empty space indi
rectly sensible. Such [a motion] can only be the motion of a matter which
acts in a straight line and acts at a distance within a certain time.
To this Newtonian principle of universal attraction through empty
space there corresponds a similar principle of repulsion (virium repel- 2 2 :530
lentium), which, likewise, cannot be an object of experience in itself, but is
only necessary in order to present space as an object of the senses. It is the
characteristic of matter to act on the senses at a distance; thereby the
object, by its means, is presented immediately to sensation and empirical
intuition, rather than the intermediate matter affecting the subject. Light
and sound (with their colors and tones) are such transitions, which make
an action at a distance (actio in distans) representable as immediately

157
 I M M A N U E L KANT

possible. We see or hear light and sound, not as immediately in contact

with our eye or our ear, but regard it as an influence of sense-objects on
our organ, as distant from us.
The merely subjective modifications in the stimulation of our percep
tions (called feeling), which impel us either to preserve the state of inner
perception or to free ourselves from it, do not belong to the present
(merely theoretical) investigation. We are here concerned only with the
problem of transcendental philosophy: How is synthetic knowledge a
priori possible?

[Margin . . . ]

22:535 [XIth fascicle, sheet VIII, page 3]

[ . . .]

[Right margin]
The receptivity of appearances depends upon the spontaneity of compo
sition in the intuition of oneself.

Matter is what makes space into an object of the senses. (Object of

possible perception.) (The definition that it is the movable in space is the
consequence thereof.) The parts of matter, specifically different with re
spect to their moving forces, are materials (stoicheia) which, mutually
penetrating, are in the same space.
Supposing that only a single cosmic body is present: The question now
is whether there are, in that case, forces of attraction everywhere in
infinite space (albeit inoperative for this space) or whether there is really
nothing external to this body, but that, as soon as a second body is posited,
these forces manifest themselves in relation to the latter.

One must first have an intuitive representation of the size of [a] space - its
22:536 position and situation, as well as its shape - in order to be able to deter
mine what exists in it. For there is only one space and only one time.
Sense-objects within them are posited in them.
Of attractions according to the inverse ratio of the square of the dis
tance, insofar as that is a rule given a priori, whose ground lies in [the
nature of] space - as it were, an experimental positing. k

[ .. . ]

k Lehmann's reading of last three words uncertain.

158
 O P US P OST U M U M

[XIth fascicle, sheet I, page 4]

Space is not an object of intuition, neither pure nor empirical intuition (of
perception)- not a self-subsisting thing- but rather is itself a mode of
intuition- (intuition itself). That it should be something external and
different to the subject signifies nothing more than that this intuition is 2 2:434
original, and not derived from perception; it signifies only the subjective
element of the synthetic unity of the manifold, which precedes a priori the
latter's formal relation in appearance. Hence motion and moving forces in
space can, according to transcendental principles, precede a priori the
principle of the possibility of a system of perceptions for the sake of
exp erience.
The medium by which we perceive things as external to us at a dis
tance, is light and sound. They are mediate perceptions. Heat is an immedi
ate one.
Space and time are not objects of intuition. For were they objects of
intuition, they would be real things and require, in turn, another intuition
in order to be represented to one as objects, and so on to infinity. Intu
itions are not perceptions (that is, empirical) if they are pure, for that
requires forces which determine the senses. How is it possible, however,
that pure intuitions yield, at the saine time, principles of perception - e.g.
the attraction of cosmic bodies?
[Space and time are not objects of intuition] but, rather, subjective forms
of intuition itself, insofar as they contain a principle of synthetic a priori
propositions and of the possibility of a transcendental philosophy; [they
contain] appearances prior to all perceptions. Space in three dimensions,
time in one. The formal element of sense-intuition in the subject is here
[represented] as object, and moving forces in space (in which there is
nothing in substance) as something sensible (sensibile), which contains mov
ing forces (hence objects of perception). Attraction of bodies at a distance,
and repulsion (in virtue of which they are bodies, that is, self-limiting
matter) already lie a priori in the concept of the possibility of experience, as
unity of space and time. Light and sound, action at a distance.

(Everything here stands under the principle of identity.)

What comes first is the consciousness of composition (complexus) of the 2 2 :43 5
manifold in appearances in space and time, as a continuous whole (the
totality, which contains the position, the locations, and the moving forces
for outer and inner p erceptions - that is, for the possibility of experience.
For space itself is not an object of perception. It is the system of the active
relations of the moving forces, given a priori, according to its form, in
three dimensions of i ntuition. Space itself is not an object of perception.

1 59
 IMMANUEL KANT

Space and time are not objects of a given (empirical) intuition, for, in
that case, they would be something existent which affected our sense; they are,
rather, intuitions themselves not a dabile but a cogitabile - the mere form
-

in which something can be object of empirical intuition for our sense .

They are not objects of perceptions (empirical representations with con
sciousness) for in that case they would themselves presuppose appear
ances as a priori intuitions. They are not objects of perception - that is'
space is not given in perception - but subjectivefonns of intuition.
Space is not something existing, as an object of intuition (just as little
as time is) but the mere form of the coordination of the manifold along
side and successively. That it should be posited alongside and successively
(iuxta et post), however, already presupposes space and time in the sub
ject; not as something which is given in itself for sensible representation
but which is thought as its formal element. It is not an object of percep
tion, but a formal a priori condition for perceiving what is given to the
senses as a whole. The moving forces, attraction and repulsion are in it
[breaks offJ

2 2 :436 Space and time, the one like the other, as forms of outer and inner
intuition, are not objects of perception (empirical representation with
consciousness) but only receptivity for sense-objects, to be affected (out
wardly and inwardly) by them - that is, to represent objects of ourselves in
the manner in which they appear to us. They are just for that reason
appropriate as a priori principles for the possibility of synthetic a priori
knowledge ([principles] of transcendental philosophy) and are merely sub
jective, not objective - not, according to what objects are in themselves,
but what they are for sense. Hence space and time are not themselves
objects of intuition, a given manifold for perception, but only the formal
element of the composition (complexus) of possible objects of the percep
tions of outer and inner sense.
If, however, one posits the moving forces, affecting the subject out
wardly in spatial intuition and inwardly in sensation, the concept of these
forces must precede the concept of the spatial and temporal relations in
which they are posited; for, without this, space and time would not be an
empirical intuition, without which, in turn, the existence of these forces is
not given but only thought. Space itself, as sensible (spatium sensibile), as
object of perception, [can] become an object of the senses through those
forces which affect the subject, or be thought as such.
It is a contradictio in adieao that the apodictic certainty of a proposition
should emerge from experience; however, for experience - that is, for its
sake, to produce it, indeed (by observation and experiment) - principles
of it can be given, and these belong entirely to physics. Under the title of
physicist, however, one also understands the expert on and controller of
organic bodies, primarily living ones. Extensive or intensive magnitude

160
 O P U S P O S T UM U M

(degre e) o f the moving forces of attraction and repulsion i n space and

time, as objects of possible perception.

[Margin . . . ]

[XIth fascicle, sheet II, page 1 ]

BB
Space and time, as intuitions, and the unity o f consciousness - the neces
sary unity in the connection of the manifold of them - is the necessary
(original) sense-object.
Space and time are not objects of intuition but pure intuition itself; and
the formal element in the synthetic unity of the manifold of them as
appearances, under the principle of their composition, is spontaneity, not
receptivity.
The understanding cannot proceed from perception (empirical knowl
edge with consciousness) [in order to] determine the intuiting subject into
a complex of representation, as knowledge of the object. [It] contains a
priori the formal element of a system of perceptions, prior to these empiri
cal cognitions; for perception is itself the effect of an act of the moving
force of the subject, which determines itself a priori into a representation.
Space and time are not things, but mere modes of representation of
things in appearance, and objective intuition [is] contained a priori in
subjective intuition a s appearance. The positing ofboth as united does not
contain something- given but something which is made. The formal ele-
ment of intuition prior to the material. The possibility of transcendental
philosophy (that is, synthetic a priori propositions): not by groping, as to-
ward an aggregate, but according to principles in a system; in which it is not
perceptions, sparsim (for they are empirical) but the principle of the possi-
bility of experience, coniunctim (as unity of the thoroughgoing determina-
tion of the object) which takes precedence; and the transition from the
metaphysical foundations [of natural science] to physics founds a system of
knowledge, by anticipations of' the internally and externally moving forces, 22:440
in sensation and in the construction of concepts - philosophically and
mathematically.
The movable in space, matter as a continuum, not aggregated through
vacuum interspersum, or atomistically, but (since there are no atoms)
dynamically forming bodies (through the attraction and repulsion of the
matter of bounded masses in empty space) and mutually attracting, but
nevertheless thoroughly distributed in full and sensible space as mere
matter for the communication of forces: These are mere thought-objects,
which (like caloric) are not so much hypothetical entities as principles of
1 Reading der for die.

161
 IMMANUEL KANT

the understa ndi ng; wi thout whi ch ex per ience i tself is not p ossi bl e. Spac e
is a conti nuum for sensi ble knowledge, a nd, wer e i t not to be a ppercei ved '
it would be merely a n empty i magi ni ng. O ne ma y, however, a' ls o r epres en t
i t to oneself mer ely i dea li sti ca lly, so [breaks of]J
Space, time, a nd tha t whi ch combi nes both i ntui ti ons - the outer and
the i nner - i n one, motion ( tha t i s, the a ct of descri pti on of spac e in a
certai n ti me) ar e not given thi ng s, a s objects of percepti on (empi rica l
representa ti on wi th cons ci ousness) gi ven i ndependently, outsi de the sub
ject; they a re mer e for ms of sensi ble r epr esenta ti on whi ch belong to th e
subject a priori, a nd contai n the genera l problem of tra nscendenta l phi loso
phy: H ow are syntheti c proposi ti ons a priori possi ble? Th ese obj ec ts are
here gi ven only i n a ppea ra nce, a s subjective for ms of i ntuiti on , o n wh ich
the possi bility of syntheti c a priori knowledge i s a lso founded.
{Space a nd time are subjeaive forms of outer a nd i nner sensi ble i nt ui tion
a s a ppeara nce, a nd they ar e th e pri nci ple of the possi bi li ty of the combi na
tion of the ma ni fold of i ntui tion i nto the systema ti c uni ty of percepti ons in
22:441 ex peri ence, wi th the consci ousness of the a bsolute totality of the combina
ti on of the ma ni fold i n one object.}
S pac e, time a nd the a bsolute uni ty of the two i n the connecti on of
sensi ble i ntui ti on i n spa ce a nd [i n] the pur e sense of ti me.
{Spa ce a nd ti me, the i ntui tion of the object (a ccor di ng to i ts form). Th e
consci ousness of uni ty i n the composi tion wi thi n the subject, a ccordi ng to
the a bsolute tota li ty of thi s i ntui ti on. There i s one spa ce a nd one ti me.
The a bsolute uni ty, whi ch embra ces e verythi ng , i s li kewi se the i nfi ni ty of
thi s object, whi ch i s rea lly subject, a nd whi ch i s i ntui ti ng a nd, at the sa me
time, i ntui ted.}
S pa ce, time, a nd the determi na ti on or deter mi nabi lity" of exi stenc e in
spa ce a nd time. W here, how, a nd when somethi ng i s. S pa ce a nd ti me a re
no t themselves i ndir ect (media te) and deri va ti ve: but di rect (i mmedia te)
and -pri mi tive i ntui ti ons, throug h which the object affects i tself a s a p
peara nce, a nd thus they r epresent their object a s i nfi ni te (li mi tless). The
co mplex (complexus) of represen ta ti on s whic h are contai ned i n thi s i ntu
i tion a re a progress to i nfi ni ty. The object i s g iven n ei ther i dea li sti ca lly nm
r ea li sti ca lly; i t i s not given a t a ll, but merely though t (non dari, sed intellig1
potest). C omposi ti on - not the composi te, but the posi ti ng.

[Top margin]
Ma tter (a s g eneri c concept) ca n be thoug ht of as consi sti ng i n specifi
ca lly di fferent elements, whi ch a re then known as maten'als (partes ele
mentares), a nd whi ch entirely occupy the sa me spa ce, wi thout dri vi ng one
a nother from t hei r pla ces - e.g. ca lori c, lig ht- ma teria l, magneti c ma terial
elean'city. A re they ma terials or mer e forces- tha t i s, otherwi se modifi ed
ma terials?

162
 OPUS POSTUMUM

[Right margin]
True locomotion can only be grounded on dynamical principles, e.g. 22 :442
attraction, but, even then it is not, with respect to space in general [breaks
offJ
Alteration of place A is not always motion of the body A. For, if B is
moved, the place of A is also altered, but A does not move (does not alter its
plac e).
It is one and the same in transcendental philosophy whether I make
sensible representations idealistically or realistically into a principle. For
what matters is only the relation - not of the objects to the subject, but
among one another.
Self-intuition (making oneself into an object of the senses) belongs to
transcendental philosophy, and is synthetic but, at the same time, analytic.
Space, time (as intuitions), motion: synthetic unity in the relation of
intuitions as appearances, and the cause of motion - moving force; [they]
are together the conditions of the sense-object. Principles of possible
experience.

That there is a space cannot be perceived. I posit a space (likewise time);

and yet it is not something existent which has three dimensions, etc.
There is only one space.
Space is an intuition; not something which is intuited.
An empty space can have forces in its locations - e .g. attractive
forces - but not, however, withou t some body, namely at a distance; and
these forces, if this body ceases, arc themselves likewise nothing.

Organic bodies propagated by two sexes, by germs and eggs.

Even idealism can coexist with the subjective reality of the concepts of
space and time as intuitions. For everything synthetic is combined in the 2 2 :443
unity of intuition, according to the principle of identity.
For the subject is an object of the senses for itself, according to these
forms. The subject which makes the sensible representation of space and
time for itself, is likewise an object to itself in this act. Self-intuition. For,
without this, there would be no self-consciousness of a substance.

[XIth fascicle, sheet II, page 2]

The quantity of matter in a cosmic body is determined by the distance of
a planet in motion around it, by the former's attraction, and by the moving
force which operates at every distance in empty space - hence the forces in
all these places. If the attracting body disappears, together with the at
tracted, then there is a void - in regard to which the question is, whether
space itself be something which is yet positive, and an object of intuition.

1 63
 I M M A N UE L K A N T

The understanding does not start from the object, but from its ow n
subject, in order to construct the sensible intuition, according to its form,
that is, to present the manifold of sensible intuition synthetically a priori,
in the unity of the manifold, according to a principle - which is a mathe
matical operation of the understanding, and an act of transcendental
philosophy: How are synthetic representations a pn'ori possible? The rep
resentation of space and time, and their synthetic unity in one space and
one time, and the principle of thoroughgoing combination for the sake of
the possibility of e:,:perience in space and time.
The extraposition is combined with the intusposition of the manifold of
intuition as appearance, through a principle of the synthetic unity of a
priori knowledge - consequently, by transcendental principles. The sub-

ject makes itself into an object.

The unconditioned unity of the manifold in intuition is not given to the
subject by another object, but is thought through itself. Space and time are
22:444 not anticipations of perception, as concepts of the understanding, but
forms of the objects in appearance.

Matter does not consist of atoms; for what is encountered as a simple

element in one place is not a part but a point. Only forces can act
spherically, indeed.

The objects of intuition are thought as composite, for space is only the
formal element of appearance - that is, the subjective element of the self
determination of intuition in three dimensions, for the sake of the compo
sition of perceptions. I cannot say I have this or that experience; rather, I
make it for myself, and this system of perceptions is valid for everybody.
Observation and experiment are ingredients [and] presuppose a principle
in order to make experience (not experiences). The mathematical founda
tions of natural science precede a priori, as intuitions; the philosophical
[foundations] apply appearances to them; the mathematical principles of
the philosophical doctrine of nature, however, fully ground the doctrinal
system of the science of nature as physics. However, the transition from the
former science to the latter progresses from the partial representations
(the empirical data - perceptions) to the whole (physics) and contains the
conditions of he possibility of experience. Perception belongs to the moving
forces, as operating within the subject in sensation. But, as such, it is not
to be counted to experience, according to a general rule.
Space, time, and the thoroughgoing determination (existence) of things
in space and time - principle of the possibility of experience;
Space is not a sensible object, and, to that extent, has no reality - that
is, nothing existent - but, rather, contains merely the formal element of
intuition which our own principle of thought posits synthetically. It is
nothing outside my representation, but something merely subjective - a

164
 OPUS POSTUMUM

mere intuition, without [being] an object different from my representa-

tion. The ideality of space, as the mere form of an intuition, also makes it 2 2 :445
the case that we can attribute a priori certain properties which carry with
th em synthetic a priori propositions - e.g. three dimensions to an object
which, in itself, is nothing. Space is not intuited but is an intuition. Thus it
is (like time) limitless (not infinite). Not progressus in infinitum, as a com-
posite whole, but in indqinitum something limitless, self-restricting.
-

Thaeatetus. 95
The subjective principle of consciousness of oneself in the synthetic a
priori unity of the composition (synthesis) of an object of self-intuition, as
appearance of an object in general outside m_yself- that is, space - or of
mysel f in me - time, as the formal element of intuition, lies at the founda
tion of perception (empirical representation with consciousness) as the
material element both outside and inside myself. The understanding
makes the progress to the possibility of experience. Experience, as the
transition from the metaphysical foundations of natural science to physics,
is an unconditional unity - that is, expen'ences do not exist, but only percep
tions. Experience, as the synthetic unity of that manifold of empirical
representations in a system, is, as a thoroughgoing determination, only
one. For the sake of physics.

[ . .]
.

[Left margin] 22: 446

How is experience possible?
The principle of the possibility of the aggregate of perceptions for the
sake of the possibility of experience: (r) Intuition (2) Perception (3) 2 2 :447
Experience - which latter also has a priori principles of its possibility.

The material out of which experience is originally woven is not the percep
tion (empirical representation with consciousness) of some object - that
is, not that which sense receives as material - but that which the under
standing makes out of the formal element of sensible intuition. So it is
not from receptivity but from the spontaneity of the subject (thus, from
the (formal) principle of composition, that is, from that which the under
standing makes out of this simple material - hence autonomously, not
heteronomously) that the aggregate of perceptions becomes a system,
which, according to the principle of identity, is only one - that is, contains
absolute (unconditional) unity in itself. Experience is already a system of
perceptions, and contains a principle of the possibility of experience
(which can only be one). For [to speak of] making experiences is a hystemn
proteron96 of the knowledge of the understanding, owhich, in the place of
perceptions, must first have observation and experiment given as the
principle of the possibility of experience.

165
 IMMANUEL KANT

Space, time, and the absolute synthetic unity o f the manifold o f appear
ance in general in space and time, by which the whole of the objects of
sense is given for the sake of a single possible experience.
Not even a Thaeatetus can dispute the actuality of these objects, and it
is superior to the doubting of idealism. For this mode of representation of
the objects of intuition as such is decided according to the principle of
identity - that is, according to logical principles. We cannot think sense
objects in the whole of intuition, as possible experience, for ourselves, if
we do not connect them, according to this rule, in one concept - no
Thaeatetus.
2 2 :448 The subjective element ofinner space- and time-intuition, as appear-
ance, is, at the same time, the objective element of the synthetic a priori
unity of their relation, for the sake of the possibility of experience, as a
system, according to it<; form, of perceptions in composition.

[Bottom margin]
Space is not intuited as object, and is not a sense-object for an aggre
gate of perception for the sake of the possibility of experience. For the
formal unity in the synthesis of the manifold of intuition, in which the
manifold is not given in combination, but made by the understanding, is
the principle of the possibility of empirical representations with conscious
ness for a system of representations in the unity of experience. All experi
ence is problematic; it becomes assertoric through perception as an aggre
gate. It is never apodictic, however.

[XIth fascicle, sheet II, page 3 ]

The consciousness o f myself does not commence with what is material

that is, not with sensible representation as perception - but with what is
formal in the synthesis of the manifold of pure a priori intuition; not with
the object of knowledge, but with the coordination (coordinatio) of possi
ble sensible representations in the subject which is affected by objects -
that is, knowledge of the object as appearance.
Space and time are the unique forms of the intuition of the manifold as
appearance, and each of these intuitions is, each independently, given a
priori as an unconditional whole: "There is one space and one time" and
the whole of possible perceptions (empirical representations with con
sciousness) regarded a prion in one system, is experience - that is, thor
oughgoing determination of the object of sensible intuition.
In conformity with this, in regard to physics as a system of all empirical

1 66
 OPUS POSTUMUM

knowledge (not a n empirical system - for that would be a contradictio in

adjecto), one never speaks of expen'ences, but only of experience, since 22:449
perception in its thoroughgoing determination is an absolute cognitive
whole of the obje ct.
But a principle ofprogressive approximation toward experience, through
an indeterminate number of accumulated perceptions (by means of obser
vation and experiment) in an aggregate, does not entitle one to the expres
sion : "Experience teaches this or that"; for an empirical judgment as such
can never be represented as apodictic. They are not concepts of conse
quence (Folgerung] but ofassociation [Beigesellung] and ofprogression in the
aggregation ofempirical representations, which, no matter by which and by
how many determinations, progress to the whole of the thoroughgoing
determination, as existence. Although, for example, given ten different
compounds, which constitute the precipitation of a solution, as given by
chemical rules, one may imagine that the experiment has thereby advanced
into a demonstration (thus making further experiments superfluous), yet
one cannot guarantee success in the eleventh - in which, for example, there
is the unnoticed influence of atmospheric electricity affecting the instru
ments. Nor can a physician predict from his Hippocratic armchair the
intended success for (apparently) similar individuals and cases without,
from time to time, being deceived in his expectations.
Space and time, as objects of intuition, regarded as unity - the one of
outer intuition, the other of inner - are given a priori with their determina
tions in three dimensions (of magnitude): body, plane, and point. They
are not concepts.
The consciousness of myself in the formula: I am, is identical with the
proposition: I am an object to myself; an object, indeed, of inner intuition
(dabile) and of the thought of the determination of that which I ascribe to
myself (cogitabile). The proposition: I am to myself an object of the intu
ition and thought of the manifold of the intuition of myself, is a synthetic a
priori proposition, into whose possibility I may not inquire. It [is] the 22:450
principle of transcendental philosophy, which answers the problem: How
are synthetic propositions a priori possible?
Intuition is twofold, however, in the representation of space and time,
which [contains] the formal element of the combination of the manifold,
only in appearance, indeed - that is, how I affect myself [and] can consti
tute myself a priori into an empirical cognition, for example, into cognition
of the sensible representation of a matter and of the bodies which are
composed of it.
We know the object through the manner in which the subject is affected
by it; this, however, is given a priori in appearance.

(Margin . . . ]

1 67
 I M M A N UEL KANT

2 2 :45 1 [Xlth fascicle, sheet II, page 4 ]

Space and time, as subjective forms, not as objects of the intuition of
the a priori given manifold in appearance, are not derivative cognitions
(repraesentatio derivata) but given originally in representation (repraesentatio
pn'maria); they are thought as the unconditional synthetic unity of the
manifold, and their complex as an infinite whole, in which perceptions
(empirical representations with consciousness) are thought of as in a
system - that is coordinated and subordinated according to the principle of
the possibility of experience.
Intuition of an object without limits - space and time - and thoroughgo
ing determination of oneself as subject in thoroughgoing determination in
space and time; as principle of the possibility of (outer and inner) experi
ence, as knowledge of a doctrinal system called physics - toward which,
by this act,' a transition in doctrine from the metaphysical foundations of
natural science to physics takes place.
In this there is no ideality of a given object, but, rather, the reality of the
synthesis of the a prion self-constituting principle of the combination of
the manifold in intuition in general, as appearance; insofar, that is, as this
synthesis, according to the formal aspect of its unity (there is one space
and one time) is, at the same time, an infinite progression, in which
empirical representations with consciousness (perceptions) progress [to)
the unity of possible experience - to a system - which is thought, rather
than given.
Thus, space, time, and the principle of the thoroughgoing determina
tion of the appearance of the object of intuition in space and time, consti
tute something which is not merely an aggregate of the manifold of
perception, through observation and experiment, but a system, called
experience, which is single, and to which the understanding progresses.
22:45 2 The first act of the faculty of representation, through which the subject
posits the manifold of its intuition and makes itself an object of the senses,
is a synthetic a priori cognition of the given (dabile): space and time as [the]
formal element of intuition, and of what is thought in the composition of
this manifold (cogitabile), insofar as, as appearance, the latter is repre
sentable a priori, according to what is formal in intuition. Hence, space
and time are not themselves objects, but forms of the representation of the
intuition of objects. Which latter, as empirical representations with con
sciousness (that is, as perceptions) arc - inasmuch as they are combined a
priori into a whole in the form of a system - experience; and, insofar as
they are an object of experience, they arc, as such, an object of physics
(that is, of the science of nature).
A great deal is required, however, in order to establish whether an
empirical cognition can be held to be a principle of knowledge and an
empirical proposition. For this requires thoroughgoing determination,
which alone can establish the existence of what is thought. Experience is

1 68
 OPUS POSTUMUM

the absolute unity and completeness o f perception, not in a n undeter

mined aggregate but in a system; and the completeness of empirical
knowledge cannot be constituted from the system, but only for it - hence
there is only progression toward empirical knowledge, but not [a] physical
doctrine of experience, properly so called.

[ . . .]

1 69
 [The Selbstsetzungslehre]

22:1 I [VIIth fascicle, sheet I, page 4]

[Insertion)
The first thought from which the power of representation proceeds is the
intuition of oneself and the category of the synthetic unity of the manifold
in appearance - that is, of pure (not empirical) representation, which pre
cedes all perception, under the a priori principle: How are synthetic propo
sitions a priori possible? Its answer is: They are contained identically in
the unconditional unity of space and time, as pure intuitions, whose qual
ity consists therein that the subject posits itself as given (dabile); their
quantity, however, in that the act of composition (as infinite in progression
(cogitabile)) contains the intuition of an infinite whole, as thinkable (subjec
tively). What is thought in indefinitum is here represented as given in
infinitum. Space and time are infinite quanta.
That which is in infinite progression is represented as something infi
nite, which is given (space and time) according to mathematical predicates
of intuition (the three dimensions of space and one of time), just as if they
were real positions in which things [are] and alterations in them occur.
Hence, attraction according to the inverse ratio of distances. These forms
lie a priori in the power of representation, and are actually the real [das
Reale] in the subject, from which alone knowledge of the object can
emerge lforma dat esse ret). The possibility of a system of perceptions, as
belonging to the unity of experience, is, at the same time, the ground of
their coexistence and of the succession of the appearances which they can
produce (and which already have their place a priori in the understand
ing). It is an analytic proposition, according to the principle of identity,
that the forms in the synthesis of intuition and the principles of their unity
contain, at the same time, as in mathematics, the cmtstructiou of these
concepts. No Thaeatetus or skeptic can take issue with this.
22: I 2 Space is not an existing object of sensible intuition, nor - as little as
time - is it something existing outside me, in which the manifold of per
ceptions is determinable as to its position (iuxta et post se invicem ponmdo);97
rather [space and time are] themselves intuitions given a priori, which
contain in themselves, synthetically a priori, the formal principle of the
composition of the manifold in appe;Jrance. As limitless with regard to

1 70
 O P U S I' O S T U M U M

their extensive magnitude, they hence contain unconditional unity (and

thus, infinity); there is only one space and one time. Through this repre
sentation, all objects of empirical representation are connected into an
absolute whole - all are representations through which the subject consti
tutes itself according to its possibility (by synthetic a priori propositions) .
Space and time are not objects of intuition (for, in that case, there
would have to be something previously given which grounded the subjec
tive knowledge of the manifold of representations). They are, rather, pure
intuition itself, as the subjective element of form (that is, the receptivity of
being affected by an object of the senses) of objects as they appear to me,
and are an infinite given whole of the manifold, as the basis of all
perceptions - not as an aggregate, but in a system for the sake of the
possibility of experience (Axioms of Intuition, Anticipations of Perception,
etc.). The understanding constitutes itself to this philosophy, through
concepts, and mathematically, through the construction of concepts.
Space and time are not concepts (conceptus) but pure sensible intuition
(intuitus), each of which contains absolute unity in the composition of the
manifold of representations, and, as the formal element of the manifold of
this intuition, extends to infinity. It is not space as object which is intuited;
space is, rather, the synthesis of the manifold in the representing subject
itself. In this mode of representation, through which the subject consti
tutes itself [breaks ofJJ

[Top margin] 22: 1 3

Space i s a quantum, which must always b e represented a s part of a
greater quantum - hence, as infinite, and given as such. Progress in this
quantum is not to be regarded as given; the progression, however, is.

[. . .]

[VIIth fascicle, sheet III, page 1 ] 2 2 :2 8

Insertion

III
The unity o f the manifold o f intuition, i n the manifold's composition
(synthesis) a priori in the sensible representation of the object in space and
time, together with the unconditional unity of space and time as a whole
(there is only one space and one time) contain axioms of intuition in the
latter's formal aspect. I n conformity with which, the subject posits itself as
object (dabile) and the supreme problem of transcendental philosophy
arises: "How are synthetic propositions a priori possible?" [through] which
the thinkable (cogitabile), as principle, is necessarily brought into focus.

171
 IMMANUEL KANT

Now this inquiry would b e unanswerable, however, and the problem

raised in it irresolvable, if a concept were to present its object directly
(immediately); for that could only take place analytically, by the resolu
tion of concepts, according to the principle of identity - which would
yield no ampliative propositions, such as should form the desired syn
thetic judgment.
Now synthetic a priori judgments do exist, for example, those of mathe
matics: e.g. space contains three dimensions.*

Pure a priori intuition contains, in the subject as thing in itself, the acts of
spontaneity and receptivity, and (through their combination to unity) the
act of reciprocity - through the subjective determination of intuition, as
object in appearance. Herein this x is only a concept of absolute
=

position: not itself a self-subsisting object, but only an idea of relations, to

posit an object corresponding to the form of intuition; the object [is]
made, in thoroughgoing determination, into an object of possible experi-
2 2 :29 ence (its concept, as principle, [is] not derived from experience)." As in
the Axioms of Intuition, the Anticipations -of Perception etc., according to
the system of the categories which lie at the foundation of knowledge of
the given object.
Space and time are only subjective forms of sensible intuition, which
contain the axioms: There is only one space and one time, in which an
infinite aggregate of perceptions can be coordinated with one another into
a system. They are both subject to the principle: Space and time are
intuitions of a whole, which must always be thought of only as part of a
greater whole - that is, they are infinite magnitudes. One sees from this
that the manifold in space and time does not contain things in themselves,
but only appearances, which are given synthetically a priori, and theb
supreme problem of transcendental philosophy is: How are synthetic
propositions a priori possible? Answer: They are possible only insofar as
their object is restricted merely to appearance.

[Margin . . ].

22:30 [VIIth fascicle, sheet III, page 2]

Our knowledge contains synthetic propositions (of arithmetic and ge
ometry) and, indeed, synthetic a prion propositions; how are such proposi
tions possible? A question (the fundamental problem of transcendental
philosophy).

" vide 2nd lnsertion.9B

' There is no closing bracket in Kant's text. Lehmann places the bracket at the end of the
next senlence, after the given object.
1 Reading die for deren.

172
 OPUS POSTUMUM

Only insofar a s w e regard the objects o f knowledge a s appearances, not

as things in themselves, for otherwise we would express more in our
judgment about these objects than is contained in their concept; on the
other hand, if the intuition through which this object is given is repre- 2 2 :3 I
sented merely as appearance, a synthetic judgment is framed by the under
standing according to a principle of synthesis. The thing in itself (objectum
noumenon) is here only a thought-entity without actuality (ens rationis), in
order to designate a place for the representation of the subject. [There is]
a different relation of intuition to the subject, according to the extent to
which the subject is affected immediately by the object (and thus the
object is represented as appearance in a specific form) or whether the
power of representation is immediately aroused.
The representation of apperception which makes itself into an object of
intuition contains a twofold act: first, that of positing itself (the act of
spontaneity); and [second], that of being affected by objects and combin
ing the manifold in representation to a priori unity (the act of receptivity).
In the first case, the subject is an object for itself only in appearance which
is given a priori as the formal element; in the second case, it is an aggregate
of the material of perception insofar as that is thought a priori in space and
time in the synthetic unity of the manifold of intuition.
Space and time are not objects of intuition, but are themselves intu
ition; they are, as such, not objects of sensible representations, valid in
themselves, but only appearances, that is, subjective - but only as the
appearance a or non a of positing or negating. The object of intuition as
=

appearance is given only mediately (inasmuch as the subject is a ffected) as

a sensible representation. To this there corresponds the idea of the object
represented, and the ideality of the given representation as appearance
contains the ground of the possibility of representing the object a priori in
space and time.
The thing in itself is not an object given outside representation, but
merely the position of a thought-entity which is thought of as correspond
ing to the object. So space and time are not perceptible objects but mere
forms of intuition, which nevertheless make up a manifold contained a
priori in the subject, and which supply synthetic a priori propositions to 22:32
geometry. Just this in philosophy.
{What I posit as in appearance, myself, or as thing in itself: or as [breaks
o.ff] }
Synthetic knowledge a priori from concepts, or from the substrate of
concepts, space and time, as outside me in appearance. I posit myself as
an object of intuition according to the formal principle of the determina
tion of the subject of self-consciousness, and of combination to the unity
of the object (space and time) - but, in virtue of this, as something existing
in relation to myself, consequently as appearance (object of sensible intu
ition). I am the cogitabile according to a principle and likewise the dabi/e as

173
 IMMANUEL KANT

object of my concept: the representation of the thing in itself and then in

appearance.

Only the object in appearance can be determinable synthetically a priori,

and form one of the subjects [Fach] of transcendental philosophy. N.B.:
The thoroughgoing determination by perceptions, as a system of percep
tions, is experience and can permit only approximation, not, however,
apodictic certainty.
Not empirical intuition with consciousness (perception) but the pure
intuition of the formal element of combination (composition) of the mani
fold according to a principle (law), is the thought-entity (ens rationis)
which precedes everything material in the object, and subjectively, as
appearance, forms a foundation.
The object = x (the dabile) presupposes the unity of the composition of
the manifold according to its form (the cogitabile), that is, as a principle of
the form of the object in appearance which underlies it a priori. The thing
in itselfis ens rationis.
That light be no discharging motion (ejaculatio) of a matter but an
undulating motion (undulatio).99

[Top margin]
We must, with respect to the intuition of an object in space or in time,
22:33 at all times make the distinction between the representation of the thing
in itself and that of the same thing as appearance - although we can
attribute to the former no predicates, but, as = x, can regard it only as a
correlate for the pure understanding (as cogitabile, not dabile) in which
concepts, not things, are contrasted with one another. The proposition:
All sense-objects are things in appearance (objecta phaenomena) to which
a noumenon corresponds as the ground of their coordination; but no
particular intuition (no n oumenon aspectabile) corresponds to the latter, for
that would be a contradiction with respect to the subjective element of
the principle.

[Left margin]
All synthetic a priori judgments are determinations of the object in
general with respect to its relations in space and in time. The latter are
mere appearances, that is, representations which relate to the object of
intuition insofar as [the subject] is affected by it, and are the subjective
element of the subject's self-affection (formally). Judgments through
concepts are analytic (by the principle of identity), those through predi
cates of intuition are synthetic. Intuition itself is either pure intuition a
priori or empirical. The intuition contains the representation of the ob
ject either as appearance or as it is in itself (objectum vel phaenomenon vel
noumenon).

174
 O P U S P O ST U M U M

The difference between a n ens per s e and the ens a se. The former i s a n
object i n appearance, which i s affected by another; the latter a n object
which posits itself and which is a principle for its own determination (in
space and time). The thing in itself x is not an object given to the
=

senses, but only the principle of synthetic a priori knowledge of the mani
fold of sensible intuition in general, and of the law of its coordination.
Space and time are only subjective forms of intuition, given a priori, and
are thus only the object of the senses in appearance. The understanding
combines this object according to the categories into an unconditional
whole. The subject is not a particular thing but an idea. The principle of
the ideality of space and time is the key to transcendental philosophy, by 2 2 :34
which alone knowledge can be increased synthetically and a priori, insofar
as the objects of sense are represented merely as appearances. In which
the thing in itselfis not an existing being but = x, merely a principle.

A demiurge (creator of the world), author of matter. '00 If one goes by

experience, and wishes to judge from it the character of the author, it
appears that he has taken no account of happiness, but acts as a despot.

[. . . ]

[VIIth fascicle, sheet III, page 4] 2 2:36

First, the representation of the object in intuition. Second, [the repre
sentation] of the intuition as appearance, of how the subject is affected by
the sense-object (outwardly or inwardly). The affecting object is = X.
The formal element of appearance is the position of the object in space
and time; not of space itself as a thing in itself, as an apprehensible thing.
Only through the representatioil' of the object as appearance, not as thing
in itself, are synthetic propositions a priori possible according to the formu
lae of transcendental philosophy, and it is likewise necessary for the knowl
edge of the science of nature as a doctrine of experience. Space and time
are a priori intuitions but not given objects of intuition.
Without laws no experience can take place and, without a principle of
the combination of the manifold in a priori intuition, no law. For knowl
edge [ Wissen] exceeds judgment and only makes the latter capable of
thoroughgoing determination; the receptivity of certainty in synthetic a
priori judgments only takes place if the objects of intuition first qualifY for
this, merely as appearance in my consciousness of myself. For this consti
tutes the formal element which, merely in the understanding, free from
everything empirical, posits [aufitellt] rather than apprehends a manifold
of intuition inasmuch as it emerges from the subject's activity. Hence
space is not an act of apprehension of the object of intuition for it is in 2 2 :37
itself not a thing or object [Sache] and positions in it, as points, cannot be
accumulated - they all coalesce into one point.

1 75
 IMMANUEL KANT

Someone said that the most beautiful statues are already present in
the block of marble; it is only necessary to remove parts of it, etc. ro r _

that is, one can represent through imagination the statue within and the
sculptor [really] inserts it. It is only the appearance of a body. Space
and time are products (but primitive products) of our own imagination,
hence self-created intuitions, inasmuch as the subject affects itsel f
and is thereby appearance, not thing [Sache] in itself. The material
element - the thing in itself - is = X, the mere representation of one's
own activity.

Space and time are sensible objects in appearance, not representation of

an object in itself It is the coordination of the manifold of intuition
under one concept of empirical representation, insofar as both are made
by the subject, rather than given to it, and the latter presents itself and
constitutes an absolute whole. Hereupon is grounded the problem of
transcendental philosophy: "How are synthetic propositions a priori possi
ble?" The solution is: through the representation of objects of intuition
in appearance, not according to what they might be in themselves, but
what they are for the subject by which they are affected - that is, for
mally, not according to what the object might be in itself, for such a
question contains a contradiction. Space and tirne are not apprehensible
objects, but mere modifications of the power of representation in which
the concept of a thing in itself is merely a thought-object (ens rationis)
and serves as an object = x in order to represent the object of intuition
in contrast to appearance. The thing in itself is not something given
(dabile) but what is thought merely as corresponding (notwithstanding
that it remains absent), belonging to the division. It stands only like a
cipher [Ziffer ].

22:38 [Left margin]

That propositions concerning space and time present objects only as
appearances and, for that reason, a priori. In themselves, they are not
objects but determinations of the subject in respect to synthetic a pnori
knowledge as transcendental philosophy.
One cannot have a surfeit with respect to science, but one can well do
so with respect to ethics as worldly wisdom.
The different functions of the determination of the objects of intuitions
make the rules for nature and the basis of the possibility of experience.
Space as an object of the senses is subject to the transcendental philo
sophical principle of the laws of the square ratio, and it is necessitated so
to intuit .'

Reading o f last word uncertain.

176
 OPUS P OSTUMUM

Wisdom i s the highest principle of reason. One cannot become yet wiser.
Only the supreme being is wise. The smartness [Naseweisheit] of children.
Sciolus, a sciolist, or who knows something about everything.
Spontaneity and receptivity with reaction at the same time.
(Not organized matter, for that is a contradiction, but organic body.)
Of the necessity of spiritual forces for the sake of organic bodies and
even organic systems; because one must attribute an understanding to
their cause in which the subject is thought as a simple being (of the sort
which matter or an element of matter cannot be).
Demiurge, universal world-spirit.

No phenomenon under laws can be given as demonstrable by experience

unless the phenomenon has been previously determined a priori thereto,
for experience is omnitudo determinationis, which is never demonstrable
through the completeness of perceptions (which must be infinitely mani
fold) . So an a priori principle for the possibility of experience is required.

That which is given originally in pure intuition (dabile); next, that which is
in the composition of the manifold, the thinkable (cogitabile) for sensc.
perceptions (apprehensibile), or the complex of the manifold in a priori
appearance.

According to Meiners, '0' ethics is the metaphysics of morals; not yet worldly 2 2 :3 9
wisdom but the theory which leads t o it.
Wisdom, unwisdom (mechanism) and folly belong to ethics.
That concerns purposes. Prudence is directed only to means (nullum
numend abest si sit prudentia)oJ and [is] no part of ethics.

[VIIth fascicle, sheet IV, page I ]

Insertion IV

[. ]. .

Every proposttlon (propositio) presupposes a judgment (iudicium) , 2 2 :40

which, undetermined as to what should become its subject or predicate,
precedes it. The proposition was problematic, becomes assertoric through
the determination of the subject (the judgment becomes a proposition),
and, as a proposition given a priori, apodictic - that is, combined with the
consciousness of its necessity (which can also be called universal validity).
All analytic judgments, that is, those which are valid according to the
principle of identity, are also called discursive judgments, because they
contain nothing further in the predicate than that which was already

d Reading with Reicke numerz. Lehmann reads nomen.

1 77
 I M M A N U E L KANT

thought in the concept of the subject; those, on the other hand, which go
beyond the concept of the subject and predicate of it something which was
not contained identically in the concept of the object, are synthetic, and, if
they are also valid a priori, the question arises: "How are synthetic proposi
tions a priori possible?"
Pure mathematics with its nonempirical intuitions can, in any case,
already make clear that such propositions do exist and, if it is a matter of
explaining the ground of possibility of these propositions (which although
not nonsensible are yet independent of experience), [then] this takes place
in relation to the pure intuitive representations, space and time, which
make such objects representable as contained in appearance, not as things
in themselves.
That space and time are not apprehensible objects - that they are not
objects of perception whose systematic connection could be termed
experience - is independently clear; that, however, synthetic a priori judg
ments must lie at the foundation, and that, for this purpose, sensible
representations must not be thought otherwise but indirealy (that is, not as
knowledge of objects in themselves, but only their intuition as appearance,
which alone can be given a prion) is clear from the fact that, without taking
such a mode of representation for i.ts foundation, even experience itself
would not be possible. .
The object of the senses, represented as what it is in itselfin comparison
2 2 :4 1 with the same object in appearance, founds the possibility of synthetic a
priori judgments.

[Top margin]
Space with its manifold cannot be apprehended, but is apperceived as
the original consciousness of oneself, as positing such a manifold. So it is
only appearance of the object X. =

[ . ]
. .

2 2 :43 [VII fascicle, sheet IV, page 3]

The first act of the faculty of representation (focultas repraesentativa) is
the representation of oneself (apperceptio) through which the subject
makes itself into an object (apperceptio simplex); and its represe tation is
intuition (intuitus), not yet concept (conceptus): that is, representation of an
individual (repraesentatio singularis), not yet that which is common to many
(nota, i.e. repraesentatio pluribus communis), that is, a generally valid repre
sentation, which is to be encountered in many [things], in contrast to the
[representation of the] individual.
Space and time are two relations of the objects of pure intuition which
contain a priori principles of their coordination as alongside one another
and successive (iuxta et post se invicem positorum) hence, merely their
-

1 78
 O P U S P O S TU M U M

formal element; and they exist only i n the intuiting subject, a s conditions o f
the composition o fthis manifold, each represented a s unconditional unity
hence also as infinite magnitudes - whose parts, however, are not objects of
perception (empirical representation with consciousness) but are in them
selves nothing (existing) but pure formal intuition, that is, appearance.
What is an object in appearance, however, in contrast to the same object
but as thing in itself?
This difference does not lie in the objects, but merely in the difference
of the relation in which the subject apprehending the sense-object is
affected for the production of the representation in itself.
That space and time, in the manifold which these representations con- 22 :44
tain (for they are not apprehensible things, but nothing other than repre -
sentations themselves) must be thought in twofold relations to the subject:
first, insofar as they are intuitions (and sensible ones, indeed); second, in
the way in which their manifold makes synthetic propositions a priori
possible in general, and so founds a principle of synthetic a priori proposi-
tions (but, hereby, also a transcendental philosophy) without which this
necessary science would not take place.
Now the latter is only possible for the reason that these objects are
regarded in dual rational relations.
Space and time are intuitions with the dynamic function of positing a
manifold of intuition as appearance (dabile); thus also an aspectabile, as
appearance, which precedes all apprehensive representation (perception
as empirical representation with consciousness) and is thought syntheti
cally a priori, according to a principle as thoroughly determining (intuitus
quem sequitur conceptus) in which the subject posits itself in the collective
unity of the manifold of intuition.
The latter is, a priori, as unconditional unity, the formal element of
appearance, in contrast with the thing in itself = x, which is not itself a
separate [absonderliches] object, but is only a particular relation (respectus) in
order to constitute oneself as object - from which the problem of transcen
dental philosophy: "How are synthetic propositions in relations of space
and time possible?" emerges.
Both combined together, yield to absolute (unlimited) whole of intuition,
which, yet, is always possible only as part of a yet greater whole - hence it is
not an object (dabile) : a cogitabile which yet is not, as a whole, dabile.

[. . ]
.

[Xth fascicle, sheet XIX, page 2]

[Insertion V]
The first act of knowledge is the verb: I am, - self-consciousness, for I,
[as] subject, am an object to myself. In this, however, there lies a relation

179
 IMMANUEL KANT

which precedes all determination o f the subject, namely, the relation of

intuition to the concept, in which the I is taken doubly (that is, in a dou ble
meaning) insofar as I posit myself: that is, on the one hand, as thing in
itself (ens per se), and, secondly, as object of intuition; to be precise, either
objectively as appearance, or as constituting myself a priori into a thing
(that is, as thing [Sache] in itself).
Consciousness of itself (apperceptio) is an act through which the subject
makes itself in general into an object. It is not yet a perception (apprehensio
simplex), that is, not a sensible representation, for which it is required that
the subject is affected by some object and that intuition becomes empiri
cal; it is, rather, pure intuition, which, under the designations of space and
time, contain merely the formal clement of the composition (coordinatio et
subordinatio) of the manifold of intuition, and which, thereby [contain] an
a priori principle of the synthetic knowledge of the manifold - which, for
this reason, represents the object in appearance.
The difference of the manifold of intuition - whether it represents the
object in appearance, or according to that which it is in itself- signifies
nothing other than whether the formal element is thought as merely
subjectively valid (that is, for the subject) or objectively, valid for every
body; which amounts to the question whether the position should express
a noun or a verb.
The intuition of space, with its three dimensions, and that of time with
its single one, furnish synthetic a priori propositions, as principles - but
not for sense-objects; for they are not apprehensible things which present
themselves to intuition (empirically) and their representation with con-
2 2 :4 1 4 sciousness is not perception. Just as little [is] the system of the aggregate
of such presumed perceptions experience; rather, it is a whole of intuition
which, objectively, is merely appearance, to which the object as thing in
itself is thought as corresponding merely in the idea.
That space and time are nothing existing outside the subject, much
less still inner determinations of things, but merely thought-objects (entia
rationis).
What comes first is that space and time (and the object in them) is given
(dabile) in indeterminate but determinable intuition (that is, in appear
ance), and so is thought as a possible whole (cogitabile). Both together,
however, found a principle for synthetic a priori propositions, which is
called transcendental philosophy, and which [forms] the transition from
the metaphysical foundations of natural science, through which the sub
ject constitutes itself into an object of experience for physics; the latter
does not introduce thoroughgoing determination from experience, but for
it, as a system of perceptions. The subjective element of intuition, as the
latter's formal element, is the object in appearance as it emerges a priori
from synthetic representation, according to this principle. The thing in
itself is a thought-object (ens rationis) of the connection of this manifold

1 80
 OPUS POSTUMUM

whole into the unity to which the subject constitutes itself. The object in
itself = x is the sense-object in itself; but as another mode of representa
tion, not as another object.

[Left margin]
One cannot, in the synthesis of intuition, commence from empirical
intuition with consciousness (from perception), for in that case the form
would be missing. So one begins from an a priori principle of what is
formal in intuition, and proceeds to the principle of the possibility of
experience: does not draw anything from experience, and posits oneself.
All existence of consciousness in space and time is mere appearance of
inner and outer sense, and, as such, a synthetic principle of intuition takes
place a priori, and affects itself as a thing existing in space and time. The
subject is here the thing in itself because it contains spontaneity. Appear- 22:4r5
ance i s receptivity. The thing in itself i s not another object, but another
mode of making oneself into an object. The intelligible object is not an
objectum noumenon, but the aa of the understanding which makes the
object of sensible intuition into a mere phenomenon.
It [namely, space] is something given a priori (dabile), that is, not a mere
object of intuition but intuition itself and not merely a thinkable object. It
is not an ens (something existing) nor either a non ens (something unthink
able) but a principle of possibility.
What is to be known through sense (that is, perceived) must affect our
sense, and the intuition of the object which arises from it is appearance
(thing in itself).
Space is not something apprehensible (not an object of perception, that
is, of empirical representation with consciousness). Neither is it some
thing given outside the thinking subject, but only an aggregate of represen
tations which are in us; not something in whose concept there is a contra
diction, but which, however, is also not nothing, and, where there is only
space for things, but not something which fills it, nothing [breaks off]
Universalitas universality
-

Universitas totality
-

The thing in itself, which corresponds to a thing in appearance, is a

mere thought-object, but yet not a nonentity [ Unding].

[Xth fascicle, sheet XIX, page 3]

All our knowledge consists of two components: intuition and concept,
which lie a priori at the foundation of knowledge; and the understanding is
that form of the connection of both into the unity of their manifold in the
subject, through which that which was thought subjectively is represented
objectively, as given (cogitabile quatenus est dabile).
The first act, proceeding from the representation of an object of intu
ition to the concept, and so [to progress] through reciprocal relation, is the

181
 IMMANUEL KANT

22:4 1 6 constitution o f the relation o f these representations into synthetic unity

(not logical unity, according to the principle of identity, but metaphysical,
according to the principle of transcendental philosophy - the possibility
of synthetic cognitions a prion); it is not the act of apprehension of the
manifold given in intuition (apprehensio simplex) but the principle of the
autonomy of making oneself into an object, as given in appearance (ob
jectum phaenomenon). In this, the thing [Sache] in itself = x (objectum
noumenon) is only a thought in order to represent the object merely as
appearance (thus as indirectly knowable) and to present in intuition its'
existence in space and time (which are not real relations but mere forms
thereof).
Space and time are, indeed, not things in themselves (entia per se), but
mere forms of the complex of representations in the coordination of the
manifold of intuition, as sensible representation; and each of them con
tains unconditional unity. There is only one space and one time, each of
which, as limitless (negatively infinite) [contains] a sensible intuition in a
manifold not of perception (empirical representation with consciousness)
but merely the complex of all relations in sensible representation [breaks
offJ
Intuition and concept are the two modes of representation of a thing in
general, whose manifold is given to sense a priori (that is, as pure intu
_
ition) prior to all perception (empirical knowledge with consciousness) as
the formal element of the composition of the manifold according to the
principle of its synthetic unity, and which is thought through the under
standing. Both can be either pure or empirical. The pure concepts are
principles, which precede a priori all intuition. Pure intuition (outer as
well as inner) is a principle, corresponding to the discursive principle, of a
22:4 1 7 pn'ori knowledge insofar as i t i s synthetic. These two principles belong to
transcendental philosophy and space and time are their objects. Their
object in this representation is not given as an existing thing (not a dabile
but cogitabile) which inheres in the subject, and is represented merely as
the formal element of appearance in an absolute whole of the manifold of
intuition - hence, as infinite. There is one space and one time.
The objects of representation in intuition are not apprehensible objects
outside this object, but the relation of objects to the subject - not as things
in themselves == x but as appearances.

[Margin]
22:4 1 8 [ . . . ] By the word "soul" is understood not merely a living or animated
substance, but something which animates another substance (matter).
Every animal has a soul (as an immaterial principle) and parts of animals
still appear to demonstrate a vita propria'04 when they are separated. Plants

' Reading die for von der.

182
 OPUS POSTUMUM

permit grafts, and hence aggregates without a system. The organ i n an

organic body which one calls "nerve" is the seat of sensation and is called
"soul," of which there is always only one, so that, when the body is
divided, another atom, in its turn, carries out the task of the soul.
First, that we posit a manifold of the intuition of ourself. Second,
insofar as we posit something outside ourselves, by which we are affected
(that is, as appearance in space and time). Third, that the understanding
posits synthetically, according to a principle, the manifold of intuition (that
is, connects it together to the unity of the intuition of the manifold in a
whole) and progresses to thoroughgoing determination. The determin
able is the thing in itself; it is what is given through the understanding and
posited (dabile) synthetically, a priori, according to its form; the manifold
of intuition is the assignable. The principle of the possibility of experience
(progress to physics).

[Xth fascicle, sheet XIX, page 4]

(r) The consciousness of myself as subject (according to the rule of
identity) . (2) Knowledge of oneself through intuition and concept. (3) The
positing of oneself: in space and time. This positing takes place according 22:419
to a priori principles and contains merely the formal element o f the coexis-
tence and succession of the manifold of intuition. (4) Intuition is either
pure or empirical intuition; the former alone contains synthetic a priori
judgments for sense-objects, and thus the theme of transcendental phi-
losophy, which contains the problem: "How are synthetic judgments a
priori possible?" (5) The solution is: They are only possible insofar as the
objects of the senses are represented only as appearances, not as things in
themselves. The existence of the manifold in space and time (dabile)
stands under the condition of the formal element of the coordination of
the manifold as appearance - that is, as subjective mode of representation
of the way in which the subject is affected, not according to what it is in
itself; for it is this formal element alone of which a synthetic a priori
principle is possible. Empirical synthesis through perceptions can yield no
a priori principle (nothing universal) of the kind which the principle of
relations in space and time must have.
All of our faculty of knowledge consists in two acts: intuition and con
cepts; both, as pure (that is, not e mpirical) representations (for the latter
already require an influence on the senses - that is, perceptions, which
already presuppose the former representations) emerge from the faculty of
representation, from formation [Gestaltung] (species) and thought; and the
places in which we posit the objects of these representations are space and
time, which, independently, have no reality (existence) but are mere forms
which inhere in the subject (entia rationis). Though limitless as to their 2 2 :420
quantitative relation, they contain, with respect to the qualitative, however,
an inner infinite manifold.

1 83
 IMMANUEL KANT

All my faculty o f representation ifacultas repraesentativa), which consists

of intuition and concept, commences from consciousness of oneself'
which, first, is called logical (explicative, according to the rule of iden tity),
then, however, is also a metaphysical principle of synthetic a priori
knowledge - that is, it is ampliative, and goes beyond the given concept
thereby that the subject posits itself in space- and time-relations, as pure
(not empirical) intuitions, which, however, are only objects in appearance.
Hence merely subjectively, not objectively, determining - not that which
is itself object, but only the form of the intuition of the object. The
transcendental mode of representation is that of intuition as appearance;
the transcendent, that of the object as thing in itself, which is only an ens
rationis (that is, only thought-object) and, determining, not objectively but
only subjectively, is a conceptus infinitus (indefinitus).
Our sensible intuition is, initially, not perception (empirical representa
tion with consciousness), for a principle of positing oneself and of becom
ing conscious of this position precedes it; and the form[s] of this positing
of the manifold, as thoroughly combined, are the pure intuitions, which
are c.dled space and time (outer and inner intuition) and which, as unlim
ited according to concepts (indefinita), are represented in appearance as
infinitely positive (infinita).
Consciousness of oneself is ( 1) logical, according to the analytical
principle, (2) metaphysical, in the coordination (complexus) of the mani
fold given in self-intuition - (a) through concepts, (b) through construc
tion of concepts which form the intuition of the subject and a mathemati
cal representation.
N.B. Transcendental philosophy does not contain merely the complex of
synthetic a pn'ori propositions in a complete system, but contains such
22:421 propositions from concepts, not through the latter's construction; for then
it is mathematics. The concept of an all-filling, all-penetrating, moving
matter lies already in the fact that, otherwise, space would not be
perceived - and, hence, not be an object.

[Left margin]
Life, however, stems from a distinct substance, from an archeus'os (ani
mated matter is contradictory), and organic bodies stand, through the
ether, in the relation of a higher organ toward one another.

We have to do only with synthetic a priori knowledge, with the composi

tion of the manifold of intuition in space and time, and with an object
which we make ourselves, as spectators and, at the same time, originators.

That our representations are not produced by the objects, but that the
latter conform to the faculty of representation and its synthesis.
The thing in itself = x is a mere thought-Qbject (ens rationis ratiocinantis) .

1 84
 OPUS P O S T UMUM

Of the mechanical powers which are only possible by means of the

dynamic powers (primarily attraction) and are indirectly machines.
The subjective element of intuition as appearance is the a priori form,
the thing in itself is x. Transcendental philosophy.
=

I . To posit oneself.
2 To posit for oneself an object of intuition, not of empirical sense
intuition, but a priori, according to the formal element, space and time.
3 Subjectively as appearance prior to all perception.
4 Synthetic a priori propositions (transcendental philosophy) which con
tain the possibility of experience under a principle.

Note. The difference between the representation of a thing in itself = x

and that in the mode of which the thing in itself appears to the subject -

dabile and cogitabile. Both together repraesentabile. Unity (logical), accord

ing to the principle of identity, and metaphysical (not opposed as a and non
a, but as a and -a, oppositio s. corre/atio rea/is) in the subject.

[. . .]

[VIIth fascicle, sheet VII, page I ]

Insertion VII

The pure intuitions of space and time prove that we must present a
manifold of representations synthetically and formally into a whole (that
is, into the unity of composition in consciousness). [And this we must do]
a priori; prior, that is, to all empirical representation with consciousness
(i.e. prior to perception). These pure intuitions have as their object noth
ing perceptible (existing) or real, but merely a form, a form which we
ourselves must make in order to become conscious of this object. We must
present [the manifold of representations] both as an infinite complex
(complexus) of representations in a whole and as a formal ideality of rela
tions, preceding all material reality of perceptions (aspeaabile ceu dabile) .
Space and time are, in fact, not objects of intuition but merely its
subjective forms which do not exist outside our representations. They are
only given in the subject, that is, their representation is an act of the
subject itself and a product of its imagination . For the subject's sense,
however, the cause of perception is the object in appearance (phaenome-
non) which is not derived (repraesentatio derivativa) but original (ori- zz:n
ginaria). The principle [of this original appearance] does not found meta-
physics but transcendental philosophy and leads to a twofold task: (1)
How are synthetic a priori principles possible from intuitions? (2) How are
synthetic a priori principles possible from concepts?
Thus transcendental philosophy likewise founds mathematics by its use

1 85
 IMMANUEL KANT

of the latter as instrument. But it does not do so directly, for it would be a

contradiction to make directly into a concept that which is merely knowl
edge from the constitution of concepts.
The first act of the faculty of representation is the consciousness of
myself which is a merely logical act underlying all further representation,
through which the subject makes itselfinto an object. The second act is to
determine this object as pure a priori intuition and also as concept; that is, [to
progress] to knowledge, as the complex (complexus) of representations, com
pletely determined according to a principle of the categories: the system of
the categories of quality, quantity, etc., and thus to represent the manifold
in appearance as belonging to the unity of experience (as existing).*
What is given first to the power of representation is space and time, and
the existence of things in space and in time as the complex (complexus) of a
manifold of intuition, infinitely extended in two directions. The objects of
this representation are not existing things (non sunt entia), yet nor are they
22:78 nonentities (nonentia). For they are not objects of perception, objectively
outside the representing subject, but are our representation itself, that is,
are only subjectively given in the subject's representation. Their unlim
ited magnitude is not universality (universalitas conceptus) but totality
(omnitudo complexus universitas); not a merely thinkable whole according
to concepts (cogitabi/e) but given as an object (dabile). Progress to the
knowledge of it is the transition from metaphysics to transcendental phi
losophy, which does not advance analytically from concepts to intuitions,
but only constitutes itself synthetically and a priori from intuition into a
system according to a principle.
[The subject's] consciousness of itself (apperceptio), insofar as it is af
fected, is the representation of the object in appearance. However, insofar
as it is the subject which affects itself, it is equally to be regarded as the
object in itself = x.

[Right margin]
There is no spontaneity in the organization of matter but only receptiv
ity from an immaterial principle of the formation of matter into bodies,
which indicates [geht auf] the universe, and contains a thoroughgoing
relation of means to ends. An understanding (which, however, is not a
world-soul) [is] the principle of the system, not a principle of aggregation.

Mathematics is indirectly founded by philosophy.

Even the organism is contained in the consciousness of oneself. The

subject makes its own form .in accordance with a priori purposes.

Omnimoda determinatio est existentia.

186
 O P US P O S T U M U M

Instinct is an autonomous instance of the dynamical principle which pro

duces [hinwirkt au}] a mechanism of self-preservation. Unity of purpose.
Spontaneity. Vegetative life.

Metaphysics and transcendental philosophy differ from each other in the 2 2 :79

respect that the former contains already given a priori principles of natural
science, the latter, on the other hand, such as hold within themselves the
very possibility of metaphysics and of its synthetic a priori principles.
[In transcendental philosophy] one does not begin from objects, but
rath er from the system of the possibility of constituting one's own thinking
subject, and one is oneself the originator of one's power of thought.
Space and time are forms of the receptivity of our representations.

[VIIth fascicle, sheet VII, page 2]

The faculty of representation proceeds from the consciousness of myself
(apperceptio), and this is a merely logical act, an act of thought, through
which no object is yet given by me. {For knowledge, what is thinkable
(cogitabile) requires an object (dabile), namely, something which corre
sponds as intuition to a concept. If the intuition is pure, that is, as yet not
mingled with perception (empirical representation with consciousness) then
the act by which the subject makes itself into an object, is metaphysical.
The act: I think myself, is merely subjective; I am an object of apprehen
sion for myself.}
In the proposition: I am thinking, because it is completely identical,
no progress, no synthetic judgment is given to me; for it is tautological
and the alleged inference: I think, therefore I am, is no inference. The
first act of knowledge, rather, is: I am an object of thought (cogitabile)
and intuition (dabile) for myself, initially as pure (not empirical) represen
tation, which knowledge is called a priori. This act contains as the formal
clement of this unity a principle of the connection of the manifold of
these representations, independent of all perception (the material ele
ment of the representations).
Space and time are pure intuitions. Each carries with it the absolute 2 2 :80
unity of its representation, that is, unlimitedness. There is one space and
one time, and if we speak of spaces and times, we mean thereby parts of
the unlimited magnitude of a thought-object (ens rationis). But it is not
therefore a nonentity (non ens), something impossible, to which no repre
sentation corresponds. Its science emerges from metaphysics if it carries
discursive universality in its concept, but from transcendental philosophy,
if it carries intuitive universality (totality). The latter must emerge syntheti-
cally from pure intuition, not analytically, that is, by the principle of the
identity of concepts.
Transcendental philosophy, however, is the science of a system of synthetic
a priori knowledge from concepts; for it is philosophy, whose principle lies

1 87
 IMMANUEL KANT

in the general problem: "How are synthetic a priori propositi ons from
concepts possible, how are they possible from pure intuition?"
Synthetic a priori propositions are given in intuition, namely, in pure
mathematics. The latter consists entirely in such propositions; and, if one
attempted to progress in this science by proceeding analytically from
22:81 concepts, one would breach its principles, that is, its formal element as a
science within philosophy/ although not demonstrating falsely.

[Bottom marginJ
Transcendental philosophy contains the principles of synthetic a prion
judgments from concepts. That which contains synthetic a priori judg
ments from pure intuitions alone is not philosophy, but pure mathematics.
Nevertheless, a philosophical use of mathematics is possible, as Newton
has established in his immortal work: Philosophiae natura/is principia mathe
matica. Mathematics thereby becomes an instrument of philosophy, with
out itself being philosophy; and the principles of this instrumental doc
trine belong to transcendental philosophy also. The key to this problem
lies in the principle of the determination of objects (their intuition) in
space and time, which [contain] identically in themselves the existence of
their objects in thoroughgoing detennination. For omnimoda determinatio est
existentia, even if that is only an idea. The phenomena of affection by light
and heat (objective and subjective representation) provide a priori, not
matter, but twofold motion.

[Left margin]
Analytic universality (universalitas). Synthetic universality, totality (uni
versitas rerum).
Entia sunt vel res vel intelligentiae. ' 07 The latter are either pure intelli
gences or things which stand in reciprocity with them (inhabitantes),
animantia. Omnitudo conceptus est universalitas - omnitudo complexus est
um'versitas. 108! Totality and universality.

I, the subject, am an object to myself, that is, [the] object of my self. The
22:82 manifold of representations by which I determine myself stands under an
a priori principle of self-determination, which is a principle not of appre
hension but of apperception, for the purpose of the synthetic unity of
space and time. The consciousness of myself is logical merely and leads to
no object; it is, rather, a mere determination of the subject in accordance
with the rule of identity. Only a synthetic a priori knowledge which pro
gresses from metaphysics to transcendental philosophy opens the way to

Euclid's proposition regarding two parallel lines which are intersected by a third can be
proved quite rigorously by a philosophical treatrnent.o6

f In the text: om11itudo complexus est tmiversalitas.

1 88
 O P U S P OSTU M U M

transcendental philosophy. But the manifold of intuition in space and

time, being a pure, not empirical, intuition, gives objects in appearance
which == x. The representation of space and time is a propaedeutic to
transcendental philosophy, not yet transcendental philosophy itself. For
that, the question: How are synthetic a priori propositions possible? is
req uired. There are synthetic a priori principles of the determination of
the object in space and time, that is, from intuitions. But there are also
such principles from concepts. The latter belong to transcendental phi
losophy, and this in turn to the possibility of experience as omnimoda
determinatio.

I am an object of myself and of my representations. That there is some

thing else outside me is my own product. I make myself. Space cannot be
perceived. (But neither can the moving force in space be perceived, inso
far as it is represented as actual without a body which exercises it.) We
make everything ourselves.

[Vllth fascicle, sheet VII, page 3]

The understanding begins with the consciousness o f itself (apperceptio)
and performs thereby a logical act. To this the manifold of outer and inner
intuition attaches itself serially, and the subject makes itself into an object
in a limitless sequence.
This intuition is not empirical. It is not perception, that is, not derived
from a sense-object, but determines the object by the subject's a priori act,
[through which] it is the owner and originator of its own representations. 2 2 :R3
With its power of representation [the subject] then advances from the
metaphysical foundations to transcendental philosophy which establishes
a system of synthetic knowledge from intuitions, not merely from con-
cepts. The system [yields] philosophical knowledge for the sake of mathe-
matics (not a philosophical mathematics - for that would be a self
contradiction). The quantitative unity of the manifold and its relations arc
therein united with the qualitative unity in one prindple, and mathematics
becomes available as a tool for philosophy.
Synthetic a priori propositions are only indirectly possible in philosophy,
namely, in relation to objects of pure intuition in space and time, and to
those objects' existence in space and time as their thoroughgoing determina
tion (omnimoda determinatio est existentia). But the objects of sense arc
given in space and time only as things in appearance (phaenomena); that is,
they are, by their form, not objects given purely and simply, but only
subjectively, under the limitation of their principle.

First, the consciousness of myself (sum), which is logical (cogito) - not an

inference (ergo sum), but by the rule of identity (sum cogitans) . In this act of
representation (of thought) no synthesis of the manifold of intuition is yet

1 89
 IMMANUEL KANT

met with; i t merely contains a n analytic judgment. The first progress of the
faculty of representation (focultas repraesentativa) is that from pure thought
in general to pure intuition: space and time, which contain synthetic a priori
knowledge. They are not objects (entia), but mere forms of a priori intuition.
Space and time are not objects of the perception of given things, nor are
they concepts of the composition of the (thought-) manifold in them; they
are, rather, pure outer and inner intuitions, as individual (not general)
representations, and each of them is infinite. From this there follows the
22 :84 existence of things in space and time, as existence in appearance only (that
is, as merely subjective, not directly and objectively given as something
outside representation). The infinity of both [i.e. space and time] (unitas
quantitativa) is combined with the qualitativa in a single concept.

On the Newtonian concept: Philosophiae natura/is principia mathematica.

Transcendental philosophy renders such a [philosophia] possible without
-tELaaou; d O.f..f..o ytvo; because one determines space for the
forces - that space in which they act, and the laws according to which they
do so. The forces already lie in the representation of space.

One may also postulate a priori, although only conditionally, the existence
of a light-matter, spread through the entire universe; for otherwise we
would not perceive objects in space at all distances. According to the rule
ofidentity. In the case of heat, it is not necessary that such a matter should
exist, for heat is something merely subjective, and the expansion of bodies
through heat exists only for the eye, that is, for light (consequently, is only
inferred as the effect of a cause).
Discursive and intuitive universality. The former in concepts, the latter
in intuition. Logical, metaphysical, transcendental - cosmological univer
sality (not totality, universalitas, but universitatis).
Of natural science from dynamical and, subsequently, physical
mechanical principles - because one begins from the universe and its
production. Matter which makes space an object of sense, that is, first
makes it perceptible. The existence of things in space. That which
precedes all physics. Ether repulsive. Ponderable material.
Light-centers (suns); eccentric planets (comets) and their appearance
by their tails which, like the zodiacal light, render visible the scattered
particles, these atoms, in the sky.

[Right margin]
The m etaphysical foundations of natural science contain the principles
of progression to physics.
2 2 :85 Mathematical principles of philosophy are a contradiction in the
subclause of the judgment. A philosophical use of mathematics can, how
ever, be made indirectly if the qualitative relation is combined with the

190
 OPUS P OSTUMUM

qu antitative, the dynamical with the mechanical; for example, central

forces by circular motion (which, however, require attraction by the
thread) . [One may] postulate original attractive forces, belonging to mat
ter in space, and only activated through motion.
The logical consciousness of myself (sum) contains no determination
but the real consciousness of intuition (apperceptio).
"I am" is the logical act which precedes all representation of the object;
it is a verbum by which I posit myself. I exist in space and time and
thoroughly determine my existence in space and time (omnimoda de
terminatio est existentia) as appearance according to the formal conditions
for the connection of the manifold of intuition; I am both an outer and
inner object for myself. What is subjective in the determination of myself
is, equally, objective by the rule of identity, according to a principle of
synthetic a priori knowledge. There is only one space and one time, each
of which is represented in intuition [as] an unconditional intuitive whole,
that is, as infinite. My synthetic a priori knowledge as transcendental
philosophy is a transition from the metaphysical foundations of natural
science to physics, that is, to the possibility of experience.

[Main text, between the lines]

The first synthetic act of consciousness is that through which the sub
ject makes itself an object of intuition; not logically (analytically) according
to the rule of identity, but metaphysically (synthetically).

[Top margin]
Intuition and concept: The first is for representation of the senses, the
second for the understanding, which combines the manifold of intuition
according to a principle. Appearance is the subjective and formal element
of intuition, as the subject affects itself or is affected by the object. Space
and time, united together, make up pure intuition; both [are] infinite, but
only subjective. Only what is formal in appearance can be counted as 22:86
knowledge a priori. The object (materia/e) x is only the ideal element of
=

composition. Not apprehensible . Cogitabile - dabile.

Note. Of the autonomy of the concept of the organization of matter,
without which we ourselves would have no organs.

[VIIth fascicle, sheet VII, page 4]

The representations of sense-objects do not enter the subject; rather,
they and the principles of their mutual connection emerge from the sub
ject [wirken hinaus] for the purpose of knowledge of the subject, and to
think objects as appearances.
The transition from the metaphysical foundations of natural science to
transcendental philosophy and from it to physics.
Unity of space, unity of time, and the unity of both in thoroughgoing

191
 IMMANUEL KANT

detennination. Existence of objects in space a n d time. The function of the

categories to constitute oneself (the subject) as an object. These forms of
synthesis in appearance are original, not derivative. They are not objective
things, but relations of the subject to the power of thought, or vice versa.
How are synthetic cognitions a priori possible from concepts, how from
intuitions, and how from both together?
Existence i n space and time, which stems solely from the subject's
power of representation (is made by itself), is contained in a system
according to the principle of transcendental philosophy as absolute synthetic
unity. It is contained not as an aggregate of empirical representations, but
as belonging to the unity of experience and to the possibility of the transi
tion from metaphysics to physics. The latter determines itself in its form
according to the system of categories. Problem: How are synthetic cogni
tions a priori possible?
Space and time are pure intuitions, not perceptions (empirical repre
sentations with consciousness); that is, contained a priori as intuition in
22:87 representation, but are not existing things connected with each other in
relations of coexistence and succession. The subject makes this manifold
of representations, namely its complex as an object in appearance, be it
inner or outer, according to the principle of transcendental philosophy.
The consciousness of myself is not yet an act of self-determination for
the knowledge of an object, but is only the modality of knowledge in
general by which a subject makes itself into an object in general; it is what
is formal in intuition in general. Space and time, each of which is an
absolute whole, together with the undetermined manifold, are what is
given (dabile); to which something else is juxtaposed as what is thinkable
(cogitabile). The representation as an act of knowledge is then called ap
pearance, which contains a coordination (complexus) according to the prin
ciples of positing oneself.

The transition from the metaphysical foundations of natural science to

physics lies between the two limit-points of a doctrinal system. This
relation [contains] the connection of the one with the other according to a
principle of synthetic a priori knowledge. It founds the transition from one
science (metaphysics) to the other (namely, transcendental philosophy), not
analytically (that is, merely logically and explicatively from the principle of
identity) but ampliatively, in real relationship.
By transcendental philosophy we mean the principle of ynthetic a priori
knowledge from concepts; thus a principle of philosophical knowledge, not
of mathematical knowledge by the construction of concepts. Transcenden
tal philosophy indeed belongs to metaphysics insofar as it proceeds from
the latter; it is, however, no part of metaphysics but an independent
science, containing the conditions of progress to the possibility of physics
(as a doctrine of experience).

1 92
 OPUS POSTUMUM

[Bottom margin] 2 2 :88

Space and time are objects in appearance; the categories, because we
ourselves posit them through the understanding, objects in themselves.
Experience as appearance. Both direct and indirect, but a prion'. (1) for
experience, (2) from it.
Transcendental philosophy is the science of synthetic, not analytic, a
priori [knowledge] from concepts, not from their construction. In the pre
sentation ofspace and time as a priori intuition [there is] absolute unity, and
thus something infinite. By complexus, unconditional unity; by the appear
ance of the subjective, determination as appearance according to its form.
(1) Metaphysical; (2) Newton's mathematical foundations of natural sci
ence, or philosophical [foundations] ; [3] and, finally, the philosophical pre
sentation by First. (a) Mathematical foundations of natural science, not
philosophical foundations of mathematics, as only mediate (indirect).

[Bottom left margin]

How do conceptus, notio, idea differ?

[Top margin]
The sense-intuition contains the manifold; thought produces its unity.
By the former, the manifold is the object in appearance x and the dabile;
=

by the latter, the understanding comes into operation and produces the
cogitabile. Both [are] a priori because [the subject] posits itself. The pure
(not empirical) original (not derivative) representation, determining di
rectly or indirectly . . . Space and time in intuition arc not things but the
acts of the power of representation positing itself, through which the
subject makes itself into an object.

[Left margin)
N.B. Of the prcdicables and their complete enumeration, which belong
after the predicaments (categories) in the complete system of metaphysics.
What comes first is that . . . the subject determines its self
consciousness, makes itself into an object and is appearance of itself.
Synthetic and analytic.
Unity of space and time and of the possibility of experience (that is, of 2 2 : 89
the thoroughgoing determination in space and time) for omnimoda de
tenninatio est existentia.
On this, and on the principle of the possibility of experience, is founded
the idea of the existence of a universally distributed, all-penetrating etc.
material which forms the basis of the possibility of there being one single
experience, and whose existence can thus be comprehended a priori. For
it is the attractive, repulsive and centrifugal forces which make experience
as a system possible at all, and, without this absolute and real unity, even
the negative principle of the void is impossible.

1 93
 I M M A N U E L KANT

To frame the world according to the principle of atomism or cor

puscular philosophy is to make space into something which is yet nothing,
Atomi ac inane.

[' ,]
'

[VIlth fascicle, sheet VIII, page 3 ]

[Insertion VIII]

To have something, or to claim to know it, from experience is more than

any understanding is capable of; for who can enumerate all perceptions
which can present themselves to his senses? They are extended to infinity
(indefinitum). But [to do this] for experience, for the possibility of produc
ing it subjectively and of progressing toward it, that is the task which
(although only according to its form, not its content (qualitative non quanti
tative)) can be met with in the subject and required of it.
The investigation of nature can thus be regarded as a philosophy which
is meant to have two subjects ..... metaphysics and physics - from which
there yet stands open a perspective onto another subject, namely that of
transcendental philosophy, which deals particularly with the principle of

synthetic a priori propositions.

The logical act, I think (apperception), is a judgment (iudicium), but not yet
a proposition (propositio), not yet an act of the faculty of knowledge (focultas
cog11oscendz) through which an object is given; rather, it is only thought in
general. It is, according to its form, a logical act, without content (cogitans
sum, me ipsum nondum cog11osco),109 even less is it a rational inference: I think
therefore I am (ratiocinium). I, the subject, makes itself into an object
according to the rule of identity. Two elements belong to knowledge
(cognitio), intuition and concept, a representation through which an object is
given and another by which it is thought. I, the subject, am an object to
myself. This, however, expresses more than self-consciousness.
-The principle of the ideality of intuition lies at the foundation of all our
22 :96 knowledge of things outside us: That is, we do not apprehend objects as
given in themselves (apprehensio simplex), but; rather, the subject produces
(fingit) for itself the manifold of the sense-object according to its form,
and does so, indeed, according to a principle (iudicium), prior to all empiri
cal representation with consciousness (perception) - that is, fit does so] a
priori, by means of the faculty of judgment (iudicium), through a syllogism,
into a complex (complexus), not of a ruleless aggregate but of a system.
The object of pure intuition, by means of which the subject posits itself,
is infinite - namely, space and time.
Intuition and concept belong to knowledge: that I am given to myself
and thought by myself as object. Something exists (apprelzensio simplex); I

1 94
 OPUS POSTUMUM

am not merely logical subject and predicate, b u t also object of perception

(dabi/e non so/um cogitabile).
We can only commence from the totality of things as absolute synthetic
unity (whose phenomenon is space and time). Thoroughgoing determina
tion is possible in it a priori and this is the existence of the world. If one
speaks of worlds, the latter are only different systems of one world in an
absolute whole which is yet unlimited; for empty space is not a sense
object, not a thing (non est ens) - although not a nonentity (non ens), that is,
something self-contradictory. Atomism (corpuscular philosophy) is an ag
gregate of points.
The "I am" is not yet a proposition (propositio), but merely the copula
to a proposition; not yet a judgment. "I am existing" contains apprehen
sion, that is, it is not merely a subjective judgment but makes myself
into an object of intuition in space and time. Logical consciousness to
what is real, and progresses from apperception to apprehension and its
synthesis of the manifold. I cannot say: I think therefore I am; rather,
such a judgment (of apprehensio simplex) would be tautological. The 2 2 :97
whole of the objects of intuition - the world is only in me (transcenden-
tal idealism).

[Right margin]
The word "intuition" (intuitus) points toward vision. The concept (con
ceptus) toward the coordination of touch. All subjective determinations of
the faculty of knowledge. The third [element] is the foundation of appear
ances as if established in immovable solid ground. A justified [fundiert]
possession.

Progress from metaphysics to transcendental philosophy, and, eventually,

from the latter to physics.

Apart from (logical) consciousness of myself, I have to do objectively with

nothing other than my faculty of representation. I am an object to myself.
The position of something outside me, itself first commences from me, in
the forms of space and time, in which I myself posit the objects of outer
and inner sense, and which, therefore, are infinite positings.
The existence of things in space and time is nothing but omnimoda
determinatio, which is also only subjective (that is, in representation) and
whose possibility in experience also rests only on concepts. We can know
only what is formal, thinkable a priori.

An immaterial moving principle in an organic body is its soul, and, if one

wishes to think of the latter as a world-soul, one can assume of it that it
builds its own body and even that body's dwelling-place [Gehause] (the
world).

1 95
 IMMANUEL KANT

[Vllth fascicle, sheet VIII, page 4]

Experience is absolute subjective unity of the manifold of sensible repre
sentation. One does not speak of experiences, but of experience as such,
and it is easily seen that, since the understanding is here occupied with
2 2 :98 mere relations, something which is pure intuition, not something percepti
ble, must lie at its foundation, in which these relations can be given a
prion; and these are space and time, which are not things in themselves
but forms of intuition, and do not just contain appearances in themselves,
but, as objects in appearance - as absolute synthetic unity (singularity) of
intuition [breaks ojj)
Space and time are forms of outer and inner intuition, given a priori in
one synthetic representation; that is, they are inseparable, mutually depen
dent representations, such that their concepts of composition stand in
mutual dependence to each other.
The representation of objects in space and time, as the principle for the
possibility of experience, is the progression from the metaphysical founda
tions of natural science to physics.
I am the object of my own representation; that is, I am conscious of
myself. This logical act is not yet a proposition, for it lacks a predicate. It is
supplemented by the real act: I exist (sum), thinking (cogitans), through
which something (me myself) is not merely thought but also given
(cogitabile ut dabile). This act, however, is not an inference (cogito ergo sum)
but only the subject thought in its thoroughgoing determination; thus repre
sented not analytically (according to the principle of identity) nor merely
explicatively, but synthetically; as ampliative, [it] yields the proposition of
the existence of an object (omnimoda detenninatio est existentia).
The empirical cognition of the object of intuitions in its thoroughgoing
determination is experience. Since this thoroughgoing determination with
consciousness, however, requires an infinite manifold of intuition, the
2 2 :99 complex of experience can only be founded for experience (for its sake) in
knowledge - not from experience.
The complex of all outer sense-objects, according to its formal princi
ple, is space as one intuition, which is merely subjective (appearance);
that of inner sense-objects and of thought, is time: whereby both quali
tative and quantitative relations and the unity of space and time are
encountered.
Space and time are not entia per se but mere forms of sensible
representation.

[Bottom margin]
The principle of the ideality of all representations as pure a przon
intuition: I make myself into a sense-object outside myself. (Aenesidemus.)
What is formal in this intuition is the One and All, coordinated; [it] is
the representation of space and time, which represents an infinity (unlim-

1 96
 OPUS POSTUMUM

ited magnitude), not analytically through concepts, but synthetically

through the construction of concepts. There is one space and one time,
and unity of experience in space and time: both reciprocally determining
each other in one consciousness. Matter and bodies. Not matters but
materials for bodies.
Asymptota of thoroughgoing determination, as knowledge in experience,
for the latter's sake: not from it but for it.
All organic beings (not mere matter, but bodies) are beings in which
there is life (immaterial principle, inner final cause).
The principles of the progression to physics are transitions, if they
merely deal with appearances, in which the object in itself is = x.

[Top margin]
(One feels the state of being sick, although the sickness could be quite
hidden. Health itself is not felt, but only its hindrance - agilitas. Discom
fort is itself not a sickness but often only the desire to increase one's well
being - not the negative but the contrarie oppositum. We only feel symp
toms. Organic beings are those in which there is life, in souls.)

[Left margin] 2 2 : 1 oo
One can think of health and sickness with regard to organic bodies (not
organic matter), since they possess a vital force, be it vegetative or animal,
and for this reason also death or decay. This does not apply to minerals,
except insofar as they are the materials that make up organic bodies
(combined in chaotic or in lawlike fashion). The latter preserve their
species through sexual relationships.
The principle of the possibility of such bodies must be immaterial,
since it is possible only through purposes. It remains undetermined
whether this encompasses the entire universe and hence underlies [every
thing] in cosmic space - as a world-soul, as a unifying principle of all life
(which thus must not be called spirit) - or whether several be arranged
hierarchically.
Whether a system of the world, or merely of the earth, is required to
generate organic formations, including their sexual principles?
Thinking and intuiting: The consciousness of oneself (apperceptio) and
the apprehension of the manifold of tJ1e intuition of the object (appre
hensio), combined, are acts of the cognitive faculty (facultas cognoscitiva).
I am an object to mysel f, that is, I am, (1) conscious of myself (sum) is a
logical act; (2) [breaks ojj]
Space and time are pure sensible intuitions (not perception, that is, not
empirical representation with consciousness), and in them [there is] an
infinite progression of manifold determination. There is one space and
one time, and if one speaks of spaces and times then these are parts of
space and time.

1 97
 IMMANUEL KANT

Light, sound - with their modifications, color and tones as external forces
-

making space sensible, and heat as inner feeling of life, are perceptions of
22:101 objects i n the distance, i n opposition o f the inner [perceptions] by contact
(touching what is hot and cold).
actio in distans. Perception without contact.

[ . . .]

2 2 : r 04 [VIIth fascicle, sheet IX, page 2]

Experience is the whole of the sequence of empirical consciousness in
continuous approximation. As a whole, it is absolute unity; and one cannot
speak of experiences, although one can do so of perceptions - and present
the latter piecemeal (sparsim) through observation and experiment, but not
in a full complex (coniunctim).
There is an all-comprehending nature (in space and time) in which
reason coordinates all physical relations into unity. There is a universally
ruling operative cause with freedom in rational beings, and, [given] with
the latter, a categorical imperative which connects them all, and, with that,
in turn, an all-embracing, morally commanding, original being - a God.
The phenomena from the moving forces of moral-practical reason,
insofar as they are a priori with respect to mn in relation to one another,
are the ideas of right - moral-practical reason. Categorical imperative
which our reason expresses through the divine. Freedom under laws,
duties as divine commands. There is a God.
Metaphysics has to do with sense-objects and their system, insofar as
the latter is knowable a priori, analytically (cogitabile, cognoscibile). Aenesi
demus"0 inwardly determining. Thence the transition to the synthetic a
priori principles takes place through concepts (not through representa
tions of intuition) which contain a priori the formal element of the connec
tion of the manifold (ampliatively) and coordinate a whole of sensible
representations in one system (not empirically, through experience, but
according to rational principles for the sake of the possibility of experi
ence) which, subjectively, amounts to only that which can be thought
[through] reason. [The latter also] contains ideas of right [which lead]
toward the concept of a highest moral being under which all world-beings
stand - God. Which cannot be the dabile (intuition) but only the cogitabile
2 2 : 1 05 (thinkable) - the moral-practical. There is a God: for there is in moral
practical reason a categorical imperative, which extends to all rational
world-beings and through which all world-beings are united.
Eleutherology, " ' which contains freedom under laws (moral-practical rea
son) according to maxims.

The concept of God is the idea which man, as a moral being, forms of the
highest moral being in relation according to principles of right, insofar as

198
 OPUS POSTVMVM

he, according to the categorical imperative, regards all duties as com

mands of this being. Concept offreednm. Moral-practical reason is one ofthe
moving forces of nature and of all sense-objects. These form a particular
field: for ideas.
I am an object to myself through the concept o( myself- that is, I am
conscious of myself: a logical judgment (sum, cogito) without yet proceeding
further through an inference (cogito ergo sum), for such a proposition
would be identical (merely analytical), hence an empty judgment which
does not found knowledge.
(1) I am (2 ) to myself both an object of thought and an object of inner
intuition, a sense-object; an object of intuition, that is, although not yet of
empirical intuition (perception) but of pure intuition. Space and time as
appearance of something which is merely form of the composition of the
manifold.
Progression from logic to metaphysics, and from the latter to transcen
dental philosophy, and to the connection with mathematics as one of the
instruments of philosophy.
Synthetic a priori propositions are only possible in pure a priori
intuition - space and time.
Amphiboly of the concepts of reflection (of medius tenninus of subsump
tion), conceptus, iudicium, ratiocinium.

[. . .]

1 99
 [Praaical self-positing and the idea of God]

22: I I5 [Vllth fascicle, sheet X, page I ]

l am
This act of consciousness (apperceptio) does not arise as a consciousness of
something preceding (as, for instance, if I say to myself: I think therefore I
am) for otherwise I should presuppose my existence in order to demon
strate this existence - which would be a rri.ere tautology.
There is one world as my sense-object; for space and time constitute
the whole complex of sense-objects. These forms of sensible intuition
22 : 1 1 6 represent objects, however, only as appearances (because we must be af
fected by them in order to intuit them), not as things in themselves,
because they contain merely the formal element of the relation of things to
the affecting subject.
There is, however, apart from sensible representation, yet another fa
culty ofknowledge, which contains not merely receptivity but also spontane
ity (as highest faculty ofknowledge) : namely, understanding, judgment and
reason. The latter can be either technical, intuition-constructing" reason
or moral-practical reason, both combining a priori the manifold of repre
sentations to knowledge under a principle. Moral-practical reason, if it
contains laws of duty (rules of conduct in conformity with the categorical
imperative), leads to the concept of God.
A being, who is capable of and entitled to command all rational beings
according to laws of duty (the categorical imperative) of moral-practical
reason, is God (ens summum, summa intelligentia, summum bonum) . ' 12
The world is the whole of all sense-objects, thought not in an aggre
gate but in a system, and there is one world and one God (contra pluralitas
mundorum) ; and, if God is assumed, then there is a single God.
The existence of such a being, however, can only be postulated in a
practical respect: Namely, the necessity of acting in such a way as if I
stood under such a fearsome - but yet, at the same time, salutary
guidance and also guarantee, in the knowledge of all my duties as divine
commmands (tanquam non ceu); hence the existence of such a being is not
postulated in this formula, which would be self-contradictory.
A being, which has unrestricted power over nature and freedom under
22: 1 1 7 laws of reason, is God. Hence God is, according to his concept, not
merely a natural being but also a moral being. Regarded in the former

200
 OPUS POSTUMUM

respect alone, he i s the creator (demiurgus) and omnipotent; in the second,

holy (adorabilis) and all human duties are, at the same time, his commands.
He is ens summum, summa inte//igentia, summum bonum.
However, there still seems to be the question as to whether this idea,
the product of our own reason, has reality or whether it is a mere thought
object (ens rationis), and there remains to us nothing but the moral relation
ship to this object [namely, God] - which is merely problematic, and
which leaves only the formula of the knowledge of all human duties as
(tanquam) divine commands, whenever the iron voice of the categorical
imperative ofduty resounds between all siren temptations of the senses and
threatening deterrents.

[Top margin]
The unity of the world ofbodies, through the principle of the attraction
of all matter in the universe, and also of repulsion - for otherwise space
would be empty and hence not an object of perception (that is, not a
sense-object).
God and the world are not coordinated beings, but the latter is subordi
nate to the former.
If the feeling of pleasure precedes the law, it is pathological; in the
reverse case, the pleasure is moral.

[Right margin]
The totality of beings, the highest being, the being of all beings in their
unconditional unity (ens summum, summa intelligentia, summum bonum).
There are two ways in which men postulate the existence of God; they
say sometimes: There exists a divine judge and avenger, for wickedness
and crime require the extinction of this loathsome race. On the other
hand, reason thinks of an achievement [ Verdienst] of which man is zz:n8
capable - t o b e able to place himself i n a higher class, namely that of
autonomous (through moral-practical reason) beings, and to raise him-
self above all merely sensuous beings (and he has a vocation so to do); he
is such a being, not merely hypothetically, but has a destination to enter
that state, to be the originator of his own rank - that is, obligated and yet
thereby self-obligating.

There is no feeling of duty although there is, indeed, a feeling from the
representation of our duty, for the latter is a necessitation through the
categorical moral imperative. Duty of compulsion not duty of love.
In it, that is, the idea of God as a moral being, we live, move and have
our being;"J motivated through the knowledge of our duties as divine
commands.

The concept of God is the idea of a moral being, which, as such, is

judging [and] universally commanding. The latter is not a hypothetical

201
 I M M A N U E L KANT

thing but pure practical reason itself in its personality, with reason's mov
ing forces in respect to world-beings and their forces.

Freefklm under laws of compulsion of pure reason.

Freedom under pure laws of reason.

There is a concept of right in the relation of men among one another, as
principle of moral-practical reason, according to the categorical impera
tive, with regard to duties ofright (not duties of love [breaks off]

[Bottom margin]
Formally, nature and freedom under laws which, if [we] judge them not
merely according to their receptivity but also according to their
spontaneity - that is, not merely according to rules but according to princi-
22:I I 9 pies, and as appearances, not as things in themselves. Difference between
metaphysics and transcendental philosophy. The former grounded on ana
lytic, the latter on synthetic a priori principles.
Understanding, judgment and reason, according to their a prion' princi
ples. Reason (I) technical (2) moral-practical.114

[VIIth fascicle, sheet X, _page 2 ]

[Top margin]
(I) Transition from metaphysics to transcendental philosophy. (2) From
transcendental philosophy to physics through mathematics in pure intu-

ition of space and time.

I am conscious of myself (apperceptio). I think, that is, I am an object of
understanding to myself. But I am also an object of the senses to myself and
of empirical intuition (apprehensio); the thinkable I (cogitabi/e) posits itself
as the sensible (dabile), and this a priori in space and time - which are .
given a priori in intuition and are mere forms of appearance.

[Main text]
It is by no means required for the categorical imperative that a sub
stance exists whose duties are also its commands, but only that the holi
ness and inviolability of the latter be understood. The property of being a
person is personality.
A moral-practical rational being is a person for whom all human duties
are likewise this person 's commands - is God.
22: I 2o To prescribe all human duties as divine commands is already contained in
every categorical imperative.

The categorical imperative is the expression of a principle of reason over

oneself as a dictamen rationis praaicae"s and thinks itself as law giver and

202
 OPUS POSTUMUM

judge over one, according to the categorical imperative o f duty (for

thoughts accuse or exonerate one another),"6 hence, in the quality of a
person. Now a being which has only rights and no duties is God. Conse
quently, the moral being thinks all duties, formally, also as divine com
mands; not as if he thereby wished to certify the existence of such a being:
For the supersensible is not an object of possible experience (non dabi/e sed
mere cogitabile) but merely a judgment by analogy - that is, to the relational
concept of a synthetic judgment, namely, to think all human duties as if
divine commands and in relation to a person.
Every human being is, in virtue of his freedom and of the law which restricts
it, made subject to necessitation through his moral-practical reason,
stands under command and prohibition, and, as a man, under the impera
tive of duty. A being which has the authority and power to command over
all beings is God, and only one God can be thought. There is a God in the
soul of man. The question is whether he is also in nature.
An ens rationis and ens rationabile are different from each other; the
latter is dabi/e, the former merely cogitabile. The categorical imperative of
the command of duty has at its basis the idea of an imperantis, who is
capable of everything and commands everything (forma/e). Is the idea of
God. The idea of a universally commanding and omnipotent moral being 22: I 21
is that of the ens summum.
Existence and actuality (existentia and actualitas from agere). The thing is
there when and where it acts. Substance is the thing in itself; the indepen
dent, the cogitabile and the dabile. The independent and accidental or
attributive. All are modes of existence. A thing, res; a substance which is
conscious of its freedom is a person and has rights.

One cannot directly prove the existence of any thing a priori, neither by an
analytic nor by a synthetic -principle of judgment. To assume it, however,
as a hypothetical thing for the sake of possible appearances, is to feign, not
to demonstrate, cogitabi/e non dabi/e. The concept of God is, however, the
concept of a being that can obligate all moral beings without itself [being]
obligated, and, hence, has rightful power over them all. To wish to prove
the existence of such a being directly, however, contains a contradiction, for
a posse ad esse non valet consequentia. 1 1 7 Thus only an indirect proof remains,
inasmuch as it is assumed that something else be possible, namely, that
the knowledge of our duties as (tanquam) divine commands is certified
and authorized - not in a theoretical but in a pure practical respect - as a
principle of practical reason, in which there is a valid inference from ought
to can.
There is, indeed, in the mind of man, a principle of moral-practical
reason, a command of duty, which he sees himself as unconditionally
necessitated to honor and obey (obtemperantia), and which corresponds
to a categorical imperative, whose formulation is expressed either affirma-

203
 IMMANUEL KANT

22:I22 tively o r negatively (Honor thy father and mother. Thou shalt not kill.) u s
[and] e>.presses [itself] unconditionally with regard to all matters o f well
being (happiness): to make freedom under the law into the ground of the
determination of one's action. The idea of such a being, before whom all
knees bow, etc.,''9 emerges from this imperative and not the reverse, and a
God is thought necessarily, subjectively, in human practical reason, al
though not given objectively: Hereupon is founded the proposition of the
knowledge of all human duties as divine commands.
There is in man a principle of technical-practical reason, a relation of
will toward purposes, which, with regard to himself, are unconditionally
necessitating (necessitantia); if he intends to bring about this or that, then
he must use this or that procedure: The imperative is conditional. There
is, however, in man as a free being also a principle of moral-practical
reason, unconditionally commanding, tht is, in the imperative of duty
which is categorical.

[Between 7th and 8th paragraph ofmain text]

A rational being (ens rationale). A rational being insofar as it personifies
itself for the sake of a purpose is a moral person.
A thought-being (ens rationis).
A theorem of transcendental philosophy. .

[Left margin]
A universal, morally law-giving being, which, thus, has all power, is God.
There exists a God, that is, one principle which, as substance, is mor
ally law-giving.
For morally law-giving reason gives expression through the categorical
imperative to duties, which, as being at the same time substance, are law
giving over nature and law-abiding.
2 2 : I 23 It is not a substance outside myself, whose existence I postulate as a
hypothetical being for the explanation of certain phenomena in the world;
but the concept of duty (of a universal practical principle) is contained
identically in the concept of a divine being as an ideal of human reason for
the sake of the latter's law-giving [breaks o./J]
There is contained in man, as a subordinate moral being, a concept of
duty, namely, that of the relation of right; to stand under a law of the
determi!}ation of his will, which he imposes upon himself, and to which he
subordinates himself - which, however, he also treats imperatively, and
asserts independent of all empirical grounds of determination (and
[which] is determining merely as a formal principle of willing).
The originator of a certain effect, according to laws which the subject
prescribes to itself, is also called a principle, insofar as it is thought as
substance (the good or evil principle).
The evil principle would be a subjective practical principle [Grundsatz]

204
 OPUS POSTUMUM

without a principle - t o act against all principle, indeed; s o i t i s a contra

diaio in adjeao. Hence merely inclination (instinct), that is, well-being (in
diem dicere: vixt), to live for the day.

[VIIth fascicle, sheet X, page 3]

The categorical imperative is the expression of a moral and holy, uncon
ditionally commanding will, which is also omnipotent, and, without requir
ing or even permitting incentives, is independent - freedom and law united
in it. The idea ofit is that of a substance which is unique in its concept, and
is not subordinated to a classification of human reason. Ens summum,
summa intelligentia, summum bonum is an ens ration is and, thought (or, rather,
feigned) as a natural being, [is] an all-embracing substance - inscrutable; 22: 1 24
as ethical being, however, a principle of the practical [breaks o.IJJ

The formal element of the synthesis of representations of the object in

transcendental philosophy (which forms the progress from the metaphysi
cal foundations to physics) not the material element of knowledge of the
represented object, is that from which the thoroughly self-determining
subject proceeds: the categorical imperative of the knowledge of duty.
God and the world contain the totality of existence.
Forces in empty space (attraction, Newton) presuppose bodies, not
mere matter (actio in distans) - ether, repulsion through which space can
become a sense-object; and, [as such,] space does not contain bodies but
merely matter.
Furthermore, bodies can be organic or inorganic (animal, plants). The
latter cannot be explained through atomism, merely mechanically, but
must be explained dynamically, from concepts of purposes.
What leads reason to the idea of God, not as a natural being but as a
moral being, and his unity, freedom and law, whose capacity constitutes
personality, through which man distinguishes himself as a moral being
from all natural beings? Herein lies a dignity: He can forgive himself
nothing (categorical imperative) and, through this, he makes himself re
sponsible to himself.

A moral being who would be thought as obligating, but as obligated by no

other, would be God. If such exists, then he is a single God; for to think of
several of them is a self-contradiction, since they would be thought in a
relation of obligation to one another.
Equally, the thesis of the plurality ofworlds contains in itself a contradic
tion, for the totality of the whole of existing things - that is, the concept of
the world - already contains the concept of singularity.

The question, de pluralitate mundorum, is self-contradictory, and it is as 2 2 : 1 25

little the case that there are many Gods as that there are many worlds; but

205
 IMMANUEL KANT

there still remains the general question: Is there (does there exist) a being
whom we wish to think as God at all? Or is it a merely hypothetical thing
(ens rationis) which (as, for instance, the universally distributed and all
penetrating ether) is assumed only in order to explain certain phenomena?
But moral-practical reason yet contains in itself laws of compulsion
(that is, commands of pure reason (obligationes strictae)) which the categori
cal imperative carries with it (the imperative of pure reason, as it were
(vetita ac praecepta) ). Before the inner seat of judgment (inforo conscientiae)
and regardless of any actual pronouncement issued by God, the knowl
edge of all human duties as divine commands (tanquam, non ceu) is of the
same force as if a real world-judge were assumed. Freedom under the
pure law of reason.

The unity of the sensible in space. Correspondingly, that of the intelligible

(omnipraesentia) - virtualis not localis.
One can also, by analogy, posit virtual attraction in empty space as actio
in distans - locomotiva - interne motiva.
The cogitabile which is incomprehensibile. To which no aggregate [is]
adequate, but can only be given as one.
The first question is: whether there is a moral-practical reason, and, with
this, concepts of duty as principles of freedom under laws; then: whether
there is a substance which judges according to these laws (by exone,rating or
condemning men), declares men worthy or unworthy of happiness, and
makes them partake ofit in consequence. Such a personal substance would
be God, and, since it represents the totality synthetically, as an individual,
not as belonging to a class of rational beings, the single God. Only as
22: I 26 hypothetical, however, can such an ens constitute a principle - not as given,
but only as thought (thought-object, ens rationis) - but only for the sake of
the recognition of our duties as divine commands.

[Top margin]
God regarded as a natural being is a hypothetical being, assumed for
the explanation of appearances - as, for instance, the ether, in order to
make space into a sense-object.
There is a philosophical use of mathematics - is, however, a mathemati
cal use of philosophy possible?

[Right margin]
The most important of all the concepts of reason, because it is directed
toward the final end (for the concepts of the understanding are only there
for the sake of form), is the concept of duty and the legislation relating to
it, as a concept of practical reason.
The categorical imperative, expressed affirmatively or negatively (in
command and prohibition) yet with greater rigor in the latter than in the

206
 OPUS POSTUMUM

former (dictamm rationis mora/is): Thou shalt not steal. (Thou shalt not lie,
is not in the Decalogue.) Honor thy father and mother. The last are not an
expression of proper duties of compulsion.
There must also, however, be - or at least be thought - a legislative
force (potestas legislatoria) which gives these laws emphasis (effect) al
though only in idea; and this is none other than that of the highest being,
morally and physically superior to all and omnipotent, and his holy will -
which justifies the statement: There is a God.

There is in practical reason a concept of duty, that is, of a compulsion or

necessitation according to a principle of the laws of freedom - that is,
according to a law which the subject prescribes to itself (diaamen rationis
practicae) through the categorical imperative, indeed.
A command, to which everyone must absolutely give obedience, is to be 2 2: I 27
regarded by everyone as from a being which rules and governs over all.
Such a being, as moral, however, is called God. So there is a God.

[Bottom mar.gin]
A being which is never obligated, but would be obligating for every
other rational being, is the highest being in a moral sense. The rational
being which, with respect to nature, is capable of everything is the highest
being in the physical respect. In both respects. All-sufficient (omnisuf
jicims): Is God he who, because he is totality in all relation, can only be
one; the single God (of whom there cannot be different genera and
species)?
There is only one practically sufficient argument for faith in one God,
which" is theoretically insufficient - knowledge of all human duties as
(tanquam) divine commands.

[VIIth fascicle, sheet X, page 4]

Under the concepts of practical reason (dictamen rationis practicae) the
concept ofduty is a principle of the unconditionally commanding (categori
cal) imperative; it does not prescribe the means to arbitrary ends, but
prescribes actions, which are to be made one's own ends, apodictically, as
well as a certain commission and omission, merely according to the princi
ple of freedom under laws, and it contains a command to which the
subject sees himself unconditionally subordinated through pure reason.
Now the idea of an omnipotent moral being, whose willing is a categori
cal imperative for all rational beings, and is both all-powerful with regard
to nature as well as unconditionally, universally commanding for freedom,
is the idea of God - not a generic concept, but that of an individual (a 22: I 28
thoroughly determined being); for the totality is only one, thus there can

Reading das for der.

207
 I M M A N U EL K A N T

be no question o f gods. {The existence a s substance of such a being allows

itself to be assumed only as a hypothetical being (as, for instance, caloric)
in order to explain the phenomena of its sphere of activity as experience
may supply it; however, its unity - like that of space and time - certifies
the totality of its presence, and the only possible question is: Is there one
God or not?
Of the law of continuity (lex continut) from a physical and rnoral point of
view. From a transcendental point of view.
There is only one experience and all perceptions only form an aggre
gate for the sake of the possibility of a whole of experience, through
observation and experiment.} This ideal being governs [exercirt iiber] the
principle of all human duties, as commands issuing from himself, that is,
as God: Hence the (moral) law of duty, in virtue of the categorical impera
tive, is a principle of the recognition of all human duties as divine com
mands, even though one leaves undecided the existence of such a power
ful being. The formal element of the law here amounts to the essence of
the thing [Sache] itself, and the categorical imperative is a command of
God; this dictum is no mere phrase.
The idea of the absolute authority of a moral being's unconditionally
dictating command of duty is the divinity of the person who commands
(divinitas fonnalis). A substance which pos!;iesses this authority would be
God. That such a substance exists cannot be proved; for neither experi
ence nor pure reason from mere concepts can found such a proposition,
for it is neither an analytic nor a synthetic proposition.
In moral-practical reason there is not only a principle of benevolence,
22:129 that is, o f the advancement o f the happiness o f others (the duty o f love)
which sets limits to egotism (officium late detenninans) but also a principle
of rejection.

The dictamen rationis practicae is a reason other than theoretical; it does

not determine but is determined through another, not analytically self
[determining], but synthetically [through a] divine command. Thoughts
which mutually accuse or excuse one another. Just as [there is] only one
space and one time. Ether.
To be worthy or unworthy of happiness.
Not the relation of things, but of the representations of things to one
another. The a priori relation of right as moral compulsion. Spontaneity
and receptivity.
In moral-practical reason, there is contained the principle of the knowl
edge of my duties as commands (praecepta), that is, not according to the
rule which makes the subject into an [object], but that which emerges
from freedom and which [the subject] prescribes to itself, and yet as if
another and higher person had made it a rule for him (dictamen rationis
practicae). The subject feels himself necessitated through his own reason
(not analytically, according to the principle of identity, but synthetically, as

208
 OPUS POSTUMUM

a transition from metaphysics t o transcendental philosophy) to obey these

duties. What God may be can be developed from concepts, by means of
metaphysics; but that there is a God belongs to transcendental philosophy
and can only be proved hypothetically (caloric).
0./ficia humanitatis et institiae late et striae posita (proprie determinantia). 1 20

[Bottom margin]
The subject of the categorical imperative in me is an object which
deserves to be obeyed: an object of adoration. This is an identical proposi- 2 2 : I 30
tion. The characteristic of a moral being which can command categori-
cally over the nature of man is its divinity. His laws must be obeyed as
divine commands. Whether religion is possible without the presupposition
of the existence of God. Est deus in nobis. '2'

[Top margin]
Metaphysics analyzes given concepts; transcendental philosophy con
tains the principles of synthetic a priori judgments and their possibility.
Homo agit, facit, operatur. Sense, understanding, reason, - meritum, de
meritum.
Consciousness of positing something (spontaneitas), of receiving
(receptivitas).

[Left margin]
The idea of a being which would be its own originator, would be the
original being, and a product (not educt) of pure practical reason. The
concept of it (the subject) is identical with it (the object) and transcendent
without being contradictory.
Among rational world-beings is the class of those which are endowed
with moral-practical reason, hence with freedom under laws which they
prescribe to themselves (dictamen rationis practicae) and necessarily recog
nize the concept of duty, hence, the categorical imperative; yet also the
class of those who must admit the corruption and weakness of human
nature that, as a world-being, permits itself transgressions.
One can, however, represent in man the dictate of reason, in respect to
the concept of duty in general: the knowledge of his duties as (tanquam,
non ceu) divine commands; because that imperative is represented as gov
erning and absolutely commanding, hence as pertaining to a ruler (befit
ting a person). The ideal, which we create for ourselves, of a substance.
I am a principle of synthetic self-determination to myself, not merely 22: I 3 r
according to a law of the receptivity of nature, but also according to a
principle of the spontaneity offreedom.
A cause operating in the world according to purely moral principles,
thought as substance (ens extramundanum) which, insofar as it embraces
the totality of sense-objects under its power, is single.

209
 I M M A N U EL K A N T

[VIIth fascicle, sheet V, page I ]

Insertion V m

Man, insofar as h e is conscious o f himself (object to himself) thinks.

One thinks for oneself under the concept of God a substance which [is]
adequate to all conscious purposes - that is, a person; whereby the tauto
logically reinforced expression "the living God" only serves to designate
the personality of this being: as omnipotent being (ens summum), as omni
scient (summa intelligentia) and omnibenevolent (summum bonum). Its activ
ity is on the analogy with technical-practical reason [breaks o./JJ

World-beings can be obligating, and obligating to others. But a being

which, although obligating of others, can never itself be obligated, is God.
A human being can be a person, that is, a being which is capable of
rights; but personality cannot be attributed to the Deity.
There are persons in the world. But God as pure intelligence can only
be one; for several of them would have rights against one another.

2 2 :49 World is the whole of sense-objects - thus also including the forces acting
on the senses - insofar as it amounts to a unity (that is, combined syntheti
cally according to a principle). "Totality of sense-objects," [since it repre
sents merely] logical unity, does not express the concept of "world." Thus
[the concept of "world"] does not just belong to metaphysics but to tran
scendental philosophy - in which latter, knowledge is given a priori in
intuition, through concepts (not through their construction, for that would
be mathematics) and forms the transition from the metaphysical founda
tions of natural science.
There is one world, one space, one time; and, if one speaks of spaces
and times, these are only thinkable as parts of one space and time. This
whole is infinite - that is, there are no limits of the manifold possible in it
as rea/ limitations, for otherwise the void would be an object of the senses.
It is not a mechanically but a dynamically given concept - a transcenden
tal idealism. Only one experience, not experiences.
One must progress from subjective principles of appearance to what is
objective in experience. One must progress from technical-practical to
moral-practical reason, and from the subject as natural being to the sub
ject as person - that is, as pure being of the understanding - God.

God is a being who contains in his concept only rights and no duties.
World is the opposite.
Person is a being who has rights and is conscious of them. If he has rights
and 110 duties, then he is God. To have duties and no rights is the character
istic of the criminal. Categorical imperative of the highest being.

210
 OPUS POSTUMUM

The world i s the complex o f all sensible beings: God is the rational being.
Each of the two is single in its species.
What man does (agit), what he makes lfacit). What he produces through
action in a certain time (operatur).

God and the world are correlates, without which the idea of God as a 22:50
practical being would not occur. I n the world, however, nature and free-
dom are two active powers [Vennogen] of different kinds, of which one
(quae agit, focit, operatur) [breaks o.IJJ

Of organic bodies, which already contain the concept of purposes in them

selves according to the principle of identity; an immaterial principle must
be thought in them, which, however, can therefore not be spirit (mens).
Experience contains the whole of possible perceptions (all possible
observation and experiment).

Division. (1) A being who has only rights and no duties (moral-practical
reason according to its laws and principles), God. (2) Who has rights and
duties: man. (3) Beings which have neither rights nor duties, which have
no desires at all (mere matter). (4) Those which have desires, but no will.
The formula of an unconditional command of duty (dictamen rationis
stricte ob/igantis) is the categorical imperative of right - late obligantis is that
of benevolence (berzevolentiae) of which kind gratitude is the strongest.

[VIIth fascicle, sheet V, page 2] 2 2 :5 1

The categorical imperative does not presuppose a supremely command
ing substance which would be outside me, but is, rather, a command or
prohibition of my own reason. Notwithstanding this, it is nevertheless to
be regarded as proceeding from a being who has irresistible power over
all.

(1) What does the concept of God express? (2) Is there a God? (3) Is the
existence of God given a priori, that is, as unconditionally necessary (not
merely thought, that is, a thought-object (ens rationis) in order to found
certain consequential concepts, in the way that, for instance, caloric [is] a
hypothetical being)? (4) Is God and the world an active relation of two
relations determining the totality of things into a heterogeneous whole,
namely, the one as intellectual principle of the pure understanding, that is,
as a person, the other as complex of sensible beings, insofar as they are at
least conscious of themselves.
Person is a being who has rights of which he can become conscious.
The categorical imperative represents all human duties as divine com
mands; not historically, as if [God] had ever issued certain orders to man,
but as reason [presents] them through the supreme power of the categori- 22:52
211
 I MMANUEL KANT

cal imperative, i n the same manner as a divine person can rigorously

command submission to himself.
So it is not technical-practical reason (which prescribes means for the
purposes of sense-objects) but the moral-practical (which prescribes right
to man, as pure rational object, and makes subjective grounds of determi
nation into objective ones - in which the bold idea of intuiting all objects
in God, at least in transcendental idealism, etc. [breaks o./J]
Among all the good deeds ifacta obligatoria) it is not benevolence toward
men but the right of men which is the act of the highest authority, and the
ideal person who exercises it is God. Not as a substance different from man.

God is not the originator of the world (demiurgus), from whom all evil (as
mere sense-objects) proceeded. God as person, that is, regarded as a
being who has rights.
The complex of all sensible beings is the world, to which man also
belongs, but who is yet at the same time an intellectual being.
Mechanism of nature and freedom of rational beings.
Freedom and transcendental idealism and moral-practical reason. The
former is postulated. The concept of duty precedes even freedom and
proves the reality of freedom.

That there is also in man, alongside his nature, freedom and practical
reason as the counterpart of mechanism (technical-practical).

Whether there is a God (in substance) or not, cannot be a point of

controversy, for it is not an object of dispute (objectum litis). It is not existing
22:53 beings outside the judging subject, about whose characteristics it would be
possible to dispute, but a mere idea of pure reason which examines its
own principles.
The concept of God is not a technical-practical but a moral-practical
concept: That is, it contains a categorical imperative [and) is the complex
(complexus) of all human duties as divine commands, according to the
principle of identity.
It is an individual concept (conceptus singularis): There are no gods, just
as little as there are worlds, but God and the world. He is a person, that is,
a being who has rights, but not a sensible being; so [there are] not gods.

The categorical imperative, which founds the incomprehensible system of

human freedom, does not begin from freedom but ends and completes with
it. There is a certain sublime wistfulness [ Wemuth) in the feelings which
accompany the sublimity of the ideas of pure practical reason, and, at the
same time, a humility which leads one to subordinate oneself to this object.
But also an elevation of the honest man [des Wackeren] in his decision.
God and the world, represented in the idea of pure reason.

212
 O P U S i' O S T U M U M

technical-practical. pragmatic-moral
The possibility of freedom cannot be directly proved, but only indi
rectly, through the possibility of the categorical imperative of duty, which
requires no incentives of nature.
Wrong (curvum opposed to reao, crooked obliq. to the straight) can also
be called pravitas (e.g. usuravia). Opposed to what is round and returns
upon itself, similar from all sides.

[VIIth fascicle, sheet V, page 3 ]

The subject determines itself ( 1 ) by technical-practical reason, (2) by
moral-practical reason, and is itself an object of both. The world and
God. The first is appearance in space and time. The second according
to concepts of reason, that is, a principle of the categorical imperative.
Ens summum, summa intelligentia, summum bonum: thing [Saclze] and per- 22:54
son. Apperceptio, apprehensio et comprehensio phaenomenologica, cognitio et
recognitio.
The knowledge of oneself as a person who constitutes himself as a
principle and is his own originator.
God and the world are both a maximum. The transcendental ideality of
the subject thinking itself makes itself into a person. Its divinity. I am in
the highest being. According to Spinoza, I see myself in God who is
legislative within me. 1 23
All commands which bind man through the categorical imperative and
make pure practical laws absolute duty (implacable internal obligation)
independent of any account of internal or external advantages, arc holy
duties; that is, they are to be regarded as commands of an uncondition
ally demanding being, independent of nature. Now the idea of a being
commanding according to moral-practical laws contains the idea of a
person having all power [in] relation to nature as a sense object. [It also
contains] an expression of the categorical imperative of all commands of
duty, by the principle of pure reason, not by empirical incentives of
world-determination. There arc, however, only two active principles
which can be thought of as causes of these appearances: God and the
world. Thus the idea of moral practical reason in the categorical impera
tive is the ideal of God.
What has here been sufficiently (from a practical viewpoint) demon
strated as belonging to transcendental philosophy, is not, indeed, the
existence of God as a particular existing substance, but the relation to
such a concept. Vide Lichtenberg's Spinoza, 1 24 a system of the intuition of 22:55
all things i n God. Transcendental idealism [of positing] oneself syntheti-
cally and a priori.
The cause of the world regarded as a person, is the author of the world .
Not as a demiurgc of matter which is passive, but [breaks offl
The subject of the categorical imperative (not of technical-practical but

21 3
 I M M ANUEL KANT

of moral-practical reason), a transcendental ideal which emerges from

transcendental philosophy as from a synthetic a priori proposition from a
pure concept, not from sensible intuition, is God. It cannot be denied that
such a being exists; yet it cannot be asserted that it exists outside rationally
thinking man. In him - the man who thinks morally according to our own
commands of duty - we live (sentimus), move (agimus) and have our being
(existimus).
From this there follows the necessity of the division of the complex of
all beings (of everything that exists): God and the world.
In man there dwells an active principle, arousable by no sensible repre
sentation, accompanying him not as soul (for this presupposes body) but
as spirit, which, like a particular substance, commands him irresistibly
according to the law of moral-practical reason, [and which], by its own
actions, pardons or condemns man's commissions and omissions. In vir
tue of this property of his, the moral man is a person; that is, a being
capable of rights, who can encounter wrong or can consciously do it, and
22:56 who stands under the categorical imperative; free indeed, but yet under
laws to which he submits himself (dictamen rationis purae) and who carries
out divine commands according to transcendental idealism. Knowledge of
all human duties as divine commands/ [breaks ojJ]

[Between lines of main text]

Conflict with the right of humanity in my own person, and with the
right of men.
A person is a rational being who has rights.
Man is not an animal with internal purposes or senses, etc. (e.g. organs,
understanding) but a person who has rights, and against whom all other
persons have rights. Not merely is he animated by a soul (thus animans)
but there dwells in him a spirit (spiritus intus alit. Mens).
Organic bodies have an immaterial principle as their basis because they
are founded on purposes.

[Top margin]
According to Spinoza's transcendental idealism, we intuit ourselves in
God. The categorical imperative does not presuppose a highest command
ing substance as outside me, but lies within my own reason.

[Right margin]
How are laws for the united space- and time-determinations of moving
forces possible a priori? Newton's work. Immediate actio in distans
(through empty space).
Of the reciprocally acting motion of light in full space, but without

Through I verte connected with beginning of page 4

2 14
 O P US P O S T U M U M

diffusion - for the divergence o f the beams and Romer's time-condition

of their motion act against one another. us Of the magnet.
Heat, an internally moving force of bodies, is a hypothetical material,
because it expands and disperses matter, and may well be the mere effect 22:57
of the repulsion of a matter set in oscillation.

The fear of God is the beginning of wisdom ;1 26 this, however, is nothing

other than ho"or vacui, abhorrence for everything which conflicts with the
right. For this interruption which contradicts moral-practical reason
[breaks o./J]

Man: logical, metaphysical, .mathematical, aesthetic, transcendental. The con

sciousness determining itself contains spontaneity, also personality, has
rights.
A body for whose possibility one must think of an organizing force, that
is, a force which only acts through internal purposes. Next, not an indwell
ing soul, empirically, but a spirit as a spirit.

Homo est animal rationale. '27

There is a difference in saying: I believe in God, or: I believe in a God
(of which there might be several).
The knowledge of all human duties toward one another as divine com
mands (not as a particular duty toward God, for that would presuppose
God).

[VIIth fascicle, sheet V, page 4]

[Man is a person, that is, a being capable of rights, who can encounter
wrong or can consciously do it,]' and to whom both can be done by others,
which is not the case in animals or even lower organic beings. That being,
in relation to whom all human duties are likewise necessarily his com
mands, is called God, and the categorical imperative which imposes them
on man, contains the knowledge that all duties of right are to be regarded
as divine commands (in him).
Human reason does not attain what kind of being God is in himself;
only relation (the moral relation) indicates him, so that his nature is
inscrutable and all-perfect for us. Ens summum, summa intelligentia, 22:58
summum bonum: all moral [determinations], but which leave his nature
unattainable.
God is a spirit, that is, not the world-soul, for example, since this
determination would make him dependent upon empirical determina
tions, as a sense-object. The transcendent concept of him is always only
negative, and so [we] can only [know] him thereby that knowledge of him

' See preceding note.

215
 IMMANUEL KANT

i s not knowledge of the world, but the knowledge of all human duties as
divine commands (hence not as if one had actually received such a com
mand or prohibition) [breaks oJJJ
So knowledge of this being is ampliative, not for the theoretical but only
for the practical. He is inscrutable (imperscrutabilis).
The first act of the faculty of representation is that through which the
subject makes itself into an object of its representations (conscientia sui
ipsius) and belongs to logic. [It is a] representation through concepts or the
thought of the given object, and is analytic. The second [act] contains the
manifold given in intuition, insofar as that is represented under a principle
of its aggregation; this [act] is thought synthetically a priori and belongs to
transcendental philosophy (which contains synthetic knowledge a priori from
concepts). Such knowledge is here not opposed to knowledge through the
construction of concepts (for that would be mathematics) but, since it is
here a question of philosophical knowledge (metaphysics), belongs to tran
scendental philosophy. That, however (as in Newton's Philosophiae natu
ra/is principia mathematica), at least the ratio of the moving forces of bodies
in empty spaces can be given a priori, belongs neither to metaphysics nor to
transcendental philosophy - and thus not to philosophy at all but to pure
mathematics insofar as it is applicable to physics.
The concept, or rather, the idea of God is .the thought of a being before
whom all human duties at the same time count as his commands.
22:59 God is the supreme power which is all-obligating, a being who is all-
obligating but is not obligated in any relation.
God and the world. Nature and freedom. Spinozism and naturalism.
Transcendental idealism and personality. The real, which cannot be a
sense-object, and the real which must necessarily be such, if it is to be a
given object - as space and time are each only one.
The totality of beings regarded as a whole or sparsim as multitude.
First division: God and the world. Second, in the world: nature and
freedom of world-beings. Both contain absolute unity (there is only one
God and one world). The world, insofar as it is not a whole combined
sparsim, but an organic whole - e.g. of plants for animals and even for man.
An organic body is one which is possible in itself through purposes;
hence, it is grounded through an immaterial being, or must at least be
thought accordingly. The continuum formarum from plants, not as far as
God (for there is no continuity in between).
Just as the species of organized bodies progresses from mosses to
animals and [from] these to men as animals (a continuumformarum). N.B.
Not that we intuit in the deity, as Spinoza imagines, but the reverse: that
we carry our concept of God into the objects of pure intuition in our
concept of transcendental philosophy.
Ideas of moral-practical reason, too, have moving forces on human
nature. That means: to fear the Deity indirectly:

216
 O P U S P O S T UM U M

Of the indirect proof of God's existence, insofar as his necessary conse- 2 2 :6o
quences (the categorical imperative) precede.
It is not the concept offreedom which founds the categorical imperative
but the latter first founds the concept of freedom. Not technical -practical
but moral-practical reason contains the principle of God. Likewise, na
ture in the world does not lead to God (e.g. through its beautiful order)
but the reverse.
The holy Ghost judges, punishes and absolves through the categorical
imperative of duty, by means of moral -practical reason. Not as a substance
which belongs to nature. God and world are not empirical correlates.

The concept of God and of the personality of the thought of such a being
has reality.
There is a God in moral-practical reason, that is, in the idea of the
relation of man to right and duty. But not as a being outside man. God and
man is the totality of things.
The complex of all natural beings (the world), that is, all existence in
space and time - but not, therefore, of all beings, for pure moral beings

}
are not, in fact, also understood thereby.
Distributive '
. um ty
0r co II ect1ve

Of the psychological difference (which belongs to physics) and the meta

physical, which is not drawn from experience.
Morality [Sittlichkeit], that is, freedom under laws, is the characteristic
of a person.

217
 [What is transcendental philosophy?]

2 1 :9 [1st fascicle, (half-)sheet I, page 1 ]

[Top margin]
Transition to the limit ofall knowledge - God and the world.
The totality of beings, God and the world, presented in a synthetic system
of the ideas of transcendental philosophy in relation to each other, by, etc.

[Main text]

In the order of the system of synthetic knowledge through a priori con

cepts (that is, in transcendental philosophy) the principle which provides
the transition to the completion of the system is that of transcendental
theology in the two questions:

I
What is God?

2
Is there a God?

The concept of God is that of a person - hence, that of a being who has
rights, but against whom no other possesses right; of whom there may be
either only one or else a species (God or gods) who must, nevertheless,
possess personality, a will [ Willkiihr] - without which quality, they would
not be gods but idols (idola), that is, things [Sachen].

21:10 [Next to it, in the margin]

Such a person cannot be several (in the plural); that is to say, if there is
a God, then he is likewise singular in his person, and there are not many
gods, because the concept of several would be quite identical. One would
worship different gods, and their worship would be superstition and idola
try, which would be satacic.

218
 OPUS POSTUMUM

God and the world are thought as members of the division of existing
beings, of which each contains numerical unity (singularity) in itself; that
is, one can as little speak of gods and worlds as of spaces and times, for
these are all only parts of one space and one time.
Just the same is true of experience: in relation to whose magnitude
one cannot depend upon experiences but only on experience as absolute
unity. For absolute completeness of perceptions cannot occur, for that
would be empirical, and hence stand under the suspicion of some defi
ciency; there thus remains nothing a priori except a principle of the
possibility of experience.
In the concept of God, one thinks a person - that is, a rational being
who, first, possesses rights, but, second, without being restricted by duties,
restricts all other rational beings through commands of duty.
{To bring about the highest object of moral-practical reason in the 21:1 1
world God and the world form the objects of reason's willing. The total-
-

ity of things: ens summum summa.}

[Right ofthe deleted passage]

In the world as a whole of rational beings there is also a being consisting
in [von] moral-practical reason, and, consequently, an imperative of right:
Thus, however, there is also a God.

[Main text continuedj

Such a being is the most perfect in respect of every purely thought
quality (ens summum, summa intelligentia, summum bonum). All these con
cepts are united in the disjunctive judgment: God and the world - in the
real division of the negative or contrarie oppositum, which the totality of
beings comprehends.
Both are a maximum: the one determined according to degree (qualita
tive), the other according to volume [or] space (quantitative); the one as
object of pure reason, the other as sense-object. Both are infinite: the
first as magnitude of appearance in space and time; the second accord
ing to degree (virtualiter), as limitless activity with regard to forces
(mathematical or dynamic magnitude of sense-objects). One as thing in
itselfor appearance.
A being who perceives has feeling, understanding, personality, and
-

rights without duty.

A plurality of gods is as little thinkable as a plurality of worlds, but only
one God and one world; both ideas depend necessarily upon each other.
Ens summum, summa inte/ligentia, summum bonum (understanding, judg
ment, reason). Technical-practical and moral-practical reason and the
principle which combines both in one idea. One cannot express the su-

219
 IMMANUEL KANT

preme intelligence through reason, since the latter consists only i n the
capacity to infer - that is, to judge mediately.
2I :I 2 In moral-practical reason there lies the categorical imperative to regard
all human duties as divine commands.

[Margins]
Technical-practical reason contains skill and arts. Moral-practical,
duties. ,

The complex of all beings as substances is God and the world. The
former [the latter?] is not coordinated as an aggregate with the latter [the
former?], but subordinated to it in its existence, and combined with it in
one system; not merely technically but moral-practically - which charac
teristic endows it with the quality of being a person.

Self-love (in soul and body) is not generally true or permissible; but
benevolence toward oneself, without pleasure, is. But not hatred.
Heat is not radiant (radians), 1 28 but rather, the body is absorptive in
relation to it - or exhaling, but not evaporating.

Personality is the characteristic of the being who has rights, hence, a moral
quality. Consciousness of this quality in the subject belongs to moral
practical, not technical-practical reason, even when (and insofar as) it
stands under duties. Does not have merely technical-[practical] but also
moral-practical reason.

Spinoza 's idea of the highest being - of intuiting all supersensible beings
in God. Moral-practical reason. Transcendental idealism.
Ens summum and ens entium.

Reason is ohly a mediately judging understanding. !-<or the rule, and

subsumption under it (its casus); namely, the conclusion, does not add
anything further, but is only stated explicitly as inference or conclusion.
The formula does not increase the content.

Herr von Hess and Prof. Kraus. Herr Schultz or Poerschke and Chaplan
[Wasianski] . ' 2 9

2I : I3 [Ist fascicle, (half-)sheet I, page 2]

Transcendental philosophy thinks under the concept of God a sub
stance endowed with maximum existence, with regard to all aaive proper
ties (reality), independent of all sensible representations (pure rational
representations a priort). It is a self-knowing supreme being (ens summum,
summa imelligentia, summum bonum) adequate to all the true purposes of
man (from understanding, judgment and reason) in an active relation to

220
 OPUS POSTUMUM

the whole o f all the objects o f sensible representation; s o that the division
is made: God and the world in relation to each other.
Both are thought as a highest by transcendental idealism, according
to which the possibility of objects of representations precedes as elements
of knowledge, and what is subjective (according to Spinoza 's conception)
is intuited in God, whom reason makes for itself. The problem is thus:
First, what is God? (What is understood by this concept?) Second ques
tion: Is there a God? (For gods cannot be thought of without contradic
tion, because the totality of given objects, thought together, does not
permit plurality, and, if God is worshipped and his law obeyed, then such
a plurality would represent idols.)
There exists a categorical imperative in the mind [ Gemiith] (mens, not
the anima) of every man in which a rigorous command of duty [shows] the
transgressor his own reprehensibility (unworthiness of being happy); and,
if abstraction is made from sensible appearance, not only is the transgres
sor's worthiness of being happy denied him, but he himself condemned
through an irrevocable verdict (dictamen rationis). Not technical-practical
but moral-practical reason absolves or condemns.
Nature deals despotically with man. Men destroy one another like
wolves. Plants and animals overgrow and stifle one another. Nature does
not observe the care and provision which they require. Wars destroy what 2 I : I4
long artifice has established and cared for.
A being who is originally universally law-giving for nature and freedom,
is God. Not only the highest being, but also the highest understanding
good (with respect to holiness). Ens summum, summa intelligentia, summum
bonum. The mere idea of him is likewise proof of his existence.
Among all the characteristics which are attributable to a thinking being,
the first is to be conscious of oneself as a person: That is, according to tran
scendental idealism, the subject constitutes itself a priori into an object
not as given in appearance, in the transitionfrom the metaphysicalfoundations
ofnatural science to physics, but as a being who is founder and originator of
his own self, by the quality ofpersonality: the "/am. " As a man, I am a sense
object in space and time and, at the same time, an object of the understand
ing to myself. [I] am a person; consequently, a moral being who has rights.
The understanding (mens) is the faculty of deciding immediately, inde
pendent of sensible representations, and can be attributed to God. Rea
son, which only judges mediately, through inferences, is not original, but
derivative.
It is not the principle of benevolence, directed toward happiness, but
[the principles] of right which command categorically.
Of the allowable circle of connection in the extremities of forces.

A body can be an ens simplex as to its quality, e.g. sulphur; its product
through combustion, on the other hand, a compositum, like sulphuric acid.

221
 I MMAN U E L KANT

What is obligated is outside me, as a rational subject which yet belongs to

the world. The world is the totality of sense-objects, not so much the outer
as the inner.

21:15 [Left margin] ,

Transcendental idealism i s the mode o f representation which makes
concepts, as elements of knowledge, into a whole - as a system of the
possibility of synthetic a priori knowledge from concepts.
First the moral-practical, then the technical-practical reason. God and
the world.
The transcendental idealism of that of which our understanding is itself
the originator. Spinoza. To intuit everything in God . The categorical
imperative. The knowledge of my duties as divine commands (expressed
according to the categorical imperative).
The transcendental idealism of prescribing to reason synthetic a priori
propositions from concepts (such as the categorical imperative is): dictamen
rationis - not what we ought to think but what we ought to do.
The transition from the metaphysical foundations of natural science to
physics takes place according to a priori principles; for the possibility of
experience, indeed, which is an absolute whole - not a compiled (compilatio)
aggregate which can be patched together out of perceptions. Obseroatio et
experimentum presuppose a formal whole of possible experience as unity.
Reason precedes, with the projection of its forms (fonna dat esse ret)
because it alone carries with it necessity. Spinoza. The elements of knowl
edge and the moments of the determination of the subject through them.
(To intuit everything in God.)
One cannot prove the existence ofGod, but one cannot avoid proceeding on
the principle of such an idea, and assuming duties to be divine commands.
The concept of God is the concept of an obligating subject outside
myself.

2 1:16 [1st fascicle, sheet II, page 1]

2
GOD
AND
T H E WO R L D

Introduction

I.

The system of knowledge which formally (thus a priort) precedes experi

ence and contains the conditions of the possibility of experience in gen-

222
 OPUS POSTUMUM

eral, divides into two main branches: nature and freedom, both of which
must be treated theoretically and practically; the product of technical

( )
practical or moral-practical reason and their principles

inclination and morals [Sitten]

emerges.
instinct - understanding

II.
The concept of freedom is not the basis on which the concepts of right
and duty can be founded, but the reverse: The concept of duty contains
the ground of the possibility of the concept of freedom, which is postu
lated through the categorical imperative. It is utterly impossible to unite
the principle of causal relations in the world with freedom; for that would
be an effect without a cause.
If I ought to do something, then I must also be able to do it, and what is
absolutely incumbent upon me, I must also be capable of performing.
The property of a rational being, to possess freedom of the will in
general (independence from the incentives of nature), cannot be directly
proved as a causal principle, but only indirectly, through its consequences;
insofar, that is, as it contains the ground of the possibility of the categori
cal imperative.

Ill. 21 :17

A being for whom all human duties are likewise his commands, is God.
He must be capable of everything, since he wills everything which duty
commands. He is the highest being with respect to power, and, as a being
who has rights, a living God in the quality of a person. A single God, like
the object of his power, subordinate to him: one world.

rv.

These concepts are altogether contained analytically in the idea of the

highest being, which we ourselves have created; but the problem of tran
scendental philosophy still remains unresolved: Is there a God?

Cosmotheolog;y V.
There is an object of moral-practical reason which contains the principle
of all human duties "as if divine commands," without it being the case that
one may assume, for the sake of this principle, a particular substance
existing outside man.

223
 IMMANUEL KANT

VI.
Cosmotheology. An idea of the unity of the connection of intuition with
concepts, according to Spinoza.

[ Top margin]
Transcendental philosophy is the principle of synthetic a priori knowl
edge from concepts.
( I ) Transition from the metaphysical foundations of natural science to
physics. (2) Transition from physics to transcendental philosophy. (3)
Transition from transcendental philosophy to the system of nature and
freedom. (4) Conclusion. Of the universal connection of the living forces
of all things in reciprocal relation: God and the world.

[Right margin]
Philosophy - metaphysical and metaphysics
Mathematics and physics
Space and time
God and the world: the supersensible and the sensible being in the
totality of things (universum), represented systematically in synthetic rela
tion to each other.
2I:I8 Space is not a being, nor is time, but only the form of intuition : nothing
but the subjective form of intuition.
Not atomism (corpuscular philosophy, atomi ac inane). In full space, yet
all-penetrating ofit, through motion - partly progressive, partly oscillating.
There are not experiences, but only experience and what it teaches
(which presupposes a priori a form of experience) . But many perceptions,
indeed, which stand in relation to experience through observation and
experiment. Hippocrates.
( I) Metaphysics, (2) transcendental philosophy, (3 ) physics, (4) dy
namica generalis, which [presents] the laws of the moving forces, as they
stand in relation to one another in empty spac .

The living bodily being has a soul (animal). If it is a person, then it is a

human being.

[Right ofIV, V, and VI]

The highest principle of the system of pure reason in transcendental
philosophy, as reciprocal relation of the ideas of God and the world. Not
that the world is God, or God a being in the world (world-soul); but the
phenomena of causality are in space and time, etc.
An immaterial and intelligent principle as substance is a spirit (mms).

The animal.
Nature causes (agit). Man does ifacit). The rational subject acting with

224
 O P U S P O S TU M U M

consciousness o f purpose operates (operatur). A n intelligent cause, not ac

cessible to the senses, directs (dirigit).
God and the world. Freedom and nature. The latter with personality -
or ttatura bruta in contrast with intelligent nature.

Knowledge through reason, laws for reason, man as person or as sense

object.
The products of nature are in space and time, those of freedom, under
the laws of moral-practical reason (dictamina rationis practicae).

[Ahove Vlj 2I:l9

Newton 's attractive forces through empty space.
How is empty space itself perceived, for the forces cannot be, indepen
dently, without physical reality?

[Below Vlj
There is a God, not as a world-soul in nature, but as a personal
principle of human reason (ens summum, summa intelligentia, summum
bonum), which, as the idea of a holy being, combines complete freedom
with the law of duty in the categorical imperative of duty; both technical
practical and moral-practical reason coincide in the idea of God and the
world, as the synthetic unity oftranscmdental philosophy.
[ . . ] " and empirical personality (altos videt sub pedibus nimbos et rauca
.

tonitrua calcat). 13
God is not the world-soul.
Spinoza's concept of God and man, according to which the philosopher
intuits all things in God, is enthusiastic [sclzmarmerischj (conceptusfanaticus).

[Ist fascicle, sheet II, page 2]

{ Cosmotheolog)'
God and the world. A system of transcendental philosophy, of technical
theoretical and moral-practical reason.
The concept of God is that of a being as the highest cause of world
beings and as a person. How the freedom of a world-being is possible
cannot be proved directly; it would only be practicable in the concept of
God, i f he were assumed.}

God
The categorical imperative leads first to the concept of freedom, the
possibility of which property of a rational being we could not otherwise
' Word illegible.

225
 I M MA N U E L K A N T

2 I : 20 suspect. These commands are divine (praecepta invio/abi/ia), that is, permit
no mitigation, and the judgment of condemnation is pronounced upon
their transgression, through man's own reason, just as if addressed by a
moral power which executes the judgment.
The highest level of progress in the system of pure reason: God and the
world.
The whole of the supersensible and of the sensible object, represented
in logical and real relation to each other.'*'
These representations are not merely concepts but, at the same time,
ideas, which give the material to synthetic a pn'ori laws from concepts, and
so do not merely emerge from metaphysics but found transcendental
philosophy.
Each of the two contains a maximum, and there can only be one of
each. "There is one God and one world."

a
The first object [Gegenstand] sets itself above things as objects [Sachen]
through personality - that is, through the sublime quality ofjreedom, to be
itself an on'ginal cause: a property and capacity whose possibility cannot be
directly either proved or explained, but which conclusively validates its
reality indirectly, through the incontrovertible dictates of reason in the
categon'ca/ imperative.
The principle ofthe knowledge of all human duties as (tanquam) univer
sally valid commands, that. is, in the quality of a highest, holy and powerful
law-giver, raises the subject thought thereby to the rank of a single,
powerful being: That is, the existence of such a being cannot be con
cluded from the idea which we ourselves think of God, but yet we may
infer as [if] there were such a being - with the same force as if such a
being (dictamen rationis) were combined in substance with our being - to
the same consequences. b

2 1 :23 [Top margin]

What is merely subjective in sensible representation is feeling.

[Under "! God'']

The highest standpoint of transcendental philosophy is that which
unites God and the world synthetically, under one principle.
Nature and freedom.

The logical relation is that of identity and difference; the real that of action and reaction
with respect to the causality of the subjects.

1 Kant's paragraph continues on page J.

226
 OPUS POSTUMUM

[Left margin]
Difference between the principles and laws o f technical-practical or
moral-practical reason.
The concept of freedom emerges from the categorical imperative of
duty. Sic volo sic iubeo stet pro ratione voluntas. I J '
The possibility of such a property as freedom does not emerge analyti
cally, but synthetically, in transcendental philosophy, and is the law of the
latter.

The thinking subject also creates for itself a world, as object of possible
experience in space and time. This object is only one world. Moving
forces are inserted in the latter (e.g. attraction and repulsion) without
which there would be no perceptions; but only what is formal.

World is the complex (complexus) of things in one space and one time; thus, 2 I :24
since neither are something given objectively, in appearance. God is a ra-
tional concept of freedom, insofar as there lies in him a principle ofthe con-
nection of the manifold which only pertains to a person. Concept of duty.
The concept offreedom, which points in the direction of the concept of duty,
is that ofa person - both of man in the world and ofGod. With respect to the
world, a technical-practical; with respect to God, a moral-practical concept.
There are gods as little as there are worlds; rather, one God and one world.
Transcendental cosmology and transcendental theology (cosmotheology).
Not the highest being (ens summum), but the being of all beings (ens entium).
The totality of things (omnitudo) is, therefore, not yet represented as a
whole of the united objects (distributive or collective: thus, logical or real
unity). In intuition (space and time) as appearance (mathematically).
Analogy between attraction and light, where seeing precedes the light,
and, of the former is not operative in space, then neither is the latter.
Illumination in empty space. Double concept of reflection.
Seeing is repulsive - like touch.

[1st fascicle, sheet II, page 3] 2 I :21

And the cosmotheological proposition: "There is a God," must be hon-
ored and obeyed in the moral-practical relation just as much as if it were
to be expressed by the highest being, although no proof of it takes place
in technical-practical respect, and to believe or even wish for the appear-
ance of such a being would be an enthusiastic delusion - taking ideas as
perceptions.
It can be said without qualification: "There are not gods; there are not
worlds," but rather: "There is one world and there is one God" in reason,
as a practically-determining principle.
There is a fact of moral-practical reason: the categorical imperative,
which commands for nature freedom under laws and through which free-

227
 IMMANUEL KANT

dom itself demonstrates the principle o f its own possibility; the command
ing subject is God.
This commanding being is not outside man as a substance different from
man. [It is, rather,] the counterpart to the world represented as the complex
of all sensible beings (their totality), as the counterpart [of God] in space
and time, as absolute a priori unity in intuition. Like God (as the su
persensible principle which combines the manifold of the world through
reason) the world is thought a priori, as absolute unity. These two ideals
have practical reality.
A being which includes the whole of all possible sense-objects, is the
world. (A being in relation to whom all human duties are likewise his
commands, is God.)
God and the world are ideas of moral-practical and technical-practical
reason, founded on sensible representation; the former contains the predi
cate of personality, the latter that of . . . Both together in one system, how
ever, and related to each other under one principle, [are] not substances
outside my thought, but rather, [they are] the thought through which we
ourselves make these objects (through synthetic a priori cognitions from
concepts) and, subjectively, are self-creators of the objects thought.
2 1 :22 The moving forces which are causal principles contain the representa-
tions of God, the world, and my subject of intuition and feeling, as moving
forces in the world. The two [namely, God and the world], united in one
concept, [contain] the intuition of nature in space and time, feeling and
the spontaneity of connection of both into a system of technical-practical
and moral-practical reason through freedom (spontaneity and receptivity,
both combined in a system). God, the world, and I, who combine both
objects in one subject. Intuition, feeling, and the faculty of desire. God,
the world (both outside me) and the rational subject which connects both
through freedom. (Not substance.) Spinoza's transcendental idealism
which, taken literally, is transcendent, that is, an object without a concept:
representing the subjective as objective.

[Margins]
God and the world are, according to their idea, two heterogeneous
beings, not in analytical unity (identical); nevertheless, they could be
thought in synthetic unity according to principles of transcendental phi
losophy. How, then, does their combination acquire reality?
The totality of things (universum) contains God and the world. World
means the whole of sensible beings.

There is here then a relation of two heterogeneous objects, a relation of ef

ficient causes (nexus causa/is), indeed; ifthe totality ofbeings is thought, how
ever, then this is subjective rather than objective (lying not in the things but
in the thinking subject): the highest good (the original and the derivative) .

228
 OPUS POSTUMUM

The two principles: that of moral-practical and the principle o f

technical-theoretical reason (to which mathematics also belongs) together
form the complete unity.

Knowledge of all human duties as divine, not [knowledge] of a substance.

God is the subject of the categorical imperative of duties, and these are
therefore called divine commands.
The division into God and the world is not analytic (logical) but syn
thetic: that is, through real opposition.
Three principles: God, the world, and the concept of the subject which zi : 23
unites them and brings synthetic unity into these concepts (a priorz) insofar
as reason makes this transcendental unit-y itself. Aenesidemus. God, the
world, and I, God, the world, and the human spirit, as that which combines
the former two: moral-practical reason with its categorical imperative.

The intelligent subject which grounds the combination of God with the
world under a principle.

The highest nature

( )
The highest freedom
The highest good blessdness
happmess
I . The question: Is there a God? One cannot prove such an object of
thought as substance outside the subject: [It is,] rather, thought.

[Ist fascicle, sheet II, page 4] 2 1 :24

G O D , THE W O R L D A N D THE C O N S C I O U SN E S S
O F M Y EXIST E N C E IN T H E WO R L D
IN S P A C E A N D T I M E .
THE F IRST IS N O U M E N O N , THE SE C O N D
PHEN O M E N O N , T H E T H I R D C A USA L I T Y
'
O F THE SU BJ E C T S SE L F - D ET E R M IN A TIO N IN TO
C O N S C IO USNESS
O F H I S P E RSO N A L I T Y : THAT IS, O F F R E E D O M
I N RE L A T I O NS O F T H E T O T A L I TY O F B EIN G S
I N G E N E RA L .

I 2 I :25
There is a God
There is a being in me, which is different from me and which stands in an
efficient causal relation (nexus effectivus) toward myself (agit, facit, operatur);

229
 IMMANUEL KANT

itself free (that is, not being dependent upon the laws of nature i n space
and time) it judges me inwardly (justifies or condemns); and I, man, am
this being myself- it is not some substance outside me. What is most
surprising is that this causality is a determination [of my will] to action in
freedom ([that is], not as a natural necessity).
This inexplicable inner characteristic reveals itself through a fact, the
categorical imperative of duty (nexus finalis: God; ejfiaivus: the world)
whether it is affirmative or negative (command and prohibition).* The
spirit of man (mens), under a compulsion which is only possible through
freedom.
It is, however, if one judges directly according to the principle of self
activity, completely impossible to think for oneself a law of self-activity
from freedom; for every act of the latter would be effect without cause.
For this reason it has been frequently opposed. But self-activity from
freedom can and must be conceded indirectly,t as a consequence of the
categorical imperative (which is incontrovertibly true) and all human du
ties, as divine commands, must be obeyed unconditionally.
Freedom of the will [ Willkuhr] is a fact which cannot be attributed to the
object as a natural being; but, yet, it is a principle of causality in the world,
2 1 :26 and appears to contain effect without cause in its very concept. That
which commands as a person (categorical imperative), hence as God,

hence as ifa person. .

All knowledge consists in the capacity to think, intuit, perceive, and

know in experience, and, as efficient cause, is the system of technical
practical or moral-practical reason: not for metaphysics, but for transcen
dental philosophy. The latter contains synthetic a priori principles from
concepts, not merely from intuitions; it contains, subjectively in human
reason as an absolute whole, a genealogical tree of such principles, whose
roots ramifY into branches, and a tree of knowledge of quite different
kinds: nature and freedom, the world and God. Not a system of nature
but of thought.

[Left margin]
The thoroughgoing determination of oneself in experience as unity, [is]
existence. But not God's.
All expressions of moral-practical reason are divine (dictamina sacro
sancta) because they contain the moral imperative (the categorical) and,
thereby, alone prove the reality of freedom. But it is not God in substance
whose existence is proved.

A s i s found i n the Decalogue, for instance.

t Indirect proofis a mode of proof or examination in which it is inferred apodictically from
the consequences of that which is to be prove to its ground.

230
 OPUS POSTUMUM

Freedom under laws which reason prescribes t o itself: the categorical

imperative in transcendental philosophy.

Transition from the metaphysical foundations to transcendental philosophy.

A concept is enthusiastic if that which is in man is represented as
something which is outside him, and the product of his thought repre
sented as thing [Sache] in itself {substance). Principia sunt dictamina ra
tionis propriae: leges communes. '3

[1st fascicle, sheet III, page I ]

3
S Y S T E M O F TRAN S C E N D E NTAL P HI L O S O P H Y
I N T H R E E S E CTI O N S

[Top margin]
God, the world, universum, and I myself, man, as moral being.
God, the world, and the inhabitant of the world: man in the world.
God, the world, and that which thinks both in real relation to each
other: the subject as rational world-being.

The medius terminus (copula) in judgment is here the judging subject (the
thinking world-being, man in the world). Subject, predicate, copula.

[Main text]

I
God

x
The concept of such a being is not that of substance - that is, of a being
which exists independent of my thought - but the idea (one's own cre
ation, thought-object, ens rationis) of a reason which constitutes itself
into a thought-object, and establishes synthetic a priori propositions, ac
cording to principles of transcendental philosophy. It is an ideal: There is
not and cannot be a question as to whether such an object exists, since the
concept is transcendent.

z
There is, however, i n moral-practical reason, a principle o f duty: That is,
the categorical imperative, according to which reason is absolutely {uncon
ditionally) commanding over all incentives of sensibility (nature) even

23 1
 IMMANUEL KANT

when i n antagonism to the latter. [Reason] i s an effect i n the world

'

2 1 :2 8 without cause, as it would appear; there are, indeed, actions from freedo
to which we ar determin:d and copelled, which form of causali
. _ Itself, and, moreover, its possibility
appears to contam a contradictiOn with
is absolutely incomprehensible (sic volo sic iubeo stet pro ratione voluntas). In
this freedom and independence from all natural influence and direction a
divinity may rightly [be seen] - not of man, however, since divinity is the
highest thinkable and, likewise, supremely powerful [breaks ofJJ

[Next to it, in the margin]

Not a sensible object, a person, rather, what itself thinks (non dabile sed
cogitabile)

According to this principle, all human duties can, at the sme time, be
exprrssed as divine commands (by the principle's formal aspect) even if
no such cause, determining reason, were to be assumed as substance.
From tl1e practical point of view, it is one and the same thing whether one
founds the divinity of the command in human reason, or founds it [in]
such a person, since the difference is more one of phraseology than a
doctrine which amplifies knowledge.*

The critique of pure reason divides into philosophy and mathematics.

The former, in turn, into metaphysics and transcendental philosophy.
The latter [namely, transcendental philosophy] into the ideas of theoreti
cal and practical reason. Nature and freedom.
I: man. Phenomenon, noumenon. The object in appearance and the
thing in itself
(The totality of beings, regarded analytically or syntheti<;ally (omnia, aut
universum).)

2 1 :29 [Margins]
Objects of tllought are: (a) a being (b) a thing [SacheJ (c) a person.
The highest is: ells summum - summa intelligentia, summum bonum.
How is tile concept of freedom possible? Only through the imperative
of duty which conimands . categorically.
God, a tllreefold person, according to [his] powers; not in three per
sons, which would be polytheism.

The expression as divine commands can here [be translated] by tanquam (as if) or else by
ceu (absolutely) [breaks ofJJ

232
 O P U S P O S T UM U M

No world-material can either come to be o r cease to be.

What compels from us the idea of God? No concept of experience,
no metap hysics. What presents this concept a priori is transcendental
philosophy.
The concept of duty. The latter, however, presupposes the concept of
the freed om of a causality, whose possibility [can]not be explained, but
re sts on the capacity of the categorical imperative .

[Between 2 and 3 ]
God, the world, and man as a person: that is, as a being who unites these
concepts.

[Next to it, right margin]

Ideas are self-created subjective principles of the power of though t: not
fictions but thought.
God is not the world soul.
What unifies the universum (not mundus), mens, insofar as it has
p ersonality.
Pluralitas mundorum but unitas universi.
The totality (universum) is to be distinguished from the world, of which
there can be many. The former belongs to ideas, and to transcendental
philosophy.

The totality of things (as the one whole): universum.

God and the world, and the spirit of man which thinks both (mens).
The power of thought must precede.
To totality of beings (universum). God and the world.
Arc thoughts prior to the thinker? Is light prior to the seer? Attraction.

[Bottom margin]
Whether there is a threefold or a fourfold form of immateriality. Spiritus
(animantis), animae et mentis (dido).

[Ist fascicle, sheet III, page 2] 2 1 :30

The totality of beings (the universum). The latter divides into God and the
[breaks o.DJ

s
The reality of the concept of freedom can, thus, only be presented and
proved indirea(y, through an intermediary principle, rather than directly
(immediately) . Likewise the proposition: "There is a God," namely, in
human, moral-practical reason, [as] a determination of one's actions in
the knowledge of human duties as (as if) divine commands - "we are

233
 I M M ANUEL KANT

originally of divine race"133 with regard to our vocation and its dispositions,
and the to us incomprehensible capacity of freedom places us infinitely
outside the sphere of [breaks o.IJJ

6
That which can be thought but not given in perception (cogitabile, non dabile)
is a mere idea, and, ifit deals with what is a maximum, then it is an ideal. The
highest ideal as person (of whom there can only be a single one) is God.

, The world (which is also called'nature, thought substantively) is the whole

of sense-objects (universum, universitas rerum). These objects are things
[Sachen] in contrast to persons.
Taken in this sense there can, thus, only be one world, since the totality
is only one; the plurality of worlds (pluralitas mundorum) signifies only the
multiplicity of many systems, of which there may be an innumerable
amount, together with their different forms and real relations (their ef
fects in space and time). God is not an inhabitant ofthe world, but, rather,
its ow11er. As the former (as sensible being) he would be the world-soul,
belonging to nature.

8
In this relation, there must, however, be a means of the combination of
both [ideas] into an absolute whole - and that is man who, as a natural
being, has at the same time personality - in order to connect the principle
of the senses with that of the supersensible.

g .
From which determinations of the faculty of representation does the sys
tem arise? And can the completeness of its elements be formed, insofar as
one analyzes that whole found a priori in us and develops its formal
element from one's own reason? Lichtenberg. Aenesidemus. Architeaonic
of pure reason. Its highest standpoint of speculative (not yet practical)
philosophy; from specula - view from a height over the plain of experience,
not touching or testing by tapping, but gazing about oneself into the
distance. Difference between technical-practical and moral-practical rea
son (skill, prudence, wisdom - vision and touch).

[Margin, next to 6]
God, the world, and man as (cosmopolita) person (moral being), as

234
 OPUS POSTVMVM

sensible being (inhabitant of the world) conscious of its freedom; the

rational sensible being in the world.

[Margin, next to 7 and 8]

God, the world, and man: a sensible-practical being in the world
(architectonic).
A cosmotheoros'34 who creates the elements of knowledge of the world
himself, a priori, from which he, as, at the same time, an inhabitant of the
world, constructs a world-vision [ 1#1tbeschauung] in the idea.

[Margin, next to 9]
The difference between fragmentary and systematic aggregation (from a
principle); from which difference the possibility of experience (which is, in
turn, what raises a multitude of perceptions into experience) also emerges.

[Below 91 2 1 :3 2
It is necessary in practical reason's doctrine of purposes to proceed not
from parts to the whole, but analytically, from the idea of the whole to the
parts.
The world in space and time, and the moving forces in empty space,
which, if the central body ceases, are nothing.
Second, freedom as effect without cause.
Faculty of thinking which is not yet substance.
Externality [rest illegible]

[1st fascicle, sheet III, page 31

'
TRAN S C E N D E NTAL P H I L O S O P HY S
H I G H E S T S T AN D P O I N T
G O D, THE WORLD, A N D THE TH I N K I N G B E I N G
I N THE WO R L D (MAN) .
I
God

Even if God is to be regarded in philosophy merely as a thought-object

(ens rationis), it [is] nevertheless necessary to present the latter and to
enumerate all the predicates of pure reason attributed to it, which emerge
from this idea analytically. Such a thought-object must necessarily be
presented, whether or not there may [be] such a substance, which [con
tains] in its concept the idea of a person, uniting both the highest
technical-practical and moral-practical perfection, and the causality appro-

235
 IMMANUEL KANT

priate to it; this cannot b e ignored, whether one assumes that such a
substance exists or not. Even if there are "fools who have said in their
heart: There is no God,"Js they may well be umvise, although they are
nevertheless free to be agnostic about this concept and what it contains
(although not willfully) just as the Critique ofPure Reason would have it,
which cannot be ignored by any philosopher, either in theoretical or in
practical use.

2 1 :33 2
The second merely analytical proposition which follows from the former
concept is that, if it is admitted that there be a God, it follows identically
from this that there is a single God; since the totality of things (which is
single and of the same quality) allows of no plurality, and, hence, it cannot
be said (or even thought) that there are gods. For the concept or the idea of
God is (1 ) that of a highest being (ens summum) (2) of a highest being of
the understanding, that is, of a person (summa intelligentia) (3) of the
original source of everything which may he an unconditional purpose
(summum bonum). The ideal of moral-practical reason and of all that
which can serve as a rule for the latter: the archetype (archetypon) and
architect of the world, although that can serve only in infinite approxima
tion. We see him as in a glass: never face to face. J6
He is not the world-soul (anima mundt), not a world-spirit (spiritus, not
demiurgus) as subordinate world-builder [ Weltbaumeister].

[Right margin]
The concept of this being represents a thought-object (ens rationis), as
the highest being with respect to every quality (ens summum, summa intelli
gentia, summum bonum). The first in power, the second in knowledge (as
omniscient), the third in all-wisdom: that is, in that which belongs to all
true purposes. If such a being exists, it can only be single; there are no
gods, but, rather, what are assumed in plurality as such (if God is thought
(worshipped) as the ideal of the greatest perfection) are idols (godlings,
not gods). The maximum of every kind, if it signifies a totality, can only be
one; in the logical opposition of this concept [namely, God] with that of
the world, which, as universum, also signifies an absolute totality, only one
world can be thought. The plurality of worlds (pluralitas mundorum i.e.
universitatis rerum) is a contradiction in itself.

2 1 :34 God, the world, and the creator (architectus). The latter, however, i s not
the Demiurge: a mechanically acting principle.

Man is subject and object of knowledge to himself. (Spinoza) World is

absolute, since space and time are one.

23 6
 OPUS P O STUMCM

Animals can b e made b y God, because there is, indeed, i n them a spiritus
and even anima (immateriale), but not mens, as free will.
Whether God could also give man a good will? No, rather, that requires
freedom.

[1st fascicle, sheet III, page 4]

{T H E H I G H E S T STA N D P O I NT O F
T RA N S C E N D E N T A L P H I L O S O P H Y
I N TH E SYSTEM OF THE TWO IDEAS
BY

G O D , T H E W O R L D , A N D T H E S U BJ E C T W H I C H
C O N N E C T S B O T H O BJ E C T S ,
T H E T H I N K I N G B E I N G I N T H E WO R L D .
G O D , T H E W O R L D , A N D W H A T U N I T E S B OT H
I NTO A SYS TEM :
T H E TH I N K I N G , I N NATE P R I N C I P L E O F MAN I N
THE WORLD (M E N S) .
M A N A S A B E I N G I N TH E W O R L D ,
S E L F - L I M I T E D T H R O U G H N A TURE A N D D UTY.

I
God
All three concepts are ideas:* that is, pure (not empirical, adopted from
the perception of given representations) cognitions, self-created through
reason.}

T H E H I G H E S T STAND P O I N T O F
T R A N S C E N D E N T A L P H I L O S O P HY
I N T H E T W O M UT U A L LY RE L A T E D I D E A S ,
GOD AND THE WORLD

[Next to the above heading, in the margin]

Newtonian attraction through empty space and the freedom of man are
analogous concepts to each other: They are categorical imperatives - ideas.

I
They are both thought (a priort) rather than given (empirically); in real
relation, indeed, for the foundation of a system of ideal intuitions. What is

* An ideal is an invented sense-object, which, however, in virtue of its perfection, is taken

for a mere idea.

23 7
 IMMANUEL KANT

postulated is not the existence of the latter's objects, but (only subjec
tively) the representation of them as mere thought-objects (entia rationis)
in one doctrinal system. Both present, singly and together, a maximum -

and, therefore, an absolute individual (unicum): Ifthere is a God, there can

only be one God, and, if there is a world outside my thoughts (that there is
a world, however, [is] given categorically, rather than hypothetically), then
only one world (universum) can be thought. The world universum. -

Whether the world has limits, is on a par with the question whether space
has limits; for the latter cannot be delineated by any object determining
the senses. If gods are spoken of, then these are only idols (idola), and, if it
is a question of worlds, then these are only masses: that is, limited parts of
the infinitely distributed matter occupying space (corpora).

z
By God, one understands a person who has rightful power over all rational
[beings]. This concept presents a maximum (potestatis legislatoriae): a being
"before whom every knee should bow, of things in heaven, and things in
earth, etc.," the highest being, the holy, who can only be single.
2 1 :3 6 No active opposition between God and the world takes place.
The concept of freedom is founded on a fct: the categorical imperative.

The question which first arises: From where does this concept come to
us? It is not a hypothetical concept, in order to support other propositions,
but is thought as self-subsisting (absolutely) although not meant as if such
a being thereby exists. The concept is problematic. A problematic being
would be something quite different - as, for instance, caloric, which is
only a place holder, impermissibly used as a hypothesis for one's own (and
others') temporary satisfaction.

Twofold self-knowledge: as [knowledge of a] thing in the world, which [is]

a priori constitutive; and empirical [knowledge] [breaks oJJJ

The concept of the world is the complex of the existence of everything

which is in space and time, insofar as empirical knowledge of it is possible.
Under it, human actions: agere, facere, operari. The question is, whether
free actions of man can also fall under it. But there is a fact here: the
categorical imperative.
The 1en Commandments are altogether negative. The categorical im
perative is only the principle of freedom.

238
 OPUS POSTUMUM

[Left margin]
Man, as animal, belongs to the world, but, as person, also to the beings
who are capable of rights - and, consequently, have freedom of the will.
Which ability [habilitaet] essentially differentiates him from all other be
ings; mens is innate to him.
God, the world, and 1: the thinking being in the world who connects
them.

God and the world are the two objects of transcendental philosophy; 2 1 :37
thinking man is the subject, predicate and copula. The subject who com-
bines them in one proposition. These are logical relations in a proposi-
tion, not dealing with the existence of objects, but merely bringing what is
formal in their relations of these objects to synthetic unity: God, the
world, and I, man, a world-being myself, who combines the two.

There is one God and one universe. The totality. Pluralitas mundorum is
not universorum (contradictio in adjecto).

God, the world, and the free will of the rational being in the world. All are
infinite.

Freedom lies in the categorical imperative and its possibility transcends all
grounds of explanation from nature. All human duties have tlms been
regarded as superhuman (that is, as divine) commands. It is not as if a
particular person had to be presupposed to promulgate these laws; they
lie, rather, in moral-practical reason. There is such a reason in man:
Moral-practical reason commands categorically, like a person, through the
imperative of duty.

Integrity is not the opposite of depravity (perversity) but of loss (as of a

limb) - and of imperfection by deprivation.'J7

[Bottom margin]
The question whether God could not give man a better will would
amount to this: that he should make it the case that [man] wills what he
does not will. It operates in terms of a concept of time which is based on
phenomena. From a noumenal point of view, the question would be:
whether another will is thinkable in place of this one?

Whether immortality can be included a priori among the characteristics

which belong to freedom? Yes, if there is a devil. Since the latter has
reason, but not infinity.

[ . }
. .

239
 IMMANUEL KANT

[Ist fascicle, sheet IV, page r ]

[. . .]

First note

Transcendental philosophy is the system of synthetic a priori cognitions

from concepts, insofar as the latter is founded in itself. It contains the
elementary representations, not as perceptions which are empirically ag
gregated (compilatio), but an a priori principle, under which what is formal
in the composition of the manifold [founds] the totality of things (omni
tudo) , as a whole (tatum) in unconditional unity [breaks oj]]

Second note

Each of these objects is absolutely one (unicum). If God is, he is only one.
If there is a world in the metaphysical sense then there is only one world;
and if there is man he is the ideal, the archetype (prototypon), of a man
adequate to duty.
[. . .]

2 1 :4 1 [Right margin]
[ . . .] We do not derive the data of intuition from sensible representations
(neither from impressions nor concepts); rather, it is we who first provide
the data out of which cognitions can be woven (into the cognitions possi
ble from them): e.g. attraction, for the sake of determinations and laws of
its relation in space and time. He who would know the world must first
manufocture it - in his own self, indeed.
Lichtenberg'J8
1 st division - God
2nd - the world
3 rd - what unites both in a system. Man in the world.
God, the inner vital spirit of man in the world.

[Ist fascicle, sheet IV, page 2]

[. . .]

[L margin]
Wonn - amanuensis'J9

Titlesheet and Preface

The world as universum

240
 OPUS POSTUMUM

I n all these objects, a maximum: idea, ergo unicum in all three cases.
I. theoretical-speculative [reason]
2. technical-practical [reason]
3 moral-practical reason

From intuitions, a priori concepts, and ideas.

The idea of freedom leads, through the categorical imperative, to God.
1. speculative [reason]
2. practical [reason]
3. technical-practical [reason]
4 moral-practical reason in one system.
[. . . ]

[1st fascicle, sheet IV, page 4] z r :so

God
What does reason think in the idea of God?
A being who knows everything, is capable of everything, and wills what
is good (ens summum, summa intelligentia, summum bonum). The highest
wisdom.

Definition
What do I think under the concept of God? A being of the greatest
perfection, a being who knows everything, and is capable of everything,
and contains personality in his self-consciousness (ens summum, summa
intelligentia, summum bonum), and is the originator of all other things.
Spinoza. The enormous idea of intuiting all things, and oneself, irt God
transcendent, not merely transcendental, and immanently objective (in
itself).
[}Jtestion: Do God and the world form a system together, or is only the
doctrine of the connection of the two subjectively systematic?

[Left ofthe above]

Axiom, theorem, problem and conclusion [Folgerung].

Axiom
The concept of God is a principle of moral-practical reason: the knowl
edge of all human duties, to regard them as divine commands.

241
 IMMANUEL KANT

[Left and right of "Theorem '1

Transcendental philosophy commences from what is subjective in rea
son, from the spontaneity of synthetic principles, through ideas. Transcen
dental idealism.

Theorem
There is in man an active, but supersensible principle which, indepen
dently of nature and the causality of the world, determines nature's appear
ances, and is called freedom.

21:51 [Right ofthe above]

The veto and iubeo in the pure imperative of duty.
The categorical imperative realizes the concept of God, but only in
moral-practical respect, not with regard to natural objects.
God and man, both persons. The latter is bound to duty, the former
commands duty.
The totality of beings (universum), God and the world, represented as
united in a system of the ideas of transcendental philosophy. Technical
practical, moral-practical reason, freedom of man, and hence the categon
cal imperative: God. Space (a priori intuitio.n) is subjeaive, appearance.
Ideas are images [Bi/der] (intuitions), created a priori through pure
reason, which, [as] merely subjective thought-objects and elements of
knowledge, precede knowledge of things. They are the archetypes (proto
typa), by which Spinoza thought aU things had to be seen, according to
their forms, in God: that is, in what is formal in the elements out of which
we make God for ourselves.
God is a being who only has rights and no duties (only against himself)
and is a person who is holy for himself. Freedom - man [a being] who has
rights but also duties - third, unconditional duties, indeed. Man, as world
citizen, who, under the divine regime, is necessarily subject to both [rights
and duties], as in a state.
Transcendental idealism. Mere space is not therefore an empty space.
The latter would be something positive. The former is that from which
abstraaion is made.
N.B. Space (in the world) and time (in the subject who determines
space inwardly) come first, as a priori forms, and furnish self-made con
cepts, from whose elements knowledge emerges. Attraction through
empty space (aaio in distans, according to Newton); freedom, which postu
lates a principle of causality in the world (as effect without cause) merely
2 1 :5 2 by its veto i n the categorical imperative: [Both] lie outside the world,
influencing it. Receptivity for knowledge (receptivitas) is founded on the
faculty of creating receptivity in oneself- Lichtenberg. o

242
 O P US P O S TUMUM

The oath: by God, or, by the living God, is presumption if it is given in

connection with empirical truthfulness (that is, in connection with natural
obj ects).
God and the world. A system of ideas in the highest standpoint of
transcendental philosophy.

(These ideas of God and the world lie necessarily and a priori in reason,
and this division [is] a priori. (Lichtenberg))
The genius appropriate to mathematics is quite different in species
from that fixed by nature for philosophy: Reccard and Kiistner.'4'

[Right ofthe above:]

The one relates to art and skill (for arbitrary ends), the other to
wisdom to the final end.
-

The difference between the totality of beings and the universe [ T#ltal, of
which God can be part.
Receptivity - spontaneity.

[Top margin]
God and the World. A System of Ideas in the Highest Standpoint of
Transcendental Philosophy, presented by, etc.

God and the World

the Totality of Beings
presented in a System in the Highest Standpoint of Transcendental
Philosophy
Is the reason for the totality of beings (universum) that a single being
must found all existence? There can [be] worlds, but only one universum
[breaks offJ

[Left margin, next to "God is a being"]

His name is holy, his honor is worship, and his will almighty, and he
himself is idea. His kingdom in nature is still to come, however. '4'

[Left and bottom margin]

Transcendental philosophy is the science of pure synthetic a priori
knowledge from concepts.
A. Which concepts does the idea of God contain, and where does the
call to man come from to establish such an idea as indispensable to
reason? Or is it a free, problematic invention, and its object a hypothetical 2 I :53
thing, like caloric? Herein the question remains unresolved: Is there a
God? Yet can it be said that, if God is, then he is only one?

243
 IMMANUEL KANT

God represented a s a person but not a corporeal being - spirit. Hence

-

not gods (idols: bodies not spirit). I, man, belong to the world-whole, and
he is part of it. And yet, he is a person.
B. There is a world. Idealism and transc[endental] egoism cannot aban
don the objective reality of sensible representations (hence, experience);
for it is one and the same thing to say: There are such objects, or: I am a
subjea to whom the state of my representation delivers such a lawlike
chain of the manifold, which we call expen'ence. There can be worlds
(mundt) in space, and yet only one world (universum) exists.

[. . . )

2 1:59 [1st fascicle, sheet V, page 2] ' 4 3

I Title-Sheet]
The Highest Standpoint
of Transcendental Philosophy
in the
System of Ideas: God, the World, and
Man in the World,
Restricting Himself Through Laws of Duty,
presented
by
The Totality of Beings
God and the World
in a System of Ideas
of Transcendental Philosophy,
presented.

Introduaion
Transcendental philosophy is autonomy, that is, a reason that determinately
delineates its synthetic principles, scope, and limits, in a complete system.
Transcendental philosophy commences from the metaphysical fozmd.J
tions of natural science, [and] contains the a priori principles of the latter's
transition to physics (and its formal element) ; without turning into heter
onomy, it [then) progresses to physics, as to a principle of the possibility of
experienc;:e through which the whole of knowledge becomes an aggregate
of perceptions; finally, it progresses (as an asymptotic approximation to a
.
prooffrom experience itself) to experience. [ . ] . .

2 1 :6 I [Left margin]
Experience, as ground of the proof of the truth of empirical judgments, is

244
 OPUS POSTUM U M

never more than an asymptotic approximation to the completeness of the

possible perceptions which compose it. Is never certainty.

Introduction
1 . Transition from the metaphysical foundations of natural science to
transcendental philosophy.
2. From the latter to the universal doctrine of experience, physics in
general, according to its formal conditions.
3 From nature to the doctrine of freedom. Human freedom presup
poses the concept of duty, categorical imperative .
4 Progress to physics as a system. God, the world and man subject to
the command of duty.
Man is, on the one hand, a world-being; on the other, however, man
devoting himself to the law of duty: a noumenon.
totamque infusa per artus
mens agit molem magnoque se corpore miscet. ' 44

[ . . j 1 45
.

[Ist fascicle, sheet VI, page 3 ] '46

[. . ]
.

Introduction
There is a totality of beings (entium, not rerum, thing [Sache] : for the latter
are beings which can be manipulated) and a universe of beings. Reason
posits this as a thought-object (ens rationis ratiocinantis); as a system of
things, indeed, but only as subjective, belonging to ideas .
The principle which determines the whole of philosophy as in one
system, is transcendental philosophy.
Transcendental philosophy is the act of consciousness whereby the
subject becomes the originator of itself and , thereby, also of the whole
object of technical-practical and moral-practical reason in one system -
ordering all things in God, as in one system. (Zoroaster)'47 Analogy with
mathematics in space.
Theoretical-practical reason, in conformity with its nature, creates ob
jects for itself, namely, independent ideas - the system of an all-embracing
reason which constitutes itself into an object. Transcendental philosophy
does [not] occupy itself with something which is assumed as existing, but
merely with the human spirit, which [is] its own thinking subject.
Ideas of speculative, aesthetic, and moral-practical reason in a system (ens
summum, etc.), God, etc. Not metaphysics, but transcendental philosophy.

245
 IMMANUEL KANT

Synthetic a priori knowledge from concepts (philosophy, in contrast to

mathematics), that is, transcendental philosophy, is not an aggregate of
perception (empirically coordinated) but is the coordination (complexus) of
ideas in the one system of reason, constituting itself under a principle.
The highest existence, the highest power, and the highest will. All unlim
ited. But only in idea.
2 I :79 How is the metaphysician different from the transcendental philosopher? In
that the latter addresses merely what is formal, the former what is material
(the object, the material).
(Transcendental philosophy is the autonomy of ideas, insofar as they
form, independently of everything empirical, an unconditional whole, and
reason constitutes itself to the latter as a separate system.) God, world,
and the concept of the freedom of rational beings in the world.
Ideas are not concepts, but pure intuitions: not discursive, but intu
itive representations, for there is only one such object. (One God, one
world (universum), and, in the law of freedom, only one principle in the
honoring by men in the world of all human duties as divine commands).
(It is not appropriate here to assume the existence of a substance with
this characteristic.)

The organs of our sense-perception, as feelings, are determined through

stimulation of the materials: air, light, and heat. Whether hearing, sight
and inwardly feeling one's life (warm or cold) precedes knowledge of their
efficient causes?
Of the argillaceous aroma, in breathing on alumina (through decom
position).' 4s
Experience can yield no principle, but is only an asymptotic aggregate
of perceptions - so it is no principle of transcendental philosophy. The
progress and transition to transcendental philosophy takes place from the
metaphysical foundations of natural science, to which mathematics also
belongs. Observation and expen'ment.
Transcendental philosophy is the subjective principle [of] ideas of ob
jects of pure reason constituting themselves into a system, and of its
autonomy according to the concepts: ens summum, summa intelligentia,
summum bonum. World, human duty, and God.
Transcendental philosophy is the principle of the thoroughgoing deter
mination of reason into theoretical-speculative and moral-practical rea-
2 I :So son, founding the unity of the unconditioned whole as the totality
(universum) of things in their synthetic unity, according to a priori concepts
of its elements: God, the world, and man in the world subject to the law of
duty.

Transcendental philosophy is the absolute whole (system) of ideas; thus it

is immediately directed toward objects (ens summum, summa intelligentia,

246
 OPUS POSTUMUM

etc.) which, independently o f experience, are postulated by pure reason as

objects [for the sake of] its (experience's) possibility. It contains principles
of a synthetic cognition from concepts and [is], to that extent, analogous to
mathematics - to the latter's formal principles, however, not its material
(the object). (Of a philosophical proof of Euclid's 1 zth proposition.)'49

[Left and right of"Introdudion"]

Philosophy is to be regarded either as the habitus of philosophizing or as
a work: through which there arises, proceeding from it, a work as a system
of absolute unity.

[Right margin]
Dodor Medicinae Reusch, the son of Professoris Physices Reusch, will edit
the Intel/igenz-Blatter. s o
N.B. The melon must be eaten today - with Prof. Gensichen - and, at
this opportunity, [discuss] the income from the university. s

The return is to be made from the metaphysical foundation of natural

science to transcendental philosophy, as a system of the ideas of pure
reason insofar as they emerge from reason synthetically and a priori. They
are God, the world, and man in the world, determining himself with
freedom. The world is here understood not as an object of empirical
intuition and experience.

Transcendental philosophy is the system of the ideas in an absolute whole.

God, the world, and the being in the world endowed with free will
[ Willkuhr]
With respect to what is formal [in them], the principles are not to be z x :8 1
transcendent, indeed, but must b e immanent.

Transcendental philosophy bears this name, because it precedes metaphys

ics and supplies the latter with principles.

Transcendental philosophy is the philosophical system of knowledge,

which presents a priori all objects of pure reason necessarily combined in
one system.
These objects are God, the world, man in the world, subject to the
concept of duty. Totality of beings.

Transcendental philosophy is the system of synthetic knowledge from a

priori concepts.
It is (or, rather, makes) a system objectively and, at the same time,
subjectively. Not mathematical.
Transcendental ideas are different from ideals.

247
 IMMANUEL KANT

Man i s himself a world-being who constitutes himselfinto a member.

Autonomy of ideas, insofar as they form an independent whole, in
contrast to experience.
Religion is conscientiousness (mihi hoc religiont). The holiness of the
acceptance [Zusage] and the truthfulness of what man must confess to
himself. Confess to yourself. To have religion, the concept of God is not
required (still less the postulate: "There is a God").
Air is a liquidum, but not a fiuidum.
Transcendental philosophy is the principle of synthetic a priori knowl
edge from concepts (thereby distinguished from mathematics). How is such
a philosophy possible? Through the positing of three objects: God, world,
and the concept of duty.
2 I :82 There are mathematical principles in philosophy as little as there are
philosophical principles in mathematics. (Contra Newton's Philosophiae
natura/is principia mathematica.)
Granite consists of quartz, feldspar and mica. Mica includes muscovite,
or Russian glass, of which there are large panes and portholes of seagoing
ships.'S2

[1st fascicle, sheet VI, page 4]

Transcendental philosophy is (I) philos.ophical knowledge from con
cepts (and different from mathematics, as knowledge through construc
tion of concepts, as a priori principles) (2) different from metaphysics,
which forms a particular system; for it contains only the formal element of
the principles for the possibility of a system, not the latter itself, according
to its content. (3) It is that which founds a priori not only concepts, as
principles, but also ideas, which fonns are supplied through reason. These
forms provide the subject with synthetic knowledge from concepts; they do
not establish a system but emerge from a system (forma dat esse ret).
Systems can emerge from empirical grounds of knowledge (observation
and experiment), namely, from experience; they require as their basis,
however, the complete enumeration of forms, which can only emerge
from reason (with its absolute necessity); and the philosophy which pre
sents these forms with apodictic certainty is then called transcendental
philosophy, since it also contains the objects: God, world, and man in the
world, subject to the principle of duty.
Where does this scale of ideas come from? The totality of beings is a
concept given a priori to reason, arising from the consciousness of myself.
I must have objects of my thinking and apprehend them; otherwise I am
unconscious of myself (cogito, sum: it cannot read "ergo"). It is autonomia
rationis purae, for, without that, I would be thoughtless, even with a given
intuition, like an animal, without knowing that I am.
2 1 :83 Reason inevitably creates objects for itself. Hence everything that
thinks has a God.

24 8
 O P U S P O ST U M U M

Transcendental philosophy i s a system o f knowledge, which, abstract

ing from all objects, constitutes the formal element of synthetic a priori
knowledge from concepts (in contrast to mathematics) into a principle
for itself. It abstracts from every object, but is, for that very reason, all
the more embracing; as regards the forms of knowledge (as philosophy),
all-embracing, and, as regards degree, apodictic rather than merely
assertoric - for in that case it would be concerned only with what is
contingent.
Transcendental philosophy is, however, also the principle of a system of
ideas, which are in themselves problematic (not assertoric) but which
must nevertheless be thought as possible forces affecting reason: God, the
world, and man in the world, subject to the law of duty.
That which is thinkable without any influence of what is empirical,
simply through pure reason, belongs to transcendental philosophy. ( 1 )
Absolute totality [Totalitat]. (2) Freedom (3 ) 1btality (Allheit] .
(God and the world outside me and the mora/feeling within me.)
A purely morally good man cannot himself be the originator of his
becoming an evil one. He who makes himself into what is evil (originally)
is diabolus.
It is not even in the divine power to make a morally good man (to make
him morally good) : He must do it himself.

What is empirical in the system of perceptions - that is, in experience (not

experiences in the plural) - is, insofar as it is made according to a princi
ple. Observation and experiment.
The being who knows everything, can do (is capable of) everything and
wills everything good (which contains true highest purposes) is God.

The being which i s only possible according to an inner principle of

purposiveness has an immaterial cause in itself. Organic bodies (plants and
animals - also, man), not organic matters (the latter are not used at all in
the plural, perhaps because they stand in community [with one another] in 2 1 :R4
the universe). There is one space thought outside and one time thought .
inside the subject.

Transcendental philosophy is the system of ideas which, independently of

all given objects, creates objects for itself and delivers to reason a neces
sary determined whole as the totality of beings.
One must here proceed not from the one to the many, but .from the totalit)'
to the one.
Progress from the metaphysicalfoundations ofnatural science to transcenden
tal philosophy.
nil conseire sibi, nulla pallescere culpa. sJ
Transcendental philosophy is the self-creation (autocracy) of ideas, into

249
 IMMANUEL KANT

a complete system of the objects of pure reason. In the Bible it says: Let
us make man, and, behold, every thing was very good.H
Transcendental philosophy is a principle which constitutes itself, in a
system of ideas, into the totality of beings; the latter is not [derived] from
experience but is thoroughly self-determining a priori for experience and
its possibility - [as] an absolute whole of experience. God, the world, and
man, subject to the principle of duty, in it.
Transcendental philosophy is the formal system (or the doctrine of the
system) of the ideas of pure (not empirically determinable) reason, thereby
that the subject makes itself into an object (asymptotically); it is the highest
standpoint of the a priori principle of synthetic knowledge from concepts
(not from the construction of concepts - hence, independent of the condi
tions of space and time) and is different from mathematics. It contains an
aggregate: God, world, and man $ concept of duty, that is, the categorical
imperative, whose dictamen is a highest being, not a world-being.
God, the world, and man in the world, subject to the concept of duty (as
person), are itkas which contribute nothing to what is material, but only to
the principle of form - like the concept offreedom, after the categorical
imperative has taught [man] to have regard to it.
2 1 :85 One must say matter, not matters; similarly, experience, not experiences
[but] the asymptotic approximation to exp!!rience (for experiences, so
called, are perceptions which lead to experience (obseroatio, experimentum)).

[Margin . . .]

2 1 :86 [1st fascicle, sheet VII, page 1 ]

Transcendental philosophy is the (rational) principle of a system of ideas,

which are problematic (not assertoric) in themselves (for, in that case, they
would be concerned merely with what is contingent); nor do they belong
to mathematics, but must, nevertheless, be thought as possible forces,
affecting the rational subject: God, the world, and the subject affected [by]
the law of duty: man in the world.
As ideas, they cannot contribute anything to the matter of knowledge
(that is, to the confirmation of the existence of the object) but only to the
2 1 :87 principle of what is formal, as in the case of the concept of freedom
according to the categorical imperative. Whether there is a God, whether
there are worlds or one absolute world-whole (universum), is not here
decided.
The progression can take place from the metaphysical foundations of
natural science to physics; which progression is founded on empirical
principles, and has as its object the possibility of experience (of which

250
 O P US P O S T U M U M

there is always only one, and which presupposes a formal a priori princi
ple and a system). Observation and experiment, as an aggregate of per
ceptions, are far from founding the Hippocratic proposition: There is
experience.

Transcendental philosophy is that philosophy which proceeds tiom com

pletely pure philosophy (that is, neither from empirical nor from mathemati
cal principles); it is that synthetic a priori knowledge according to concepts
[which), as a principle of knowledge of oneself, is self-determining - the
subject.

What is, what has been, and what will be, belongs to nature - hence to the
world. What is only thought in a concept belongs to appearances. Thence
the ideality of objects and transcendental idealism.

Transcendental philosophy is the system of the ideas of the thinking

subject, which (system) unites the formal element of a priori knowledge
from concepts (that is, separate from everything empirical) into one princi
ple of the possibility of experience. There can as little be philosophical
foundations of mathematics as there can mathematical foundations of
philosophy, although Newton unites these two fields.

Spinoza's God, in which we represent God in pure intuition. N.B. Space

is also an object of pure intuition, but not an idea.

System ofTranscendental Idealism, by Schelling, Spinoza, Lichtenberg, and,

as it were, three dimensions: present, past and future. ss
Transcendental philosophy is the formal element of synthetic a priori
knowledge from concepts, not in order to found an object, but only to 2 1 :88
establish completely the ideas of them [namely, the objects] a priori (in
contrast to empirical [philosophy]). What if the idealistic system (that I
myself alone am the world) were the only one thinkable by us? Science
would lose nothing thereby. What matters is only the lawlike connection of
appearances.
Transcendental philosophy abstracts from all objects, as objects ofpossi
ble perception, and addresses only principles of the formal element of
knowledge.
Herr von Humbold[t] has observed in Cumana (Caracas) the remark
able appearance that an ebb and flow takes place there in the atmosphere. s6
The barometer is there in constant motion. The mercury sinks from nine
o'clock in the morning until four o'clock in the afternoon. It then rises
again: until eleven o'clock; sinks again until four o'clock in the morning
and rises again until eleven o'clock. Thus only the sun appears to have an
influence on this process. Helmont, Claramontan. s7

251
 IMMANUEL KANT

Ideas precede appearances i n space and time.

Whether everything which acts upon my senses (world) belongs to the
world, although not everything which is perceived through them [does]?
Oxygene.ity, deoxygeneity and hydrogeneity. Neutralization. Sunlight in
an undivided state.

[Next to the above]

No. I 6 of the Intelligenzblatt of the (Erlanger) Litteratur Zeitung. Chemi
cal polarity, electrical, galvanic, magnetic, of heat. This One and All, in its
purest and freest appearance, is light. Ritter, in Spring I 8o i . ' 58

[ . . . ] ' 59

2 I :g I [Ist fascicle, sheet VII, page 2]

Transcendental philosophy is the doctrine of the complex of ideas,
which contain the whole of synthetic a priori knowledge from concepts in a
system both of 'theoretical-speculative and moral-practical reason, under
a principle through which the thinking subject constitutes itself in ideal
ism, not as thing [Sache] but as person, and is itself the originator of this
system of ideas. (Ens summum, summa intelligentia, summum bonum.) To
think that One and All in the One is only an idealistic act: That is, the
object of this idea which has been created through pure reason, is, as far
as its existence is concerned, always a contentless concept. But in moral
practical [reason] this idea has reality, in virtue of the personality which
pertains identically to its concept.
2 I :92 The idea of a being who knows everything, is capable of everything,
wills everything morally good, and is most intimately present in all world
beings (omnipraesentissimum), is the idea of God.
That this idea has objective reality - that is, that it has the force appro
priate to the moral law [in] the reason of every man who is not wholly
bestially crippled - and that man must inevitably confess to himself:
There is one and only one God, requires no proof of its existence, as if it
were a natural being; its existence already lies, rather, in the developed
concept of this idea, according to the principle of identity: The mere form
here counts to the being of the thing. The enlightened man can do no
other than himself to condemn or to pardon, and that which pronounces
this judgment in him (moral-practical reason) can, indeed, be anesthe
tized through sensible impulses, so that [breaks off)
Whether there is a God in nature (as a world-soul) cannot be asked,
since this concept is contradictory; but he reveals himself in moral
practical reason and the categorical imperative.

Transcendental philosophy is the system of pure idealism of the self

determination of the thinking subject through synthetic a pn'ori principles

252
 OPUS POSTUMUM

from concepts; the subject constitutes itself through these principles into
an object - the form here amounts to the whole object.
The objects of transcendental philosophy are not objects of
perception - that is, this philosophical principle is not empirical - and
even the principle of the possibility of experience, as something subjec
tive (of which there cannot be several - not experiences) belongs to
transcendental philosophy. Transcendental philosophy contains a system
which is enclosed in its own limits, but only as to what is formal in its
object (mathematics, although synthetic a priori knowledge, is only an
instrument for transcendental philosophy).
Transcendental philosophy is synthetic a priori knowledge from con
cepts, abstracting from all content (that is, all objects); thus merely the
formal element of the theoretically-speculatively and morally-practically
self-determining subject. (The autonomy of ideas: to found experience as
unity, a priori - not from experience, but for experience, not as an aggre
gate of perceptions, but as a principle.)
Transcendental philosophy is the consciousness of the capacity of being 2 1 :93
the originator of the system of one's ideas, in theoreticai as well as in
practical respect.

[Right ofthe above]

Ideas are not mere concepts but laws of thought which the subject
prescribes to itself. Autonomy.

(It is the science of philosophizing about philosophy as a system of syn

thetic a priori principles from concepts.) Transcendental philosophy, re
garded subjectively or objectively. In the first case, it is the system of
synthetic knowledge from a priori concepts. In the second case, it is the
autonomy of ideas, and the principle of the forms to which systems with
theoretical-speculative or moral-practical intent must conform.
It is not a complex (aggregate) of philosopheme, but the principle of an
all-embracing system of the ideas which constitute philosophy as an abso
lute (not relative) whole of the principles of philosophizing.

[Bottom margin]
To make an experience (through observation and experiment) is an
asymptotic undertaking. Experiences, matters, worlds in the metaphysical
sense, are (like heat) only one, and differ only as more or less (not in
quality). (Light in colors permits multiplicity and, hence, requires observa
tion: Heat as material can, like space, only be one.)

[Left margin]
Transcendental philosophy is not an aggregate but a system, not of
objective concepts but of subjective ideas, which reason creates itself -

253
 I MMANUEL KANT

not hypothetically (problematically or assertorically) indeed, but apodictical/y,

insofar as it creates itself.
Transcendental philosophy is the capacity of the self-determining sub
ject to constitute itself as given in intuition, through the systematic complex
of the ideas which, a priori, make the thoroughgoing determination of the
subject as object (its existence) into a problem. To make oneself, as it were.
2 1 :94 This philosophy is, thus, an idealism, as a mere principle of forms in a
system of all relations.
Of God, world, and the rational being in the world who comprehends
them all.

The negative definition of transcendental philosophy is that it is a principle

of synthetic a pn'ori knowledge from concepts - through which it is, indeed,
distinguished from mathematics - yet it does not become comprehensible
how such a philosophy as that called transcendental is possible.
That it is only a system of forms is an indication toward thinkable
objects, which, however, must be given a priori (not empirically) and must
also (as regards the matter of knowledge) be capable of being enumerated,
since they are to form a closed system.
Beings must be thought who, even though they exist only in the
thoughts of the philosopher, yet have nonnal-practical reality in these
latter. These are God, the. universe, and man in the world, subject to the
concept of duty according to the categorical imperative (consequently, to
the principle of freedom).
These objects do not relate merely to ideals - that is, [ideas,] each of
which is a maximum, and which relate to things outside ourselves - but,
especially and primarily, to ideas as forms of knowledge through which the
object constitutes itselfas a thinking being.
What does man make out of himself?
The Academy of Science in Florence.6o

[ . . .]

[1st fascicle, sheet VII, page 3]

[. .]
.

[Right margitz]
System ofTranscendental Idealism, by Schelling.
vide Litteratur-Zeitung, Erlangen No. 82, 83 .6
Transcendental philosophy is the absolute principle of determining
oneself idealistically into a system of synthetic a priori knowledge from
concepts (or through them) with regard to the form of self-consciousness.

[ . . .]

254
 OPUS P OSTUMUM

[1st fascicle, sheet VII, page 4] 2 1 :99

[ . . .]
We can know no objects, either in us or as lying outside us, except
insofar as we insert in ourselves the aaus of cognition, according to certain
laws. The spirit of man is Spinoza's God (so far as the formal element of
all sense-objects is concerned) and transcendental idealism is realism in
an absolute sense.

[ . . . ] 6

[1st fascicle, sheet XII, page 1 ] 2 1 :155

PH I L O S O P HY
AS D O CT R I N E O F S C I E N C E [Wissenschafls/ehre]
I N A C O M P L E T E SY S T E M ,
E S TA B L I S H E D
BY

[Rest ofpage empty, except right margin]

Estque Dei sedes ubi terra et pontus et aer et coelum et virtus. Superos quid
quaerimus ultraJuppiter est quodcunque vides quocunque moveris. 63

The love of wisdom is the least that one can possess; wisdom for man the
highest - and hence, transcendent. Transcendental philosophy is the pro
gression from the latter to the former.
The final end o f all knowledge i s to know oneself in the highest practical 2 1 : 1 56
reason.
Zoroaster: or, philosophy in the whole of its complex, comprehended
under a principle.
Philosophy is directed at the purposes of knowledge as well as the final
end of things in general.
Proem. Knowledge of the science which led to wisdom (historical).
A. a priori knowledge from concepts (philosophy).
B. a priori knowledge in the construction of concepts (mathematics) .
Thefomzer superior.
Elevation of the ideas of pure reason to the self-constituting system of a
science, called philosophy, which includes even mathematics as its subordi
nate instrument.
Nature and freedom are the two hinges (principles) ofphilosophy, found
ing it. Physiology (as pure product of reason) can be either the doctrine of
science [ Wissenschafislehre] or the doarine ofwisdom [ Weisheitslehre] .
The subjective and the objective elements of philosophy, where tran
scendental philosophy [breaks oJJJ

25 5
 IMMANUEL KANT

Mathematics i s a merely instntmental doctrine; but not mere leamedness.

Mathematics belongs under philosophy. For it, too, rests (insofar as it is
pure) on space, time, and on motion in space and time (the relation of the
two).
Two parts: physics and transcendental philosophy. The world and God. As
objects in contrast.
Poltron (pollex truncatus).' 64

[. . .]

2 1 :6 [Ist fascicle, wrapper, page 3]

[. . .]
Philosophy is rational knowledge: objectively as science (as a science) or
subjectively as instruction [Belehnmg] of oneself.
[ ]
. . .

2 I :7 Science and wisdom: both from (according to) a pn'ori principles.

Philosophy - an aa of cognition, whose product does not aim merely at
science (as a means), but also at wisdom, as a purpose in itself - hence [is]
directed toward something founded on God himself.

[Ist fascicle, wrapper, page 4]

Without transcendental philosophy one can form for oneself no concept
as to how, and by what principle, one could design the plan of a system, by
which a coherent whole could be established as rational knowledge for
reason; yet this must necessarily take place if one would turn rational man
into a being who knows himself.

\Vhat necessarily (originally) forms the existence of things belongs to

transcendental philosophy.

God, as a holy being, can have no comparative or superlative. There can

be only one.
Transcendental philosophy precedes the assertion of things that are
thought, as their archetype, [the place] in which they must be set.

[. . . ]

256
 Faaual notes

Page I of this leaf is Kant's excerpt from an anonymous review of his

Metaphysical Foundations of Natural Science. The review appeared in the
GottingischeAnzeigen von gelehrten Sachen, I 9 I . Stiick, December 2, I 786, pp.
I 9 I 4- I 8. The anonymous reviewer was Abraham Kastner. (Sec Oscar
Fambach, Die Mitarbeiter der Gottingischen Gelehrten Anzeigetl 1769- I 8]6,
Universitatsbibliothck: Tiibingen I 976, p. 1 3 4.)
2 The reviewer questions Kant's use of the phoronomic proposition in his
proof of proposition r of the chapter entitled "Dynamics" ("Matter fills a
space, not by its mere existence, but by a special moving force"). Immedi
ately preceding the passage Kant excerpts, the reviewer had written: "Matter
fills [a] space, not by [its] mere existence, but [by] a moving force. For its
resistance to what will penetrate [its space] alters the latter's motion, anq
nothing can lessen or destroy motion except motion in the opposite direc
tion. For this the phoronomic proposition is quoted" (p. 1 9 1 5). Kant's
phoronomic proposition states: "The composition of two motions of one and
the same point can only be conceived by representing one of them in abso
lute space while, instead of so representing the second motion, representing
a motion of the relative space in the opposite direction and with the same
'
velocity as being identical with the first motion" (AK 4:490).
3 The remainder of this page contains a draft of, and marginal notes for,
Kant's preface to the Critique of Practical Reason, which appeared in the
winter of I 787.
4 Page 1 of this leaf contains a reference to acoustic experiments that the
physicist E. F. F. Chladni (17 56- 1 827) performed when visiting Konigsberg
in February 1 794 (On these experiments and on Kant's reactions to them,
see E. A. C. Wasianski, Kant in seitten letzten Lebensjahrcn, p. 283 .)
5 Kant alludes to phenomena of expansion of organic matter through water, as
described especially by Stephen Hales, Vegetable Staticks, London 1 7 27 (Ger
man translation: Halle 1748). In a footnote to page 4 of draft "y" (AK
2 1 :263, not included), Kant elaborates that dried pieces of wood, cut into
wedges and inserted into the cracks of stones, may break "even millstones" if
they are subsequently soaked with water; similarly, roots of trees can seri
ously damage buildings if they grow into cracks in the building's foundation.
(See also AK 2 1 :499.2-9, 2 2 :238n, not included.)
6 Based on a comparison with another Kantian leaf from the time, Adickes
dates this leaf summer 1795; see E. Adickes, Kants Opus postumum, p. 48.
7 The designation Oktaventwurfis Adickes's - referring to the unusual format
of the draft; see E. Adickes, Kants Opus postumum, p. 5 5 The numbering of

257
 FAC T U A L N O T E S

the text i s Kant's. The title "Transition" occurred twice before: Leaf 36,
page 2 (AK 2 I :463-4, not included), is entitled "Transition from the Meta
physics of Nature to Physics" and deals with questions of hydraulics, cohe
sion, heat, and the peculiar glow of metals. (Page I of the leaf contains notes
for Kant's Doctrine ofRight and a reference to his anthropology lectures in
the winter semester I 795 -6.) Leaf 22, page I (AK 2 I :465-6, not included)
is entitled "Transition from the Metaphysics of Corporeal Nature to Phys
ics"; it addresses the question of solidification and the dynamical estimation
of the quantity of matter. (Pages 2-4 of this leaf are left empty.)
8 This seems to be either a rhetorical remark, building up to the following
discussion, or a slip of the pen, for Kant had already established in earlier
drafts that cohesion is possible only through the living force of impact (see
leaf 23). The view expressed here, that it is the pressure of the ether that
makes bodies cohere, was held earlier by Kant himself; it was advanced most
prominently by Jacob Bernoulli in De gravitate aetheris, Amsterdam I 683.
Concerning Bernoulli's theory, J. S. T. Gebler wrote in his Physicalisclzes
WOrterbuch (see note 22), vol. I , p. 5 I 6 - 1 7 : "It remains, however, forever
inexplicable how a [kind of] matter that is to penetrate all the intermediary
spaces of bodies could exert such a strong excess pressure from without
upon the counter-pressure from within."
9 Vital force, or Lebenskrafi, was postulated by many scientists at the time to
explain the phenomena of life. J. D. Brandis, Versuch iiber die Lebenskrafi,
Hahn'sche Buchhandlung: Hannover I 795, for example, writes with respect
to "the motions that take place in organic bodies": "(I) That the cause of these
motions seems to be a force which does not permit of being reduced to any
physical force known to us; consequently, that we are entitled provisionally to
call it a distinct force: we call it vital force, because it belongs only to living
organic bodies. (2) This force acts immediately in organic matter, not as the
result of the formation of matter, or of [its] organization" (p. I s ; see also J. C.
Rei!, Von derLebenskrafi, Halle I 796, and J. F. Ackermann, Versuclz einerphysi
schen Darstellung der Lebenskrafie organisierter Korper, Frankfurt/Main I 797).
IO Not identified.
II See note 2 5 .
12 See note I 4.
13 "Producing nature" and "produced nature." See, e.g., Baruch d e Spinoza,
Ethica ordine geometrico demonstrata, I, proposition 29 (scholion) and proposi
tion 3 1 .
I 4 E. Adickes,Kants Opus postumum, p. 8o, comments: "Kant has in mind P. S.
Laplace,Exposition du systeme du monde, which appeared I 796 in two volumes
and was translated into German in I 797 by J. K. F. Hauff. The second
chapter of Book III is entitled: 'Du mouvement d'un point materiel' ('Von
der Bewegung eines materiellen Punkts' in the German translation, the first
volume of which is signed 'Easter Fair I 797'.) The French original was
briefly advertised in the Intelligenzblatl of the Jenaer Allgemeine Litteratttr
Zeitung of December I 4, I 796 (p. I 44 I)."
IS The classificatory systems of natural history (such as, for example, that of
Linnaeus) were usually regarded not as natural systems but as (artificial)
systems for memory, in the tradition of the classical memory trees and

258
 FAC T U A L N O T E S

memory theaters. See, e.g., Kant's Anthropology From a Pragmatic Point of

View, AK 7:1 84: "Memorizing judiciously is simply memorizing, in thought,
the outline of the divisions of a system (Linne's, for example) - should we
forget anything, we can find it again by enumerating the members we have
retained; or memorizing the divisions of a whole made visible (for example,
the provinces of a country, as shown on a map, which lie north, west, etc.)"
(translated by Mary Gregor).
16 I n the Metaphysical Foundatim1s ofNatural Science, proof and observations o f
proposition 7 of the Dynamics, AK 4:5 1 2- 1 5 .
17 The former view, that heat consists in the motion o f a special substance or
material [Wiirmestoffl, was the dominant view throughout the eighteenth
century. Kant had long endorsed it, as did the authors of the compendia that
he used for his lectures on physics (Erxleben, Karsten). The opposing view,
that heat is simply the internal motion of the parts of matter, gained signifi
cant support through the experiments that Count Rumford (1 753- I 8 I 4)
conducted during the closing years of the century.
In "A Element. Syst 3 ," AK 2 2:2743 - 1 0 (not included), Kant quotes
from the German translation of the sevend1 essay of Rumford's Experimental
Essays, Political, Economical, and Philosophical, London 1 797, "Of the Manner
in which Heat is Propagated in Fluids," in Annalen der Physik, vol. I, pp.
2 1 4-4 1 . (See E. Adickes, Kants Opus postumum, pp. 1 28-30.)
Rumford's results may have contributed to Kant's later view that caloric is
problematic and hypothetical - "only a place holder" (1st fascicle, sheet III,
page 4, 3); see also his letter to C. G. Hagen, April 2, 1 8oo, AK 1 2:30 1 .
I 8 "To derive everything from nothing, suffices one." Leibniz 's Dyadic is the
name for his binary arithmetic that represents all natural numbers in terms
of the numerals 0 and I : 1 = I , 2 = I O, 3 = I I , 4 I OO, 5
= = I O I , 6 I I O,
=

7 = I I I , 8 = 1 ooo, 9 = I OO I , 1 0 = 1 010, I I = I O I I , etc. Apart from the

mathematical merits of the binary system, Leibniz was interested in the
analogy between the origin of all numbers from 1 and o and God's creation
of all things from nothing. As he explained in a letter to J. C. Schulenburg of
March 29, 1 698 (see Gothofredi Guillermi Leibnitii Opera Omnia, ed. L.
Dutens, vol. 3 [Opera mathematical, Genevae 1 768, p. 350), the dyadic can
function as an image of the mystery of creation:

"Atque haec est origo rerum ex Deo, & nihilo; positivo, & privativo; perfec
tione, & imperfectione; valore, & limitibus; activo & passivo; forma (i.e.
entelechia, nisu, vigore) & materia, seu mole, per se torpente, nisi quod
resistentiam habet. Illustravi ista non nihil origine numerorum ex o & 1 a me
observata, quae pulcherrimum est Emblema petpetuae rerum creationis ex nihilo,
dependentiae quae a Deo. "
["And this is the origin of all things from God and from nothing, from what
is positive and privation, perfection and imperfection, value and limitation,
what is active and what is passive, form (i.e., entelechy, striving, vigor) and
matter or mass, in itself inactive except that it offers resistance. This I have
illustrated a litde with the origin of numbers from o and I , which I observed.
It is a most beautiful symbol of the continuous creation of things from
nothing, and of their dependence on God. "]

259
 FAC T U A L N O T E S

This thought appealed especially to Rudolf August, Duke of Braun

schweig and Liineburg, with whom Leibniz conversed on the subject. In
January I 697, Leibniz accompanied his New Year Congratulations to Rudolf
August with the design of a medal with the duke's likeness on one side, and
the "image of Creation" in terms of the binary number system on the other.
Concerning the inscription on this side, Leibniz writes: "I have thought for a
while about the Motto dell'impresa and finally have found it good to write this
line: omnibus ex nihilo ducendis SUFFICIT UNUM, because it clearly indi
cates what is meant by the symbol, and why it is imago creationis" (G. F.
Leibniz, Zwei Briefe t'iber das binare Zahlensystem und die chinesisclte Philosophie,
ed. Renate Loosen and Franz Vonessen, Chr. Belser Verlag: Stuttgart I 968,
p. 2 I ).
The medal was never coined, but Leibniz's letter to the duke was pub
lished in 1 720 under the title "Das Geheimnis der Schopfung," in Des
Freiherrn von Leibniz kleinere philosophische Schrifien, edited by Heinrich
Kohler. In 1 734, Rudolph August Nolten published a separate edition of the
letter. Kant must have known this letter, for the phrase he quotes occurs
nowhere else in Leibniz's published writings. Indeed, there is good reason to
assume that Kant encountered Leibniz's dyadic early in his career. For in
I 742, when he was a student at the University of Konigsberg, Kant's teacher
Martin Knutzen published an article in which he disputed Leibniz's original
ity with respect to the binary system: "Von dem wahren Auctore der Arithme
ticae Binariae, oder so genannten Leib'nitzianischen Dyadic," in Pltilo
sophischer Biichersaal 3 (I 742), pp. 2 I 8-22.
I9 " [Constant) dripping wears the stone" - Ovid, Ex Ponto, IV, x, 5
20 Propositions 5 and 6 and their proofs, "Dynamics," AK 4:508-I I .
2I See note 27.
22 Johann Samuel Traugott Gehler, Physicaliscltes Worterbuch oder Versuclz einer
Erkliirung der vonzehmsten Begriffe zmd Kzmstworter der Naturlehre mit kurzen
Nach richten von der Geschichte derErfindzmgen und Besclzreibungen der Werkzeuge
begleitet in alphabetisclter Ordmmg, Leipzig 1 787-95, 5 vols., is frequently
used by Kant in the Opus postmnum. Gehler is critical of Kant's assumption
of repulsion as an original force of matter, arguing that apparent repulsion
can always be explained by attraction in the other direction, or by other
known forces. In his article "Zuriickstossen" (vol. 5, pp. 1 033-8), Gehler
maintains that Tobias Mayer showed the untenability of all known proofs for
the existence of original repulsive forces. In particular, he cites Mayer
against Kant's claim (in the Metaphysical Foundatiotts ofNatural Science) that
matter cannot by its mere existence prevent another matter from entering
into its space but rather requires a repulsive force to do so.
The article by Tobias Mayer to which Gehler refers, "Ob cs nothig sey,
cine zuriickstossende Kraft in der Natur anzunehmen" appeared in D. F. A.
C. Gren s }o umal der Physik 7 (I 793), pp. 208-37. Kant made an excerpt of
'

this article in R 70, AK I 4:499-5 0 1 .

23 I n his article "Zuriickstossen, Abstossen, Repulsion" (vol. 4 , p . 894), Gehler
claims that the behavior of fluids in capillary tubes can be explained indepen
dent of repulsion, by assuming attraction in the opposite direction. More
specifically, he maintains that water rises in capillary tubes because the

260
 FA C T U A L N O T E S

attraction exerted b y the glass ring above the surface i s greater than the
cohesion of the watery parts with one another. With mercury it is the oppo
site: There the parts cohere more than they are attracted by the tube, with
the result that its surface sinks below the level of mercury outside the tube.
(See also the article "Haarrohren," vol. 2, pp. 5 46-7.)
24 Kant may have in mind Leonhard Euler's Mechanica sive motus scientia ana
/ytice exposita, Petropoli 1 736, of which he owned a copy (see A. Warda,
Immanuel Kants Bucher, Martin Breslauer: Berlin I 922, p. 3 4) . There Euler
writes at 98: "Deinde corpora finitae magnitudinis aggrediemur ea, quae
sunt rigida neque figuram suam mutari patiuntur." ["Next we will address
those bodies of finite magnitude which arc rigid and which do not permit an
alteration of their form."]
Kant's point is that "solid" should be contrasted not with " fluid" but with
"hollow" - the proper contrary of " fluid" being "rigid." ]. S. T. Gehler,
Physicalisches Worterbuch, vol. 2, p. 3 2 1 , had written: " (Fluid bodies) are
contrasted with solid bodies (so/ida)." (See also Kant's appendix to S. T.
Sommerring's Uber das Organ der Seele, Konigsberg I 796, AK 1 2 :33n.)
25 That the formation o f solid - including living - bodies takes place i n a
quasi-geometrical manner was a widely held assumption in the eighteenth
century. As for living bodies, this view was advocated especially by Albrecht
von Haller (I 708-77), who in turn drew on G. A. Borelli's (1 608-79) and
H. Boerhaave's (I 668- 1 738) theories of fibers. In his Anj(mgsgrunde der
Phisiologie des menschlichen Korpers, Berlin 1759-76, vol. I , p. 3 , Haller
writes: "I thus first treat of the fiber, the basic material. . . . For the fiber is
for the physiologist what the line is for the geometer, namely, that from
which all his other figures are generated." (See also note 66.)
z6 Carl Wilhelm Scheele (1 742-86), Swedish chemist, coined the term "fire
air" for the "respirable" part of the air - the oxygen - which he discovered
independently of Priestley. (See Scheele, Chemische Abhandltmgen von der
Lufi und dem Feuer [ I 777 ] .) Gehler, in his discussion of Scheele's discovery,
uses the term "empyreal- or fire air" (Physicaliscltes Worterbuch, vol. 2, p.
372).
27 A mountain in Perthshire, Scotland, next to which in I 774 the Rev. Nevil
Maskelyne conducted an experiment to measure its attraction. (Kant's spell
ing of the mountain's name is incorrect: it is called "Schehallien," meaning
[in the Erse language] "constant storm.") Maskelyne contended that "if the
attraction of gravity be exerted, as Sir Isaac Newton supposes, not only
between the large bodies of the universe, but between the minutest particles
of which these bodies are composed, or into which the mind can imagine
them to be divided, acting universally according to that law . . . it will neces
sarily follow that every hill must, by its attraction, alter the direction of
gravitation in heavy bodies in its neighbourhood fiom what it would have
been from the attraction of the earth alone, considered as bounded by a
smooth and even surface" ("A proposal for measuring the Attraction of some
Hill in this Kingdom by Astronomical Observations," Philosophical 11-ansac
tions LXV [ 1 775], pp. 495-9, p. 495). His experiment to test this theory
lasted for several weeks and stimulated wide interest. According to
Maskelyne, it (a) established that Mount Schehallien exerts sensible attrac-

26 1
 FAC T U A L N O T E S

tion; (b) confirmed Newton's inverse square law; (c) proved the mean den
sity of the hill to be half that of the earth. (See "An Account of Observations
made on the Mountain Schehallien for finding its Attraction," Philosophical
Transactions LXV [ I 775D, pp. 500-42.) Kant also alludes to this experim ent
in the IXth fascicle, sheet I, page 2, 4, and at AK 2 I :352.34 and 429. 1 1
(not included).
28 In opposition to Newton's corpuscular theory of light, Leonhard Euler
(1 707-83) advanced an undulatory theory according to which light rays are
pulsations or vibrations of the ether. See his "Nova theoria lucis &
colorum," in L. Euleri opusqJia varii argumenti, vol. I, Berlin 1 746, pp. 1 69-
244, 22:
"Lumen igitur ante omnia simili modo quo sonum per medium quoddam
elasticum ope pulsuum propagari statuo; atque cum sonus potissimum per
aerem diffundi soleat, lumen per aliud quoddam medium elasticum, quod
non solum atmosphaeram nostram, sed etiam universum mundi spatium,
quo ultimae stellae fixae a nobis distant, impleat, propagari assumo."
["I maintain that light above all travels through an as it were elastiC medium,
by means of pulsation, in a manner similar to sound; and just as sound
travels mostly through the air, so I take it that light travels through a different
as it were elastic medium, which fills not only our atmosphere, but also the
entire cosmic space between us and the most distant fixed stars."]
See also his Lettres a uneprincesse d'AIIemagne sur diverse sujets de Physique et de
Philosophic, St. Petersburg 1 768-72, 17-I 9th letters.
29 This unusual metaphor seems to be an allusion to Fichte's "Second Introduc
tion" to his Wissenschaftslehre, published in 1797 in I. Niethammer's Philo
sophisches Journal, vol. 5, pp. 3 I 9-78, and vol. 6, pp. I -40. There Fichte had
written: "For me, now, the Cn'tique ofPure Reason is in no way devoid of
foundations; they are very plainly there: only nothing has been built on them,
and the building-materials - though already neatly prepared - lie about on
top of one another in a very arbitrary"order" (translation by Peter Heath and
John Lachs, The Science of Knowledge, Cambridge University Press: Cam
bridge I 982, p. 5 I n).
That Kant had read Fichte's "Second Introduction" is suggested by his
letter to Fichte of (December 1 797?), AK 1 2 :222, and explicitly stated by
Fichte in his response to Kant's "Open Letter on the Wissenschafislehre" (see
note 42) in the /ntelligenzblatt der Allgemeinen Litteratur Zeitung, Nr. 1 22,
September 28, 1 799, pp. 990-2 (see AK I 3 :548).
30 The dating of this leaf is controversial. It is the address page of a letter to
Kant. (Envelopes did not come into use until the early nineteenth century.)
Adickes regards it as a "Vorarbeit" to the Opus postumum and dates it with
four other leaves of the IVth fascicle (Nos. 36, 22, 24, 46), which were
written in 1 795-6, shortly before the Oktaventwurf. He claims that the divi
sion of the moving forces of matter on page 2 of this leaf is, by comparison
with later drafts, "still very underdeveloped and proves the early origin of the
leaf" (p. 53). Burkhard Tuschling has challenged this interpretation (see his
Metaphysische und transzendentale Dynamik in Kants opus postumum, Berlin!
New York 1 9 7 1 , pp. 9 1 n, 1 25-8), arguing that the content of this leaf

262
 FA C T U A L N O T E S

presupposes thoughts developed in "e 3 and 4"; therefore it can hardly have
been written before the summer of I 798.
Adickes provides two additional reasons for the early origin of leaf 6 (not
addressed by Tuschling) which, in my view, still fail to support his contention.
First, he points out that organically moving forces are here, as Kant says,
"passed over or relegated to scholia" - as in the Oktaventwuif, but unlike in
later drafts. But this is the case with all drafts up to, and including, leaf ] (AK
2 I :487.22, not included), which Adickes himself dated August or September
I 798. Organic forces first become a topic for the "Transition" in "A Elem.
Syst. I " (October 1 798). (Adickes, as p. 54 of his Kants Opus postumum makes
clear, relied on Reicke's incomplete edition for this argument.)
Second, Adickes claims that leaf 6 agrees "completely" in ink and hand
writing with the first pages of the Oktaventwutj,' and hence is likely to have
originated at roughly the same time. However, a comparison of leaf 6 with
3/4, s, and 7 (with which I locate leaf 6) showed a remarkable similarity
among these leaves, too (as far as I was able to make out in the course of a
brief inspection). I am grateful to Albrecht Krause, the present owner of the
Opus postumum, for permitting me to inspect these leaves. For these reasons,
I diverge here from Adickes's chronology.
3I This is the address page of Robert Motherby's letter to Kant of August I I ,
I 798 (see AK I 3 :485). Page 3 contains a note for a letter to Christian Garve
(see note 33); pages 2 and 4 contain excerpts from Gehler's Physicalisches
Worterbuch, on the phenomena of heat, e.g.: "Heat cannot be explained
through mere vibration"; "This material [i.e., caloric}, which is not entirely
hypothetical . . . "; "A space void of heat is not conceivable." See note 56.
32 Leaf 5 is the address page of a letter sent to Kant by the Konigliche Ober
Schulklasse in Berlin (see AK I 3 :487 ). At the order of Friedrich Wilhelm II
from March 3 , 1 789, the secretary of the Ober.Schulklasse, Carl Gottfried
Schroder, sent Kant a quarterly incremental pay of 55 Thaler from Berlin,
which he usually accompanied with a brief official note. (See, e.g., AK
I I :534, I 2:8, 1 02.)
33 This is a note for the letter to Christian Garve that Kant wrote on September
2 r , I 798. It is in response to a letter he had received from Garve two days
earlier, together with a book Garve had dedicated to Kant, Ubersicht der
vornehmsten Prinzipien der Sittenlehre, von dem Zeitalter des A ristoteles bis auf
unsere Zeit. (See AK 1 2:25 2-8.)
34 The mathematician Kant has i n mind is Abraham Kastner. In another ver
sion of this section (2) of the Elementary System, Kant writes: "Herr H[ofJ
R[athJ Kastner was the first to demonstrate thoroughly and succinctly the
lever without therewith (it appears) bringing into play any physical property,
or inner moving force, of matter. A physical lever, however, must have a
certain thickness in proportion to the length of its arms, in order not to bend,
break, or tear when weights are appended. Herr K., as mathematician,
ignored the moving forces required for this" (AK 22:2 28.2 3-229.2, not
included).
In crediting Kastner with the first mathematically satisfactory demonstra
tion of the lever (that is, of the law of equilibrium of forces on the lever on
which the whole of statics is built), Kant follows Gehler's Physicalisches

263
 FACT U A L N O T E S

Worterbuch, article "Hebel," vol. 2, pp. 5 65-76. Gehler recites the history of
the problem from Archimedes to d'Alembert and concludes: "Concerning
the inadequacies of the proofs of the first law of statics, d'Alembert rightly
remarked (Traite de DJmamique, a Paris, I 743, preface) that one had been
more concerned with enlarging the system of mechanics than with illuminat
ing its foundations; one always proceeded with this without sufficiently secur
ing its ground. Herr Hofrath Kiistner (Vectis et compositionis virum theoria
evidentius exposita, Lips. I 753) finally overcame this deficiency and offered a
fully convincing proof for the law of the lever." See also Gehler's article
"Zusammensetzung der Krafte und Bewegungen," vol. 4, p. 93 I .
35 Page 4 of "EI. Syst. I " contains a long "Note" on the proper explanation of
the rising of water and mercury in capillary tubes, including a citation from a
review of J. C. Fischer's Anfangsgriinde der Physik (I 797) in the Allgemeine
Litteratur Zeittmg, July 29 and 30, I 798.
36 As Kant points out in "No 3 {3" (AK 22:22 I . I s , not included), this way of
determining the degree of cohesion was "already suggested by Galileo." (See
Gaiileo Gaiilei, Dialogues Co11cerning Two New Sciences, The Macmillan Com
pany: New York I 9 I4, pp. I 7 - I 8.)
37 A metallic blue-green longhorn beetle of approximately one inch in length,
with steel-blue feelers and legs. A native of Europe, it feeds especially on
willows. Its name derives from the musky secretion it discharges. (See note
87.)
38 " Perpetuity i s necessity i n appearance."
39 "The quantity of motion in the world, if one adds those that go in one
direction and subtracts those that go in the opposite direction, do not alter
[the quantity of motion] in the universe." See I. Newton, Philosoplziae 1/atu
ralis principia mathematica, London 1 687, p. I 6 (corollary III to the 3rd axiom
or law of motion). See also leaf 3 5 , page I (AK 2 I :439. I 8-22, not included);
and Metaphysical Foundations ofNatural Science, AK 4:5 62-3.
40 "Transition into a different sphere" - Aristotle's term for what nowadays
might be called a category mistake; sec Aristotle, Posterior Arzalytics, I, 75A
and De Caelo, 1, I , 268b.
4I "On account of, not through another part of the same system."
42 See Kant's Open Letter on Fichte's Wissenscltafisleltre, AK 1 2:370- I , which
is signed August 7, I 799: "I hereby declare that I regard Fichte's Science of
Knowledge as a totally indefensible system. For the pure science of knowledge
is nothing more nor less than mere logic, and the principles of logic cannot
lead to any material knowledge. Since logic, that is to say, pure logic, abstracts
from the content of knowledge, the attempt to cuJI a real object out oflogic is
a vain effort and therefore a thing that no one has ever done" (translated by
A. Zweig, Kant 's Philosophical Correspondence). Kant's Open Letter appeared
on August 28, I 799, in the lntelligenzblatt der Allgemeinen Litteratur Zeiwng,
No. I 09, and was reprinted in the Imefligenzblatt der Erlanger Litteratur
Zeitung, No. 27, September I4, 1 799 and the Oberdeutsche Allgemeine Lit
teratttr Zeitung, No. I I 5, September 27, I 799 (See note I I O.)
43 Petrus Camper ( 1 7 22-89), a Dutch anatomist.
Gerhard Lehmann, in his note to this passage in the Academy edition
(22:805), refers the reader to Camper's Uber den natiirlichm Unterscltied der

264
 FA C T U A L N O TES

Gesichtszuge, 1 792, 3. However, there is no discussion of anthropolites in 3

or elsewhere in Camper's book. Rather, the passage Kant has in mind seems
to be from an article Camper wrote for the Academy of Science in St.
Petersburg:
"Convictus etiam cum maxime sum, orbem nostrum variis illis, ac horrcndis
catastrophis fuisse expositum aliquot seculis, antequam homo fuit crcatus:
numquam enim hucusque, nee in ullo museo, videre mihi contigit vcrum os
humanum petrifactum, aut fossile, etiamsi Mammonteorum, Elephantorum,
Rhinocerotum, Bubalorum, Equorum, Draconum, seu Pseudoursorum,
Leonum, Canum, Ursorum, aliorumque perplura viderim ossa, et eorurn
omnium haud pauca specimina in Musco meo conseruem!"
["I am also most convinced that our earth has been prey to various of these
terrible catastrophes several centuries before man was created: for I have not
yet had the opportunity of seeing a real petrified or fossilized human bone in
any museum, although I have seen a great many bones of mammoths, ele
phants, rhinoceroses, gazelles, horses, dragons or pseudo-bears, lions, dogs,
bears and other [animals], and I have preserved quite a few specimens of
each of these in my museum."]
"Complementa varia acad. imper. scient. Petropolitanae communicanda," in
MJVa acta academiae scientarium imperialis Petropolitanae, 1 784 (I 788), p. 25 1 .
See Adickes, AK 1 4:61 9n.
44 Johann Gottfried Herder (1 744- 1 803) was a student of Kant's in 1 762-4 but
later became increasingly hostile to the Kantian philosophy, especially after
Kant reviewed his ldeen zur Philosophic der Geschichte der Mensch/zeit in I 785.
In May 1 799, Herder published his critique of Kant, Verstand und Etfahrung:
Eine Metakritik zur Kritik der reinen Vernunfi, to which Kant here refers. The
Kantians responded promptly: Kiesewetter's Priijimg der Herderschen Meta
kritik zur Kritik der reinen Vemunfi appeared in the same year in two volumes;
in the following year, Kant's colleague F. T. Rink edited Mancherley zur
Geschichte der metacn"tischen Invasion, Konigsberg 1 8oo. It contained a previ
ously unpublished piece by Herder's tl1en-deceased friend J. G. Hamann
(1730-88) and tried to establish that Herder had plagiarized Hamann's text.
45 "Form gives being to a thing" - a phrase of the scholastics; sec, e.g.,
Aquinas, Summa Contra Gentiles, II, 58: "Cum igitur a forma unaquacq ue
res habeat esse," or "De Principiis Naturae ad Fratrem Silvestri," Opera
omnia, Musurgia: New York 1 950, vol. XVI, p. 338: "simpliciter loqucndo,
forma dat esse materiae."
See also AK 2 I :637 . 1 1-3 (not included): "Fonna dat esse rei: that is, the a
priori principles of composition precede the empirical concepts of the com
posite, which in this manner alone becomes a determinate object (thing
[Sache])."
46 See note I 34
47 The following text is a copy, by an unknown amanuensis, of " Ubergang 9, "
" Ubergang 1 0," and " Ubergang I 1 " of the Vth fascicle (AK 2 1 :5 5 4 5 -
579. 1 9). The copy leaves out, n o doubt a t Kant's instruction, pp. S594-
s68. 1 7 and 5 7 3 I 3-S"i528 of the original. The present text includes the
additions and corrections Kant made in the text and margins of tl1c copy.

265
 FA C T U A L N O T E S

(Except for Kant's deletions, which are too numerous to be indicated here as
such.)
48 On this problem, see the recently discovered "Loses Blatt Leningrad 2,"
which H.-J. Waschkies published in Kam Forschungen 1 (1987), pp. 229-30,
and which he suggests is a draft for this footnote. It, too, addresses the
question whether some elementary mathematical properties can be found
discursively, or only constructively. (See note 106.)
49 Jean le Rond d'Aiembert ( 1 7 1 7-83), French mathematician and editor - with
Diderot - of the first eight volumes of the Encyclopedic. D'Alembert does not
express the view Kant here attributes to him in his Discours preliminaire de
l'encyclopedie. Nor is it contained in the extensive commentary, added by the
translator, of the German edition Kant used (!lbhandlung vo11 dem Urspnmg,
Fortgang und Verbindung der Kunste und Wissenschaften [ 1 7 6 1 ] ; see A. Warda,
Immanuel Kants Bucher, p. 45.) In fact, the view Kant cites does not sound like
d'Alembert at all.
However, the belief that mathematics will soon cease to progress was not un
common in France at the time: It was held by, for example, Fontenelle, Buffon,
Voltaire, Diderot, and even, to some extent, by d'Aiembert's own disciple
Joseph-Louis Lagrange. It could be that Kant is here simply confusing d' AI em
bert with his coeditor of the Encyclopedie, Denis Diderot (17 13-84), who for
instance wrote in his Pensees sur /'interpretation de Ia nature ( 1 75 4), section IV:
"We are approaching the moment of a great revolution in the sciences.
Judging from the inclination that minds seem to have for ethics, literature,
natural history and experimental science, I would almost dare to predict with
certainty that in another hundred years there will not be three great geometri
cians left in the whole of Europe. Geometry will have stopped short at the
point where men such as Bernoulli, Euler, Maupertuis, Clairaut, Fontaine
and d'Aiembert left it. They will have erected the Pillars of Hercules. No
one will go beyond." (Translated by John Hope Mason, in The Irresistible
Diderot, Quartet Books: London 1 982, p. 6 2. See also Diderot's letter to
Voltaire of February 1 9, 1 758: "Le regne des mathematiques n'est plus. Lc
gout a change. C'est celui de l'histoire naturelle et des lettres qui domine."
["The reign of mathematics is no more. The fashion has changed. It is
natural history and literature that dominate."])
Because there is no specific reference to astronomy or its instruments of
observation in Diderot, it may be that Kant has still another passage in mind.
It seems more likely, however, that Kant, who obviously is writing from
memory, conflates the views of d'Alembert, Diderot, and a passage from the
commentary added to the German translation of the Discours. To d'Alem
bert's claim (25) that astronomy is most worthy of our study because of the
magnificent spectacle that it presents to us, the translator adds in his "note":
"Furthermore, in no other science are the observations as accurate as in this
one, because its instruments have been brought to the greatest perfeaion" (p. So,
italics added).
There is, however, one passage in d'Alembert's Discours that comes close,
not to the letter but to the spirit of Kant's criticism of Kastner: "Thus of all
the sciences that pertain to reason, Metaphysics and Geometry are those in

266
 FAC T U A L N OT E S

which imagination plays the greatest part. I ask pardon of those superior wits
who are detractors of Geometry; doubtless they do not think of themselves
so close to it, although all that separates them perhaps is Metaphysics.
Imagination acts no less in a geometer who creates than in a poet who
invents. It is true that they operate differently on their objects. The first
shears it down and analyzes it, the second puts it together and embellishes it.
It is true, further, that these different ways of operating stem from different
sorts of minds, and for this reason the talents of a great geometer and those
of a great poet will perhaps never be found together. But whether or not they
are mutually exclusive, they have no right to hold one another in contempt"
(translated by Richard N. Schwab, The Library of Liberal Arts: Indianapolis
1 963, pp. 5 1 -2).
50 Abraham Gotthelf Kastner ( 1 7 1 9- 1 8oo), mathematician in Gottingen (see
notes 1 and 3 4), whom Kant once called "the Nestor of all philosophical
mathematicians in Germany" (AK u : r 86). In 1 790, Kastner had contrib
uted several articles to the Philosophisches Magazin, edited by Johann August
Eberhard, one of Kant's major opponents. Kastner was also a well-known
epigramatist.
5r Kant alludes to three epigrams Kastner published in the "Gottinger Musen
almanach, " Poetische B/umenlese for das Jahr 1797, Gottingen 1 797, pp. 84,
100, and 1 2 2:

Briidennorder
Des Sultans grausames Geboth
Streckt jiingre Briider hin, urn sicher zu regieren:
Die Aner ganz allein zu ftihren,
Verlangt der Philosoph der altern Briider Tod.
[Fratricides
The S ultan, to secure his rule,
Had his younger brothers cruelly killed;
Philosophers slay their older kin
So they alone can lead the school.]
Vom ewigen Frieden
Auf ewig ist der Krieg vermieden,
Befolgt man, was der Weise spricht;
Dann halten aile Menschen Frieden,
Allein die Philosophen nicht.
[OfEternal Peace
Eternally all war will cease
If we but heed the wise man's thought;
Then all men will live in peace,
Except philosophers, in squabbles caught.]
Die Unwiderleglichen
Von jedem, der euch widerspricht,
Sagt ihr verachtungsvoll: Der Mann versteht uns nicht!
Konnt ihr nun nicht verstandlich schreiben,
So mogt ihr ungclesen bleiben.

267
 FA C T U A L N O T E S

[The Irrefutable Ones

Of those whose views yours contradict
You say with contempt: our sense he's missed.
But if you cannot sensibly write,
Your texts should never see the light.]
(translated by David Wellbery)

Although not mentioned by name, there is little doubt that Kant is the
intended addressee of these epigrams: It is Kant who had declared that there
was "no such thing as metaphysics" before him (AK 4:257), and who
brought out a Streitschrift against J. A. Eberhard when the latter challenged
this view: On a Discovery According to Wlzich A11y New Critique ofPure Reason is
Rendered Superfluous by an Earlier One ( 1 7 90).
Kant is also the "wise man" whose treatise, Zum ewigen Frieden, to which
Kastner alludes in the title of the second stanza, had come out in the fall of
the previous year. Finally, Kant could also not fail to refer the third epigram
to himself. In 1 790, Kant had asked Kiistner to be the arbiter in his disputes
with Eberhard (see AK 1 1 : 1 86). Kastner declined but gave Kant the advice:
"If your efforts are being misunderstood, I should think that this could be
avoided by means of a clarification and determination of the words and
expressions [being used]" (see AK 1 1 :2 1 4). Two and a half years later Kant
sent Kastner his Religion Within the Limits ofReason Alone. In his accompany
ing letter he pointed out that, in accordance with the "prudent recommenda
tion that you made at the time," he now aimed at a more popular language in
his works (AK I I :427). As the epigram "The Irrefutable Ones" suggests,
however, neither Kant's Religion nor any of his later works produced a
conversion in Kastner. At least this is how Kant saw it. In another version of
this long footnote he remarked with regard to Kastner's criticism: "All of
this, however, is not in fact directed (as chicanery) against the study of
philosophy in general . . . but rather against the . . . new or critical [philoso
phy], which finds it impossible to rest content with a revision or restoration
of the old Wolffian [philosophy] that was current in his day" (AK 2 1 : 243.25-
244.26, not included).
52 During the first two decades o f his career, Kastner used Wolff's mathemati
cal textbooks as compendia for his lectures. Then he gradually replaced
them with many long-winded volumes of his own. In the preface to his
A11ja ngsgriiude der Aritlzmetik (1 758) Kastner writes: "Germany will still re
member the Baron von Wolff with great a dmiration when the names of most
of his detractors survive only in the catalogues of insects [lnsekteuverzeidz
llisse] diligently compiled by German scribes. It is greatly indebted to him for
the expansion of reason, and of mathematics, which makes up a large part of
reason" (p. 5).
53 See note 89.
54 "Existence is thoroughgoing determination"; see note 6o.
55 "Permanence is necessity in appearance."
56 In draft "No 317" of the IIIrd fascicle (AK 2 1 :303.1 I - 1 2 , see also 480.28-g
not included), Kant had written: " 'A space void of heat is not conceivable.'
(Gehler) Why not?" The reference to Gehler is to vol. 4 of the Physicalisclzes

268
 FA C T U A L N O T E S

Wiirterbuch, p. 546: "Since i t [i.e., the caloric] penetrates all materials, a

space void of heat is therefore as physically impossible as a space void of air
would be if there were no containers impermeable to air." See note 3 1 .
57 The angulus colltactus "is one (i.e., an angkl formed by the contact of a
straight line with a curved [line]" - e.g., the tangent and a circle. Christian
Wolff, Mathematisches Lexicon, darinnm die in allen Theilen der Mathcmatick
iiblichen Kunst- Wiirter erkliiret, und zur Historic der mathematischen Wissen
schaffien dienliche Nachrichten ertheilet, auch die Schriften, wo iede Materie
ausgefohret zujinden, angefohret werden, Leipzig I 7 I 6, p. 67. See also Euclid's
Elements, Book 3, Proposition I 6.
58 "The One and All," or hen kai pan, is the phrase Ephraim Lessing ( I 729-
8 I) used in a conversation with Friedrich Heinrich Jacobi ( I 743- I 8 1 9) to
characterize his own Spinozism. Jacobi's subsequently published account of
this conversation (0ber die Lehre des Spinoza in Briejim an de11 Herm Moses
Mmdelssoh11, 1 785) led to the famous Spi11oza-Streit (pantheism debate) and
subsequent Spinoza renaissance in late eighteenth-century Germany. By the
time Kant was writing, the phrase had became the general slogan of the
German neo-Spinozists.
59 See also the chapter headings of the subsequent pages (not included): "The
Supreme Principle of the Elementary System of the Moving Forces of Mat
ter" (AK 2 I : 5 9 I), and "Proof of the Existence of the Caloric as the Supreme
Principle of the Transition from the Metaphysical Foundations of Natural
Science to Physics" (AK 2 I :594, see 6oo).
6o See Christian Wolff, Philosophia prima sive 011tologia, Frankfurt and Leipzig
I 729, 226: "Quicquid existit vel actu est, id omnimode dcterminatum est."
["Whatever exists or is actual is thoroughgoingly determined."]
The converse form seems to originate with Alexander Gottlieb Baumgar
ten, Metaphysica, Halle and Magdeburg I 739, I 5 2 : "Singularia sunt interne
prorsus determinata, hinc actualia." ["Individuals are completely determined
internally, hence actual."]
6I In this sheet five additional leaves are inserted.
62 Page 7 of this sheet contains the remark: "Staudlin's SittmlehreJesu given to
Herro Inspector Ehrenboth." K. F. Staudlin's Geschichte der Sittenlehre ]em,
volume one, came out in the spring of I 799; the author announced it to Kant
in his letter of December 9, I 798 (see AK 1 2: 270). Friedrich Ludwi g
Ehrenboth, overseer of the charity schools in Konigsberg and one of Kant's
table companions, died on January 3, I 8oo.
Page I 2 of this sheet is a draft of Kant's letter to Friedrich Theodor Rink,
August 8, I 799 (see AK I 2:283).
63 Page I of (half-)sheet II and page I of (half-)sheet Ill contain reflections on
smallpox vaccination. They were initiated by a letter from Fabian Emil
Reichsgraf zu Dolma of August 28, 1 799 (see AK 1 2:283-4), in which he
inquired about the passage on smallpox in Kant's Metaphysics ofMorals, AK
6:424
64 In I 794 Erasmus Darwin ( I 73 I -1 802), the grandfather of Charles Darwin,
published his Zoonomia, or the Laws o[Orga11ic Life; a second volume appeared
two years later. A German translation of the Zoonomia by J. D. Brandis ap
peared in I 795-9 Darwin's aim in this work was to "reduce the facts belong-

269
 FAC T U A L N O T E S

ing to ANIMAL LIFE into classes, orders, genera, and species; and, by compar
ing them with each other, to unravel the theory of diseases" (vol. I, p. r).
According to Darwin, a living organism is capable of four different modes of
motion or action, corresponding to four different "faculties" that can be
excited: "These are the faculty of causing fibrous contractions in consequence
of the irritations excited by external bodies, in consequence of the sensations
of pleasure or pain, in consequence of volition, and in consequence of the
associations of fibrous contractions with other fibrous contractions, which
precede or accompany them. These four faculties of the sensorium during
their inactive state are termed irritability, sensibility, voluntarity, and associa
bility; in their active state they are termed as above, irritation, sensation,
volition, association" (vol. I, p. 32).
65 John Brown (1735-88), Scottish physician who founded the Brunonian
system of medicine, according to which all diseases consist in excess or
deficiency of excitation of the body by external stimuli (sthenic or asthenic
diseases): "As there is always some excitability, however small, while life
remains, and the action of the exciting powers in one degree or another is
never wanting, the conclusion from thatfact is, that they are all endowed with
more or less of stimulant power, and that it must be either excessive, in due
proportion, or deficient" (Eiementa medicinae [1 78oj, English translation by
the author, London 1 788, part I, chapter III, xix, p. 8; a German translation
was published in 1 795).
Life, for Brown, is consequently a "forced state," resulting from the
stimulation of the excitable organic tissue by means of external or internal
stimuli, thus keeping the organism from "dissolution" (p. 59). In vehement
opposition to the then-standard medical practice of bloodletting and "other
evacuations" tl1at result in weakening the organism, Brown argued that "a
vast number of affections" can be cured by subjecting the body to an in
creased variety of stimulating powers (p. xi). Applying these insights to
himself, Brown claimed to have removed the fits of gout that had long
plagued him by going "no further than the use of wine, and other strong
drink . .then seasoned meat . . . then opium and other stimuli" (ibid.).
For several decades, Brown's system polarized the medical world; it was
especially popular in continental Europe. His influence qn the young
Schelling is well known. Frederick the Great as well as Napoleon counted
themselves among his followers. In 1 802, opposing groups of students (and
professors) battled for two days in the streets of Gottingen over the merits of
the Brunonian system, until they were eventually dispersed by a troop of
Hanoverian horses. Kant's j udgment was more balanced: "One can concede
this much: that Brown has impeccably presented, as far as itsformal element is
concerned, the concept of the system of the moving forces of human life; for
this is an a priori and purely theoretical concept. As far as the material and
practical element is concerned, however, [ . . . ] he has suggested frightful
means to this end, both with respect to quality and quantity. Disregarding
these, the merely empirical principles of his theory of medicine, one cannot
deny that his principle of division follows the right clue, which he derives
purely from reason and which is capable and worthy of refinement in light of
praxis" (R 1 5 3 9 [after July 7, 1798], AK 1 5 :963).

270
 FAC T U A L N O T E S

However, Kant did not entirely "disregard" the "material and practical
element" of Brown's theory either: For years he took "a few drops of rum on
sugar a Ia Brown" (E. A. C. Wasianski, Immanuel Kant in seinen letzten
Lebensjahren, p. 292; see also p. 23 1 , and Kant's letter to ). B. Erhard of
December 20, 1 799, AK 1 2:296).
66 Albrecht von Haller (1 708-77), Swiss anatomist, physiologist, botanist, phy
sician, and poet. (Haller was one of Kant's favorite poets whom he quoted on
numerous occasions.) After studying medicine with Boerhaave in Leiden,
Haller traveled and wrote poetry for some years before settling in Bern as a
general practitioner. In 1 736, he accepted the chair in anatomy, botany and
clinical surgery at the newly founded University of Gottingen. In the course
of over a hundred experiments, he examined systematically all parts of the
human or animal body with respect to their "sensibility" (ability to transmit
stimuli) and "irritability" (contractibility of muscle fibers).
In 1 753, Haller published his results in De partibus corporis humani
sensilibus ct irritabi/ibus, a treatise often regarded as the birthplace of modern
science of life. In the same year he returned to Bern, having turned down
offers from some of the leading European universities and royal courts. Over
the next years Haller completed his monumental Elcmenta physiologicae
corporis humani, in eight volumes (1759-66), which brought him world fame
and consolidated his reputation as one of the most versatile minds of his
time. (See note 25.)
67 In the bottom margin of this sheet Kant noted: "Newspaper from [publisher]
Nicolovius on the revolution in Paris." Adickes, Kants Opus postumum, p.
1 45, suggests that Kant is referring to Napoleon's coup of the 1 8th and 1 9th
Brumaire (November 9 and 1 0) 1 799, which led to Napoleon's consulate.
Kant's note should also be compared with an entry in the travel diary of
the Heidelberg theologian Johann Friedrich Abegg (1765- 1 840), who had
visited Konigsberg in the previous year. Abegg records under June I, I 798, a
conversation with Johann Brahl, a journalist and close acquaintance of Kant.
Brahl said "that he [i.e., Kant) loves the French cause with all his heart" and
continued: "Incidentally, he is so anxious for political news that Nicolovius
has to send him the proof sheets of the Berliner Zeitung which he receives by
mail the evening before it comes out; and if he cannot read [them] himself,
he often sends me a billet afterwards, asking me to report whether anything
significant has happened" (J. F. Abegg, Reisetagebuch von 1798, lnsel Verlag:
Frankfurt am Main 1987, pp. 1 47 9).-

68 At Kant's suggestion, jacob Sigismund Beck (q6x-1 84o), a mathematician

and one of Kant's former students, wrote Erliiuternde Ausziige - explanatory
excerpts - of Kant's critical writings. The third volume, published in r 796
and devoted to the Critique ofPure Reason, was subtitled "The One Possible
Standpoint from which Critical Philosophy is to be judged." Beck had come
to believe that the method of the first Critique, especially its sharp separation
of Aesthetic and Analytic, was largely responsible for the fact that it had been
widely misunderstood. To give an accurate account of the emergence of an
object ofconsciousness, Beck maintained, we must not begin with the opposi
tion of sensibility and understanding but must transpose ourselves into the
"original mode of representing." Beck thus provided an account of the

271
 FA C T U A L N O T E S

Critique that "reverses" its method, by putting the reader right away at "the
very topmost point of the employment of the understanding": "the postulate
of original representing" (pp. 138-40). Original representing, in Beck's
sense of the term, is the synthesizing activity, the original positing on which
all objects, even our concepts, depend (p. 153):
"There really is no original representing 'of an object', but simply an original
representing. For whenever we have the representation of an object, it is
already every time a concept, that is, it is a'Iready always the attribution of
certain determinations by means of which we fix for ourselves a point of
reference. . . . Accordingly, space itself is original representing, namely, the
original synthesis of the homogeneous" (pp. 1 40-1). " [T]he transcendental
statement, 'The understanding posits a something originally', is what first of
all gives sense and meaning to the empirical statement, 'The object affects
me'. For the first statement is the concept of the original representing itself
in which all the meaning of our concepts has to be grounded. Indeed, the
concept I have of my understanding as a faculty in me, even the concept of
my own ego, receives its sense and meaning in the first instance from this
original positing" (p. 1 5 7, translated by George di Giovani, in Between Kant
and Hegel, S UNY Press: Albany r g85).

In this context, see also Kant's correspondence with Beck, especially his
letter of July 1 , 1 794, where Kant writes: "We can only understand and
communicate to others what we can make ourselves" (AK I I :s I 5). See also
R 63 5 3 and R 6358, AK r 8:679 and 683-4.
69 The main part of this page contains a draft of Kant's preface to Reinhold
Bernhard Jachmann, Priifimg der Kantisclten Re/igionsphilosophie in Hifrsicltt auf
die ihr beyge/egte Ahnlichkeit mit dem rein en Mystizism, Konigsberg I 8oo. Kant
signed the final version of the preface on January I 4, I Soo (see AK 8:44I ).
70 The Prince of Palagonia, Ferdinanda Francesco Gravina Agliata, became
famous outside Italy through the travel journals of Patrick Brydone (Voyage e11
Sicile et a Malte, fait en l'annee r 770, two volumes, Amsterdam I 776), and of
the French painter and engraver Jean Houel (I73S-I8 I J). In his journal,
Houel reported on his visit to the prince's villa at Bageria (Sicily), which was
decorated with statues of fabulous creatures that "exceed the imagination of
painters and poets": human torsos fitted with the wings of birds and fishtails,
with limbs of quadrupedal animals, the trunks of elephants, the tusks of
boars, the claws of vultures, and the tail of a monkey or a fox (see Jean
Houel, Voyage pittoresque des isles de Ia Sicile, de Malte et de Lipari, Paris I 782,
pp. 4 I -50). Houel's account of his visit to the prince's palace was reported
in several German journals and newspapers, 1Vhich regarded the prince's
statues as the ultimate in tastelessness and barbarism. From I 797 to r 8o6, a
German translation by J.- H. Keerl of Houel's Voyage pittoresque appeared in
five volumes. (See also Kant's Anthropology, AK, T I 7 s .)
J. W. Goethe, who visited the prince's villa on April g, 1787, while travel
ing through Italy, felt similarly repelled. He published his impressions of the
visit in I 8 I 7 in his Italian Journey.
7I Page 3 of this sheet contains in the right bottom corner the following deleted
note: "To draw from Herrn Nicolovius the first payent ad rationem of the

2 72
 FAC T U A L N O T E S

honorarium for the Anthropology: 6 o fl. in mid February." Nicolovius was the
publisher of Kant's Anthropology; the second "improved" edition came out in
1 Boo. In his letter to Nicolovius of March 2B, 1 Boo, Kant requested another
part payment of 6o fl. (See AK 1 2 : 300).
72 See note 64.
73 William Cullen ( 1 7 1 0-90), Professor of Medicine in Edinburgh, tried to
arrange diseases "like systems of Botany," by genera and species. His
Nosology: or, a Systematic A"angement of Diseases, by Classes, Orders, Ge11era,
and Spedes, was first published in Latin in 1 7 B 5 . Greatly admired by many o f
his contemporaries for i t s advances i n the classification of diseases, the work
nevertheless lacked a clear principle of classification. For this Cullen was
increasingly attacked by John Brown, who developed his own system in
growing opposition to his former teacher and mentor (see note 65).
74 See note 6s.
7S " Nature does n o t proceed b y leaps" - a Latin Proverb. See also C . Lin
naeus, Philosophia Botanica, Stockholm I 7 S ' , 77, p. 27.
76 "The turning point."
77 Friedrich Hildebrandt (1 764- 1 B I 6), Professor of Medicine, Chemistry, and
Physics in Erlangen. In his Lehrbuch der Pysiologie, Erlangen I 799 (2 nd ed.),
72, Hildebrandt criticizes the assumption that a special vital force (sec note 9)
must be assumed to explain the phenomenon of life: "To conceive of something
under the name of vital force that is distinct from the matter of living bodies is
not only unnecessary, but in no way explains the secret oflife. We therefore take
the vital force to be a property of living matter itself, and inseparable from it."
More specifically, Hildebrandt denied that the manifold activities o f a
living body can be the direct e ffects of one and the same force. Rather, he
assumed these activities to be the combined effects of different mechanical
and chemical forces, which as such also exist in inorganic nature but which
in living bodies are coordinated and arranged in unique ways.
7B "The encircling Styx confines them" - Virgil, The Aeneid, 6, 439 Styx i s the
principal river of the underworld, flowing nine times around its perimeter.
79 See notes 34, so, S 1 .
Bo "Philosophical principles of applied mathematics."
B1 "Either philosophical or mathematical principles of natural science."
B2 "To yoke griffins with horses" - V i rgil , Eclogae, B, 2 7 .
83 "Special physiology of t h e kingdoms o f nature " ; see note B4.
84 See C. Linnaeus, Systema naturae per rep1a tria naturae, Leydae 1 73 5
8s According to various chemical theories of the time, "Earth, oil, salt and water
are the four principles that produce [bilden] the [organic fiber]." ]. D.
Brandis, Versuch iiber die Lebenskrafl, p. 4
B6 "Cat-gold" [Katzengold] and "cat-silver" [Katzemilher] are medieval names
for the mineral nowadays known as muscovite (see note I S 2). ]. E Blumen
bach still lists "cat-gold" and "cat-silver" under Glimmer (mica) in the sec
ond edition ( 1 782) of his Handbuch der Naturgeschichte. The names are
dropped in later editions of the text.
87 Blumenbach describes the color of cerambyx moschatus (see note 3 7) as "dark
green and blue, like tarnished steel"; see his Ha11dbuch der Naturgeschichte,
second edition 1 782, p. 3 34

273
 FAC T UA L N O T E S

88 In 1 795, Friedrich Schiller (1759- 1 805) sent Kant the first two issues ofDie
Horen in the hope ofwinning Kant as a contributor for the journal. The second
issue contained an anonymous article " Uber den Geschlechtsunterschied und
dessen Einfluss auf die organische Natur;" In his reply to Schiller, Kant wrote
of this article: "The organization of nature has always struck me as amazing
and as a sort of chasm of thought; I mean, the idea that fertilization, in both
organic realms {of nature}, always needs two sexes in order for the species to
be propagated. After all, we don't want to believe that Providence has chosen
this arrangement, almost playfully, for the sake of variety. On the contrary, we
have reason to believe that propagation is not possible in any other JPay. This
gives us a glimpse of something inestimable {eineAussicht ins Unabsehliche], out
of which, however, one can make nothing at all - as little as out of what
Milton's angel told Adam about the creation: 'Male light of distant suns mixes
itself with female, for purposes unknown' " (AK 1 2 : 1 1).
The anonymous author of this article was Wilhelm von Humboldt. The
passage in Milton that Kant refers to is from Paradise Lost, Book Vlll, 1 48-52:
and other suns perhaps
With their attendant moons thou wilt descry
Communicating male and female light,
Which two great sexes animate the world,
Stor'd in each orb perhaps with some that live.

89 Anima mundi - world soul, anima bruta a dull soul. Although the term
..,

"world soul" has a long philosophical history and had occasionally been used
by Kant before (see Critique of Pure Reason, A64 1/B669 and Critique of
Judgment, 72, AK 5 :3 9 2) its frequent occurrence in the later parts of the
Opus postumum seems to be occasioned by F. W. J. Schelling's f11n der
Weltseele, eine Hypothese der hoheren Physik zur Erkliirung des allgemeinen Orga
nismus, published in 1 798. For Schelling, the world soul is the unconsciously
producing principle that "underlies the continuity of the organic and inor
ganic world and connects the whole of nature to a universal organism":
"[W]e thus recognize in it anew that being that the philosophy of the ancients
grasped intuitively as the common soul ofnature, and that some physicists of
the time took to be one and the same as the underlying, form-giving ether"
(Schellings Werke, edition Schroter, Beck: Munich 1 927, vol. 1 , p. 637).
A detailed study of the extent of Kant's familiarity with Schelling's work is
still a desideratum. He owned Schelling's Vom Ich als Prinzip der Philosophie,
Tiibingen 1 79 5 (see A. Warda, Immanuel Kanis Bucher, p. 54); he also owned
various issues of the Philosof)hisches Journal einer Gesellschafi Teutscher Gelehr
ten, in which Schelling's "Abhandlungen zur Erlauterung des Idealism us der
Wissenschaftslehre" appeared in 1 796-7, although anonymously. And he
was certainly aware of the rave reviews Schelling's works received in the
Erlanger Litteratur Zeitung (see notes 1 55 , 1 6 1). There Schelling was her
alded as a new genius and as the most promising representative of the
(Kantian) dynamical theory of matter: "Herr Schelling . . . is one of our truly
first-rate thinkers, a true universal genius" (Intelligenzblatt No. 2, Ja'nuary I 2,
1 799); Schelling "had the great, ingenious idea of extending transcendental
idealism to a system of the JPhole of knoJPledge, that is, of establishing that

274
 FACT U A L N O T E S

system not only in general but in deed. . . . Whoever lays claim to the title o f
Naturphilosoph must study the writings of these two scholars [i.e., Kant and
Schelling]" (No. 226, November 17, 1 8oo, p. 1 803).
The latter passage is in reference to Schelling's System des transzendentalen
Idealismus, which was published in I 8oo. So was his Zeitschrifi for speculative
Physik; Schelling's ldeen zu einer Philosophie der Natur hau come out in 1 797.
90 A reference to the famous experiments in which Lavoisier (I 743-94) decom
posed water by percolating it through an incandescent gun barrel filled with
iron rings. As his biographers testifY almost unanimously, Kant followed with
indefatigable interest the revolution in chemistry that took place during the
last decade or so of his life. In I 796, he requested "two lectures" from his
friend and colleague, the professor of medicine, Carl Gottfried Hagen, "in
which he {i.e., Hagen] conducted all the experiments on which Lavoisier bases
his theory, and the doctrine ofthe composition of different bodies according to
it." (See Neues allgemeinesJournal der Chemie, 2 [ 1 804], p. 240 - although this
information comes from an obituary of Kant, signed by the editor of the
journal, A. F. Gehlen, it is most likely that his informant was Hagen himself, a
frequent contributor to whom Gehlen also dedicated the journal: "to his
teacher and friend, as a sign of his gratitude and love.")
Another chemical experiment that Hagen performed for Kant in 1 8oo is
documented through Kant's letter to Hagen of April 2, I 8oo, and Hagen's
reply of April I 2 (see AK 1 2:JOI -2). Wasianski also had to build for Kant an
instrument to measure the electricity of the air (electrometer); much to
Kant's disappointment, it did not function as planned. (See E. A. C.
Wasianski, Immanuel Kant in seinen let2ten Lebensjahren, pp. 2 8 I -3.)
9I The margin contains an excerpt of a review of E. Tourtelle's Elements de
medicine theorique et pratique, 3 vols. I 799, published in the Jenaer Allgemeine
Litteratur Zeitung, January JO, I 8oo, pp. 258-6 I (see E. Adickes, Kants Opus
postumum, p. I 48).
92 See Metaphysical Foundations of Natural Science, Phoronomy, Explication I ,
AK 4:480.
93 The German word Leib means "human body" - usually in contrast with the
soul. In the Eucharist, Leib Christi is German for corpus Christi; see Matthew
26:26: "And as they were eating, Jesus took bread, and blessed it, and brake
it, and gave it to the disciples, and said, Take, cat; dies ist mein Leib [this is my
body]."
94 Materials are "the counterparts of the moving forces of matter."
95 Kant is referring to Dietrich Tiedemann's Theiitet oder iiber das menschliche
Wissen, ein Beitrag zur Vernunftkritik (I 794), a work critical of Kant's philoso
phy. In I 798, Johann Christian Friedrich Dietz responded with Antitheiitet
oder Versuch einer Priifung des von dem Herrn Hofrath Tiedemann in seinem
Theiitet aujgestellten philosophischen Systems. Kant had a copy of this text in his
library (see A. Warda, Immanuel Kants Bucher, p. 48). Dietz's book in turn
gave rise to Tiedemann's Idea/istische Briefe als Antwort aufmehrere gegen den
Theiitet gerichtete Einwiiife (I 798), in which he defended his position against
Dietz. Tiedemann was not, however, an idealist, but a rather naive and
dogmatic realist: He chose the title Idealistic Letters simply because his argu
ments were directed against Kant's critical idealism.

2 75
 FAC TUAL N O T E S

96 Literally: "the latter [is) the former." A term of Aristotelian logic (sec Prior
Analytic II, 64b, 28-33) to designate the logical fallacy that consists in using
what is to be proved in the steps of the proof.
97 "Through respective positing alongside and successively."
98 On page 4 of "Insertion II" (AK 22:25 . I 8-2 I , not included) Kant had
written: "Thus the synthetic principles a priori. Space, as physical [korper
licher) space, has three dimensions; it has three limits - the plane, the line,
and the point, which latter signifies no magnitude but only a place in space."
99 See note 28.
I oo Kant often uses the term "demiurge" to contrast the "creator of the world"
with God as the highest moral being. See for instance the following deleted
passage in " Ubergang [ I )" (AK 2 1 :2 1435-7, not included): Speaking of
the unity of the fin al end of all organic bodies in "a single supreme cause of
the world," Kant points out that this supreme cause "may here be called
dcmiurge since no reference is being made here to any moral end."
IOI Kant i s most probably thinking o f Michelangelo. The sculptor i s reported
to have "seen" David hidden in the block of marble offered him in r s o r ;
and when once asked how h e had carved L a Notta, Michelangelo replied: "I
had a block of marble in which was concealed the statue which you sec
there - the only effort involved was to take away the tiny pieces which
surrounded it and prevented it from being seen. Every piece of stone or
marble, whether large or small, has a statue or effigy within it - but of
course one must know exactly how to carve away only that which hides the
statue, and this is very dangerous in that one may take away too much or too
little. For anyone who knows how to do this, nothing could be easier"
(manuscript by Nicholas Audebert, British Museum; cited in Giovanni
Papini, Vita di Michelangelo nella vita del suo tempo, Milan I 949, p. 324,
translation by Loretta Murnane [ I 95 2], p. 275).
Michelangelo's theory of sculpture also found expression in his Sonnets:
Non ha l'ottimo artista alcun concetto,
Ch'un marmo solo in sc non circonscriva
Col suo soverchio, ct solo a quello arriva
La man che ubbidisce all' intelletto.
[The marble not yet carved can hold the form
Of every thought the greatest artist has,
And no conception can yet come to pass
Unless the hand obeys the intellect.]
(translated by Elizabeth Jennings)
Sl come per levar, donna, si pone
In pietra alpcstra e dura
Una viva figura,
Che Ia piu cresce u'piu Ia pietra sccma
Uust as by cutting away, 0 Lady, one extracts
from the hard alpine stone
a living figure which alone
grows the more, the more the stone diminishes.]
(translated by Sidney Alexander)

276
 FAC T U A L NOTES

The image o f a statue concealed i n a stone o r block o f marble can already

be found in Aristotle, Meta#ysics, III. v. 6, 1 002 a 2 1 -3 : "Moreover every
kind of shape is equally present in a solid, so that if 'Hermes is not in the
stone', neither is the half-cube in the cube as a determinate shape" (trans
lated by Hugh Trcdennick).
1 02 Christoph Meiners (1 747- I 8 I O), Professor of Philosophy at Giittingen and
one of Kant's more vehement opponents. Kant seems to be referring to
Meiner's Allgemeine kritische Geschichte der altern und neuern Ethik oder
Lebenswissenschafl nebst einer Umersuchung der Frage: Gibt es dmm auch
wirkliclt eine Wissmschafl des Lebens? Wie sollte ihr lnhalt, wie ihre Methode
beschaffm sryn? The first volume came out in time for the Easter Fair of
1 8oo; Kant owned a copy of i t (see A. Warda, Immanuel Kanis Bucher, p.
52). A review of Meiner's book appeared in the Giittingische gelehrte
Anzeigen, go. Stuck, June 7, 1 8oo.
1 03 "No divine infl uence is absent, if we only had the sense to sec this" -
manuscript variant of Juvcnal, Satires, X, 365.
1 04 A "separate life," or "life of its own": the ability of a part of a plant or animal
to stay alive after being severed from the main organism. Sec R 1 530, AK
1 5 :957: "The life of an animal is a n absolute unity of tl1e self- moving forces
of matter. Here the parts may have a vita propria. "
1 05 The view that each material process in the body is presided over by a special
vital principle o r archeus, was (in the modern period) advanced most promi
nently by Jean Baptista van Helmont (I sn- I 644), who in turn d rew on the
teaching of Paracelsus (1 494- 1 54 1 ) and on cabbalistic ideas. For van
Helmont, the archeus contains all the formative and functional principles of
the organism and of its organs; as such it is distinct from both the sensitive
soul (anima sensitiva), which guides the lower forms of cognition and volition,
and from the mind (mens), our link with the divine spirit, the world-soul.
1 06 See also R 1 1 ( 1 8 oo), AK 1 4 : 5 2: "How one can demonstrate, fully rigor
ously though not in Euclidean fashion, the proposition: 'If two parallel lines
arc intersected by a third [line], etc.', by means of a philosophical mode of
representation, by concepts, forgoing construction."
For a detailed discussion of Kant's theory of parallel lines and its histori
cal background, see E. Adickes's notes to R 5 - 1 1 , AK 1 4 : 23-5 2 .
Whereas Kant's initial interest i n this subject was probably stimulated by
his colleague J. Schultz's "new proof" of Euclid's 1 1 th proposition (sec ].
Schultz, Entdeckte Theorie der Parallelen nebst einer Untersucltung iiber dm
Ursprnng ihrer bisherigen Schwierigkeit, Konigsberg 1 7 84), Kant's return to
this issue in the Opus postumum may be in response to Christian Gottlieb
Selle (q48- 1 8oo) - sec R 63 5 2 , AK 1 8:67 8 : "Of the analogy between the
parallel lines and Selle's principle of universal empiricism . " A convinced
empiricist, Selle had criticized Kant's philosophy on various occasions.
When in 1 797 he became director of the Pltilosophisclte Klasse of the Berlin
Academy of Science, he advertised ilie following prize-essay competition
for the year 1 799: "The Royal Academy of Science does not share the
opinion of those who regard it as proven by mathematics that there are pure
subjective representations. It is convinced, rather, that there are important
arguments to the contrary [wesentliche Gegengriinde] which have not yet

277
 FAC T U A L .N O T E S

received any satisfactory reply; and that there is no lack of strong reasons for
[assuming] the general empirical origin of all our mgnitions which may only,
perhaps, not yet have been presented in their strongest light."
Kant made a copy of this announcement (AK I 8:677). On the cover of the
IVth fascicle, he also wrote: "That according to Selle not a single synthe tic
proposition would carry necessity" (AK 2 I :JJ8.4-S, not included).
I 07 "Beings are either things or intelligences."
I 08 "Conceptual totality is generality - the encompassing totality is totality
[proper]."
I 09 "I am thinking, but I don't know myself yet."
I IO Aenesidemus is the main author in a fictional correspondence, written by
Gottlob Ernst Schulze and published anonymously in I 792 under the title
Aenesidemus oder iiber die Fundamente der von dem Herro Professor Reinhold in
Jena gelieferten Elementarphilosophie: Nebst einer Verteidigung des Skeptizismus
gegm dieAnmassungen der Vernunftkritik. This text, an attack on the philoso
phies of Kant and Reinhold from the side of skepticism, played a significant
role in the formation of post-Kantian idealism. Through Aenesidemus,
Schulze argued that the Critique ofPure Reason had failed to refute Hume's
skepticism; it fundamentally presupposed what Hume had questioned. Ac
cording to Schulze, "neither about the existence or non-existence of things
in themselves and their properties, nor about the limits of human knowl
edge" had the Critique established anything with certainty (p. 24).
Kant had hoped that his colleague Jehann Schultz would reply to
Schulze's Aenesidemus in a third volume of his Priifimg der Kantischen Critik
der reinen Vemunft. (See AK I 9:3 I 7.28-3o: "Notify preacher Mellin that
the third part of the Priifung will rebut the objections of Maimon and
Acncsidcmus.") Yet SchultZ, who was also friends with Fichte, was reluc
tant to write a third volume of his Priifung: Fichte's distinction between
those who understand the spirit of Kant's work and those who only follow
its letter seems to have dampened Schultz's initial enthusiasm, as he was
likely to be seen as falling into the latter category. It may be for this reason
that Kant wrote his Open Letter against Fichte's Wissenschaftslehre (see note
42). This is at least strongly suggested by a letter from Kant's colleague
Rink to Charles de Villers of April I 8, I 8o i : "Schultz is now actually
working on the continuation of his Priifung, but age, ill health, and various
official duties are creating many obstacles for him. For quite some time he
was unwilling to proceed with the work, not wanting to be saddled with the
label, made fashionable by Fichte, ofliteralist [Buchstabler], and this circum
stance then provided an occasion for Kant's well-known declaration against
Fichte. Since that time Schultz has once again taken pen to hand"
(;1/tpreussische Monatsschrift I 7 [ I 88o], p. 288-9).
However, S chultz's third volume of the Priifung never appeared.
I 1 1 Literally, "the theory of freedom." But Kant is perhaps thinking more
specifically of J. A. H. Ulrich's Eleutheriologie oder iiber Freiheit und
Notwendigkeit, which was published in Jena in I 788 and which contained a
strong criticism of Kant's doctrine of freedom. Kant had requested that his
former pupil and colleague C. ). Kraus write a review of Ulrich's book; he
himself supplied a draft text that Kraus used in his review. For. this reason,

278
 FAC T U A L N O T E S

Kraus's review is reprinted in the Academy edition of Kant's works,. AK

8:453-60. It originally appeared in the JenaerA llgemeine Litteratur Zeitwzg,
no. 1 00, April 25, q88.
I I2 "The highest being, the highest intelligence, the highest good."
I I3 The Acts of the Apostles 1 7:28: "For in him we live, and move, and have
our being; as certain also of your own poets have said, For we arc also his
offspring."
1 I4 At the bottom of the margin Kant wrote: "Lampe is to be informed that
since he does not stop boozing from morning to night, not only his quarterly
pay but also his bonuses will be withheld this week." To Kant's great regret,
Martin Lampe ( I 734-I 8o6), his servant of forty years, had to be dismissed
in January I 8o2. (See note 1 62.)
I I5 "A dictate of practical reason."
I I6 The Epistle of Paul the Apostle to the Romans 2 : 1 5 : "Which shew the work
of the law written in their hearts, their conscience also bearing witness, and
their thoughts the mean while accusing or else excusing one another."
1 17 "There is no valid inference from possibility to existence."
118 Exodus 20: 1 2- I 3: "Honor thy father and thy mother: that thy days may be
long upon the land which the Lord thy God giveth thee. Thou shalt not
kill." See Deuteronomy 5 : I 6- q .
1 I9 The Epistle o f Paul the Apostle t o the Philippians 2: 1 0: "That a t the name
ofJesus every knee should bow, of things in heaven, and things in earth, and
things under the earth."
I 20 "The duties of humanity and justice, taken widely and strictly (properly
determining)."
I21 See Ovid, Fasti, VI, I 5 -I 6 : "Est deus in nobis; agitante calescimus illo;
impetus hie sacrae semina mentis habet." [There is a God within us. It is
when he stirs us that our bosom warms; it is his impulse that sows the seeds
of inspiration.] (Translation by ). G. Frazer.)
I 22 The following text is written on a letter from Wasianski to Kant, December
1 9, I 80I (see AK 1 2 :329-30).
1 23 The claim that, according to Spinoza, we perceive everything in God, includ
ing ourselves, is repeated many times in the later parts of the Opus postumum.
Although Spinoza does not exactly say this, his program to view everything
sub specie aeternitatis could be said to renew the old requirement to perceive
all things in God. See his Eth ica, I, proposition XV: "Whatever is, is in God,
and without God nothing can be, or be conceived"; and part II, proposition
XX: "The idea or knowledge of the human mind is also in God."
Adickes's claim (Kants Opus postumum, p. 762) that "in all these passages,
Kant confuses Spinoza with Malebranche," can hardly be upheld.
1 24 After Lichtenberg's death in 1 799, his son Ludwig Christian Lichtenberg
and Friedrich Kries began to edit Lichtenberg's Vermischte Schriften (I Boo-
6). The second volume contained Lichtenberg's previously unpublished
reflections on philosophy, especially on Kant's critical idealism. The editors
sent a copy of the text to Kant in mid- 1 8oo, prior to publication, in order,
according to an entry by Wasianski on the cover, to use in their edition
whatever comments Kant might make. Although he did not comply with the
editor's wishes, Kant studied Lichtenberg's text thoroughly (see R 63 69,

2 79
 FA C T U A L N O T E S

A K I 8 :693-4, and D. Minden, "Der Humor Kant's i rri Verkehr und in

seinen Schriften," Altpreussische Monatsschrift 8 [ I 87 I ], pp. 343-6 I ) .
Lichtenberg's reflections show him to be very sympathetic to Kant's
transcendental idealism. With regard to Spinoza, Lichtenberg writes tht
Spinoza "thought the greatest thought that has ever entered a man's head"
(p. g), and: "If the world continues to exist a countless number of years,
then the universal religion will be a refined Spinozism. Left to itself, reason
leads to nothing else, nor is it possible that it should lead to anything else"
(p. 5 5).
125 Olaus Romer ( I 644- 1 7 1 0), Danish astronomer, gave the first scientific
estimation of the speed of light. Observing that the eclipses of the first
satellite of Jupiter occurred at longer intervals when Jupiter and the earth
moved further away from each other than when both planets were closest,
he explained this by assuming that light requires a finite time to travel from
the satellite to the earth. Based on his observations of the eclipses, he
calculated that it takes eleven minutes for light from the sun to reach the
earth.
1 26 Proverbs I :7: "The fear of the Lord is the beginning of knowledge: but
fools despise wisdom and instruction."
I 27 "Man is a rational animal" - Seneca, Epistulae ad Lucilium, Epistula xli, sec.
8.
I 28 Carl Wilhelm Scheele, in his Chemische Ablzandlung von der L uft und dem
pp. 57-64, distinguishes two "types of heat": one
Feuer ( I 770), 5 5 -8,
that immediately mixes with the surrounding air, another that travels in
straight lines without (immediately) fusing with its medium, thus permitting
reflection by a metal mirror. Because of the similarity of its behavior with
that of light, Scheele calls the latter type of heat "radiant heat" (p. 63). His
theory is discussed approvingly in Gehler's Plzysicalz'sches Worterbuch, vol. 4,
p. 44I ("Verbrennung") and pp. 55 3-4 ("Warme").
I 29 A list of luncheon guests to be invited:
Jonas Ludwig von Hess (1 756- I 823), a former second lieutenant in the
Swedish army, matriculated in the University of Konigsberg on October I I ,
I 8oo. In January I 8o i h e received a doctorate in medicine; his dissertation
De actione venenorum in corpus humanum was dedicated to Kant. He left
Konigsberg for Hamburg in February I 8o2 (see AK I 2 :334-5), from
where he provided Kant with wine and smoked meats.
Christian Jacob Kraus ( I 7 5 3 - I 8o7), Professor of Practical Philosophy
and Political Sciences in Konigsberg. A brilliant former pupil of Kant,
Kraus had received the chair in philosophy at the age of 28. Close to Kant
for many years, Kraus's intellectual independence and growing dislike for
purely theoretical philosophy eventually led to strains in their relationship
and kept him at a distance from his former teacher. As this note (and others
in the first fascicle) show, however, late in Kant's life Kraus returned to his
teacher's luncheon table.
Johann Schultz ( 1 739- 1 805), a court chaplin and professor of mathemat
ics whom Kant once regarded as one of the best philosophical minds in tl1e
area (see AK I 0: 1 33). Schultz's review of Ulrich's lnstitutiones logicae et
metapkys icae was instrumental in Kant's decision to rewrite the transcenden-

280
 FAC T U A L N O T E S

tal deduction o f the categories for the second edition o f the Critique (see
AK 4:474-6). In his response to Schlettwein, Kant recommended Schultz
as the person who understood his writings the way he himself wanted them
to be understood (see AK I 2:367). See also note I 10.
Karl Ludwig Poerschke ( 1 7 5 I - I 8 1 2), Professor of Philosophy and Poet
ics at the University of Konigsberg and a weekly guest at Kant's table. In his
own philosophy, Poerschke sympathized with Fichtc (sec J. F. Abcgg,
Reisetagebuch von 1798, p. 246). His "Weihegedicht" for King Friedrich Wil
helm III's birthday on August 3, I 80 I , is used by Kant as the wrapper for
fascicle XI.
Ehrcgott Andreas Christoph Wasianski ( q s s- 1 83 1 ), a former student
and amanuensis of Kant, since q86 deacon in Konigsberg. During the last
years of his life, Kant formed a close relationship with Wasianski. In the
winter of I 8o i , he handed over his financial affairs to Wasianski and nomi
nated him as his executor testamenti (AK 1 2:386); from then on, Wasianski
looked after the decrepit philosopher almost daily. Afte r Kant's death,
Wasianski published his highly informative account of Kant's last years:
Immanuel Kant in seinen letzten Lebenjahren.
130 "Under his feet h e sees the deep thunderclouds and tramples on the hoarse
thunder" - a free rendering of Statius, Thebaid, II, 35-40.
In a personal note to his own copy of Immanuel Kant in seinen letzten
Lebmljahren, Wasianski wrote: "Heavy thunderstorms and fire alarm, never
frightened him [i.e., Kant) - Sapiens videt altos sub pedibus nimbos et muca
tonitrua calcat. " (See P. Czygan, "Wasianskis Handcxemplar seiner Schrift:
'Immanuel Kant in seinen letzten Lebcnsjahren,' " Sitzungsbericht der Al
tertumsgesellschafi Prussia, Heft 1 7, Konigsberg 1 892, p. I 29 .)
13 1 "I will it, I thus command, let my will stand for a reason" - Juvcnal, Satires,
Satura vi, 2 2 3 . In earlier years, Kant had cited this phrase to characterize
the procedure of the mathematician; see, e.g., R 2930, AK 1 6:579: "The
mathematician, in his definition, says: sic volo, sic iubeo. "
132 "Principles are dictates of one's own reason, laws are valid universally."
133 " Tov yap xat ytvo; Elpiv" - Aratus, Phaenomena, line s : The sentence
Paul the Apostle quotes in Acts q:28 (see note 1 1 3).
134 "Cosmotheoria i s the doctrine o f the physical constitution o f the heavenly
bodies, their structures, decorations, and inhabitants; e.g. that the moon is a
body like our earth, fitted with mountains, valleys, oceans, atmosphere, and
so on, in which presumably rational creatures live as well" (Johann Hein
rich Zcdler, Grosses vollstandiges Universal Lexicon aller Wissenschafien zmd
Kunste, welche bishero durch menschlichen Verstand und Witz eifundelt zmd
verbessert worden, vol. 6, Halle und Leipzig 1 73 3 , p. 1 4 I 7).
E. Adickes, Kants Opus postumum, p. qo, suggests that Kant takes the
word from Christiaan Huygens's posthumously published Cosmotheoros,
oder weltbetrachtende Muthmassungen von denen himmlischen Erdkugeln und
deren Schmuck (1 698, second German edition 1 743).
135 The Psalms I 4: r : "The fool hath said in his heart, There i s no God. They
are corrupt, they have done abominable works, there is none that docth
good." The fool's assertion also figures as a premise in Anselm's proof for
God's existence (see Proslogion seu AI/oquium de Dei existentia, caput I I).

28 1
 FAC T U A L N O T E S

I36 Paul t o the Corinthians, I, I 3 : 1 2: "For now w e sec through a glass darkly,
but then face to face: now I know in part; but then shall I know even as also
I am known."
I37 Sec Kant's Metaphysics ofMorals, 6 , A K 6:423: "It i s a form o f partial self
murder to deprive oneself of an integral part (or mutilate oneself)" (transla
tion by Mary Gregor). Sec also s, AK 6:42 1 .
I38 S e c Lichtenberg's Vennischte Schri.ften, vol. 2, pp. 64-6: "To know outer
objects is a contradiction; it is impossible for man to get out of himself. If
we believe we see objects, we see only ourselves. We cannot actually know
anything in the world but ourselves, and the alterations that occur within
us . . . . Because these alterations do not depend on us, we attribute them to
other things outside us, and say then; are things outside us. One ought to
say praeter nos, but under the praeter we subsume the preposition extra,
which is something entirely different; that is, we conceive these objects in
space outside us. This is obviously not sensation, but seems to be some
thing woven most intimately into the nature of our sensuous faculty of
knowledge; it is the form under which that representation of praeter nos is
given to us - the form of sensibility."
I39 The amanuensis whom Kant considers here - and again on page 4 of sheet V
of the Ist fascicle, AK 2 I :72. I (not included) - seems to be Friedrich Wil
helm Worm, who matriculated in the University of Konigsberg on March I 6,
I 799 See Die Matrikel der Albertus-Universitiit zu Konigsberg i. Pr., edited by
Georg Erler, Leipzig I 9 1 1 -2, vol. 2, p. I i 89 (Kraus reprint, Liechtenstein
I 976, p. 64 7). These notes (together with the following table ofcontents) sug
gest that at this time (March I 8o i ) Kant was still hoping to publish his work.
1 40 See Lichtenberg's Vennischte Schrifien, vol. 2, pp. 92-3: "One of the great
est mainstays for the Kantian philosophy is the certainly true observation that
we too are something, no less than are the objects outside us. Thus if
something affects us, the effect does not depend on the effective thing
alone, but also on that which it affects. Both are, as with an impact, at once
acting and receiving; for it is impossible that a being could receive the
sensations of another without the principal effect appearing mixed. I should
think a tabula rasa is in this sense impossible, for in every effect the affecting
thing is modified and whatever issues from it is received by the other, and
vice versa. "
14I Gotthilf Christian Reccard (I735-98), Professor o f Theology and pastor in
Konigsberg. From I775 to his death, he was also rector of Kant's old
school, the Collegium Fredericanum. With his theological work Reccard com
bined a lifelong interest in natural history and especially in astronomy: In
the attic of his parsonage he had a small observatory. Many of his publica
tions combine his scientific and theological interests.
For Kastner, see notes I, 34, so, 5 r .
1 42 Matthew 6:g- Io: "Our Father which art in heaven, Hallowed be thy name.
Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done in earth, as it is in heaven." See Luke
I I :2.

I 43 Sheet V is not in the usual Schonschrifi of the other sheets in this fascicle; it
seems to be a scratch sheet. The sheet number "V" on top of page I was
clearly added later.

282
 FAC T U A L N O T E S

I 44 These are the opening lines of Anchises's speech i n which h e tells the order
of things; see Virgil, The Aeneid, Book VI, 724-7:
To begin: the heavens, the earth, the watery
wastes, the lucent globe of moon, the sun, the stars,
exist through inward spirit. Their total mass
by mind is permeated: hence their motion.
(translation by Frank 0. Copley)
These lines are also the motto of Darwin's Zoonomia. Kant quotes this
passage again in the Vllth fascicle, sheet V, page s, in the margin of which
he writes: "agere, facere, operari, live, move, and have our being. Transcen
dental zoonomy" (AK 22:62. I 6, not included).
1 45 In the bottom margin of this page, Kant notes: Adrastea. Adrastea is the
name of a journal that Herder began to publish in I So x . The first issue was
advertised on April I , I 8oi in No. 6 I of the lntelligenzblatt of the Allgemeine
Litteratur Zeitung, pp. 489-90. After Herder's death in x 8oJ, the journal
was briefly continued by his son but soon ceased publication.
I 46 Page 2 of this sheet contains a passage from Schiller's On the Aesthetic
Education ofMan: In a Series ofLetters. It is not marked as a quotation, and it
was first identified as such by Karl Vorliinder, "Ein bisher noch unent
deckter Zusammenhang Kants mit Schiller," Phi!osophische Monatshefle, 30
(I 894), pp. 57-62. The passage Kant quotes is the following.
"At this point we must remind ourselves that we are dealing with a finite, not
with an infinite, spirit. The finite spirit is that which cannot become active
except through being passive, which only attains to the absolute by means of
limitation, and only acts and fashions inasmuch as it receives material to
fashion. Such a spirit will accordingly combine with the drive toward form, or
toward the absolute, a drive toward matter, or toward limitation, these latter
being the conditions without which it could neither possess nor satisfY the
first ofthese drives. How far such opposed tendencies can coexist in the same
being is a problem which may well embarrass the metaphysician, but not the
transcendental philosopher. The latter does not pretend to explain how
things are possible, but contents himselfwith determining the kind of knowl
edge which enables us to understand how experience is possible. And since
experience would be just as impossible without that opposition in the mind as
without the absolute unity of the mind, he is perfectly justified in postulating
both these concepts as equally necessary conditions of experience, without
troubling himself further as to how they are to be reconciled" (translation by
E. M. Wilkinson and L. A. Willoughby, Oxford I967, p. I J J , amended).
Schiller had written to Kant on June I J , 1 794, inviting him to become a
contributor to Die Horen, which Schiller planned to edit (see note 88).
Failing an answer, Schiller wrote again on March I, I 795, this time accom
panying his letter with the first two issues of the Horen, which contained the
first installments of Schiller's Letters on the Aesthetic Education on Man. In his
reply of March JO, I 795, Kant is noncommital about his contribution to Die
Horen but praises Schiller's Letters, promising that he will "study them and
give you my thoughts about them" (AK I2: I I ). This does not seem to have
happened, but since the quoted passage is from the nineteenth letter,

283
 FA C T U A L N O T E S

whereas the issues Schiller sent Kant only contained the first sixteen letters,
Kant must have acquired and studied further copies of Schiller's journal.
147 Kant is in all likelihood thinking of Anquetil du Perron's edition of the
Zoroastrian Zend-Avesta. His former publisher Hartknoch had brought out
a German translation of it by). F. Kleuker (3 vols., Riga I 776-8). We also
know from ]. G. Hasse, Letzte Aussemngen Kants, p. I 6, that this work was a
frequent topic of their lunchtime conversations. The title may have sug
gested to Kant an affinity with his own efforts at the time: Zend-Avesta,
Zoroasters lebendiges I#Jrt, won'n die Lehren und Meinungen dieses Gesetzgebers
von Gott, Welt, Natur, Mmschen; ingleiclzen die Ceremonien des heiligen Dienstes
der Parsen usf. aufbehalten sind.
Zoroaster, as "lawgiver," unites in one system the rules of "God" and of
the "world," that is, the moral and religious laws (vol. 2) and the
"cosmogony" of the Parsecs (vol. 3). For Kant, it is "man as thinking being
in the world" who unites the two fundamental yet "heteronomous" ideas of
transcendental philosophy - God and the world - in one system. In posit
ing itself as both a physical and a moral being, man thinks both God and
world in "real opposition" and yet combines "both objects in one subject"
(1st fascicle, sheet II, page 3). In this way, the principles of theoretical and
practical reason, hence the laws of the phenomenal and noumenal realms,
are combined into the system of transcendental philosophy.
Since man in this sense, as the "copula" between God and world, is "the
ideal, the archetype (prototypon), of a man adequate to duty" (lst fascicle,
sheet IV, page I ), Zoroaster can perhaps be seen as representing that ideal:
"Zoroaster: the ideal of the physical [theoretical] as well as moral-practical
reason united in one sense object" (AK 2 I :4. I 6-7, not included).
I 48 See ) F. Blumenbach, Handbuch der Naturgeschiclzte, ch. XII, v: "Many
.

alluminous fossils, when breathed on, emit a peculiar argillaceous aroma.

The softer ones generally adhere to the tongue, and many absorb water,
thereby becoming tenacious."
I 49 See note 1 06.
I so Karl Reusch ( I 776- I 8 I J), oldest son of Kant's colleague, the professor of
physics Carl Daniel Reusch ( I 73S-I 8o6). Karl Reusch had attended
Kant's lectures in I 793-4, then studied medicine in Berlin and Vienna
where he worked with Georg Joseph Beer and Franz Joseph Gall. In I 8oo,
he returned to Konigsberg and set up hisclf as a general practitioner.
Kant, eager to hear about Gall's craniology and especially about the new
theory of galvanism that Reusch applied to medicine, frequently invited him
to his luncheon table (see Christian Friedrich Reusch, "Historische Erinne
rungen," Neue Preussische Provinzial-Bliitter 6 ( I 848), pp. 293-4). In I 8o i ,
Reusch became editor of the Intelligenzblatt of the Konigsbergische Gelehrten
und Politische Zeitung.
I51 Johann Friedrich Gensichen ( I 759- I 807), since 1 795 Professor o f Mathe
matics in Konigsberg. A former student of Kant, Gensichen was particu
larly close to Kant during the last years of the philosopher's life. In I 798,
Kant bequeathed his library to Gensichen.
The phrase "income from the university" concerns the Special Salarien
Etat of the Prussian government, according to which the university had to

28 4
 FAC T U A L N O T E S

report the entire income o f their employees from time to time s o that the
civilian budget for the province could be determined. As accountant of the
University of Konigsberg, Gensichen was responsible for collecting the
required information. The present inquiry seems to be for the new budget
r So1 -7 that was confirmed on june I , ISO ! . See A. Warda, "Ergiinzungen
zu E. Fromms zweitem und drittem Beitrage zur Lebensgeschichtc Kants,"
inA/tpreussische Monatsschrifi 3S ( I 90I), pp. 4I S-2 I. (I owe this information
to Werner Stark.)
I52 Practices i n mineralogical classification have changed since Kant's day in
such a way as to allow only a free translation of this sentence: "Granit
bcstehcnd aus Quarz, Fcldspat u. Glimmer enthiilt im Glimmer die Mica
welche im russischen Glas davon es grosse Tafeln und Fenster cler
Seeschiffe giebt anzutreffen."
Kant is probably referring to an article in Fr. von Zach's Monatliche
Correspondenz zur Beforderung der Erd- und Himmelskunde, May I So 1 (sec
note I 56) in which the problem of the proper classification of the mineral
"Glimmer" is discussed. See, e.g., p. 495 : "Glimmer (Mica), a member of
the clay family, whose popular name 'Russian Glass' was occasioned by its
customary use in that country as a surrogate for glass, especially in ships'
port-holes, lanterns, and so on." ("Auszug aus einem astronomischcn
Tagebuche, geftihrt auf einer Reise nach Celie, Bremen und Lilienthal im
September I Soo.")
"Russian glass" is the mineral muscovite, KA1 Si3 0,0(0H)2, a member of
3
the mica [Glimmer] group, characterized by a highly perfect cleavage that
allows it to be split into excessively thin, clear, and transparent sheets. The
mineral was named in 1 S5 o by E. S. Dana from another of its popular
names, Muscovy-glass, after the Russian province Muscovy.
I 53 See Horace, Epistulae, I, I, 6o: "IIic murus aenus csto: nil conscire sibi,
nulla pallesccre culpa." [Be this our wall of bronze: to be conscious of no
guilt, not to turn pale with any guilt.]
I54 Genesis I :26-3 r : "And God said, Let u s make man i n our image, after our
likeness. . . . And it was so. And God saw everything that he had made, and,
behold, it was very good."
I 55 Kant's sentence is ambiguous: "System des transsc. Idealisms durch
Schelling, Spinoza, Lichtenberg u. gleichsam 3 Dimensionen: Die Gegcn
wart, Vergangenheit u. Zukunft." It also permits the following rendering:
"System of transcendental idealism by Schelling, Spinoza, Lichtenberg,
and, as it were, three dimensions: present, past, and future." In this case,
the three names would represent past, present, and future states of the
system of transcendental idealism, and in the literature this is always as
sumed to be Kant's meaning.
I diverge from this reading for the following reason: T\vo pages later
Kant explicitly refers to a review of Schelling's .System des transzendentalen
!dealismus ( 1 Soo) in Nos. S 2 and S3 of the Erlanger Litteratur Zeitung. This
review, which appeared on April 2S and 29, I So I, contains a lengthy discus
sion of the emergence of the three temporal dimensions in Schelling's
theory of self-positing. Thus, for example, the reviewer writes: "The ideal
I, as the originally positing I, has posited, with this original positing, every-

2S5
 FAC T U A L N O T E S

thing that i s and will be. But i t cannot intuit itself as such without finding
itself in the present. Consequently, there arises for it the idea of a necessary
.
succession. . . . This is the present, through which inner intuition as time,
and outer intuition as space arise - without being intuited as such by the I.
I f they are to be intuited as such, the present must be conjoined with the
past and the future, i.e. time must be intuited as extended magnitude,
hence as synthetically united with space" (pp. 654-5).
Kant's use of the terms "presen,t, past, and future" - especially in that
order - suggests that he is here also thinking of (the review of) Schelling's
book, rather than about three stages of transcendental idealism. (Lehmann,
who subscribes to the standard view, assumes that Kant has made a slip of the
pen, and that "present" should go with "Lichtenberg," "past" with "Spi
noza," and "future" with "Schelling"; sec AK :1.2:796, note to zr :87.:1.9-3 1 .)
156 Alexander von Humboldt (1 769- 1 859), who traveled through South Amer
ica in I 799- I 804, reported his observations in two letters of September 1
and November 1 7, I799 to Fr. von Zach, who published them in his
Monatliche Correspondenz zur Beforderung der Erd- und Himmlskunde, vaL I ,
Gotha I 8oo, pp. 3 92-425 (see Rink's note i n Kant's Physical Geography,
AK 9:233). The passage Kant quotes is on pp. 4 1 1 -I 3 ; it is also printed in
the Annalen der Physik VI (r8oo), p. r 88. There is an error in Kant's
transcription: On the second day, the barometer rises again until nine
o'clock, not eleven.
Hasse, in his memoir of Kant's conversations with his luncheon guests at
the time, recalls: "Of Hornemann's and von Humboldt's journeys he [i.e.,
Kant) spoke so often" (Kants letzte Ausserungen, p. 3 m). Hornemann trav
eled through Africa at the same time; his experiences were also reported in
the Monatliche Co"espondenz.
I57 Kant's reason for recording these two names i s unclear. Jean Baptista van
Helmont (1577-I644), alchemist, philosopher, medical man, and a fol
lower of Paracelsus. Van Helmont introduced the term gas for the third
state of aggregation. With respect to living things, he often spoke of the
archeus as the vitalizing principle (see note I 05).
Scipio Claramontius ( I 5 65-1 653), Italian philosopher, mathematician,
and priest. Kant owned his book De universo, Coloniae Agrippinae, I 644
(see Warda, Immanuel Kants Bucher, p. 27). Claramontan's scientific works
are discussed in A. Kistner's Geschichte der Mathematik, vol. 4, Gottingen
1 8oo, pp. 1 20-23 .
I58 A n excerpt from a brief article by Johann Wilhelm Ritter, "Chemische
Polaritat im Licht. Ein mittelbares Resultat der neuern Untersuchungen
iiber den Galvanismus," in No. I 6 of the lntelligenzblatt of the Erlanger
Litteratur Zeitung, April 1 8, I 80 I , pp. I 2 I -3 .
Ritter reports o f his experiments to demonstrate that a t both ends of the
prismatic spectrum, there are more (invisible) colors, and he concludes:
"Sunlight in an undivided state is a neutralisation of the two ultimate
determining grounds of all chemical activity: oxygenity and deoxygenity
equals hydrogenity. . . . It will be the result of an extensive empirical
[foktisch] investigation to demonstrate, according to their respective princi
ples, the polarity of chemistry, electricity, galvanism, magnetism, heat, etc.,

286
 FAC T U A L N O T E S

as One and the Same i n All. This One and All i n its purest, freest manifesta
tion is light - a proposition that can no longer be deemed a mere opinion"
{p. I 23).
I59 Farther down o n this page, Kant notes: "Yesterday, that is, Monday, July 27
( I 80 I ] .
1 60 Kant's colleague F. T. Rink, the editor of Mancherley zur Geschichte der
metacritischen Invasion (I 8oo; see note 44), reports in the preface to this
work {p. xviii): "that the Italian Academy of Literature, Science and the
Arts elected [Kant] as one of its twenty foreign members on April 4, I 798."
161 See note I 55
1 62 On sheet X, page I , Kant wrote the following (deleted) passage: "Lampe
forced a bonus for the first quarter of I 8o2 from me yesterday, and forced
me to enter it on my writing-slate, with my own hand" (AK 2 I : I 28).
Martin Lampe, Kant's servant for forty years, was dismissed in January
I 802. When asked by his friends for the reason, Kant gave no explanation:
"Lampe has so offended me that I am ashamed to say" (Wasianski, Imman
uel Kant in seinen letzten Lebensjahren, p. 260). But the passage from sheet X,
together with one of Kant's Gediichtniszettel (memory note), permit a recon
struction of the event that led to Lampe's dismissal. (The Gediichtniszettel
was first published as "Beilage B" in A. Warda, "Die Kant-Manuskripte im
Prussia-Museum," Altpreussische Monatsschriji 36 ( 1 899), pp. 337-67.)
Lampe received for his services a quarterly payment of 1 o thaler, plus an
occasional bonus, "so that he shall neglect nothing in the observance of his
duties" ("Beilage B," p. 349). In the summer of I 80 I , Kant apparently lost
track of the payments. According to the Gediichtniszettel, he paid Lampe's
salary for the quarter "June, July, August," but then again, one month later,
for the quarter "July, August, September." Lampe also managed to get from
Kant no less than 10 bonuses of 2 thaler each between June 2 and August
20.
In November 1 80 I, Kant asked Wasianski to take care of his financial
affairs and instructed Lampe to receive his pay from Wasianski. (See
Wasianski, pp. 246-9, 256-6o.) Because this put an end to his bonuses, in
January 1802 Lampe must have forced from Kant another bonus, and made
him enter the amount in the list of expenditures. Lampe's dismissal led to
significant changes in Kant's daily life (see Wasianski, pp. 256-64); in a
way, it also marked the end of Kant's "coherent" work on the Opus
postumum. Kant's loyalty to Lampe continued, however: On condition that
he never set foot into Kant's house again, Lampe received a lifelong annual
pension of 40 thaler. On page 3 of the same sheet (X) of the 1st fascicle,
Kant wrote melancholically, "A brain [Kopj] - a brush [Pinsel, from Eillfalts
pinsel, a simpleton]. A brain is one who can do something original [aus
eigenen Krafien] . A brush, one who must be led by the hand" (AK 2 1 : 1 34;
see also Critique of]udgment, 47, 5 :308, and Anthropology, 49, 7 : 2 I o).
See note I I 4
1 63 Lucan, Pharsalia, ix, 578-8o: "Has God any dwelling-place save earth and
sea, the air of heaven and virtuous hearts? Why seck we further for deities?
All that we sec is God; every motion we make is God also" (translation by].
D. Duff).

287
 FA C T U A L N O T E S

1 64 Hasse, (Kants letzte Aussenmgen, pp. 1 4- 1 5), reports that in 1 803 Kant
began to tire of life. In the course of one of their conversations, Kant said:
"Life is a burden to me; I am weary of carrying it. If the angel of death were
to come to me tonight and call me away, I would say: Praise be to God! I am
no poltron; I still have strength enough to take my own life, but I would
consider it immoral. Anyone who kills himself is just a scoundrel, throwing
himself on the scrap heap . . Poltron is actually pollex troncatus (a dis
. .

severed thumb). Those who were recruited cut off their right thumbs out of
fear of military service, so that they would be unable to place the charge on
the priming pan and would, therefore, be useless to the service; that is why
they were called pol-troncs, that is, poltrons." (See also Kant's Anthropology,
AK 7:zs6n.)

288
 Glossary

ENGLISH - G ERMAN

affect ajfizieren
alteration A ndernng; Veriitzderung
analysis Scheidung
apparentness Apparentz
attraction Anziehung
authority Befugnis

brittle sprode

caloric Wiirmemateria/; Wiirmestofi

change Wechse/
characteristic Merkmal
coercible sperrbar
cohesion Zusammmhang
combination Verbindung
combine verbindm
command(ment) Gebot
command of duty Pjlichtgebot
commission and omission Tun uttd Lassen
compilation Stoppelung
composition Zusammensetzung
connection Verklliipfimg
contact Beruhrnng
corpuscle Korperchen; Korpuskel

demonstrable erweislich
density Dichtigkeit
desire Begierde
dissolution Aujliisung
doctrinal system Lehrsystem
ductile streckbar

elementary system Elementarsystem

endure fortwiihren
ether A ther
excitability Erregbarkeit
exhaustible erschopjbar

28 9
 G L O S S A RY

expansion Ausspannung
expansive force Ausspannungskrafi

fabric Gewebe
fantasize schwiirmen
feign dichten
fiber Faser; Strahl
final end l;:'ndzweck
fluidity Fliissigkeit
. fluxionary fluxionistisch
formation Hi/dung; Gestaltung
formative force bildende Kraft
formative means Bildungsmittel
friction Reibung

general physics allgemeine Physik

impact Stoss
impel antreiben
impulse Antrieb
incentive Triebftder
insert hinein/egen
intermediate space Mittelraum; Zwischenraum
invent dichten
irrevocable unablenkbar

lamina Bliittchen; Platte

luminosity Lichtreiz
luster Glanz

material Stoff
mediating concept M ittelbegriff

necessitation Notigung
nonbeing Nichtsein

occupy einnehmen
original urspn'ing/ich
original being Urwesen

penetrative force durchdringende Kraft

piecemeal stiickweise
plates Blatter
posit setzen
precipitation Niederschlag
presentation Darstellung
pressure Drnck

290
 G L O S S A RY

primary material Grundstoff; Urstoff

primordial uranfonglich
propagation Fortpfianzung
pulsation Klopfung

rarefaction Lockerheit
reaction Gegenverhiiltnis; Gegenwirkung
repugnance Abscheu
repulsion Abstossung; Zuriickstossung
rigid starr

segment Scheibe
self-positing Selbstsetzung
sensible sinnlich; spurbar
solid ftst
sound Schall
special physics besondere Physik
superficial force Fliichenkraji

tendency Bestrebung
texture Gefoge
thing in itself Ding an sich
thing [Sache] in itself Sache an sich
thoroughgoing determination durchgiingige Bestimmung
thought-object Gedankending
totality All, das; Allheit
transcendent iiberschwenglich
transition Ubergang; Uberschtitt

ubiquitous allgegenwiirtig
unify vereinigen

velocity Geschwindigkeit
vibration Erschiitterung
viscosity Klebrigkeit
vital feeling Lebensgefohl
vital force Lebenskrafi

whole Ganze, das; Gesamtheit

world-system Weltsystem

G E RM A N - E N G L I S H

abgesondert separate, isolated

Abriss outline
Abscheu repugnance
abschiessen discharge

291
 GLOS S ARY

absichtlich (gebildet) (arranged) intentional(ly)

Abstossung repulsion
Ather ether
affizieren affea
All, das totality
allbefassend all-embracing
allbegreifend all-comprehending
allbewegend all-mffVing
allgegenwartig ubiquitous
Allgemeingiiltigkeit universal validity
Allgemeinheit universality; generality
Allheit totality
allverbreitet universally distributed
allvermi:igend omnipotent
Anbeginn outset
Anlage disposition
Annaherung approach; approximation
Anschauungsart mode of intuition
anschiessen crystallize
antrdben impel
Antrieb impulse
Anziehung attraction
Aufgabe problem
aufheben abolish
Aufli:isung dissolution; resolution
Ausdehnung expansion; extension
Ausspannung expansion

Befugnis authority
Begierde desire
Beriihrung contaa
Beschaffenheit property; characteristic; constitution
beschranken restrict
Bestandstiick component
Bestimmung purpose; determination; vocation; fimc
tion
Bestrebung tendency
Bewegungskraft motive force
bildende Kraft fomzativeforce
Bildungsmittel fomative means
Blattchen lamina
Blatter plates

Darstellung presentation
dehnbar stretchable
Dichte density
dichten feign; invmt

292
 G L O S S A RY

Druck pressure
durchdringen penetrate; permeate
durchgangig thoroughgoing

einnehmen (Raum) occupy (space)

einsaugen absorb
Einteilung division; differentiation
Einzelheit individuality
Einzigheit uniqueness
Empfanglichkeit receptivity
Endzweck final end
e rftillen (Raum) jill (space)
Erkcnntnis knowledge, cognition
Erkenntnisstiick cognition, elentent oj'kn01vledge
Errcgbarkeit excitability
erschi:iptbar exhaustible
Erschiitterung vibration
erteilen communicate; transmit

Faser fiber
fest solid
Flachenkraft superficialforce
fliissig fluid
Formate, das formal element

Ganze, das whole

Gattung; -sbegriff genus; generic concept
Gebot command; commandment
Gedankending thought-entity; figment ofthe imagina
tion
Geftige texture
Gesamtheit whole
Geschwindigkeit velocity; speed
Gesinnung character; disposition
Gestaltung formation
Gewebe fobric
Gewicht weight
Glanz luster
gleichartig homogeneous
gleichformig uniform
Grenze limit; bountkry
Grosse magnitude; quantity; size
Grundstoff primary material

herausheben extract
hineinlegen insert; put in

293
 G L O S S A RY

Inbegriff complex; sum

Klopfung pulsation
Korperchen corpuscles
Korperwelt world ofbodies

Lebensgeftihl vitalfeeling
Lebenskraft vita/force
Lebensprinzip vital principle
Leere, das void: the empty
Lehrsatz theorem; proposition
Lichtreiz luminosity
Lockerheit rarefaaion

Maschinenwesen mechanism
Materialien ingredients
Menge amount; quantity; number; multitude
Mittelbegriffe mediating concepts

Naturding thing ofnature

Naturkunde stlldy ofnature
Naturwissenschaft science ofnatllre; natural science
Notigung necessitation

ortveriindernd displaceable; locomotive

Pflichtgebot command ofduty

Potenz power

Raumesgriisse spatial magnitude

Raumesinhalt volume
Reibung friaion
reinlegen insert

Sache an sich thing {Sache] in itself

Satz proposition; principle; thesis
schiitzen [direa:] measure; [indirect:] calculate;
estimate
Schall sound
Scheibe slice; segment
Scheidung analysis
Schranke bound
schwiirmen fantasize
Schwere gravity; heaviness
setzen posit
sperrbar coercible
spiirbar sensible

294
 G LOSSARY

starr . rigid
Stelle position; location
Stoff material
Stoppelung compilation
Stoss impact
Strahlen fibers, rays

Triebfeder incentive
Tun und Lassen commision and omission

Obergang transition
ii berschwenglich transcendent
unablenkbar irrevocable
Unding impossibility; absurdity; nonentity
uranfanglich primordial
Urheber author; originator
urspriinglich original
Urstoff primary material
Urwesen original being

Veranderung alteration
verbinden combine
Verbindung combination
verbreitet distributed
verdrangen drive out
vereinigen unite
Vcrkniipfung connection
Vernunftschluss syllogism

Wagbarkeit ponderosity
Wiirmestoff; Wiirmematerial caloric
Wechsel change

Zuriickstossung repulsion
Zusammenhang cohesion
Zusammensetzung composition
Zweck purpose; end
Zweckmiissigkeit purposiveness
Zwischenraum intermediate space

2 95
 Concordance

AK 2 I This volume AK 2 I This volume

pages pa ges pages pages

6. I 2 - I 3 256 24 1 . I - I 7 79
7 I - I 8 256 307 . 20 -3 I 2 . I 5 23-6
9 9-37 - 29 2 I 8-39 373 I -376. I 8 I 0- 1 2
40. I - I 2 240 378 7 -3 7 9 6 I2
4 I . I 6-27 240 386.27-389 . I I I 2-4
f4. I 0-23 240-I 402 . 1 1 -4 I 2.9 1 4- 2 2
50. I -53 . I 4 2 4 I -4 4 I 5 . I -4 I 6.5 3
59 I - 2 6 244 4I7.I-IO 4
6 1 . 1 1 -26 244- 5 453 I 8-460-4 5-9
7 8 . I - 85 4 245-50 47 4 I -47 8.26 39-4 2
86.2o-88.25 250-2 48 I .25.-484.7 43-4
9 1 . 1 5-94 25 2 5 2 -4 5 2 I . I -5 27. I 6 34- 8
97 2 3 -29 254 548 . I 4-5 5 1 . 6 79-8I
99 I 8 - 2 2 255 55 1 . 26 - 5 5 3 . I 7 8I-2
1 5 5 . I 6- I 5 6. 27 2 5 5 -6 5 8 1 . 1 2-58 7.4 90-3
I 8 I .5 - I 86. I 2 58-6 I 589. 9-590 . I 2 94
206.25-23 1 .7 62-77 6o1 .5 -6o5 . I 3 95 -7
23 1 .27 - 2 3 3 . I 4 n -8

2 96
 CONCOR DANCE

A K 22 This volume AK 22 This volume

pages pages pages pages

1 1 . 1 - 1 3 .4 1 70- 1 3 53 6-3 s 6. 1 1 1 1 3- I S
28. 1 - 29. 1 S 1 7 1 -2 3 s6 . 24-3S 9 1 3 I l S-I ?
3 0.23-34 8 1 7 2-S 367 . 1 -368.4 I 17-18
3 6. 1 0-3 9 S 17 S-7 372 .29-373 33 I 1 8- 1 9
40. 1 -4 1 . 6 1 77-8 377 - s-378.24 1 1 9-20
43 7-44 28 1 78 - 9 383 S-384.29 1 20-1
48. 1 o-6o.2 s 2 10-17 40 5 . 1 4 -409 . 1 0 1 2 1 -4
76 4-89 . 1 2 1 8S-94 4 1 3 . 1 - 4 1 7 1 0 1 79-82
9S S- I 0 1 .3 1 94-8 4 1 8.6-42 1 .30 1 82- s
1 04. 1 - I OS .29 1 98-9 433 2S-436 3 1 1 59-6 1
I I S S- 1 3 1 .6 200-9 4 3 9 1 -445 2 1 1 6 1 -5
1 3 S . 1 - 1 3 6. 1 3 4S 446.2 S-4SO. I I 1 65-7
1 3 8 . 1 - 1 3 9 23 46-7 45 1 . 1 -4 S 2 . 2 2 ! 68-9
1 4 1 . 1 - 1 42 . 1 9 47-8 453 1 - 4 S S 2 3 1 24-6
1 46. 1 - 1 47 1 6 48-9 4s 6. I 4-461 .29 1 26-30
I 48.6- I 49.6 49-SO 463 . 1 -467.8 1 30-2
! 88 . 1 - 1 9 so- l 473 20 -476. 1 2 1 3 3 -4
I 89.20- 1 94 1 S S I -4 477 1 4-48 1 .23 1 3 4- 7
1 99 1 S - 20 I .6 S4-S 487.27 -49S I 2 1 37 - 42
206. I -2 I S 30 23-34 496. I -SO S I 3 1 42-8
239 5 -242.23 s s -8 so6. 1 4- so9.20 1 48-so
282 . 1 2-283,3 1 100- 1 S l i . I O-S I 7. 1 S I S 0-4
29 1 . 1 2 - 292 . 1 4 101-2 S I 7 . 2S -S I 9 . 1 2 I S 4- S
294 27-29 S 20 1 02 s24 . 1 -s2 6.4 I S S -6
298. 1 9 -3 0 1 . 1 S 102-4 S 28 . 1 S - S 3 0. I 8 I S 7-8
3 I 7. 20-322 .30 I OS-8 s 3 s . I 6- sJ 6. s I S8
3 24 - 4 - 3 27 3 108- I o S43 1 -S S S I O 82-90
340. 1 9-344 28 1 1 0- 1 3 609.25-6 1 2 .7 97-9

297
 Index

NAMES
Abegg, J. F., 27 1 Dietz, ]. C. F., 27 5
Ackermann, J. F., 2 5 8 Dilthey, W., xxi
Adickes, E., xvi, xxi-xxiv, xxvi-xxvii, xlviii, Dohna, F. E., Rcichgraf von, 269
xlix, li, Iii, !iii, 257, 2 5 8, 262-3, 265,
27 1 , 275 . 277 279 . 2 8 1 Eberhard, J. A., 267-8
Aenesidcmus, 1 96, 1 98, 2 2 9 , 234, 278 Ehrenboth, F. L., 269
Alembert,J. L. d', 83, 264, 266-7 Epicurus, 69
Anselm of Canterbury, 2 8 1 Erdmann, B., li
Aquinas, T., 265 Erhard, J. B., 2 7 1
Aratus, 2 8 1 Erxleben, J . C. P., 2 5 9
Archimedes, 264 Euclid, 1 88, 2 4 7 , 269, 277
Aristotle, 264, 276, 277 Euler, L., 32, 35, 26 1 , 262, 266
Arnoldt, E., xviii-xx, xlix, 1i
Fichte, J. G., 262, 264, 278, 2 8 1
Baum, G., Iii
Fischer, ]. C . , 264
Baumgarten, A. G., 269
Fischer, K., xv, xviii-xx, xlix, I, li
Bayerer, W. G., Iii
Fontaine, B. F. L., 266
Beck, ]. S., xxxvi-xxxvii, xxxix, liv, lv, 1 1 4,
Fontenelle, B. L. B. de, 266
27 1 -2
Friedrich Wilhelm II, king of Prussia, 263,
Beer, G. J., 2 84
270
Berkeley, G., xxxi -xxxi ii
Friedrich Wilhelm Ill, king of Prussia, xvii,
Bernoulli, J., 2 s8, 266
xxvi, 2 8 1
Blumenbach, J. F., 273, 284
Boerhaave, H., 26 1 , 2 7 1
Borelli, G. A . , 2 6 1 Galileo, 1 1 3 , 1 3 5 , 1 5 7, 264
Brahl, J . , 2 7 1 Gall, F. ]., 284
Brandis, ]. D., 2 5 8 , 273 Garve, C., xvi, xlviii, 44, 263
Brown, ]., 1 03, 1 2 2, 270- 1 , 273 Gchlen, A. F., 275
Brydone, P., 272 Gehlcr, J. S. T., 32 , 2 5 8, 260, 2 6 1 , 263-4,
Buchenau, A., xxii-xxiv, li, Iii 268-9, 280
Buffon, G. L. L., Comte de, 266 Gensichen, J. F., xlviii, 247, 284-5
Goethe, ]. W. von, I, 272
Camper, P., 66, 67, 264-5 Gossler, G. von, xix, xlix
Chladni, E. F. F., 2 5 7 Gravina Agliata, Ferdinando Francesco,
Clairaut, A. C . , 266 prince of Palagonia, 1 20, 272
Claramontius, S., 2 5 1 , 286 Gren, D. F. A. C., 260
Classen, A., I Guttmann, B., li
Cullen, W., 1 22, 273
Czygan, P., 2 8 1 Haensell, P., xviii-xx, xlviii
Haering, T., Iii
Dana, E . S., 285 Hagen, C. G., xxvi, 259, 2 7 5
Darwin, E., 1 22, 269-70, 283 Hales, S., 257
Descartes, R., 52 Haller, A. von, 103, 1 04, 2 6 1 , 271
Diderot, D., 266 Hamann, ]. G., 265
Diels, H., li Hartknoch, J. F., 284

299
 INDEX

Hasse, ). G., xvi, xvii, xxvi, xxviii, xlviii, li, Maupertuis, P. L. M. d e , 266
!iii, 284, 286, 288 Mayer, T., 260
Haym, R., xlviii Meiners, C., 1 77, 277
Helmont,). B. van, 25 1, 277, 286 Mellin, G. S. A., 278
Herder, ). G., 73 , 265, 283 Mendelssohn, M., 269
Herz, 1\1., liv . Menzer, P., li, Iii
Hess, J. L. von, 2 20, 280 Michelangelo, 276
Hildebrandt, F., 1 3 6, 273 Milton, J., 2 7 4
Hippocrates, 1 67 , 2 24, 2 5 1 Motherby, R., 263
Horace, 285
Hornemann, F. K., 286 Napoleon, xvii, 270, 2 7 1
Houel, J., 272 Newton, I . , 43, 5 1 , 63 , 82 , 1 03 , 1 25 , 1 3 5 ,
Hiibschmann, T. M., xxvi 1 3 8, 1 39. 1 40, I S I -S, I S 7 , 1 88, I 90,
Humboldt, A. von, 2 5 1 , 286 I 93, 205 , 2 I 4, 2 I 6, 225, 23 7 . 242, 248,
Humboldt, W. von, 274 25 1 , 261-2, 264
Hume, D., 278 Nicolovius, F., 27 1 -3
Huygens, C., 1 03 , 1 3 5 , 1 57, 28 1 Niethammer, 1., 262

Ovid, 260, 279

Jachmann, R. B., xvii, xlv, xlviii, 272
Jacobi, F. H., 269
Patagonia, prince of, see Gravina Agliata
Juvenal, 277, 2 8 1
Paracelsus, 277, 286
Parrot, G. F., xxvi
Kastner, A . G . , 8 3 , 2 4 3 , 2 5 7 , 263-4, 266 -
Paul the Apostle, 279, 2 8 I , 282
8, 286
Pflugk-Harttung, J. von, xlix, Iii
Kant, J. H. (brother), xvii
Poerschke, K. L., xxvi, 220, 28 I
Karsten, W. J. G., 259
Kepler, ]., 1 03 , 1 3 5 , 1 5 2 -5 , 1 5 7 Rcccard, G. C., 243, 282
Kiesewetter, J . G . C . C., xvi, xvii, xxiv, Rcicke, R., xv, xviii-xxiii, J(Jcviii, xlix, li, 262
xxviii, xxxv, xxxvi , xlviii, Iii, Iiii, 265 Rei!,). C., 2 5 8
Knutzen, M., 260 Reinhold, K. L . , xxxv, 278
Kraus, C. ]., xlviii, 2 20, 278, 280 Reusch, C. D., 247, 284
Krause, A., xix-xxiii, xlviii-li Reusch, K., 247, 284
Kries, F., 279 Rink, F. T., !iii, 265, 269, 278, 286, 287
Ritter, J. W., 252, 286
Lagarde, F. T., Iii Romer, 0., 2 I s , 280
Lagrange, J.-L., 266 Rohd, J. F. von, xxvi
Lambert, J. H., xxix, liv Rudolf August, duke of Braunschweig and
Lampe, M., 279, 287 Liineburg, 260
Laplace, P. S., 1 8, 27, 28, 258 Rumford, B. T., Count, 259
Lasswitz, K., I
Lavoisier, A.-L., 275 Scheele, C. W., 33, 26 I , 280
Lehmann, G., xxiii-xxiv, xlviii, xlix, li, Iii, Schehallien, Mount, 3 3 , 2 6 I - 2
264-5 , 286 Schelling, F . W. )., 24 I , 2 5 4 , 270, 274-5 ,
Leibniz, G. W., 2 1 , 25 9-60 285-6
Lessing, E., 269 Schiller, F.;274, 283-4
Lichto-nberg, G. C., xvii, xlviii, 2 1 3, 234, Schlettwein , ). A., xlviii, 2 8 1
240, 242, 243, 25 1 , 279-80, 282, 285-6 Schoen, C. C . , xvii,
Lichtenberg, L. C., 279 Schroder, C. G., 263
Linnaeus, C., 1 3 9, 1 43 , 1 45 , 258-9, 27 3 Schubert, F. W., xlviii
Lucan, 287 Schulenburg,). C., 259
Schultz, J., xvii, 220, 277, 278, 280-1
Maier, H., li, Iii Schulze, G. E., 278
Maimon, S., 278 Selle, C. G., 277-8
Malebranche, N., 279 Seneca, 280
Malter, R., Iii Siimmering, S. T., '261
Maskelyne, N., 2 6 1 -2 Spinoza, B., 2 1 3 , 2 1 4, 2 1 6, 220, 2 2 1 , 222,
Mathieu, V., Iii 224, 2 2 5 , 228, 236, 2 4 1 , 242, 25 1 , 2 5 5 ,
Matthew the Apostle, 275, z 8 2 2 5 8 , 269, 279, 28o, 285-6

300
 INDEX

Staudlin, K . F. , 269 Voltaire, F. M. A. de, 266

Stark, W., li, Iii, 28 5 Vorlander, K., li, 283
Statius, 2 8 1
Warda, A., 2 6 1 , 266, 274, 277, 285, 286, 287
Thaeatetus, 1 65, 1 66, 1 70 Waschkies, H . -J., Iii, 266, 275
Tiedemann, D., 27 5 Wasianski, E. A. C., xvii, xxviii, xlviii, Iii,
'Iburcllc, E., 275 !iii, liv, 220, 27 1 , 275, 279, 2 8 1 , 287
Tuschling, B., 262- 3 Werkmeister, W. H., li
Wolff, C., 83, 96, 268, 269
Ulrich, J. A. H., 278, 28o Worm, F. W., 240, 282

Vaihinger, H., li, liii Zach, E von, 285, 286

Villers, C. F. D. de, liii, 278 Zedler, J. H., 2 8 1
Virgil, 273. 283 Zoroaster, 245, 255, 284

SUBJECTS
amphiboly, 1 02, 108, 1 1 0, 1 1 2, 1 1 4, I 3 8, chemistry, 5, 4 7 , so, I 67
I 99 cohesion, s, I 0- 1 2, I 4, I 6, 20- 1 , 24, 26,
animal, 30, 64, 86, I O I , I 1 8 , I 40, I 45, 30- I , 33-4, 37, 46-9; possibility of, 4-
1 8 2 , I 97 205, 2 I 4- I 6 , 221, 224, 237. 5 10, I 2, I 8; as superficial force, 3
248-9 continuum fonnarum, I oo, 2 I 6
appearance: of appearance, 1 06 - I o, I I 6- corpuscular philosophy, see atomism
I 7 i direct, 106, I I O, I 1 7 , I93i indirect, cosmology, 8; transcendental, 2 27
1 06, 1 1 0, 1 1 2, I I 7 - I 8, I 93 cosmotheology, 2 2 1 , 223
archeus, I 84 cosmotheoros, 8z, 23 5
astronomy, 83 Critique oj'Pure Reason, 236
atomism, 28, 3 I , 5 3 , 67, 69, 8 I , 89, 94, 98, crystallization, I 6, 2 I , 24, 32, 3 5 , 42, 49,
1 08, I I I , I 301 I 3 3 1 1 3 7, 1 49, I 6 I , I 94, s o, 1 20
1 95 . 224
autonomy, I 65 , I 82, I 9 I , 2 0 I , 244, 248, 2 5 3 demiurge, 1 75, 1 77, zoo, 2 I 2, 2 I 3 , 236
density, 3, I O, 29, 40, 48; difference in,
balance, I 9 , 2 0 , 2 8 , 3 0 1 0 - 1 1 , 3 I , 89
body, o u r own, 6s-6, 9 4 , I O I , I I O, I I 6- desire, 6s-6, 1 45 , 1 48, 2 2 8
I 8, 1 201 1 25 , I 3 7 devil, 2 3 9
dissolution, s , IO- I J , I 6, 2 1
carbon, I S O, I S 6 droplet formation, 34-42
caloric, I 2, 20, 26, 3 2 -7, 40, 42, 46-so,
55, 57, 7 I , 86, 96, 1 00, I 2 1 , 1 25, 1 28- electricity, 1 0, 33-4, 1 62, I 67
9, I 3 1 , I 37 I 40, I S O, I S 6, I 6 I , 162, ether, 1 0- 1 3 , I 6 , 33-4, 5 3 , 69, 7 1 , 74, 1 84,
209; as actual, 87, 89, 93 , 95, 97i attri 1 90, 205, 208; as hypothetical being, zo6
butes of, 34, 92, 97-8; as basis of mov evil, 204, 2 1 2
ing forces, 73, 78-So, 82, 89, 93, 97, excitability, 66, I 03-4, 1 42
I 3 5 i as categorically given, 9 I i as cause existence, Z I , I 73, I 83 , 1 94, zoo, 203; as
of expansion, 92; deduction of, 93; defini absolute position, 86; of oneself, 230,
tion of, 97; as expansive matter, I 3 i as 254; in space and time, 1 62, I 89, 190,
hypostatized space, 7 I , 73, 74; as hypo 192, 1 9 5 , 2 1 7; as thoroughgoing determi
thetical being, 208, 2 I I , 243 ; is not hy nation, z i , 8o, 88, 9 1 , 9 3 , 96, 1 42-4,
pothesis, 69, 76, So, 9 I , 93, 99; as per I 64, 1 67-8, 1 88, 1 9 1 , 193, I 96; totality
ceptible space, 73, 76, 8z; as place of, zos; of world, 195
holder, 238; and possible experience, 67,
74, 76, 8 I , 89, 90, 92, 97i as postulate, feeling, 1 20, 1 45, I 52, I 58, 20 I , 226, 228,
76, I 34i as principle of understanding, 246
16 I; as qualitas occulta, 3 7 final cause, 59-6 1 , 85, I 97, 206
capillary tube, s, 2 I , 24, 3 2 , 3 5 fin end, 83, I 3 5 , 243, 2 5 5

301
 I NDEX

fire-element, 20 instinct, 1 87, 205, 223

force: centrifugal, 29, JO, 43, 5 1, 1 4 1 , 1 53, intermediary concepts, 25, 37, 39
1 57; centripetal, 29, 1 53, 1 57; dead, 1 2- irritability 1 03 -4
1 6, 2 1 , 24-s. 29, 3 1 , 35, 46, 48, s o, 59;
derivative, 5 1 , 55, 57, 74i living, 5, 12- judgment, 1 75, 177, 1 94-5, 199, zoo, 220,
1 5 1 24 -S , J 0- 1 , 3 4. 40, 46 , 4 8 -so, sg, 23 1 ; disjunctive, 1 1 6, 1 20, 2 1 9
224; penetrative, 13, 17, 1 9, 24, 33, 55,
s8, 1 24i primitive, 51, ss. 57 74i superfi lever, 29, 42, 46 - 7, 52, 55, 6 1 , 102
cial, 3. 13, 18, 22-4, 33. 40, 49. sB, 1 24i life, 64, 1 36-7, 142, 1 84, 1 97
vital, 1 1 , 53, 66, 8s, 1 0 1 , 103, 1 42, 1 97; light, 16, zo- 1 , 33, 35, 43 , so- I , 1 40- 1 ,
vivifying, 30 1 47, 1 49, 1 5 5 , 1 58-9, 1 88, 2 1 4, 246; as
fomw dat esse rei, 88, 1 05, I o8, I I 5, 222, analogous to attraction, 227, 233; and
248 color, 1 54, 1 57, 1 98, 253; as oscillating
freedom, possibility of, 2 I3, 227-8 or undulatory motion, 1 3 , 1 74
light-material, 33, 76, 92, 1 25, 1 50, 1 62, 1 90
globe, 66, 86
God, 6, 1 7 ; concept of, I 98, zoo- I, 203, machine, 47, 53, 64, 66, 7 1 , 7 7, 103, 1 1 8
207, 2 IO, 2 I 6, 2 I 8 , 222, 225, 236, 238, magnetic material, 13, 162
241; as highest moral being, I g8, 207; as magnetism, 1 0, 33-4, 1 40, 2 1 5
ideal, 204, 208, 234, 236; as inner vital man: a s free being, 204; a s ideal, 240; as
spirit of man, 240; as maximum, 2 I3, moral being, 2 14, 23 1 , 234; as natural
2 I 9, 226, 238; as natural being, zoo, being, 57, 103, 137, 2 1 2, 234, 239; as
206, 252; not substance outside me, 204, originator of his own rank, 20 1 ; as ra
209, 2 I4, 2 I 7, 223, 228, 230, 240; not tional being, 66, 2 1 2, 23 1 , 256; rights
world-soul, 2 I 5, 225, 233-4, 236; as per and duties of, 2 1 1 , 2 1 4- 1 5, 242; as self
son, 2 IO, 2 I 2, 2 I 8- I g, 223, 232, 235, moving machine, 66
24I -2, 252; as pure practical reason, mathematics, 3 8, 56, 63, 83, 135, 1 3 7-8,
202; and rights without duties, 203, 1 52, 1 70, 1 72, 178, 1 84, 188, 2 1 6, 229,
2 10- I I, 242; singularity of, 200, 203, 245; founded by philosophy, 83; as instru
205-7. 2 IO- I 2, 2 1 6, 2 1 8- 1 9, 223, 227, ment, 43, 84, 1 38-9, 1 5 1 , 1 53, 1 5 5-6,
236, 240, zs6 1 86, 1 88, 1 99 253. zss-6; philosophical
good, highest, 228, 229 use of, 1 38-g, 1 5 1 , 1 53 r ss. 1 88-g,
gravity, 4, 8- 1 1 , 1 6, 1 9, 23-5, 29 -30, 40, 206; value of, in comparison with philoso
44-s, 1 5 2 phy, 83
mechanism, 47, 59, 6 1 , 6s-6, 2 1 2
happiness, 204, 206, 208, 22 1 , 229 mediating concepts, see intermediary
health, 1 28, 1 3 1 -2, 1 45, 1 97 concepts
hear, I O, 1 6, 20- 1, 26, 3 1 -6, 42, 47-9, Metaphysical Foundations o[Nalllral Science,
103-4, 1 34, 1 4 1 , 1 47, 1 49, 1 59, 1 88, 1 9, 27, 36, 44 5 1 , 1 5 1-2
246; can only be one, 253; depends on motion, first beginning of, 68, 70- 1 , 78
caloric, 1 2; as hypothetical material, 2 1 5 ; muriatic acid, 135, 1 50
a s inner feeling o f life, 1 9 8 , 246; is
merely subjective, 1 90; is not radiant, nitrogen, 1 56
220
hydrogen, 32, 97, 1 50 One and All, 93, 1 96, 252
organic nature, 1 4- 1 5, 1 8, 6o
ideal, 204, 209, 2 1 3 - 1 4, 23 1 , 236, 240, organized being, 1 6, 19, 57, 6o-2, 100,
247, 254; as invented sense-object, 237; 1 2 1 -2, 1 29, 142, 1 47 1 77. 1 83, 1 95
and maximum, 234; and practical reality, 1 97, 2 1 1 , 249; classification of, 65-6,
228 1 0 1 ; concept or idea of, 66, 85, 1 3 2, 137;
idealism, 8, 81, 1 62-3, 1 66, 1 85, 1 96, 244, definition of, 64, 8s; as natural machine,
25 1 -2, 254; Spinoza's transcendental, 6 I , 65, 84-5, 1 1 8; possibility o f, 8s, 102,
228; transcendental, 1 95, 2 1 0, 2 1 2- 1 3 , 1 1 5, 1 1 8, 1 20, 1 23, 1 25, 1 27, 1 3 1 , 135-
2 1 6, 220-2, 2 2 242, 2 5 1 , 255 7 1 45-6, 1 49, 205, 2 1 6; as system, 1 49
idol, 2 1 8, 2 2 1 , 238 oxygen, g7, 1 42, 1 50
immortality of soul, 17, 239
impact, 3, 5, 1 2- 1 5, 2 1 , 24, 26, 29-3 1 , 35, Philosophiae natura/is pn'ncipia mathematica,
40, 48, 1 2 1 5 1, 63, 82, 1 3 8, 1 5 1 , 1 55, 1 88, 2 1 6, 148

3 02
 INDEX

phoronomic proposition, 3 object, 1 73 , I 79-80; as position only,

phoronomy, 3, 29 1 73 ; subject as, 1 72-4, 1 80- 1 , 1 86; as
pleasure, 1 45 , 20 1 , 220 subject's own activity, 1 76; as thought
ponderability, 1 1 , 1 7, 45-6, 57 entity only, 1 73-4, 1 76, 1 80- I , I 84
ponderosity, 1 1 - 1 3, 1 7, 1 9, 30 time and space: as acts of power o f repre
predicable, 7, 1 93 sentation, 1 93 ; as products of imagina
pressure, 3, s, 10, 1 2, 1 4- 1 5 , 1 9, 24-6, tion, 1 76, 1 85 ; as thought-objects, 1 So
28-3 1 , 3 5 , 46-8, 1 2 1 , I J I topic, 40, 1 03 , I I S
prime mover, ss, 68-9, 7 2 , 82 transcendental philosophy: as archetype,
principle: constitutive, S7i physical 2s6; as autonomy, 244, 246; in contrast
cosmological, 94i of principles, 1 o6; regu- with metaphysics, 1 S7, 246-7; founds
lative, 57i teleological, 1 46; transcenden mathematics, 1 8s ; highest standpoint of,
tal, 1 28, 1 59-60, 1 64 , 1 67, 1 79; vital, 226, 2 JS, 237 243-4 2SO i key t ' 75 i
64, 1 3 7 negative definition of, 2S4i possibility of,
propagation, 1 2, 3 9 , 53, 1 0 3 ; b y two sexes, 1 59, 1 6 1 -2 j principle of, 1 67, 1 82, 1 9 2;
Bs, 1 42, 1 45, 1 63 , 1 87 problem of, IJJ, 1 5S, 1 7 1 -2 , 1 76, 1 79,
prudence, 44, 1 77, 234 1 83 , 223; as self-creation of ideas, 249;
as self-determination, 2 5 2 , 2 5 4
religion, 248
revolutions of earth, 57, 6s, 67 unity: collective, 8 1 , 86-90, 9 3 , 9S 98,
rigidification, 1 6, 24, 32, JS 2 1 7, 2 2 7 ; distributive, 8 1 , 86, 90, 93,
2 1 7, 227
schematism, 1 39, 1 4 1 , 1 4 2 universality: analytic, J 88;collective, 96 ,
self-affection, 1 04, 106-7, 1 09, 1 1 7, 1 1 9, 98, 1 2 2; discursive, 1 1 1 , 1 2 1 , 1 87, 1 9o;
1 2 1 -2, 1 26-7, 1 29- 3 1 , 1 3 4 -6, 1 4 distributive, 96, 98, 1 2 2 ; intuitive, 1 1 1 ,
1 49 1 67, 1 74 1 76, 1 86, 1 9 1 1 2 1 , 1 87, 1 90; synthetic, 1 88
self-intuition, 1 63, 6s , 1 67
sickness, 1 1 8, 1 28, 1 3 2, 1 4S 1 97 vita propria, 1 82
soul, 8, 1 6, 1 1 8, 1 49, 1 8 2 - 3 , 19s, 2 1 4,
220; immortality of, 1 7, 239 weighing, 1 3, 1 9, 29, 5 5 , 5 7
sound, 43, s , 1 4 1 , ISS, 1 5 8-9; and tones, weight, 4, 8- 1 0, 17, 1 9-20, 29 - 30, 34-5,
43. 1 5 7. 1 98 45-6, 48-9, 66
space: as idea, 1 34; as posited, 1 63 . See also wisdom, 1 76-7, 2 I S, 234, 236, 2 4 1 , 243,
time and space 2SS-6i doctrine of, 83, I J 8, 2S5i as high
stratification, 24, J s - 6 est principle of reason, 1 77
sulphur, 2 2 1 world: as maximum, 2 1 3 , 2 1 9, 226, 238;
sulphuric acid, 2 2 1 singularity of, 205, 2 1 0- 1 2 , 2 1 9, 223,
System of Transcendental Idea/ism, 2S I , 254 227, 234, 240, 244; as whole of sense
systematics of nature, 1 4s , 1 47 objects, 200, 2 1 0- 1 2 , 2 27-8
world-soul, 8s, 1 47, 1 49, 1 86, 1 9s , 1 97,
theology, 8; transcendental, 9, 2 1 8, 2 2 1 2 1 5 , 224-s. 233-4, 2 5 2
thing in itself, 1 73, ' 7 S 1 79, 1 83 , 1 8s, 200, world-system, 3 0 , 4 2 , 53-5 , 8 6 , 1 04
202-3; as corrrelate for pure understand
ing, 1 74; as determinable, 1 83 ; as not zoonomy, 1 03-4

303